LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
485BPOS, 2000-04-25
Previous: PACKETVIDEO CORP, RW, 2000-04-25
Next: HAMBRECHT & QUIST FUND TRUST, 497, 2000-04-25





     As Filed With The Securities And Exchange Commission On April 25, 2000


                       File Nos. 333-80845 and 811-09379

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   Form N-1A

          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ( )

                        Pre-Effective Amendment No._ ( )


                      Post-Effective Amendment No. _1_ (X)


                                     and/or

      REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 (X)


                                 Amendment No. 2


                           LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

            3100 Sanders Road, Suite J5B, Northbrook, Illinois 60062
              (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

                                 (847) 402-5000
              (Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

                               Terry Young, Esq.
               (Name and Address of Agent for Service of Process)

                                   Copies to:

                             Joan E. Boros, Esquire
               Jorden Burt Boros Cicchetti Berenson & Johnson LLP
                       1025 Thomas Jefferson Street, N.W.
                                 Suite 400 East
                             Washington, D.C. 20007



It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
/  / immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
/ X /  On May 1, 2000, pursuant to paragraph (b)
/  /  60 days after filing, pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
/ / On ____, pursuant to paragraph (a) (1)
/ /  75 days after filing, pursuant to paragraph (a) (2)
/ /  On _________, pursuant to paragraph (a) (2) of Rule 485.


<PAGE>

                           LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST


The LSA  Variable  Series  Trust (the  "Trust") is a group of mutual  funds sold
exclusively to separate accounts of life insurance companies, including Allstate
Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries.  There are presently six portfolios
(the "Funds") that are available for investment.


The  information  in this  prospectus  is of  interest  to anyone who owns or is
considering purchasing a variable annuity or variable life contract issued by an
insurance  company separate account that makes the Funds available as investment
options.  This  prospectus  explains  the  investment   objectives,   risks  and
strategies of each Fund.

You should read the prospectus to help you decide whether the insurance  company
separate  account  that invests in a Fund is the right  investment  for you. You
should keep this  prospectus for future  reference along with the prospectus for
the insurance product which accompanies this prospectus.

The terms "you",  "your" and "yours" refers to the Contract owner as an investor
in the insurance company separate accounts.


To learn  more about the Funds and their  investments,  you may obtain a copy of
the Statement of  Additional  Information  (SAI) dated May 1, 2000.  The SAI has
been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and is incorporated
herein by  reference,  which means it is legally part of the  prospectus.  For a
free copy contact your insurance company.

Prospectus Dated
May 1, 2000



LSA     Variable Series Trust
3100 Sanders Road
Northbrook,     IL 60062

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

THE  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  HAS NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  THESE
SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.  THIS PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  INFORMATION YOU
SHOULD KNOW BEFORE INVESTING,  INCLUDING INFORMATION ABOUT RISKS. PLEASE READ IT
BEFORE YOU INVEST AND KEEP IT FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.


<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



FUNDS AT A GLANCE                                        2
        General information about the Funds,
        the Manager, and the Advisers

FUND SUMMARIES                                           4
        For each Fund, the investment objective,
        Adviser, strategy, risks and who may want
        to invest

        Emerging Growth Equity Fund                      4
        Focused Equity Fund                              5
        Growth Equity Fund                               6
        Disciplined Equity Fund                          6
        Value Equity Fund                                7
        Balanced Fund                                    8

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS                         9
        The types of investment strategies
        that may be used by some or all of
        the Funds and additional information
        about investment risks

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS                                 14
        General information about the organization
        and operations of the Funds, including
        details about the Adviser to each Fund

RELATED PERFORMANCE OF ADVISERS                         17
        General discussion about composite
        performance for each Adviser's
        similarly managed accounts

VALUING A FUND'S ASSETS                                 18
        General information on how a Fund's assets
        are valued, including market value, fair
        value, and the use of foreign currency
        conversion values

PRICING OF FUND SHARES                                  18
        Details on how each Fund's per share
        price (also known as "net asset value")
        is determined, how to purchase and redeem
        shares

FEES AND EXPENSES                                       19
        Details on the cost of operating the
        Funds including fees, expenses and
        calculations

ADDITIONAL FUND INFORMATION                             20
        Taxes, income and capital gain
        distributions, service providers,
        financial highlights, Statement of
        Additional Information, annual reports


                                       2
<PAGE>

                               FUNDS AT A GLANCE

THE TRUST

The LSA Variable  Series Trust (the  "Trust") is a group of mutual funds managed
by LSA Asset Management LLC (the "Manager").

THE MANAGER

The Manager  carefully  selects  other  professional  investment  managers  (the
"Advisers")  to carry out the  day-to-day  management of each Fund.  The Manager
receives a fee, payable monthly,  based on a percentage of average net assets of
the Funds.

THE ADVISERS


The Advisers are the professional investment managers who perform the day-to-day
investing  on behalf of the Funds  subject  to the  general  supervision  of the
Manager  and the  Trust's  Board  of  Trustees  (the  "Board").  The fees of the
Advisers  are paid by the Manager,  not the Funds.  Each Adviser is a registered
investment adviser with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC"). The
following  chart lists the Adviser and each Fund's  investment  objective.  Each
Fund's investment objective may be changed without a shareholder vote.


Fund             Adviser                Investment Objective
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emerging Growth  RS Investment          Seeks to provide capital appreciation
Equity           Management, L.P.       through investing primarily in smaller,
                                        rapidly growing emerging companies.


Focused Equity  Morgan Stanley Asset    Seeks to provide capital appreciation
                Management              by investing primarily in equity
                                        securities.


Growth Equity   Goldman Sachs Asset     Seeks to provide long-term growth of
                Management              capital.

Disciplined     J.P.Morgan              Seeks to provide a consistently high
Equity          Investment              total return from a broadly diversified
                Management Inc.         portfolio of equity securities with
                                        risk characteristics similar to the
                                        Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock
                                        Price Index.

Value Equity    Salomon Brothers        Seeks to provide long-term growth
                Asset Management Inc    of capital with current income as
                                        a secondary objective.

Balanced        OpCap Advisors          Seeks to provide a combination of
                                        growth of capital and investment income
                                        (growth of capital is the primary
                                        objective) by investing in a mix of
                                        equity and debt.





                                       3
<PAGE>

                                 FUND SUMMARIES

EMERGING GROWTH EQUITY FUND
Advised by: RS Investment Management, L.P.

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE:  The Emerging Growth Equity Fund seeks to provide capital
appreciation.


INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES:  The Fund invests in smaller  (usually  companies with a
market  capitalization  of $1.5  billion  or  less),  rapidly  growing  emerging
companies with proprietary  advantages,  and generally in industry segments that
are  experiencing  rapid  growth.  The  Adviser  considers  several  factors  in
evaluating  potential  investments.  These include  whether a company is gaining
market share, earning superior margins, or experiencing superior  profitability.
Generally, the Fund invests at least 65% of its assets in companies with some or
all of the previous  characteristics.  The Fund may invest a significant portion
of its assets in a variety of technology  based  industries,  particularly  when
these  industries are considered to include  numerous  rapidly growing  emerging
companies.  The Fund may  invest  all of its  assets in  securities  of  foreign
companies;  however, it presently does not anticipate investing more than 20% of
its total assets in foreign securities.


PRIMARY RISKS:  The Fund is subject to the market  fluctuation  risks associated
with all investments in common stocks and other equity securities. The stocks of
small cap companies  often involve more risk and volatility than those of larger
companies.  Because  small  companies  are often  dependent on a small number of
products and have limited financial resources,  they may be severely affected by
economic changes,  business cycles and adverse market conditions.  Stock markets
tend to move in cycles.  Stock  values  fluctuate  based on the  performance  of
individual companies and on general market and economic conditions. You can lose
money over the short or even long-term. The Fund is also subject to:

     *    The risk that returns on the types of securities purchased by the Fund
          may not perform as well as other types of investments.

     *    The risk that poor stock  selection may cause the Fund to underperform
          when compared with other funds with similar objectives.

     *    The risk  that  returns  on  stocks of  technology  companies  may not
          perform as well as other types of investments.

     *    The  risk  that the  Fund's  foreign  investments  may be  subject  to
          fluctuations in foreign currency values, adverse political or economic
          events, greater market volatility and lower liquidity.

WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST: You may wish to consider investing in this Fund if:

     *    You are seeking  high total  returns from a  diversified  portfolio of
          stocks of small size U.S. companies.

     *    You are willing to accept greater volatility in the hopes of a greater
          increase in share price.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     *    You are  willing to accept the  above-average  risks  associated  with
          investing in a portfolio of common stocks,  which may include  foreign
          stocks.


PAST PERFORMANCE:


Because  the Fund has been in  operation  for less than one  calendar  year,  no
performance history has been provided.


FOCUSED EQUITY FUND
Advised by: Morgan Stanley Asset Management


INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE:   The  Focused  Equity  Fund  seeks  to  provide  capital
appreciation  by  investing   primarily  in  equity  securities.   The  Fund  is
"non-diversified", meaning that it may, and generally will, invest in securities
of a limited number of issuers;  however, the Fund will not invest more than 25%
of its assets in securities of a single company.

INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES:  The Fund invests  primarily in common stocks.  The Fund
will  invest in  securities  of  companies  that the  Adviser  believes  possess
above-average  potential  for  capital  appreciation.  The  Adviser  focuses  on
companies  with  consistent or rising  earnings  growth  records and  compelling
business  strategies.  Valuation is of secondary  importance  and is  considered
generally in the context of  prospects  for  sustainable  earnings  growth.  The
Adviser's  focus on individual  security  selection may result in an emphasis on
particular  industry  sectors.  In general,  the Fund invests in companies  with
market  capitalizations  of $1  billion  or more but may also  invest in smaller
companies.  The Fund may  invest  all of its  assets in  securities  of  foreign
companies;  however, it presently does not anticipate investing more than 25% of
its total assets in foreign securities.


PRIMARY RISKS:  The Fund is subject to the market  fluctuation  risks associated
with all investments in common stocks and other equity securities. Stock markets
tend to move in cycles.  Stock  values  fluctuate  based on the  performance  of
individual companies and on general market and economic conditions. You can lose
money over the short or even long-term. The Fund is also subject to:

     *    The risk that the Fund's  market  sector,  mid- to  large-size  growth
          oriented companies, may underperform relative to other sectors.

     *    The risk that poor stock  selection may cause the Fund to underperform
          when compared with other funds with similar objectives.

     *    The risk that, because the Fund is "non-diversified",  its value could
          decrease  significantly  if one or  more of its  investments  performs
          poorly.

     *    The  risk  that the  Fund's  foreign  investments  may be  subject  to
          fluctuations in foreign currency values, adverse political or economic
          events, greater market volatility and lower liquidity.

WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST: You may wish to consider investing in this Fund if:


     *    You are seeking capital appreciation.

     *    You are  willing to accept the  above-average  risks  associated  with
          investing in a portfolio of common stocks,  which may include  foreign
          stocks.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     *    You are  willing to accept  greater  volatility  in hopes of a greater
          increase in share price.

PAST PERFORMANCE:


Because  the Fund has been in  operation  for less than one  calendar  year,  no
performance history has been provided.


GROWTH EQUITY FUND
Advised by: Goldman Sachs Asset Management

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE: The Growth Equity Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.


INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES:  The Fund invests in a  diversified  portfolio of equity
securities  (mainly common  stocks) of companies that the Adviser  believes have
long-term capital appreciation potential.  The Adviser primarily seeks companies
showing a relatively strong earnings growth trend. The Fund invests at least 90%
of its total assets in equity  securities.  The Fund may invest up to 10% of its
total assets in foreign securities.


PRIMARY RISKS:  The Fund is subject to the market  fluctuation  risks associated
with all investments in common stocks and other equity securities. Stock markets
tend to move in cycles.  Stock  values  fluctuate  based on the  performance  of
individual companies and on general market and economic conditions. You can lose
money over the short or even long-term. The Fund is also subject to:

     *    The risk that returns on the types of securities purchased by the Fund
          may not perform as well as other types of investments.

     *    The risk that poor stock  selection may cause the Fund to underperform
          when compared with other funds with similar objectives.

     *    The  risk  that the  Fund's  foreign  investments  may be  subject  to
          fluctuations in foreign currency values, adverse political or economic
          events, greater market volatility and lower liquidity.

Who May Want to Invest: You may wish to consider investing in this Fund if:

     *    You are seeking potential capital appreciation over the long-term.


     *    You are  willing to accept the  above-average  risks  associated  with
          investing in a portfolio of common stocks,  which may include  foreign
          stocks.


     *    You are willing to accept greater volatility in the hopes of a greater
          increase in share price.

PAST PERFORMANCE:


Because  the Fund has been in  operation  for  less  than one  calendar  year no
performance history has been provided.


DISCIPLINED EQUITY FUND
Advised by: J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

                                       6
<PAGE>

INVESTMENT   OBJECTIVE:   The  Disciplined   Equity  Fund  seeks  to  provide  a
consistently  high total return from a broadly  diversified  portfolio of equity
securities with risk  characteristics  similar to the Standard & Poor's 500 (S&P
500) Composite Stock Price Index.

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES:  The Fund invests primarily in large and medium size U.S.
companies  contained  in the S&P 500 Index.  Industry  by  industry,  the Fund's
assets are invested so that the Fund's  industry  exposure is similar to that of
the S&P 500. Within each industry,  the Fund modestly emphasizes stocks that the
Adviser   identifies  as  being   undervalued  or  fairly  valued  and  modestly
underweights or does not hold stocks that appear  overvalued.  By owning a large
number of stocks  within the S&P 500,  with an  emphasis  on those  that  appear
undervalued  or fairly valued,  and by tracking the industry  weightings of that
index, the Fund seeks returns that modestly exceed those of the S&P 500 over the
long term with virtually the same level of volatility.

PRIMARY RISKS:  The Fund is subject to the market  fluctuation  risks associated
with all investments in common stocks and other equity securities. Stock markets
tend to move in cycles.  Stock  values  fluctuate  based on the  performance  of
individual companies and on general market and economic conditions. You can lose
money over the short or even long-term. The Fund is also subject to:


     *    The risk that returns  from stocks of medium and large size  companies
          may not perform as well as other types of investments.

     *    The risk that poor stock  selection may cause the Fund to underperform
          when compared to other funds with similar objectives.

     *    The  risk  that the  Fund's  foreign  investments  may be  subject  to
          fluctuations in foreign currency values, adverse political or economic
          events, greater market volatility and lower liquidity.

WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST: You may wish to consider investing in this Fund if:

     *    You are seeking  high total  return from a  diversified  portfolio  of
          stocks of large and medium size U.S. companies.


     *    You are  willing to accept the  above-average  risks  associated  with
          investing in a portfolio of common stocks,  which may include  foreign
          stocks.


     *    You are  willing to accept  greater  volatility  in hopes of a greater
          increase in share price.

PAST PERFORMANCE:

Because  the Fund has been in  operation  for less than one  calendar  year,  no
performance history has been provided.

VALUE EQUITY FUND
Advised by: Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc

INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVES:  The Value Equity Fund seeks to provide long-term growth
of capital. Current income is a secondary objective.

INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES:  The Fund seeks to achieve its  objective  by  investing
primarily in common stocks of established U.S. companies. The Adviser will favor
companies  believed to have growth  possibilities at reasonable values. The Fund
will maintain a carefully  selected  portfolio of securities that is diversified
among industries and companies.

                                       7
<PAGE>

PRIMARY RISKS:  The Fund is subject to the market  fluctuation  risks associated
with all investments in common stocks and other equity securities. Stock markets
tend to move in cycles.  Stock  values  fluctuate  based on the  performance  of
individual companies and on general market and economic conditions. You can lose
money over the short or even long-term. The Fund is also subject to:

     *    The risk that returns on the types of securities purchased by the Fund
          may not perform as well as other types of investments.

     *    The risk that poor stock  selection may cause the Fund to underperform
          when compared with other funds with similar objectives.

     *    The  risk  that the  Fund's  foreign  investments  may be  subject  to
          fluctuations in foreign currency values, adverse political or economic
          events, greater market volatility and lower liquidity.

WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST: You may wish to consider investing in this Fund if:

     *    You are seeking long-term capital growth.


     *    You are  willing to accept the  above-average  risks  associated  with
          investing in a portfolio of common stocks,  which may include  foreign
          stocks.


     *    You would like a Fund that provides the  potential for current  income
          as a secondary objective.

     *    You are  willing to accept  greater  volatility  in hopes of a greater
          increase in share price.

PAST PERFORMANCE:


Because  the Fund has been in  operation  for less than one  calendar  year,  no
performance history has been provided.


BALANCED FUND
Advised by: OpCap Advisors

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE: The Balanced Fund seeks to provide a combination of growth
of  capital  and  investment  income by  investing  in a mix of debt and  equity
securities. Growth of capital is the Fund's primary objective.


INVESTMENT  STRATEGIES:  The Fund invests in common  stocks (with an emphasis on
dividend paying stocks),  preferred stocks,  securities  convertible into common
stock, and debt  securities.  The Fund will invest at least 25% of its assets in
equity  securities  and at least 25% in debt  securities.  In general,  the Fund
expects to be 50-75% invested in equity securities. However, the Balanced Fund's
day-to-day  investment  allocation mix among equity and debt  securities will be
determined by the Adviser based on the Adviser's perception of prevailing market
conditions  and risks.  By investing in both debt and equity  securities,  it is
anticipated  that the Balanced  Fund will  generally be less  volatile  than the
overall  market.  The Fund's  equity  investments  will be primarily in dividend
paying  common  stocks that the  Adviser  believes  to be  "undervalued"  in the
marketplace.  Generally,  equity securities the Adviser believes are undervalued
may have certain  characteristics such as substantial and growing  discretionary
cash flow; strong shareholder  value-oriented  management;  valuable consumer or
commercial franchises; and favorable price to intrinsic value relationship.  The
Fund  may  invest  up to 25% of its  total  assets  in below  investment  grade,
high-yield debt securities  (commonly known as "junk bonds").  The Fund may also
invest all of its assets in securities of foreign companies, though it presently
does not anticipate investing more than 25% of its assets in foreign securities.


                                       8
<PAGE>

PRIMARY RISKS:  The Fund is subject to the market  fluctuation  risks associated
with all investments in common stocks and other equity securities. Stock markets
tend to move in cycles.  Stock  values  fluctuate  based on the  performance  of
individual companies and on general market and economic conditions. You can lose
money over the short or even long-term. The Fund is also subject to:

     *    The risk that (1) an issuer  of debt  securities  held by the Fund may
          fail to repay  interest and  principal in a timely  manner and (2) the
          prices of debt securities will decline over short or even long periods
          due to rising interest  rates.  While all debt securities in which the
          Fund  invests will be subject to these  risks,  the Fund's  ability to
          invest up to 25% of its assets in junk bonds increases these risks.

     *    The  risk  that  poor  security   selection  may  cause  the  Fund  to
          underperform when compared with other funds with similar objectives.

     *    The  risk  that the  Fund's  foreign  investments  may be  subject  to
          fluctuations in foreign currency values, adverse political or economic
          events and greater market volatility and lower liquidity.

     *    The risk that returns on the types of securities purchased by the Fund
          may not perform as well as other types of investments.

WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST: You may wish to consider investing in this Fund if:

     *    You wish to invest in a fund  emphasizing a  combination  of growth of
          capital and investment  income by investing in a combination of equity
          and debt securities.


     *    You are  willing to accept the  above-average  risks  associated  with
          investing in a portfolio which may include foreign stocks.

     *    You are  willing to accept the  above-average  risks  associated  with
          investing in junk bonds.


PAST PERFORMANCE:


Because  the Fund has been in  operation  for less than one  calendar  year,  no
performance history has been provided.



                        MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS

Some of the Funds have been  established  by  investment  advisers  which manage
other mutual funds having similar names and investment objectives. While some of
the Funds may be  similar  to, and may in fact be modeled  after,  other  mutual
funds, you should  understand that the Funds are not otherwise  directly related
to any other mutual fund.  Consequently,  the  investment  performance  of other
mutual funds and any similarly named fund may differ  substantially from that of
the Funds.


INVESTMENT STRATEGIES


                                       9
<PAGE>


Each Fund follows a distinct set of  investment  strategies.  Five of the Funds,
the Focused Equity Fund, Growth Equity Fund,  Disciplined Equity Fund,  Emerging
Growth Equity Fund and Value Equity Fund are  considered  "Equity Funds" because
they invest primarily in equity securities (mostly common stocks).  The Balanced
Fund is considered a "Balanced Fund" because its principal strategy is to invest
in a mix of equity and debt  securities.  Each Fund may  change  its  investment
objectives without  shareholder  approval in accordance with applicable law. All
percentage  limitations relating to the Funds' investment strategies are applied
at the time a Fund acquires a security.

The Disciplined  Equity Fund,  Focused Equity Fund,  Emerging Growth Equity Fund
and Value  Equity  Fund  will  normally  invest at least 65% of their  assets in
equity  securities;  the Growth Equity Fund will normally invest at least 90% of
its assets in equity securities.  Therefore,  as an investor in these Funds, the
return on your  investment  will be based  primarily  on the  risks and  rewards
relating to equity  securities.  The Balanced Fund will normally invest at least
25% of its assets in equity  securities and at least 25% in debt securities.  As
an investor in the Balanced Fund, the return on your investment will be based on
the risks and rewards relating to both equity and debt securities.


EQUITY SECURITIES


Each Fund will invest in equity  securities.  There are various  types of equity
securities such as common stocks,  preferred stocks, and warrants.  In addition,
the Funds may treat debt  instruments  which are  "convertible"  into  equity as
equity  securities  (or as debt  securities).  However,  it is expected that the
Funds' equity investments will be primarily in common stocks.


Common stocks represent partial ownership in a company and entitle  stockholders
to share in the  company's  profits (or losses).  Common stocks also entitle the
holder to share in any of the  company's  dividends.  The  value of a  company's
stock may fall as a result of factors  which  directly  relate to that  company,
such as lower demand for the company's  products or services or poor  management
decisions.  A stock's value may also fall because of economic  conditions  which
affect many  companies,  such as increases in production  costs.  The value of a
company's stock may also be affected by changes in financial  market  conditions
that are not directly related to the company or its industry, such as changes in
interest  rates or currency  exchange  rates.  In  addition,  a company's  stock
generally  pays  dividends  only after the company  makes  required  payments to
holders of its bonds and other  debt.  For this  reason,  the value of the stock
will  usually  react  more  strongly  than  bonds  and  other  debt to actual or
perceived changes in the company's financial condition or progress.

As a general matter, other types of equity securities are subject to many of the
same risks as common stocks.


The  Funds may  invest  in equity  securities  of U.S.  and  foreign  companies.
Investments   in   foreign   securities   present   special   risks   and  other
considerations. These are discussed under "Foreign Securities" on page 10.


SMALL CAP COMPANIES


All of the  Funds  may  invest  in small  cap  companies.  Small  Cap  Companies
typically  include  companies  with a market  capitalization  of $1.5 billion or
less. The Emerging  Growth Equity Fund may invest a substantial  portion,  or at
times all,  of its assets in small cap  companies.  Companies  that are small or
unseasoned  (less  than 3 years of  operating  history)  are more  likely not to
survive or accomplish  their goals than larger more  established  companies with
the result  that the value of their  stock could  decline  significantly.  These
companies  are less likely to survive  than larger  more  established  companies
since they are often  dependent  upon a small  number of  products  and may have
limited financial resources.


                                       10
<PAGE>


Small or unseasoned  companies often have a greater degree of change in earnings
and business prospects than larger companies resulting in more volatility in the
price of  their  securities.  As well,  the  securities  of small or  unseasoned
companies may not have wide marketability.  This fact could cause a Fund to lose
money if it needs to sell the securities  when there are few interested  buyers.
Small or unseasoned  companies also normally have fewer outstanding  shares than
larger  companies.  As a result,  it may be more  difficult to buy or sell large
amounts of these shares without unfavorably impacting the price of the security.
Further,  there  may be less  publicly  available  information  about  small  or
unseasoned companies. As a result, when making a decision to purchase a security
for a Fund,  an Adviser may not be aware of some  problems  associated  with the
company  issuing  the  security.  In  addition,   transaction  costs  for  these
investments are often higher than those of investments in larger  capitalization
companies.  Investments  in small cap companies  may be more  difficult to price
precisely than other types of securities  because of their  characteristics  and
lower trading volumes.


DEBT SECURITIES


Investments  in debt  securities  are  part  of the  Balanced  Fund's  principal
investment strategy. The other Funds may have a portion of their assets invested
in debt securities. Convertible debt securities may be considered equity or debt
securities,  and, in either event, they possess many of the attributes and risks
of debt securities.  A prospective  investor in any of the Funds should be aware
of the risks associated with investing in debt securities.

Debt securities can generally be classified into two categories as follows:  (1)
"investment  grade"  debt  securities  and  (2)   "non-investment   grade"  debt
securities  (also known as "junk bonds").  Investment  grade debt securities are
those which are rated within the four highest rating  categories of a nationally
recognized rating organization (or if unrated,  securities of comparable quality
as determined by an Adviser). A discussion of the ratings services appears in an
Appendix to the  Statement  of  Additional  Information.  Investment  grade debt
securities   are   considered   to  have  less  risk  of  issuer   default  than
non-investment grade debt securities.  However, investment grade debt securities
will generally  have a lower yield than  non-investment  grade debt  securities.
Debt  securities  in the fourth  highest  rating  category  are viewed as having
adequate  capacity for payment of interest and  repayment of  principal,  but do
have speculative  characteristics  and involve a higher degree of risk than that
associated  with  investments  in debt  securities  in the three  higher  rating
categories.


Money market  instruments are short-term high quality debt securities.  They are
the highest  investment  grade  quality and  therefore  carry the lowest risk of
issuer  default.  Some common  types of money  market  instruments  include U.S.
Treasury bills and notes,  commercial paper, banker's acceptances and negotiable
certificates of deposit. All of the Funds may invest in money market instruments
and other types of debt securities as a cash reserve.

                                       11
<PAGE>


Debt  securities  that are rated below the four highest  categories  (or unrated
securities  of comparable  quality  determined by an Adviser) are known as "junk
bonds".  Junk bonds are  considered  to be of poor  standing  and  predominantly
speculative.  Junk bonds are considered speculative with respect to the issuer's
capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the
obligations. Accordingly, they present considerable risk of issuer default.


Junk bonds may be  subject to  substantial  market  fluctuations.  They are also
subject to greater risk of loss of income and  principal  than  investment-grade
securities.  There may be less of a market for junk bonds and therefore they may
be harder to sell at a desirable price.

FOREIGN SECURITIES


The Focused  Equity,  Emerging  Growth Equity and Balanced Funds may each invest
all of their respective assets in foreign securities,  though the Focused Equity
Fund and the Balanced Fund  presently do not  anticipate  investing  over 25% of
their respective  assets in foreign  securities,  and the Emerging Growth Equity
Fund does not anticipate its  investments in foreign  securities  exceeding 20%.
The Disciplined Equity Fund, and the Value Equity Fund may each invest up to 20%
in foreign securities; the Growth Equity Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets
in foreign securities.  Foreign securities also include securities of issuers in
emerging market countries and securities quoted in foreign currencies.

Foreign equity and debt securities  generally have the same risk characteristics
as U.S.  equity  and debt  securities.  However,  they also  present a number of
additional  risks  and   considerations   that  are  not  associated  with  U.S.
investments.  For example,  investments in foreign securities may subject a Fund
to the adverse  political or economic  conditions of the foreign country.  These
risks increase in the case of "emerging  market" countries which are more likely
to be politically  and  economically  unstable.  Foreign  countries,  especially
emerging  market  countries,  may  prevent  or  delay a Fund  from  selling  its
investments and taking money out of the country. Foreign investments may also be
affected  by  changes in  currency  rates,  changes  in foreign or U.S.  laws or
restrictions  applicable  to such  investments  and changes in exchange  control
regulations.  In  addition,  foreign  securities  may not be as  liquid  as U.S.
securities  which could result in a Fund being unable to sell its investments in
a timely manner. Foreign countries,  especially emerging market countries,  also
have less stringent  investor  protection,  disclosure and accounting  standards
than  the  U.S.  As  a  result,  there  is  generally  less  publicly  available
information about foreign companies than U.S. companies.  Investments in foreign
securities  may cause a Fund to lose  money  when  converting  investments  from
foreign currencies into U.S. dollars due to unfavorable currency exchange rates.
In addition,  there may be higher  brokerage  commissions  and  custodial  costs
incurred by investment in foreign securities.

Even with respect to U.S.  issuers,  such issuers may have substantial  non-U.S.
activities, and thus, face similar risks as foreign issuers. Conversely, certain
foreign issuers may also have significant U.S.  activities and may face the same
risks as U.S. issuers with regard to those activities.


DERIVATIVES


Derivatives are financial  instruments designed to achieve a particular economic
result  when  the  price  of  an  underlying  security,  index,  interest  rate,
commodity,  or other financial  instrument  changes.  Derivatives may be used by
each Fund to hedge  investments and potential  investments,  manage risks, or to
manage interest or currency-sensitive  assets.  However,  hedging techniques may
not always be  available  to the Funds;  and it may not always be feasible for a
Fund to use hedging techniques even when they are available.  Each Fund may also
enter into certain derivative transactions to enhance total return. For example,
each Fund may, in lieu of purchasing the underlying  assets,  enter into futures
contracts on stock indices or options on such futures contracts. Derivatives can
subject a Fund to  various  levels  of risk.  There  are four  basic  derivative
products: forward contracts, futures contracts, options, and swaps.


                                       12
<PAGE>


Forward contracts commit the parties to a transaction at a time in the future at
a price  determined when the transaction is initiated.  They are the predominant
means of hedging currency or commodity exposures.  Futures contracts are similar
to forwards but differ in that (1) they are traded through regulated  exchanges,
and (2) are "marked to market" daily.


Options  differ from forwards and futures in that the buyer has no obligation to
perform  under the  contract.  The buyer pays a fee,  called a  premium,  to the
seller, who is called a writer. The writer gets to keep the premium in any event
but must  deliver (in the context of the type of option) at the buyer's  demand.
Caps and floors are specialized options which enable floating-rate borrowers and
lenders, for a fee, to reduce their exposure to interest rate swings.

A swap is an  agreement  between  two  parties  to  exchange  certain  financial
instruments or components of financial instruments. Parties may exchange streams
of interest rate payments, principal denominated in two different currencies, or
virtually any payment stream as agreed to by the parties.


Derivatives  involve  special  risks.  If an Adviser  judges  market  conditions
incorrectly  or employs a strategy  that does not  correlate  well with a Fund's
investments,  these  techniques  could result in a loss.  These  techniques  may
increase a Fund's volatility and may involve a small investment of cash relative
to the  magnitude  of the  risk  assumed.  Further,  there  is a  potential  for
illiquidity of the markets for derivative  instruments,  which could also result
in a  loss.  In  addition,  these  techniques  could  result  in a  loss  if the
counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised.  In addition,  the
use of derivatives for non-hedging  purposes (that is, to seek to increase total
return) is considered a  speculative  practice and presents even greater risk of
loss when these instruments are leveraged.


TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE STRATEGIES


Each Fund may take temporary  defensive positions that depart from its principal
investment  strategies  in response to adverse  market,  economic,  political or
other  conditions.  During these times, a Fund may not be actively  pursuing its
investment  goals or achieving its investment  objective and may have up to 100%
of its assets in short-term debt securities or cash.

OTHER INVESTMENT RISKS


This prospectus  describes the main risks an investor faces in any of the Funds.
It is important to keep in mind one of the main  principles  of  investing:  the
higher the risk of losing  your  money,  the higher the  potential  reward.  The
reverse is also  generally  true:  the lower the risk,  the lower the  potential
reward. Risk tolerances vary among investors.

LIQUIDITY RISK

                                       13
<PAGE>

In addition to the primary  risks  described in the Fund  summaries,  all of the
Funds are subject to  liquidity  risk.  This is the risk that a Fund will not be
able to timely pay redemption proceeds because of unusual market conditions,  an
unusually high volume of redemption requests, or other reasons.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER


Consistent  with the Emerging Growth Equity Fund's and the Focused Equity Fund's
respective  investment policies,  each Fund may engage in active trading without
regard to the effect on portfolio  turnover.  Higher  portfolio  turnover (e.g.,
100% or more per year) would cause a Fund to incur additional  transaction costs
on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities.

                            MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS


BOARD OF TRUSTEES

The Board is responsible  for overseeing all operations of the Funds,  including
retaining and supervising the performance of the Manager.

INVESTMENT MANAGER


LSA Asset Management LLC, the Manager, located at 3100 Sanders Road, Northbrook,
Illinois,  is each Fund's  investment  adviser.  The  Manager is a wholly  owned
subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company ("Allstate Life"). The Manager was
organized in Delaware in 1999 and is registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission as an investment adviser. The Funds are the only investment companies
managed by the Manager.  Allstate Life,  incorporated  in 1957 in Illinois,  has
established  a record of financial  strength that has  consistently  resulted in
superior  ratings.  A.M. Best Company assigns an A+ (Superior) to Allstate Life.
Standard  & Poor's  Insurance  Rating  Services  assigns  an AA+  (Very  Strong)
financial  strength rating and Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. assigns an Aa2
(Excellent) financial strength rating to Allstate Life.


The Manager has overall  responsibility  for providing  investment  advisory and
related services to the Funds,  including  responsibility for selecting Advisers
to carry out the day-to-day investment management of the Funds. The Manager will
review and  monitor the  performance  of each Fund for  purposes of  considering
whether  changes should be made in regard to a Fund's  investment  strategies as
well as whether a change in the Adviser to a Fund is warranted. The Manager will
also monitor the Funds for  compliance  purposes and will  instruct  each of the
Advisers as to their compliance duties for their respective Fund.

The Manager considers various factors in selecting the Advisers, including:

     *    level of knowledge and skill

     *    performance  as  compared  to a peer group of other  advisers or to an
          appropriate index

     *    consistency of performance over five years or more

     *    adherence to investment style and Fund objectives

     *    employees, facilities and financial strength

     *    quality of service


     *    how  the  Adviser's   investment  style   compliments  other  selected
          Advisers' investment styles.


                                       14
<PAGE>

Two or more  Advisers  may  manage a Fund,  with each  managing a portion of the
Fund's assets. If a Fund has more than one Adviser, the Manager may change these
allocations  from time to time,  often based upon the  results of the  Manager's
evaluations of the Advisers.

THE ADVISERS

The Advisers make the day-to-day  decisions to buy and sell specific  securities
for a Fund.  Each Adviser manages a Fund's  investments  according to the Fund's
investment objective and strategies.


The Funds and the Manager have  received an order from the SEC which permits the
Manager  to hire  and fire  Advisers  or  change  the  terms  of their  advisory
agreements  without  obtaining  shareholder  approval.  The Manager has ultimate
responsibility  to  oversee  the  Advisers  and their  hiring,  termination  and
replacement.


ADVISER TO THE EMERGING GROWTH EQUITY FUND


RS Investment  Management,  L.P.  ("RSIM"),  388 Market  Street,  Suite 200, San
Francisco,  California 99111, is the Adviser to the Emerging Growth Equity Fund.
RSIM commenced  operations in March,  1981. RSIM is a wholly owned subsidiary of
RS Investment Management Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. James L.
Callinan  is  responsible   for  managing  the  Emerging  Growth  Equity  Fund's
portfolio.  Mr.  Callinan  also serves as  portfolio  manager of the RS Emerging
Growth  Fund.  From 1986 until June 1996,  Mr.  Callinan  was employed by Putnam
Investments,  where,  beginning in June 1994, he served as portfolio  manager of
the Putnam OTC Emerging Growth Equity Fund.


ADVISER TO THE FOCUSED EQUITY FUND


Morgan Stanley Asset Management ("MSAM"), 1221 Avenue of the Americas, New York,
New York 10020,  is the  adviser to the Focused  Equity  Fund.  MSAM  conducts a
worldwide portfolio  management business and provides a broad range of portfolio
management services to customers in the United States and abroad. Morgan Stanley
Dean Witter & Co. is the direct  parent of MSAM.  Philip W. Freidman and William
S.  Auslander are the portfolio  managers for the Focused  Equity Fund, and have
served in that capacity since commencement of the Fund's operations.

Philip  W.  Friedman  is a  Managing  Director  of MSAM  and is  head of  MSAM's
Institutional Equity Group. He has been with MSAM and its affiliates since 1990.
William S.  Auslander  is a  Principal  of MSAM and a  portfolio  manager in the
Institutional  Equity Group.  He joined MSAM in 1995 as an equity analyst in the
Institutional  Equity  Group.  Prior to 1995,  he worked at Icahn & Co. for nine
years as an equity analyst.


On December 1, 1998,  Morgan Stanley Asset  Management Inc.  changed its name to
Morgan  Stanley Dean Witter  Investment  Management  Inc.,  but  continues to do
business in certain instances using the name Morgan Stanley Asset Management.

ADVISER TO THE GROWTH EQUITY FUND

                                       15
<PAGE>


Goldman Sachs Asset Management ("GSAM"),  32 Old Slip, New York, New York 10005,
serves  as  the  Adviser  to the  Growth  Equity  Fund.  GSAM  is a unit  of the
Investment Management Division, a separate operating division of Goldman,  Sachs
& Co. Goldman Sachs, which registered as an investment adviser in 1981, provides
a wide  range of fully  discretionary  investment  advisory  services  including
quantitatively  driven  and  actively  managed  U.S.  and  international  equity
portfolios,  U.S.  and global fixed income  portfolios,  commodity  and currency
products, and money markets. The Goldman Sachs Group, L.P., which controlled the
Investment Adviser,  merged into the Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. as a result of an
initial public offering in May of 1999. The portfolio  management team is led by
Herbert E. Ehlers, Robert G. Collins, and Gregory H. Ekizian, all of whom joined
GSAM in 1997. From 1994-1997, Mr. Ehlers, Managing Director and Senior Portfolio
Manager,  was Chief  Investment  Officer  and  Chairman  of  Liberty  Investment
Management, Inc. ("Liberty"). From 1984-1994, Mr. Ehlers was a portfolio manager
and President of Liberty's  predecessor firm, Eagle Asset Management  ("Eagle").
From 1991-1997,  Mr. Collins, Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager, was a
portfolio manager at Liberty.  From 1990-1997,  Mr. Ekizian,  Vice President and
Senior Portfolio Manager, was a portfolio manager at Liberty and its predecessor
firm, Eagle.


ADVISER TO THE DISCIPLINED EQUITY FUND


J.P. Morgan Investment  Management Inc.  ("JPMIM"),  522 Fifth Avenue, New York,
New York 10036, is the Adviser to the Disciplined Equity Fund. JPMIM is a wholly
owned  subsidiary of J.P.  Morgan & Co.  Incorporated.  JPMIM  manages  employee
benefit funds of corporations,  labor unions and state and local governments and
the accounts of other institutional investors, including investment companies.

Investment  decisions are made by a team of portfolio  managers and analysts led
by Nanette  Buziak,  Timothy  Devlin,  both vice presidents of JPMIM and Bernard
Kroll, managing director of JPMIM. Ms. Buziak has been with JPMIM since March of
1997 and prior to that time was an index arbitrage  trader and convertible  bond
portfolio manager at First Marathon America, Inc. Mr. Devlin has been with JPMIM
since July of 1996,  and prior to that time was an equity  portfolio  manager at
Mitchell  Hutchins  Asset  Management  Inc.  Mr. Kroll has been with JPMIM since
August of 1996, and prior to that time was an equity  derivatives  specialist at
Goldman, Sachs & Co.


ADVISER TO THE VALUE EQUITY FUND


Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc ("SBAM"),  7 World Trade Center, New York,
New York 10048,  is the Adviser to the Value  Equity  Fund.  SBAM is an indirect
wholly owned subsidiary of Citigroup,  Inc. John B. Cunningham, a Vice President
of  SBAM  from  1995-1998  and a  Director  of SBAM  since  1998,  is  primarily
responsible  for the  day-to-day  management of the Value Equity Fund.  Prior to
1995, Mr. Cunningham was an Associate in the Investment Banking Group of Salomon
Brothers, Inc.


ADVISER TO THE BALANCED FUND


OpCap Advisors ("OpCap"), 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 49th Floor, New York, New
York  10105,  is the Adviser to the  Balanced  Fund.  OpCap is a majority  owned
subsidiary of Oppenheimer  Capital.  Oppenheimer  Capital has been an investment
advisory  firm  since  1969  and has more  than  $52  billion  of  assets  under
management as of December 31, 1999.  OpCap has been an investment  adviser since
1987.  Oppenheimer Capital and OpCap are indirect,  wholly owned subsidiaries of
PIMCO Advisors L.P. ("PIMCO Advisors"). PIMCO Advisors has two general partners:
PIMCO  Partners,  G.P., a California  general  partnership,  and PIMCO  Advisors
Holdings L.P. ("PAH"), a NYSE-listed Delaware limited partnership of which PIMCO
Partners,  GP is the sole  general  partner.  Colin  Glinsman  is the  portfolio
manager for the Balanced Fund. Mr. Glinsman is the chief investment  officer and
a managing director of Oppenheimer Capital and has been with Oppenheimer Capital
since 1989.


                                       16
<PAGE>


On October 31, 1999,  PIMCO Advisers,  PAH and Allianz AG ("Allianz")  announced
they had reached an agreement by which Allianz will acquire  majority  ownership
of PIMCO Advisers and its subsidiaries,  including OpCap. Under the terms of the
transaction,  Allianz will acquire all of PAH. The transaction will be completed
on or about May 5, 2000.


                      RELATED PERFORMANCE OF THE ADVISERS


Each Adviser manages assets of client  accounts that have investment  objectives
and  strategies  that are  similar to those of the  corresponding  Fund that the
Adviser manages. These client accounts consist of individuals, institutions, and
other mutual  funds.  Listed below is "composite  performance"  for each Adviser
with  regard  to  all  of  these  similarly  managed  accounts.   The  composite
performance  is  computed  based  upon   essentially  the  Adviser's   "average"
performance with regard to such accounts. The composite performance  information
shown below is based on a composite  of all  accounts of each  Adviser  (and its
predecessors,  if  any)  having  substantially  similar  investment  objectives,
policies and strategies as the  corresponding  Fund,  adjusted to give effect to
the  applicable LSA Variable  Series Trust Fund's  annualized  expenses  (giving
effect to any expense waivers or  reimbursements)  during its first fiscal year.
Some of the accounts  included in the composites are not mutual funds registered
under the 1940 Act,  and hence,  these  accounts  are not subject to  investment
limitations, diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the
1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code. If such  requirements were applicable to
these accounts,  the performance  shown may have been lower. This composite data
is provided  to  illustrate  the past  performance  of each  Adviser in managing
similar  accounts and does not represent the performance of any Fund. You should
not consider this performance data as an indication of future performance of any
Fund or any  Adviser.  You  should  note that with some  exceptions  1999 was an
exceptionally good year for the stocks of technology  companies and mutual funds
that invest in them.  You should not expect those stocks and funds to perform as
well every year.  Their prices can change  unpredictably  and, in fact, they may
lose value in some years. You should also note that the performance  shown would
be lower upon taking into account charges assessed in connection with a variable
annuity or variable life contract.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Average Annual  Average Annual    Average Annual    Total Return  Total Return  Total Return
                                       Total Return    Total Return      Total Return      One Year      Five Years    Ten Years
Name of      Investment   Inception    One Year        Five Years        Ten Years         Ended         Ended         Ended
Adviser      Style        Date         Ended 12/31/99  Ended 12/31/99*   Ended 12/31/99*   12/31/99      12/31/99*     12/31/99*
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>

RS           Emerging     11/87        179.37          44.54             28.78             179.37        530.81        1154.62
Investment   Growth
Management,  Equity
L.P.

Morgan       Focus        3/95         45.96           N/A               35.55             45.96         N/A           313.49
Stanley      Equity
Asset
Management

Goldman      Growth       5/90         27.56           28.89             20.89             27.56         255.87        525.97
Sachs Asset  Equity
Management

J.P. Morgan  Disciplined  10/89        18.10           28.10             18.22             18.10         244.88        433.22
Investment   Equity
Management
Inc.

Salomon      Value        5/90         12.35           24.50             17.65             12.35         199.07        381.15
Brothers     Equity
Asset
Management
Inc

OpCap        Balanced     1/92        11.74           23.78             17.60             11.74         190.58        265.84
Advisors
</TABLE>

                                       17
<PAGE>








*Note: If life of composite is less than the period  described,  figure shown is
for the life of the composite.


                            VALUING A FUND'S ASSETS

A Fund's  investments are valued based on market value or, if no market value is
available,  based on fair value as determined under guidelines set by the Board.
All assets and liabilities  initially  expressed in foreign currency values will
be converted into U.S. dollar values.


*    All  short-term  dollar-denominated  investments  that mature in 60 days or
     less are valued on the basis of "amortized" cost.


*    Securities  mainly  traded on a U.S.  exchange  are valued at the last sale
     price on that  exchange  or, if no sales  occurred  during the day,  at the
     current quoted bid price.


*    Securities  mainly  traded on a  non-U.S.  exchange  are  generally  valued
     according to the preceding closing values on that exchange.  However, if an
     event which may change the value of a security  occurs after that time, the
     "fair value" might be adjusted under guidelines set by the Board.


*    Securities  that are not traded on an  exchange  and  securities  for which
     market quotations are not readily available will be valued in good faith at
     fair value by, or under guidelines established by, the Board.

                             PRICING OF FUND SHARES

NET ASSET VALUE


Each  Fund's  per share  price  (also  known as "net  asset  value" or "NAV") is
determined  as of the close of trading  (normally  4:00 p.m.,  Eastern  Standard
Time) every day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for business. If
the NYSE closes at any other time, or if an emergency exists,  the time at which
the NAV is calculated may differ. Each Fund calculates the price per share based
on the  values of the  securities  it owns.  The  price per share is  calculated
separately  for each Fund by dividing  the value of a Fund's  assets,  minus all
liabilities,  by the  number of the  Fund's  outstanding  shares.  Each Fund may
purchase securities that are primarily listed on foreign exchanges that trade on
weekends or other days when the Funds' do not price their shares; therefore, the
Funds' NAV may change on days when  shareholders will not be able to purchase or
redeem the Funds' shares.


PURCHASING AND REDEEMING SHARES

The per share  price  received  will be the price next  determined  after a Fund
receives and accepts a purchase or redemption  order.  Payments for  redemptions
generally  will be made no later than seven days after  receipt of a  redemption
request, and generally on the date of receipt.

Investors may purchase or redeem shares of the Funds in connection with variable
annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies offered through insurance
company  separate  accounts.  Individuals may not place orders directly with the
Funds.  You should refer to the prospectus of your variable  insurance  contract
for information on how to select  specific Funds as investment  options for your
contract and how to redeem monies from the Funds.

                                       18
<PAGE>

Orders received by the Funds are effected only on days when the NYSE is open for
trading  (Business Days). The insurance  company separate  accounts purchase and
redeem shares of each Fund at the Fund's net asset value per share calculated as
of the close of the NYSE  (generally 4:00 p.m.  Eastern  Standard Time) although
purchases and redemptions may be executed the next morning.  Redemption proceeds
paid by wire  transfer  will  normally  be  wired in  federal  funds on the next
Business Day after the Fund receives actual notice of the redemption  order, but
may be paid within three  Business  Days after  receipt of actual  notice of the
order (or longer as  permitted  by the SEC).  The Funds may suspend the right of
redemption  under certain  extraordinary  circumstances  in accordance  with the
rules of the SEC.  In  addition,  each Fund  reserves  the right to suspend  the
offering of its shares for any period of time,  and reserves the right to reject
any specific  purchase order. The Funds do not assess any fees when they sell or
redeem their shares.  The Funds reserve the right to refuse to sell their shares
if the request to purchase or sell shares is based on market timing decisions as
determined by the Adviser(s).

TRANSFERS

The separate  account  issuing  your  variable  insurance  contract may transfer
assets  between  the Funds  consistent  with timely  receipt of all  information
necessary to process transfer requests.  The Funds reserve the right to limit or
terminate these transfer privileges at any time.

                               FEES AND EXPENSES

BREAKDOWN OF EXPENSES

Investors in the Funds will incur  various  operating  costs which are described
below. Each Fund pays a management fee for the management of its investments and
business affairs. Each Fund also pays its own operational expenses.  Some of the
Funds may engage in active trading to achieve their investment objectives.  As a
result, a Fund may incur higher brokerage and other transaction costs.

MANAGEMENT FEES


The Manager is  entitled to receive  from each Fund a  management  fee,  payable
monthly,  at an annual rate as a percentage  of average  daily net assets of the
Fund as set forth in the table below.  Because the Manager waived its management
fees,  no management  fees were paid by the Funds for the period ended  December
31, 1999.



Emerging Growth Equity Fund             1.05%
Focused Equity Fund                     0.95%
Growth Equity Fund                      0.85%
Disciplined Equity Fund                 0.75%
Value Equity Fund                       0.80%
Balanced Fund                           0.80%


The Manager  compensates  the Advisers from the management  fee it receives.  No
additional management fees are paid by the Funds to the Advisers.

                                       19
<PAGE>

OPERATIONAL EXPENSES

Each Fund pays other  operational  expenses  not assumed by the  Manager.  These
expenses may include, among others, the following:  fees for Fund accounting and
Fund  administration;  fees related to the purchase,  sale or loan of securities
such as brokers' commissions; fees of independent accountants and legal counsel;
expenses of preparing and printing  shareholder annual and semi-annual  reports;
bank transaction charges;  custodian fees and expenses;  federal, state or local
income or other taxes; independent Trustee compensation;  SEC fees; and costs of
Trustee and shareholder meetings.

All of  these  expenses  that are  incurred  by the Fund  will be  passed  on to
shareholders  through a daily charge made to the assets held in the Funds, which
will be reflected in share prices.


The Manager has  currently  agreed to reduce its fees or reimburse the Funds for
expenses above certain limits.  Currently this limit is set so that no Fund will
incur expenses (not including  interest,  taxes, or brokerage  commissions) that
exceed the amount of its management fee plus 0.30% of its assets. The Manager is
contractually  obligated to continue  this  arrangement  through April 30, 2001.
These fee reductions or expense  reimbursements  can decrease a Fund's  expenses
and therefore increase its performance.

The Manager may pay fees to insurance  companies or their  related  entities for
services to be rendered or reflecting cost savings to the Trust. The Manager did
not make any payments in 1999.


                          ADDITIONAL FUND INFORMATION

TAX INFORMATION

Shares of the Funds are owned for federal tax purposes by life insurance company
separate accounts established in connection with variable contracts,  not by the
owners of these variable contracts. Owners of variable contracts should refer to
the  prospectuses  for these contracts for a description of the tax consequences
of owning  contracts  and  receiving  distributions  or other  contract  related
payments.  Each Fund intends to comply with the federal tax  diversification and
other federal tax  requirements  with which it must comply in order for variable
contracts to qualify for the tax treatment  described in the applicable variable
contract  prospectus.  A Fund's failure to comply with these  requirements could
cause  the  holder of a  variable  contract  based on a  separate  account  that
invested  in whole or in part in that Fund to be subject to current  taxation on
all  income  on the  contract,  unless  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  permits
correction of the failure, which cannot be assured.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS

Each Fund  intends to  distribute  substantially  all of its income and  capital
gains each year. All dividend and capital gain  distributions will automatically
be reinvested in additional shares of the Funds.






CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, FUND ACCOUNTANT AND ADMINISTRATOR


Investors Bank & Trust Company is the custodian, transfer agent, fund accountant
and administrator.


PERFORMANCE

                                       20
<PAGE>

From time to time, the Funds may advertise yield and total return figures. Yield
is a measure of past dividend  income.  Total return includes both past dividend
income plus realized and  unrealized  capital  appreciation  (or  depreciation).
Yield and total return should not be used to predict the future performance of a
Fund.  Yields  and total  returns  are  presented  net of the  Funds'  operating
expenses.  Fund  performance  information  does not  reflect any fees or charges
imposed under a variable insurance contract.

                                       21
<PAGE>


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The financial  highlights table is intended to help you understand the financial
performance  for the  period  of each  Funds'  operations.  Certain  information
reflects  financial  results for a single share.  The total returns in the table
represent the rate that an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment
in each Fund,  assuming  reinvestment of all dividends and  distributions.  This
information  has been  audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,  independent  auditors,
whose report, along with each Fund's financial  statements,  are included in the
Annual Report, which is available upon request.

LSA Variable Series Trust
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                        Emerging                Focused         Growth
                                        Growth Equity           Equity          Equity
                                        Fund                    Fund            Fund
                                        ----------------        -------------   ----------------
                                        Period Ended            Period Ended    Period Ended
                                        December 31,            December 31,    December 31,
                                        1999 (a)                1999 (a)        1999 (a)
<S>                                     <C>                     <C>             <C>

Net asset value, beginning of period            $10.00                  $10.00          $10.00
                                        ---------------         --------------  ------------------

Income from investment operations:
     Net investment income (loss)                (0.03)                  (0.01)          (0.00)  (b)
     Net realized and unrealized                  7.52                    2.08            2.08
      gain (loss)
                                        ---------------         --------------- ---------------------
      Total from investment operations            7.49                    2.07            2.08
                                        ---------------         --------------  ---------------------
Less distributions to shareholders:
        From net investment income                   -                       -               -
        From net realized capital gains              -                       -            (0.01)
                                        --------------          --------------  ---------------------
            Total distributions                      -                       -            (0.01)
                                        --------------          --------------  ---------------------
Net asset value, end of period                  $17.49                  $12.07            $12.07
                                        --------------          --------------  ----------------------
                                        --------------          --------------  ----------------------

Total Return*                                   74.90%                  20.70%             20.80%

Ratios/Supplemental Data:

   Net assets, end of period (000's)            $9,119                  $6,564             $6,384
   Net expenses to average daily net assets **  1.35%                   1.25%              1.15%
   Net investment income (loss) to
    average daily net assets **                 (1.04%)                 (.36%)             (.05%)
   Portfolio turnover rate                         47%                    26%                13%

   Without the waiver/reimbursement of
   expenses by the Manager, the ratio
   of net expenses and net investment
   income (loss) to average net assets
   would have been:
           Expenses **                          3.96%                   4.54%              4.38%
           Net investment income (loss)**      (3.65%)                 (3.65%)            (3.28%)

  (a) Fund commenced operations on October 1, 1999.
  (b) Net investment loss was less than $0.01 per share.
  (c) Distributions from net realized capital gains were less than $0.01 per share.
  *  Not annualized.
  ** Annualized.
</TABLE>


                                       22
<PAGE>


LSA Variable Series Trust
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                Disciplined                     Value
                                                Equity                          Equity                  Balanced
                                                Fund                            Fund                    Fund
                                                -----------------               ----------------        -------------
<S>                                             <C>                             <C>                     <C>

                                                Period Ended                    Period Ended            Period Ended
                                                December 31,                    December 31,            December 31,
                                                1999 (a)                        1999 (a)                1999 (a)
                                                -----------------               ---------------         --------------

Net asset value, beginning of period                    $10.00                          $10.00                  $10.00
                                                -----------------               ---------------         ---------------

Income from investment operations:

        Net investment income (loss)                     0.01                            0.02                    0.06
        Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)          1.16                            0.74                    0.28
                                                -----------------               ---------------         ---------------

    Total from investment operations                     1.17                            0.76                    0.34
                                                ----------------                ---------------         ----------------

Less distributions to shareholders:

        From net investment income                      (0.01)                          (0.02)                   (0.06)
        From net realized capital gains                 (0.03)                              -                    (0.00)(c)
                                                -----------------               ---------------         ------------------
          Total distributions                           (0.04)                          (0.02)                   (0.06)
                                                -----------------               ---------------         ------------------

Net asset value, end of period                          $11.13                          $10.74                  $10.28
                                                -----------------               --------------          -------------------
                                                -----------------               --------------          -------------------

Total Return*                                           11.73%                          7.56%                     3.40%

Ratios/Supplemental Data:

    Net assets, end of period (000's)                   $11,317                         $5,566                  $5,248
    Net expenses to average daily net assets **            1.05%                          1.10%                   1.10%
    Net investment income (loss) to
        average daily net assets **                        0.54%                          0.64%                   2.31%
    Portfolio turnover rate                                  17%                            18%                     35%

    Without the waiver/reimbursement
    of expenses by the Manager, the
    ratio of net expenses and net investment
    income (loss) to average net assets
    would have been:
        Expenses **                                       2.59%                           4.56%                   4.60%
        Net investment income (loss)**                   (1.00%)                         (2.82%)                 (1.19%)

(a) Fund commenced operations on October 1, 1999.
(b) Net investment loss was less than $0.01 per share.
(c) Distributions from net realized capital gains were less than $0.01 per share.
*  Not annualized.
** Annualized.

</TABLE>


                                       23

<PAGE>







STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) provides more detailed information
about the Funds and is legally  considered to be a part of this prospectus.  The
Funds' annual and semi-annual  reports provide additional  information about the
Funds'  investments.  The  annual  report  includes a  discussion  of the market
conditions  and  investment  strategies  that  significantly  affected  a Fund's
performance  during  its last  fiscal  year.  Copies of the SAI,  the annual and
semi-annual  reports,  and other  information  may be obtained,  at no cost,  by
contacting 1-800-865-5237.


OTHER INFORMATION

Information can also be reviewed and copied at the Public  Reference Room of the
SEC in Washington,  D.C. For a fee,  text-only copies can be obtained by writing
to the Public  Reference  Room of the SEC,  Washington,  D.C.  20549-0102  or by
electronic request at the following email address:  [email protected].  You can
also  call  (202)  942-8090.  Additionally,  information  about the Funds can be
obtained on the SEC's Internet website at http://www.sec.gov.


Investment Company Act file no. 811-09379





                                       24
<PAGE>


                           LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST

                          Emerging Growth Equity Fund
                              Focused Equity Fund
                               Growth Equity Fund
                            Disciplined Equity Fund
                               Value Equity Fund
                                 Balanced Fund

                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


                                  May 1, 2000

     This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus.  It should be
read in conjunction with the current  Prospectus dated May 1, 2000 of the Funds.
The Annual  Report  dated  December  31,  1999 of the Funds is  incorporated  by
reference  and  hereby  deemed  to be  part  of  this  Statement  of  Additional
Information.   To  obtain  the   Prospectus   or  Annual   Report   please  call
1-800-865-5237.  This Statement of Additional Information is intended to provide
additional  information  about the  activities  and  operations of the Funds and
should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus.


     You can review the Funds'  Prospectus as well as other reports  relating to
the Funds at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC").

     You can get text-only copies:


          For a fee by writing to or calling  the Public  Reference  Room of the
          SEC,  Washington,  D.C.  20549-0102  or by  electronic  request at the
          following email address: [email protected]. Telephone: (202) 942-8090
          or; free, from the SEC's Internet website at http://www.sec.gov.



                                      B-1
<PAGE>


TABLE OF CONTENTS                                               PAGE
- -----------------                                               -----

The Trust and the Funds                                         B - 3

Investment Objectives and Policies                              B - 3


Board of Trustees                                               B - 24

Code of Ethics                                                  B - 26


Capital Structure                                               B - 26


Control Persons                                                 B - 26


Investment Management Arrangements                              B - 27


Fund Expenses                                                   B - 30


Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage                            B - 30


Determination of Net Asset Value                                B - 32

Purchase and Redemption of Shares                               B - 33

Suspension of Redemptions and Postponement
of Payments                                                     B - 33

Investment Performance                                          B - 33

Taxes                                                           B - 37

Custodian, Transfer Agent, Fund Accountant
and Administrator                                               B - 41

Distributor                                                     B - 41

Independent Auditors                                            B - 41

Financial Statements                                            B - 41

Appendix A                                                      B - 42


                                      B-2
<PAGE>


                            THE TRUST AND THE FUNDS

     LSA  Variable  Series  Trust  (the  "Trust")   presently  consists  of  six
portfolios: the Emerging Growth Equity Fund, the Focused Equity Fund, the Growth
Equity  Fund,  the  Disciplined  Equity Fund,  the Value  Equity  Fund,  and the
Balanced Fund (each  referred to as a "Fund" and together as the  "Funds").  The
Trust is  registered  as an open-end,  management  investment  company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act"). The Trust was formed as
a  Delaware  business  trust on March 2,  1999.  Shares  of the  Funds  are sold
exclusively  to insurance  company  separate  accounts as a funding  vehicle for
variable life and/or variable annuity contracts,  including separate accounts of
Allstate Life Insurance Company ("Allstate Life") and its subsidiaries.

     LSA Asset  Management  LLC (the  "Manager"),  located at 3100 Sanders Road,
Northbrook, Illinois 60062, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life and is
the investment  manager of each Fund. The specific  investments of each Fund are
managed on a day-to-day basis by investment advisers selected by the Manager who
are called the "Advisers".

                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

A.   FUNDAMENTAL RESTRICTIONS OF THE FUNDS

     Each Fund has adopted the  following  fundamental  investment  restrictions
which may not be changed without approval of a majority of the applicable Fund's
outstanding  voting  securities.   Under  the  1940  Act,  a  "majority  of  the
outstanding  voting  securities"  means the  approval  of the  lesser of (1) the
holders of 67% or more of the shares of a Fund  represented  at a meeting if the
holders of more than 50% of the  outstanding  shares of the Fund are  present in
person or by proxy or (2) the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares
of the Fund.  Those  investment  policies  that are not  fundamental  investment
restrictions  may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the "Board")
without a  shareholder  vote  under  the 1940  Act.  In  addition,  each  Fund's
investment objective may be changed without a shareholder vote.

     Each Fund may not:

     1. Issue senior securities. For purposes of this restriction,  the issuance
of shares of common stock in multiple classes or series, obtaining of short-term
credits  as may be  necessary  for the  clearance  of  purchases  and  sales  of
portfolio  securities,  short  sales  against the box,  the  purchase or sale of
permissible  options  and  futures  transactions  (and  the use of  initial  and
maintenance  margin  arrangements  with respect to futures  contracts or related
options  transactions),  the purchase or sale of  securities on a when issued or
delayed delivery basis, permissible borrowings entered into in accordance with a
Fund's investment policies,  and reverse repurchase agreements are not deemed to
be issuances of senior securities.

     2. Borrow money,  except from banks and then only if immediately after each
such borrowing  there is asset  coverage of at least 300%  (including the amount
borrowed)  as  defined  in  the  1940  Act.  For  purposes  of  this  investment
restriction,  reverse repurchase agreements, mortgage dollar rolls, short sales,
futures  contracts,  options on futures contracts,  securities or indices,  when
issued and  delayed  delivery  transactions  and  securities  lending  shall not
constitute  borrowing  for  purposes of this  limitation  to the extent they are
covered by a segregated account consisting of appropriate liquid assets or by an
offsetting position.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>

     3. Act as an underwriter,  except to the extent that in connection with the
disposition  of portfolio  securities a Fund may be deemed to be an  underwriter
for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act").


     4.  Purchase  or sell real  estate,  except  that a Fund may (i) acquire or
lease office space for its own use,  (ii) invest in  securities  of issuers that
invest in real estate or interests therein, (e.g., real estate investment trusts
("REITs")),  (iii)  invest in  securities  that are  secured  by real  estate or
interests therein, (iv) purchase and sell mortgage-related  securities, (v) hold
and sell  real  estate  acquired  by the Fund as a result  of the  ownership  of
securities and (vi) invest in real estate limited partnerships.


     5. Invest in  commodities,  except that a Fund may (i) invest in securities
of issuers that invest in  commodities,  and (ii) engage in permissible  options
and futures transactions and forward foreign currency contracts, entered into in
accordance with the Fund's investment policies.

     6. Make loans,  except  that a Fund may (i) lend  portfolio  securities  in
accordance with the Fund's  investment  policies in amounts up to 33 1/3% of the
Fund's total assets (including  collateral received) taken at market value, (ii)
enter into fully collateralized  repurchase agreements,  and (iii) purchase debt
obligations  in which  the  Fund  may  invest  consistent  with  its  investment
policies.

     7. Purchase the securities of any issuer (other than obligations  issued or
guaranteed by the U.S.  Government or any of its agencies or  instrumentalities)
if, as a result,  more than 25% of the Fund's  total assets would be invested in
the securities of companies whose principal business  activities are in the same
industry, except that this limitation does not apply to the Focused Equity Fund.
For these purposes,  each Adviser determines appropriate industry classification
which means that  different  Funds will use  different  industry  classification
standards.

     In addition,  each Fund,  will operate as a  "diversified"  fund within the
meaning of the 1940 Act.  This means that with  respect to 75% of a Fund's total
assets, a Fund will not purchase  securities of an issuer (other than cash, cash
items or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  government,  its agencies,
instrumentalities or authorities), if

        *     such purchase would cause more than 5% of the Fund's total assets
           taken at market value to be invested in the securities of such
           issuer; or

        *     such purchase would at the time result in more than 10% of the
           outstanding voting securities of such issuer being held by the Fund.

     If a percentage  restriction  on investment or utilization of assets as set
forth above is adhered to at the time an  investment  is made, a later change in
percentage  resulting  from changes in the values of a Fund's assets will not be
considered a violation of the  restriction;  provided,  however,  that the asset
coverage requirement applicable to borrowings under Section 18(f)(1) of the 1940
Act shall be maintained in the manner contemplated by that Section.

B.   MISCELLANEOUS INVESTMENT PRACTICES

     The following discussion provides additional information about the types of
securities  which  may be  purchased  by one or  more  of the  Funds,  including

                                      B-4
<PAGE>

information about risk factors. An investor in a Fund would be exposed to all of
the investment  risks  associated  with the  securities  purchased by that Fund.
Therefore,  these  risks  should  be  considered  carefully  by all  prospective
investors.  In  addition,  due to the numerous  factors  that affect  investment
results, it is not possible to identify every possible risk factor.

     All investment  limitations  that are expressed as a percentage of a Fund's
assets are applied as of the time a Fund purchases a particular security, except
those limitations relating to a Fund's asset coverage requirements applicable to
certain  borrowings  under  Section  18 of the  1940  Act.  Not all  Funds  will
necessarily  engage in all of the strategies  discussed below,  even where it is
permissible for a Fund to do so.

MONEY MARKET INSTRUMENTS AND TEMPORARY INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

     Each Fund may hold cash items and invest in money market  instruments under
appropriate  circumstances  as determined  by the Manager or the Advisers.  Each
Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash or money market instruments for
temporary defensive purposes.

     Money  market  instruments  include  (but are not limited to): (1) banker's
acceptances; (2) obligations of governments (whether U.S. or non-U.S.) and their
agencies and instrumentalities;  (3) short-term corporate obligations, including
commercial paper,  notes, and bonds; (4) other short-term debt obligations;  (5)
obligations of U.S. banks, non-U.S.  branches of U.S. banks (Eurodollars),  U.S.
branches and agencies of non-U.S. banks (Yankee dollars), and non-U.S.  branches
of non-U.S. banks; (6) asset-backed securities; and (7) repurchase agreements.

     Money market instruments are subject,  to a limited extent, to credit risk.
Credit risk is the  possibility  that the issuer of a security may fail to repay
interest and principal in a timely  manner.  Eurodollar  and Yankee  obligations
have the same risks,  such as income risk and credit risk, as U.S.  money market
instruments.  Other  risks of  Eurodollar  and Yankee  obligations  include  the
possibility  that a  foreign  government  will not let  U.S.  dollar-denominated
assets leave the country;  the possibility  that the banks that issue Eurodollar
obligations may not be subject to the same  regulations as U.S.  banks;  and the
possibility  that  adverse  political  or  economic   developments  will  affect
investments in a foreign country.

CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT AND BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES

     Each Fund may purchase  certificates  of deposit and bankers'  acceptances.
Certificates  of deposit are  receipts  issued by a  depository  institution  in
exchange for the deposit of funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited
plus  interest  to the  bearer  of the  receipt  on the  date  specified  on the
certificate. The certificate usually can be traded in the secondary market prior
to  maturity.  Bankers'  acceptances  typically  arise  from  short-term  credit
arrangements designed to enable businesses to obtain funds to finance commercial
transactions.  Generally,  an  acceptance  is a time draft drawn on a bank by an
exporter or an importer to obtain a stated  amount of funds to pay for  specific
merchandise.   The  draft  is  then  "accepted"  by  a  bank  that,  in  effect,
unconditionally  guarantees  to pay the  face  value  of the  instrument  on its
maturity  date.  The  acceptance  may then be held by the  accepting  bank as an
earning  asset or it may be sold in the  secondary  market at the going  rate of
discount for a specific maturity.  Although maturities for acceptances can be as
long as 270 days, most acceptances have maturities of six months or less.

                                      B-5
<PAGE>

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

     Each  Fund is  permitted  to enter  into  fully  collateralized  repurchase
agreements.  The Funds' Board has  established  standards for  evaluation of the
creditworthiness  of the banks and  securities  dealers with which the Funds may
engage in repurchase agreements.  The Board also monitors, on a quarterly basis,
each  Adviser's  compliance  with  such  standards.  The Fund  will  enter  into
repurchase agreements only with banks and broker/dealers believed by the Manager
to present minimal credit risks in accordance  with  guidelines  approved by the
Board of Trustees and in consultation with the Advisers. The Manager will review
and monitor the  creditworthiness  of such  institutions,  and will consider the
capitalization of the institution,  any rating of the institution or its debt by
independent rating agencies and other relevant factors.

     A  repurchase  agreement  is an agreement by which the seller of a security
agrees to repurchase the security sold to a Fund at a mutually  agreed upon time
and price. It may also be viewed as the loan of money by a Fund to the seller of
the  security.  The  resale  price  would be in  excess of the  purchase  price,
reflecting an agreed upon market interest rate.

     The Advisers  will monitor  such  transactions  to ensure that the value of
underlying collateral will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of
the  repurchase  obligation,  including  the  accrued  interest.  If the  seller
defaults,  the Fund could realize a loss on the sale of the underlying  security
to the extent that the proceeds of sale,  including accrued  interest,  are less
than the resale price (including interest).

     Further,  a Fund could  experience  delays in  liquidating  the  underlying
securities  while it enforces its rights to the collateral;  below normal levels
of income; decline in value of the underlying securities; or a lack of access to
income  during  this  period.  A Fund  may  also  incur  unanticipated  expenses
associated with enforcing its rights in connection  with a repurchase  agreement
transaction.


     Each of the Funds,  may  (subject  to an order  obtained by the Adviser and
issued  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission),   together  with  other
registered  investment companies managed by the particular Fund's Adviser or its
affiliates,  transfer uninvested cash balances into a single joint account,  the
daily  aggregate  balance  of which may be  invested  in one or more  repurchase
agreements.


REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

     Each Fund, except the Growth Equity Fund, may enter into reverse repurchase
agreements.  Reverse repurchase  agreements involve sales by a Fund of portfolio
assets concurrently with an agreement by a Fund to repurchase the same assets at
a later date at a fixed price. Reverse repurchase agreements carry the risk that
the market value of the  securities  which a Fund is obligated to repurchase may
decline below the repurchase price. A reverse repurchase  agreement is viewed as
a collateralized borrowing by a Fund. Borrowing magnifies the potential for gain
or loss on the  portfolio  securities  of a Fund and,  therefore,  increases the
possibility  of fluctuation in a Fund's net asset value. A Fund will establish a
segregated  account  with its  custodian  bank in which the Fund  will  maintain
liquid assets equal in value to a Fund's  obligations  in respect of any reverse
repurchase agreements.

DEBT SECURITIES

                                      B-6
<PAGE>

     Each  Fund is  permitted  to  invest  in  debt  securities  including:  (1)
securities  issued  or  guaranteed  as to  principal  or  interest  by the  U.S.
Government,   its  agencies  or  instrumentalities;   (2)  non-convertible  debt
securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations or other issuers (including
foreign  governments  or  corporations);   (3)  asset-backed   securities;   (4)
mortgage-related  securities,   including  collateralized  mortgage  obligations
("CMO's");  and (5) securities  issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest
by a sovereign  government  or one of its  agencies or  political  subdivisions,
supranational entities such as development banks, non-U.S.  corporations,  banks
or bank holding  companies,  or other non-U.S.  issuers.  Debt securities may be
classified as investment  grade debt  securities and  non-investment  grade debt
securities.

INVESTMENT GRADE DEBT SECURITIES

     Each Fund is  permitted  under its  investment  policies  to invest in debt
securities rated within the four highest rating  categories (i.e., Aaa, Aa, A or
Baa by Moody's  or AAA,  AA, A or BBB by S&P) (or,  if  unrated,  securities  of
comparable   quality  as  determined   by  an  Adviser).   Appendix  A  contains
descriptions  of the  ratings of the  ratings  services.  These  securities  are
generally referred to as "investment grade securities." Each rating category has
within it different  gradations  or  sub-categories.  If a Fund is authorized to
invest in a certain rating category, the Fund is also permitted to invest in any
of the  sub-categories or gradations within that rating category.  If a security
is downgraded to a rating  category which does not qualify for  investment,  the
Adviser will use its  discretion  in  determining  whether to hold or sell based
upon its opinion on the best method to maximize value for shareholders  over the
long term.  Debt securities  carrying the fourth highest rating (i.e.,  "Baa" by
Moody's and "BBB" by S&P),  and unrated  securities  of  comparable  quality (as
determined  by an Adviser) are viewed to have  adequate  capacity for payment of
principal  and  interest,  but do  involve  a higher  degree  of risk  than that
associated with investments in debt securities in the higher rating  categories.
Such securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and have speculative
characteristics.  Ratings  made  available  by S&P and Moody's are  relative and
subjective and are not absolute standards of quality. Although these ratings are
initial  criteria for selection of portfolio  investments,  an Adviser also will
make its own  evaluation  of these  securities.  Among the factors  that will be
considered  are the  long-term  ability  of the  issuers  to pay  principal  and
interest and general economic trends.

BELOW INVESTMENT GRADE DEBT SECURITIES

     Securities rated below  investment grade are commonly  referred to as "high
yield-high risk securities" or "junk bonds".  Each rating category has within it
different gradations or sub-categories. For instance the "Ba" rating for Moody's
includes  "Ba3",  "Ba2" and  "Ba1".  Likewise  the S&P rating  category  of "BB"
includes  "BB+",  "BB" and "BB-". If a Fund is authorized to invest in a certain
rating  category,   the  Fund  is  also  permitted  to  invest  in  any  of  the
sub-categories  or  gradations  within that rating  category.  Securities in the
highest  category below  investment  grade are considered to be of poor standing
and predominantly speculative.  These securities are considered speculative with
respect  to the  issuer's  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay  principal  in
accordance with the terms of the obligations.  Accordingly,  it is possible that
these  types of  factors  could,  in  certain  instances,  reduce  the  value of
securities  held by a Fund with a  commensurate  effect on the value of a Fund's
shares.  If a security is  downgraded,  the Adviser will use its  discretion  in
determining whether to hold or sell based upon its opinion on the best method to
maximize value for shareholders  over the long term.


     A Fund's  ability  to achieve  its  investment  objectives  may depend to a
greater  extent on the Adviser's  judgment  concerning the  creditworthiness  of
issuers than funds which invest in higher-rated securities.


                                      B-7
<PAGE>

     The Value Equity Fund has no limit on the amount of assets it may invest in
non-investment  grade  convertible debt securities and it may invest up to 5% in
non-investment  grade,  non-convertible  debt securities.  The Value Equity Fund
does not expect to invest more than 10% of total assets in non-investment  grade
securities of any type. The Disciplined  Equity Fund and the Focused Equity Fund
may each invest up to 10% of the Fund's  total  assets in  non-investment  grade
convertible debt securities. The Balanced Fund may invest up to 25% of its total
assets in below  investment  grade debt  securities.  The Growth Equity Fund may
invest up to 10% of its total assets in below  investment grade debt securities.
The Emerging Growth Equity Fund will not invest in below  investment  grade debt
securities.

     Junk bonds pay higher interest  yields in an attempt to attract  investors.
Junk  bonds  may be  issued  by  small,  less-seasoned  companies,  or by larger
companies as part of a corporate restructuring such as a merger,  acquisition or
leveraged buy out. However, junk bonds have special risks that make them riskier
investments  than  investment-grade  securities.  They may be subject to greater
market  fluctuations  and  risk  of  loss  of  income  and  principal  than  are
lower-yielding,  investment-grade  securities. There may be less of a market for
them and therefore they may be harder to sell at an acceptable price. There is a
greater  possibility  that an issuer's  earnings may be insufficient to make the
payments of interest due on the bonds.  The issuer's  low  creditworthiness  may
increase the potential for its insolvency.

     These risks mean that the Funds investing in junk bonds may not achieve the
expected income from  lower-grade  securities,  and that the net asset value per
share  of  such  Funds  may be  affected  by  declines  in the  value  of  these
securities.  However,  the Funds'  limitations  on  investing  in junk bonds may
reduce some of these risks.

     The  market  value of  certain  of these  securities  also  tend to be more
sensitive  to  individual   corporate   developments  and  changes  in  economic
conditions  than do higher quality bonds.  Additionally,  medium and lower-rated
securities and comparable unrated  securities  generally present a higher degree
of  credit  risk.  The  risk  of  loss  due  to  default  by  these  issuers  is
significantly  greater  because  medium and lower rated  securities  and unrated
securities of comparable  quality  generally  are unsecured and  frequently  are
subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness.

MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES

     Each Fund (other than the  Disciplined  Equity Fund) may invest in pools of
mortgage loans made by lenders such as savings and loan  institutions,  mortgage
bankers,  commercial banks and others.  Each Fund may also invest in other types
of mortgage backed securities. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled for sale to
investors (such as the Funds) by various  governmental,  government-related  and
private  organizations.  A Fund  may also  invest  in  similar  mortgage-related
securities  which provide funds for  multi-family  residences or commercial real
estate properties.

     In  general,  there are  several  risks  associated  with  mortgage-related
securities.  One is the risk that the monthly  cash  inflow from the  underlying
loan  may be  insufficient  to meet  the  monthly  payment  requirements  of the
mortgage-related security.

     Prepayment of principal by mortgagors or mortgage foreclosures will shorten
the term of the underlying mortgage pool for a mortgage-related  security. Early
returns of  principal  will  affect  the  average  life of the  mortgage-related
securities  remaining  in a Fund.  The  occurrence  of mortgage  prepayments  is

                                      B-8
<PAGE>

affected by factors  including  the level of interest  rates,  general  economic
conditions,  the  location  and  age  of  the  mortgage  and  other  social  and
demographic  conditions.  In  periods  of  rising  interest  rates,  the rate of
prepayment tends to decrease,  thereby lengthening the average life of a pool of
mortgage-related  securities.  Conversely,  in periods of falling interest rates
the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the average life of
a pool.  Reinvestment of prepayments may occur at higher or lower interest rates
than the  original  investment,  thus  affecting  the  yield of a Fund.  Because
prepayments of principal  generally occur when interest rates are declining,  it
is likely that a Fund will have to reinvest the proceeds of prepayments at lower
interest rates than those at which the assets were previously invested.  If this
occurs,  a Fund's yield will  correspondingly  decline.  Thus,  mortgage-related
securities  may have less  potential  for  capital  appreciation  in  periods of
falling  interest  rates  than  other  fixed-income   securities  of  comparable
maturity,  although these  securities  may have a comparable  risk of decline in
market  value in periods of rising  interest  rates.  To the extent  that a Fund
purchases  mortgage-related  securities at a premium,  unscheduled  prepayments,
which are made at par, will result in a loss equal to any unamortized premium.

     Collateralized   Mortgage   Obligations   ("CMOs")  are  obligations  fully
collateralized  by a portfolio  of  mortgages  or  mortgage-related  securities.
Payments of principal and interest on the  mortgages  are passed  through to the
holders of the CMOs on the same schedule as they are received,  although certain
classes  of CMOs have  priority  over  others  with  respect  to the  receipt of
prepayments on the mortgages.  Therefore, depending on the type of CMOs in which
a Fund  invests,  the  investment  may be subject to a greater or lesser risk of
prepayment than other types of mortgage-related securities.

     Mortgage-related  securities may not be readily  marketable.  To the extent
any of these  securities  are not  readily  marketable  in the  judgment  of the
Adviser,  the investment  restriction  limiting a Fund's  investment in illiquid
investments  to not more than 15% of the value of its net assets is  applicable.
See the discussion of Illiquid Securities on page B-36.

     The value of these  securities  may be  significantly  affected by interest
rates, the market's  perception of the issuers and the  creditworthiness  of the
parties involved.  These securities may also be subject to prepayment risk which
is the risk that prepayments of the underlying mortgages may shorten the life of
the investment, adversely affecting yield to maturity. The yield characteristics
of the mortgage  securities  differ from those of traditional  debt  securities.
Among the major  differences  are that interest and principal  payments are made
more frequently on mortgage securities,  usually monthly, and that principal may
be prepaid at any time  because the  underlying  mortgage  loans or other assets
generally permit prepayment at any time. Evaluation of the risks associated with
prepayment and  determination  of the rate at which  prepayment  will occur,  is
influenced by a variety of economic, geographic,  demographic,  social and other
factors  including  interest rate levels,  changes in housing needs,  net equity
built by mortgagors in the mortgaged properties, job transfers, and unemployment
rates. If a Fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that
is faster than  expected will reduce yield to maturity  while a prepayment  rate
that is slower than expected will have the opposite  effect of increasing  yield
to maturity.  Conversely,  if a Fund purchases  these  securities at a discount,
faster  than  expected  prepayments  will  increase,  and slower  than  expected
prepayments will reduce,  yield to maturity.  Amounts available for reinvestment
are likely to be greater  during a period of declining  interest rates and, as a
result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period
of rising interest rates.  Accelerated  prepayments on securities purchased by a
Fund at a premium  also impose a risk of loss of  principal  because the premium
may not have been fully amortized at the time the principal is repaid in full.

                                      B-9
<PAGE>

     Mortgage  securities  differ from  conventional  bonds in that principal is
paid back over the life of the mortgage securities rather than at maturity. As a
result,  the holder of the mortgage  securities  (i.e., a Fund) receives monthly
scheduled  payments of  principal  and  interest,  and may  receive  unscheduled
principal  payments  representing  prepayments on the underlying  mortgages.  As
noted,  the mortgage loans underlying  mortgage-backed  securities are generally
subject to a greater rate of principal  prepayments in a declining interest rate
environment  and to a lesser  rate of  principal  prepayments  in an  increasing
interest rate environment.  Under certain interest and prepayment  scenarios,  a
Fund may fail to recover the full amount of its  investment  in  mortgage-backed
securities  notwithstanding  any  direct  or  indirect  governmental  or  agency
guarantee.  Since faster than expected  prepayments  must usually be invested in
lower  yielding  securities,  mortgage-backed  securities  are less effective at
"locking in" a specified  interest rate than are  conventional  bonds or certain
types of U.S. government securities.

     REITs are pooled  investment  vehicles that invest primarily in either real
estate or real estate related loans.  The value of a REIT is affected by changes
in the value of the properties owned by the REIT or securing mortgage loans held
by the REIT.  REITs are dependent upon the ability of the REITs'  managers,  and
are  subject  to heavy  cash  flow  dependency,  default  by  borrowers  and the
qualification  of the  REITs,  under  applicable  regulatory  requirements,  for
favorable  income  tax  treatment.  REITs are also  subject  to risks  generally
associated with  investments in real estate including  possible  declines in the
value  of  real  estate,   adverse   general  and  local  economic   conditions,
environmental  problems and changes in interest rates. To the extent that assets
underlying a REIT are concentrated geographically by property type or in certain
other  respects,  these risks may be  heightened.  A Fund that invests in a REIT
will  indirectly  bear  its  proportionate  share  of  any  expenses,  including
management fees, paid by a REIT in which that Fund invests.

ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES

     Each  Fund  (other  than  the  Disciplined   Equity  Fund)  may  invest  in
asset-backed  securities.  The  securitization  techniques used for asset-backed
securities  are  similar  to those  used for  mortgage-related  securities.  The
collateral for these  securities has included home equity loans,  automobile and
credit card receivables,  boat loans,  computer leases,  airplane leases, mobile
home loans,  recreational vehicle loans and hospital accounts  receivables.  The
Funds may invest in these and other types of asset-backed securities that may be
developed  in the  future.  These  securities  may be  subject  to the  risk  of
prepayment or default.  The ability of an issuer of  asset-backed  securities to
enforce its security interest in the underlying securities may be limited.

     Asset-backed   securities   entail   certain   risks   not   presented   by
mortgage-backed  securities.  The collateral underlying  asset-backed securities
may entail  features that make them less effective as security for payments than
real estate  collateral.  Debtors may have the right to set off certain  amounts
owed on the  credit  cards  or other  obligations  underlying  the  asset-backed
security,  such as credit  card  receivables,  or the debt holder may not have a
first (or  proper)  security  interest  in all of the  obligations  backing  the
receivable  because of the  nature of the  receivable  or state or federal  laws
granting protection to the debtor. Certain collateral may be difficult to locate
in the event of default, and recoveries on depreciated or damaged collateral may
not support payments on these securities.

EQUITY SECURITIES


     Each Fund may invest in equity  securities  which  include  common  stocks,
preferred stocks (including  convertible  preferred stock),  depository receipts
and rights to acquire such securities (such as warrants). In addition, the Funds
may invest in securities such as bonds, debentures and corporate notes which are
convertible  into common  stock at the option of the holder.  These  convertible
debt  securities  are  considered  equity  securities for purposes of the Funds'
investment  policies and limitations.  Generally,  the Funds' equity  securities
will consist mostly of common stocks.


                                      B-10
<PAGE>

     The  value of a  company's  stock  may fall as a result  of  factors  which
directly relate to that company, such as lower demand for the company's products
or services or poor management decisions.  A stock's value may also fall because
of  economic  conditions  which  affect many  companies,  such as  increases  in
production costs. The value of a company's stock may also be affected by changes
in financial  market  conditions that are not directly related to the company or
its industry,  such as changes in interest rates or currency  exchange rates. In
addition,  a company's  stock  generally  pays  dividends only after the company
makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason,
the value of the stock will usually react more strongly than the bonds and other
debt to actual or  perceived  changes in the  company's  financial  condition or
progress.

WARRANTS


     Each Fund may  invest in  warrants,  which are  certificates  that give the
holder the right to buy a specific  number of shares of a company's  stock at a
stipulated  price  within a certain time limit  (generally,  two or more years).
Because a warrant does not carry with it the right to dividends or voting rights
with  respect to the  securities  which it  entitles a holder to  purchase,  and
because it does not represent  any rights in the assets of the issuer,  warrants
may be considered  more  speculative  than certain  other types of  investments.
Also,  the value of a warrant  does not  necessarily  change in tandem  with the
value of the underlying securities,  and a warrant ceases to have value if it is
not exercised prior to its expiration date.


SMALL CAPITALIZATION SECURITIES


     Each Fund may invest in equity securities  (including  securities issued in
initial  public  offerings)  of companies  with market  capitalizations  of $1.5
billion or less  ("Small  Capitalization  Securities").  Because  the issuers of
Small  Capitalization  Securities  tend to be smaller  or less  well-established
companies,  they may have  limited  product  lines,  market  share or  financial
resources  and may have less  historical  data with  respect to  operations  and
management.  As  a  result,  Small  Capitalization  Securities  are  often  less
marketable and experience a higher level of price  volatility than securities of
larger  or  more  well-established  companies.  In  addition,   companies  whose
securities  are offered in initial  public  offerings may be more dependent on a
limited number of key  employees.  Because  securities  issued in initial public
offerings  are being  offered to the public for the first  time,  the market for
such securities may be inefficient and less liquid.


NON-U.S. SECURITIES

     Each  Fund is  permitted  to  invest a portion  of its  assets in  non-U.S.
securities, including American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), European Depositary
Receipts  ("EDRs"),  and Global  Depositary  Receipts ("GDRs") and other similar
types of  instruments.  ADRs are  certificates  issued  by a U.S.  bank or trust
company  and  represent  the right to receive  securities  of a non-U.S.  issuer
deposited in a domestic bank or non-U.S.  branch of a U.S. bank. ADRs are traded
on a  U.S.  securities  exchange,  or in an  over-the-counter  market,  and  are

                                      B-11
<PAGE>

denominated  in  U.S.  dollars.   EDRs,  which  are  sometimes  referred  to  as
Continental  Depositary Receipts (CDRs"),  are generally issued by foreign banks
and  evidence  ownership  of either  foreign or  domestic  securities.  GDRs are
certificates issued globally and evidence a similar ownership arrangement.  GDRs
are traded on non-U.S.  securities  exchanges  and are  denominated  in non-U.S.
currencies.  The value of an ADR, EDR, or a GDR will fluctuate with the value of
the  underlying  security,  will  reflect  any  changes  in  exchange  rates and
otherwise will involve risks  associated with investing in non-U.S.  securities.
When  selecting  securities of non-U.S.  issuers,  the Manager or the respective
Adviser  will  evaluate the economic  and  political  climate and the  principal
securities markets of the country in which an issuer is located.

     Investing in securities issued by non-U.S.  issuers involves considerations
and  potential  risks not typically  associated  with  investing in  obligations
issued by U.S. issuers. Less information may be available about non-U.S. issuers
compared with U.S. issuers.  For example,  non-U.S.  companies generally are not
subject to uniform accounting,  auditing and financial reporting standards or to
other regulatory  practices and  requirements  comparable to those applicable to
U.S. companies.  In addition, the values of non-U.S.  securities are affected by
changes in  currency  rates or exchange  control  regulations,  restrictions  or
prohibitions on the repatriation of non-U.S. currencies, application of non-U.S.
tax laws, including withholding taxes, changes in governmental administration or
economic  or  monetary  policy  (in the U.S.  or  outside  the U.S.) or  changed
circumstances in dealings between nations. Costs are also incurred in connection
with conversions between various currencies.

     Investing  in non-U.S.  sovereign  debt will expose a Fund to the direct or
indirect consequences of political,  social or economic changes in the countries
that issue the securities.  The ability and willingness of sovereign obligors in
developing and emerging  countries or the governmental  authorities that control
repayment of their external debt to pay principal and interest on such debt when
due may depend on general  economic and political  conditions  with the relevant
country. Many foreign countries have historically experienced,  and may continue
to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate trade
difficulties and unemployment.  Many foreign countries are also characterized by
political uncertainty or instability. Additional factors which may influence the
ability or  willingness  to service  debt  include,  but are not  limited  to, a
country's cash flow situation,  the availability of sufficient  foreign exchange
on the date a payment is due,  the relative  size of its debt service  burden to
the economy as a whole,  and its government's  policy towards the  International
Monetary Fund, the World Bank and other international agencies.


     From time to time,  each Fund,  except the  Disciplined  Equity  Fund,  may
invest in securities of issuers located in emerging market  countries.  Compared
to the United States and other  developed  countries,  developing  countries may
have relatively unstable governments,  economies based on only a few industries,
and  securities  markets  that are  less  liquid  and  trade a small  number  of
securities.  Prices on these  exchanges  tend to be  volatile  and, in the past,
securities in these countries have offered  greater  potential for gain (as well
as loss) than securities of companies located in developed countries.


     "Emerging markets" are located in the Asia-Pacific region,  Eastern Europe,
Latin America, South America and Africa. Security prices in these markets can be
significantly  more volatile than in more  developed  countries,  reflecting the
greater  uncertainties of investing in less  established  markets and economies.
Political,  legal  and  economic  structures  in many of these  emerging  market
countries may be undergoing  significant  evolution and rapid  development,  and
they  may  lack  the   social,   political,   legal   and   economic   stability
characteristics of more developed countries.  Emerging market countries may have
failed  in the  past  to  recognize  private  property  rights.  They  may  have

                                      B-12
<PAGE>

relatively  unstable  governments,   present  the  risk  of  nationalization  of
businesses,  restrictions on foreign ownership,  or prohibitions on repatriation
of assets,  and may have less  protection of property rights than more developed
countries.  Their economies may be predominantly based on only a few industries,
may be highly vulnerable to changes in local or global trade conditions, and may
suffer  from  extreme  and  volatile  debt  burdens or  inflation  rates.  Local
securities  markets may trade a small number of securities  and may be unable to
respond  effectively to increases in trading volume,  potentially  making prompt
liquidation of substantial holdings difficult or impossible at times. A Fund may
be required to establish special custodian or other  arrangements  before making
investments  in  securities  of issuers  located in emerging  market  countries.
Securities of issuers located in these countries may have limited  marketability
and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements.

CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

     Each Fund,  except the  Disciplined  Equity Fund and Emerging Growth Equity
Fund,  may  engage in  currency  transactions  to hedge  the value of  portfolio
securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative
value. Currency transactions include forward currency contracts, currency swaps,
exchange-listed  and  over-the-counter  ("OTC") currency  futures  contracts and
options thereon, and exchange listed and OTC options on currencies. The Balanced
Fund, however, will not engage in currency swaps.

     Forward currency  contracts  involve a privately  negotiated  obligation to
purchase or sell a specific  currency at a future  date,  which may be any fixed
number of days from the date of the contract  agreed upon by the  parties,  at a
price set at the time of the contract. Currency swaps are agreements to exchange
cash  flows  based on the  notional  difference  between  or  among  two or more
currencies. See "Swap Agreements." The Disciplined Equity, Balanced and Emerging
Growth Equity Funds will not engage in forward foreign currency contracts.


     A Fund may  enter  into  currency  transactions  only  with  counterparties
determined to be creditworthy by an Adviser, subject to approval by the Manager.


     A Fund may also enter into  options  and  futures  contracts  relative to a
foreign  currency to hedge against  fluctuations in foreign  currency rates. The
use of forward currency  transactions and options and futures contracts relative
to a foreign  currency to protect the value of a Fund's assets against a decline
in the value of a currency  does not  eliminate  potential  losses  arising from
fluctuations in the value of a Fund's underlying securities.  A Fund may, to the
extent it invests in foreign securities,  purchase or sell foreign currencies on
a spot basis and may also  purchase or sell forward  foreign  currency  exchange
contracts  for  hedging  purposes  and to seek to  protect  against  anticipated
changes in future  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  If a Fund  enters into a
forward foreign currency  exchange  contract to buy foreign  currency,  the Fund
will  segregate  cash or liquid  assets  in an amount  equal to the value of the
Fund's total assets  committed to the consummation of the forward  contract,  or
otherwise cover its position in a manner permitted by the SEC.

     A Fund would incur costs in connection  with  conversions  between  various
currencies.  A Fund  may hold  foreign  currency  received  in  connection  with
investments in foreign securities when, in the judgment of the Adviser, it would
be beneficial to convert such currency into U.S.  dollars at a later date, based
on anticipated  changes in the relevant  exchange rate. See "Options and Futures
Contracts"  for a  discussion  of risk  factors  relating  to  foreign  currency
transactions including options and futures contracts related thereto.

                                      B-13
<PAGE>

OPTIONS AND FUTURES CONTRACTS

     Each Fund may purchase and sell futures  contracts,  and purchase and write
call and put options on futures  contracts,  in order to seek to increase  total
return or to hedge against changes in interest rates,  securities  prices or, to
the extent a Fund invests in foreign securities,  currency exchange rates, or to
otherwise  manage  their term  structures,  sector  selection  and  durations in
accordance with the Fund's investment objectives and policies.

     In  seeking  to protect  against  the  effect of  changes in equity  market
values,  currency  exchange  rates or  interest  rates  that are  adverse to the
present or prospective  position of the Funds, and for cash flow  management,  a
Fund may employ certain hedging and risk management techniques. These techniques
include  the  purchase  and sale of  options,  futures  and  options  on futures
involving  equity and debt  securities  and foreign  currencies,  aggregates  of
equity and debt securities,  indices of prices of equity and debt securities and
other financial  indices.  Although these hedging  transactions  are intended to
minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged  security,
asset class or currency, certain of them may limit any potential gain that might
be realized should the value of the hedged security increase.  A Fund may engage
in these types of transactions for the purpose of enhancing returns.  The use of
options can also increase a Fund's transaction costs.

     The techniques  described herein will not always be available to the Funds,
and it may not always be feasible for a Fund to use these  techniques even where
they are  available.  For  example,  the cost of  entering  into these  types of
transactions  may be  prohibitive  in some  situations.  In  addition,  a Fund's
ability   to  engage  in  these   transactions   may  also  be  limited  by  tax
considerations and certain other legal considerations.

     A Fund may write  covered call options and purchase put and call options on
individual  securities  as a partial  hedge  against an adverse  movement in the
security and in circumstances  consistent with the objective and policies of the
Fund.  This strategy  limits  potential  capital  appreciation  in the portfolio
securities subject to the put or call option.

     The Funds may also write  covered put and call options and purchase put and
call options on foreign currencies to hedge against the risk of foreign exchange
fluctuations on foreign securities the particular Fund holds in its portfolio or
that it intends to purchase.  For  example,  if a Fund enters into a contract to
purchase  securities  denominated  in  foreign  currency,  it could  effectively
establish the maximum U.S.  dollar cost of the  securities  by  purchasing  call
options  on  that  foreign  currency.  Similarly,  if  a  Fund  held  securities
denominated in a foreign currency and anticipated a decline in the value of that
currency against the U.S. dollar, the Fund could hedge against such a decline by
purchasing a put option on the foreign currency involved.

     In addition, a Fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put
and call options on aggregates of equity and debt securities, and may enter into
futures  contracts and options thereon for the purchase or sale of aggregates of
equity and debt  securities,  indices of equity  and debt  securities  and other
financial  indices.  Aggregates are composites of equity or debt securities that
are not tied to a commonly known index.  An index is a measure of the value of a
group of securities or other interests.  An index assigns relative values to the
securities  included in that index, and the index fluctuates with changes in the
market value of those securities.

     A Fund may write covered  options only.  "Covered" means that, so long as a
Fund is obligated  as the writer of a call option on  particular  securities  or

                                      B-14
<PAGE>

currency,  it: (1) will own either the  underlying  securities or currency or an
option  to  purchase  the same  underlying  securities  or  currency  having  an
expiration  date not earlier than the expiration  date of the covered option and
an  exercise  price  equal to or less  than the  exercise  price of the  covered
option, or (2) will establish or maintain with its custodian for the term of the
option a segregated  account  consisting of liquid assets. A Fund will cover any
put option it writes on  particular  securities  or  currency by  maintaining  a
segregated account with its custodian as described above.

     To hedge  against  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates,  a Fund may
purchase or sell  foreign  currency  futures  contracts,  and write put and call
options  and  purchase  put and call  options  on such  futures  contracts.  For
example, a Fund may use foreign currency futures contracts when it anticipates a
general  weakening of the foreign  currency  exchange rate that could  adversely
affect the market  values of the Fund's  foreign  securities  holdings.  In this
case, the sale of futures  contracts on the  underlying  currency may reduce the
risk of a reduction in market value caused by foreign currency variations.  This
provides an alternative to the  liquidation of securities  positions in the Fund
and resulting transaction costs. When the Fund anticipates a significant foreign
exchange rate increase  while  intending to invest in a non-U.S.  security,  the
Fund may purchase a foreign currency futures contract to hedge against a rise in
foreign exchange rates pending completion of the anticipated transaction. Such a
purchase of a futures contract would serve as a temporary measure to protect the
Fund against any rise in the foreign exchange rate that may add additional costs
to acquiring the non-U.S.  security position. The Fund similarly may use futures
contracts on equity and debt  securities  to hedge against  fluctuations  in the
value of  securities  it owns or expects to acquire or to  increase  or decrease
equity exposure in managing cash flows.

     The Funds also may purchase call or put options on foreign currency futures
contracts to obtain a fixed  foreign  exchange  rate at limited risk. A Fund may
purchase a call option on a foreign currency futures contract to hedge against a
rise in the  foreign  exchange  rate  while  intending  to invest in a  non-U.S.
security  of the same  currency.  A Fund may  purchase  put  options  on foreign
currency  futures  contracts to hedge against a decline in the foreign  exchange
rate or the value of its  non-U.S.  securities.  A Fund may write a covered call
option on a foreign  currency  futures  contract as a partial  hedge against the
effects of declining foreign exchange rates on the value of non-U.S. securities.

     Options on indexes are settled in cash, not in delivery of securities.  The
exercising holder of an index option receives, instead of a security, cash equal
to the  difference  between the closing  price of the  securities  index and the
exercise price of the option. When a Fund writes a covered option on an index, a
Fund will be  required to deposit and  maintain  liquid  assets with a custodian
equal in value to the aggregate  exercise price of a put or call option pursuant
to the requirements and the rules of the applicable  exchange.  If, at the close
of business on any day, the market value of the deposited securities falls below
the contract price, the Fund will deposit with the custodian  additional  liquid
assets equal in value to the deficiency.

     To the extent that a Fund enters into futures contracts, options on futures
contracts  and  options on  foreign  currencies  that are traded on an  exchange
regulated by the Commodities Futures Trading Commission  ("CFTC"),  in each case
that are not for "bona fide hedging"  purposes (as defined by regulations of the
CFTC),  the aggregate  initial margin and premiums  required to establish  those
positions may not exceed 5% of the  liquidation  value of the Fund's  portfolio,
after taking into account the unrealized  profits and  unrealized  losses on any
such contracts the Fund has entered into. However, the "in-the-money"  amount of
such  options  may be  excluded  in  computing  the 5% limit.  Adoption  of this
guideline will not limit the percentage of a Fund's assets at risk to 5%.

                                      B-15
<PAGE>

     A Fund's use of options,  futures and options thereon and forward  currency
contracts  (as  described  under  "Currency   Transactions")   involves  certain
investment  risks and  transaction  costs to which it might not be subject  were
such strategies not employed. Such risks include:

*    dependence on the ability of an Adviser to predict  movements in the prices
     of individual securities, fluctuations in the general securities markets or
     market sections and movements in interest rates and currency markets;

*    imperfect  correlation  between movements in the price of the securities or
     currencies hedged or used for cover;

*    the fact  that  skills  and  techniques  needed to trade  options,  futures
     contracts  and options  thereon or to use forward  currency  contracts  are
     different  from  those  needed to  select  the  securities  in which a Fund
     invests;

*    lack of  assurance  that a  liquid  secondary  market  will  exist  for any
     particular option, futures contract,  option thereon or forward contract at
     any  particular  time,  which may affect a Fund's  ability to  establish or
     close out a position;

*    possible  impediments to effective  portfolio  management or the ability to
     meet current obligations caused by the segregation of a large percentage of
     a Fund's assets to cover its obligations; and

*    the possible need to defer closing out certain options,  futures contracts,
     options  hereon and forward  contracts  in order to continue to qualify for
     the  beneficial tax treatment  afforded  "regulated  investment  companies"
     under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the "Code").

     In the event that the anticipated  change in the price of the securities or
currencies  that are the  subject of such a strategy  does not occur,  it may be
that a Fund would have been in a better position had it not used such a strategy
at all. The Funds' ability to engage in certain investment strategies, including
hedging techniques,  may be limited by tax  considerations,  cost considerations
and other factors.

     Transactions in futures  contracts and options on futures involve brokerage
costs, require margin deposits,  and in the case of options obligating a Fund to
purchase  securities  may require the Fund to  establish  a  segregated  account
consisting  of cash or liquid  securities  in an amount equal to the  underlying
value of such  futures  contracts  and  options to the extent not  covered by an
offsetting position.

     While  transactions in futures  contracts and options on futures may reduce
certain risks,  these  transactions  themselves  entail certain other risks. For
example, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result
in a poorer overall  performance  for a Fund than if it had not entered into any
futures contracts or options transactions.

     Perfect  correlation  between  a Fund's  futures  positions  and  portfolio
positions is impossible to achieve.  There are no futures  contracts  based upon
individual securities,  except certain U.S. government securities.  In the event
of an imperfect  correlation between a futures position and a portfolio position
which is intended to be protected,  the desired  protection  may not be obtained
and the Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

                                      B-16
<PAGE>

     Some futures contracts or options on futures may be inherently  illiquid or
may become illiquid under adverse market conditions. In addition, during periods
of market  volatility,  a commodity  exchange may suspend or limit  trading in a
futures  contract or related option,  which may make the instrument  temporarily
illiquid and difficult to price.  Commodity  exchanges may also establish  daily
limits on the amount that the price of a futures  contract or related option can
vary from the previous  day's  settlement  price.  Once the daily price limit is
reached  no trades may be made that day at a price  beyond  the limit.  This may
prevent a Fund from closing out positions and limiting its losses.

     The  successful  utilization  of hedging and risk  management  transactions
requires  skills  different  from  those  needed  in the  selection  of a Fund's
portfolio  securities and depends on an Adviser's  ability to predict  correctly
the direction and degree of movements in interest rates. Although it is believed
that use of the  hedging and risk  management  techniques  described  above will
benefit the Funds, if an Adviser's judgment about the direction or extent of the
movement in interest rates is incorrect,  a Fund's overall  performance would be
worse than if it had not entered into any such transactions.  For example,  if a
Fund had  purchased  an interest  rate swap or an  interest  rate floor to hedge
against its expectation  that interest rates would decline but instead  interest
rates  rose,  such Fund would lose part or all of the  benefit of the  increased
payments it would  receive as a result of the rising  interest  rates because it
would have to pay  amounts to its  counterparties  under the swap  agreement  or
would have paid the purchase price of the interest rate floor.

SWAP AGREEMENTS

     A Fund may enter into interest rate swaps,  currency swaps, and other types
of swap agreements such as caps, collars,  and floors. The Focused Equity, Value
Equity,  Balanced and Emerging Growth Equity Funds may invest up to 10% of their
assets in these types of  instruments.  The Growth  Equity Fund,  will not enter
into credit, currency,  index, interest rate and mortgage swaps and up to 10% of
its total assets may be invested in equity swaps.  The  Disciplined  Equity Fund
may invest up to 10% of its assets in equity swaps.  In a typical  interest rate
swap,  one party agrees to make regular  payments  equal to a floating  interest
rate multiplied by a "notional  principal  amount," in return for payments equal
to a fixed rate multiplied by the same amount,  for a specified  period of time.
If a swap agreement provides for payments in different  currencies,  the parties
might agree to exchange (swap) the notional  principal amount as well. Swaps may
also depend on other prices or rates,  such as the value of an index or mortgage
prepayment rates. Equity swaps allow the parties to a swap agreement to exchange
the dividend income or other  components of return on an equity  investment (for
example,  a group of equity securities or an index) for a component of return on
another non-equity or equity investment.

     In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only
under  specified  circumstances,  usually in return for  payment of a fee by the
other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to
receive  payments equal to the extent that a specified  interest rate exceeds an
agreed-upon  level,  while the seller of an interest  rate floor is obligated to
make payments equal to the extent that a specified  interest rate falls below an
agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and
selling a floor.

     Swap  agreements will tend to shift a Fund's  investment  exposure from one
type of  investment  to  another.  For  example,  if a Fund  agreed to  exchange

                                      B-17
<PAGE>

floating rate payments for fixed rate payments, the swap agreement would tend to
decrease the Fund's exposure to rising  interest rates.  Caps and floors have an
effect  similar to buying or writing  options.  Depending  on how they are used,
swap  agreements  may  increase or decrease the overall  volatility  of a Fund's
investments and its share price and yield.


     A Fund will usually enter into  interest  rate swaps on a net basis,  i.e.,
where the two parties make net payments with a Fund receiving or paying,  as the
case may be,  only the net  amount of the two  payments.  The net  amount of the
excess,  if any, of a Fund's  obligations  over its entitlement  with respect to
each interest rate swap will be covered by liquid assets having an aggregate net
asset  value at least  equal to the  accrued  excess  maintained  by the  Fund's
custodian in a segregated  account. If a Fund enters into a swap on other than a
net basis,  the Fund will maintain in the segregated  account the full amount of
the Fund's  obligations under each such swap. A Fund may enter into swaps, caps,
collars and floors with member banks of the Federal Reserve  System,  members of
the New York Stock Exchange or other entities  determined to be  creditworthy by
an Adviser, subject to approval by the Manager. If a default occurs by the other
party to such transaction, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the
agreements  related  to the  transaction  but such  remedies  may be  subject to
bankruptcy  and  insolvency  laws which could  affect  such  Fund's  rights as a
creditor.


     A Fund may invest in equity swaps.  As noted,  equity swaps allow one party
to  exchange  the  dividend  income or other  components  of return on an equity
investment for a component of return on another non-equity or equity investment.
An equity  swap may be used by a Fund to invest  in a market  without  owning or
taking  physical  custody of  particular  securities in  circumstances  in which
direct   investment  may  be  restricted  for  legal  reasons  or  is  otherwise
impractical.

     The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number
of banks and financial  services  firms acting both as principals  and as agents
utilizing  standardized  swap  documentation.  As a result,  the swap market has
become relatively  liquid.  Caps, collars and floors are more recent innovations
and they are less liquid than swaps. There can be no assurance,  however, that a
Fund will be able to enter into interest rate swaps or to purchase interest rate
caps,  collars  or  floors  at  prices  or on  terms  an  Adviser  believes  are
advantageous  to such Fund.  In addition,  although  the terms of interest  rate
swaps,  caps,  collars and floors may provide for  termination,  there can be no
assurance that a Fund will be able to terminate an interest rate swap or to sell
or offset interest rate caps,  collars or floors that it has purchased.  Because
interest  rate  swaps,  caps,  collars  and  floors  are  privately   negotiated
transactions  rather than publicly traded, they may be considered to be illiquid
securities.  To the  extent  that an Adviser  does not  accurately  analyze  and
predict the  potential  relative  fluctuation  of the  components  swapped  with
another party, a Fund may suffer a loss. Equity swaps are very volatile.  To the
extent that an Adviser  does not  accurately  analyze and predict the  potential
relative  fluctuation of the  components  swapped with another party, a Fund may
suffer a loss.  The  value of some  components  of an equity  swap  (such as the
dividends on a common stock) may also be sensitive to changes in interest rates.
Furthermore,  during the period a swap is outstanding,  a Fund may suffer a loss
if the counterparty defaults.

STRUCTURED INVESTMENTS

     Each Fund may enter into Structured Investments. Structured Investments are
derivative  securities that are convertible into, or the value of which is based
upon the value of, other debt or equity  securities or indices or other factors.
Currency  exchange  rates,  interest  rates (such as the prime  lending rate and

                                      B-18
<PAGE>

LIBOR) and stock  indices  (such as the S&P 500) may be used.  The amount a Fund
receives  when it sells a Structured  Investment  or at maturity of a Structured
Investment is not fixed, but is based on the price of the underlying security or
index or other factor. Particular Structured Investments may be designed so that
they move in conjunction with or differently  from their underlying  security or
index in terms of price or volatility.  It is impossible to predict  whether the
underlying  index or price of the  underlying  security  will rise or fall,  but
prices of the underlying indices and securities (and,  therefore,  the prices of
Structured  Investments)  will be  influenced by the same types of political and
economic  events  that  affect  particular  issuers  of fixed  income and equity
securities and capital markets generally.  Structured Investments also may trade
differently from their underlying  securities.  Structured Investments generally
trade on the secondary  market,  which is fairly developed and liquid.  However,
the market for such  securities  may be shallow  compared  to the market for the
underlying  securities or the  underlying  index.  Accordingly,  periods of high
market  volatility  may affect the liquidity of Structured  Investments,  making
high volume trades possible only with discounting.

     Structured  Investments are a relatively new innovation and may be designed
to have various  combinations  of equity and fixed income  characteristics.  The
following sections describe 4 common types of Structured Investments. A Fund may
invest in other Structured Investments, including those that may be developed in
the  future,  to the  extent  that  the  Structured  Investments  are  otherwise
consistent with the Fund's investment objective and policies.

        LYONS

     Liquid Yield Option Notes ("LYONs")  differ from ordinary debt  securities,
in that the amount  received  prior to maturity is not fixed but is based on the
price of the issuer's common stock.  LYONs are zero-coupon  notes that sell at a
large  discount from face value.  For an investment in LYONs,  the Fund will not
receive any  interest  payments  until the notes  mature,  typically in 15 to 20
years, when the notes are redeemed at face, or par, value. The yield on LYONs is
typically  lower-than-market  rate for debt securities of the same maturity, due
in part to the fact that the  LYONs are  convertible  into  common  stock of the
issuer at any time at the option of the holder of the LYONs. Commonly, the LYONs
are  redeemable  by the  issuer at any time  after an  initial  period or if the
issuer's common stock is trading at a specified price level or better or, at the
option of the holder,  upon certain fixed dates.  The redemption price typically
is the purchase  price of the LYONs plus accrued  original issue discount on the
date of redemption,  which amounts to the lower-than-market  yield. A Fund would
receive  only the  lower-than-market  yield unless the  underlying  common stock
increase in value at a substantial rate. LYONs are an attractive investment when
it  appears  that  they will  increase  in value due to the rise in value of the
underlying common stock.

        PERCS

     Preferred  Equity  Redemption  Cumulative  Stock  ("PERCS")  technically is
preferred stock with some characteristics of common stock. PERCS are mandatorily
convertible  into common  stock  after a period of time,  usually  three  years,
during which the investors' capital gains are capped,  usually at 30%. Commonly,
PERCS may be redeemed by the issuer at any time or if the issuer's  common stock
is trading at a specified price level or better.  The redemption price starts at
the beginning of the PERCS  duration  period at a price that is above the cap by
the  amount of the extra  dividends  the PERCS  holder is  entitled  to  receive
relative to the common  stock over the duration of the PERCS and declines to the
cap price shortly before  maturity of the PERCS.  In exchange for having the cap
on  capital  gains and  giving  the issuer the option to redeem the PERCS at any
time or at the  specified  common stock price level,  a Fund may be  compensated
with a substantially  higher  dividend yield than that on the underlying  common
stock.  Investors that seek current income find PERCS  attractive  because PERCS
provide a higher  dividend  income  than that paid with  respect to a  company's
common stock.

                                      B-19
<PAGE>

        ELKS

     Equity-Linked Securities ("ELKS") differ from ordinary debt securities,  in
that the principal  amount received at maturity is not fixed but is based on the
price of the issuer's common stock. ELKS are debt securities  commonly issued in
fully  registered  form for a term of three  years under a trust  indenture.  At
maturity,  the holder of ELKS will be  entitled  to receive a  principal  amount
equal to the lesser of a cap amount, commonly in the range of 30% to 55% greater
than the current  price of the issuer's  common  stock,  or the average  closing
price per share of the issuer's  common stock,  or the average closing price per
share of the issuer's common stock, subject to adjustment as a result of certain
dilution events,  for the 10 trading days immediately prior to maturity.  Unlike
PERCS,  ELKS are commonly  not subject to  redemption  prior to  maturity.  ELKS
usually bear interest during the three-year term at a substantially  higher rate
than the dividend yield on the underlying  common stock.  In exchange for having
the cap on the  return  that might have been  received  as capital  gains on the
underlying  common  stock,  a Fund may be  compensated  with the  higher  yield,
contingent on how well the underlying common stock performs. Investors that seek
current  income find ELKS  attractive  because  ELKS  provide a higher  dividend
income than that paid with respect to a company's  common  stock.  The return on
ELKS depends on the creditworthiness of the issuer of the securities,  which may
be the issuer of the underlying securities or a third party investment banker or
other lender. The  creditworthiness of such third party issuers of ELKS may, and
often  does,  exceed  the  creditworthiness  of the  issuer  of  the  underlying
securities.  The  advantage  of using  ELKS  over  traditional  equity  and debt
securities is that the former are income  producing  vehicles that may provide a
higher  income  than the  dividend  income on the  underlying  securities  while
allowing some participation in the capital appreciation of the underlying equity
securities.  Another  advantage of using ELKS is that they may be used as a form
of  hedging to reduce  the risk of  investing  in the  generally  more  volatile
underlying equity securities.

        STRUCTURED NOTES

     Structured  Notes  are  derivative  securities  for  which  the  amount  of
principal  repayments and/or interest payments is based upon the movement of one
or more  "factors".  These  factors  include,  but are not limited to,  currency
exchange  rates,  interest  rates (such as the prime lending rate and LIBOR) and
stock indices (such as the S&P 500). In some cases,  the impact of the movements
of these  factors may  increase or decrease  through the use of  multipliers  or
deflators.  Structured  Notes may be  designed  to have  particular  quality and
maturity  characteristics  and may  vary  from  money  market  quality  to below
investment  grade.  Depending  on the  factor  used  and use of  multipliers  or
deflators,  however,  changes in interest  rates and  movement of the factor may
cause significant price fluctuations or may cause particular Structured Notes to
become illiquid.  A Fund would use Structured Notes to tailor its investments to
the specific  risks and returns an Adviser  wishes to accept  while  avoiding or
reducing certain other risks.

RISK MANAGEMENT

     Each  Fund  may  employ  non-hedging  risk  management   techniques.   Risk
management  strategies  are used to keep a Fund fully invested and to reduce the
transaction costs associated with incoming and outgoing cash flows. Where equity
futures are used to  "equitize"  cash,  the  objective  is to match the notional
value of all futures  contracts to a Fund's cash balance.  The notional value of
futures  and of the  cash  is  monitored  daily.  As the  cash  is  invested  in
securities  and/or  paid  out  to  participants  in  redemptions,   the  Adviser

                                      B-20
<PAGE>

simultaneously  adjusts the futures positions.  Through such procedures,  a Fund
not only gains equity  exposure from the use of futures,  but also benefits from
increased  flexibility in responding to a Fund's cash flow needs.  Additionally,
because it can be less  expensive to trade a list of  securities as a package or
program trade rather than as a group of  individual  orders,  futures  provide a
means through which  transaction  costs can be reduced.  Such  non-hedging  risk
management  techniques are not  speculative,  but because they involve  leverage
they include,  as do all leveraged  transactions,  the  possibility of losses or
gains that are greater than if these  techniques  involved the purchase and sale
of the securities themselves.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES

     Each Fund is  permitted  to  invest in  illiquid  securities.  No  illiquid
securities  will be acquired  if upon the  purchase  thereof  more than 15% of a
Fund's net assets would consist of illiquid  securities.  "Illiquid  securities"
are  securities  that may not be sold or disposed of in the  ordinary  course of
business within seven days at approximately the price used to determine a Fund's
net asset value. Each Fund may purchase certain restricted  securities  commonly
known as Rule 144A securities  that can be resold to institutions  and which may
be determined to be liquid  pursuant to policies and  guidelines of the Board. A
Fund may not be able to sell illiquid  securities  when an Adviser  considers it
desirable to do so or may have to sell such  securities at a price that is lower
than the price that could be obtained if the securities were more liquid. A sale
of illiquid  securities  may require  more time and may result in higher  dealer
discounts  and other selling  expenses than does the sale of liquid  securities.
Illiquid   securities   also  may  be  more   difficult  to  value  due  to  the
unavailability of reliable market quotations for such securities, and investment
in illiquid  securities may have an adverse impact on net asset value.  Further,
the purchase  price and  subsequent  valuation of illiquid  securities  normally
reflect  a  discount,  which  may be  significant,  from  the  market  price  of
comparable securities for which a liquid market exists.

     Under current  interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, the following types
of securities in which a Fund may invest will be considered illiquid:


   *  repurchase agreements and time deposits maturing in more than seven days;


   *  certain restricted  securities  (securities whose public resale is subject
      to legal or contractual restrictions);

   *  options,  with  respect to specific  securities,  not traded on a national
      securities exchange that are not readily marketable; and

   *  any  other  securities  in which a Fund may  invest  that are not  readily
      marketable.

SHORT SALES


     Each Fund,  except the Balanced  Fund,  may make short sales of securities.
The Emerging Growth Equity,  Focused Equity, Growth Equity,  Disciplined Equity,
and Value Equity Funds may make short sales against the box. The Focused Equity,
Disciplined  Equity and Value  Equity Funds may also engage in short sales other
than  against  the box.  A short sale is a  transaction  in which a Fund sells a
security it does not own in anticipation  that the market price of that security
will  decline.  A Fund expects to make short sales both to obtain  capital gains
from  anticipated  declines  in  securities  and as a form of  hedging to offset
potential declines in long positions in the same or similar


                                      B-21
<PAGE>

securities.  The short sale of a security is considered a speculative investment
technique.  When a Fund makes a short  sale,  it must borrow the  security  sold
short and deliver it to the  broker-dealer  through which it made the short sale
in order to satisfy its  obligation to deliver the security  upon  conclusion of
the sale. A Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow  particular  securities  and is
often obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities. A
Fund's obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral
deposited with the broker-dealer,  usually cash, U.S.  Government  securities or
other  liquid  high  grade debt  obligations.  A Fund will also be  required  to
deposit in a segregated  account  established  and  maintained  with such Fund's
custodian,  liquid  assets  to the  extent  necessary  so that the value of both
collateral deposits in the aggregate is at all times equal to the greater of the
price at which the security is sold short or 100% of the current market value of
the security sold short.  Depending on arrangements  made with the broker-dealer
from  which it  borrowed  the  security,  a Fund may not  receive  any  payments
(including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer. If the
price of the security  sold short  increases  between the time of the short sale
and the time a Fund  replaces the borrowed  security,  a Fund will incur a loss.
Although a Fund's  gain is  limited  to the price at which it sold the  security
short, its potential loss is theoretically  unlimited.  In a "short sale against
the  box,"  at the  time of the  sale,  a Fund  owns or has  the  immediate  and
unconditional  right to acquire at no additional cost the security and maintains
that right at all times when the short  position is open.  A Fund may make short
sales of  securities  or maintain a short  position,  provided that at all times
when a short  position is open the Fund owns an equal amount of such  securities
or securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for,  without  payment of any
further  consideration,  an equal amount of the securities of the same issuer as
the securities sold short (a short sale against-the-box).

     As a result of recent tax  legislation,  short sales may not  generally  be
used  to  defer  the  recognition  of gain  for tax  purposes  with  respect  to
appreciated securities in a Fund's portfolio.

WHEN-ISSUED AND DELAYED-DELIVERY SECURITIES

     Each Fund is permitted to purchase or sell  securities on a when-issued  or
delayed-delivery basis. When-issued or delayed-delivery  transactions arise when
securities  are purchased or sold with payment and delivery  taking place in the
future in order to secure what is  considered  to be an  advantageous  price and
yield at the time of entering into the  transaction.  While the Funds  generally
purchase  securities  on a  when-issued  or  delayed  delivery  basis  with  the
intention of acquiring the securities,  the Funds may sell the securities before
the settlement date if an Adviser deems it advisable. The purchase of securities
on a when-issued  basis  involves a risk of loss if the value of the security to
be purchased declines prior to the settlement date. At the time a Fund makes the
commitment to purchase  securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery  basis,
the Fund will record the transaction and thereafter reflect the value, each day,
of such security in determining  the net asset value of the Fund. At the time of
delivery  of the  securities,  the value  may be more or less than the  purchase
price. A Fund will  maintain,  in a segregated  account,  liquid assets having a
value equal to or greater than the Fund's purchase commitments in respect of any
obligations relating to when-issued or delayed delivery securities;  a Fund will
likewise segregate securities sold on a delayed-delivery basis.

INVESTING IN OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES

     Each Fund is permitted to invest in other  investment  companies  including
investment  companies which are not registered under the 1940 Act. Each Fund may
invest in investment companies located outside the United States. Investments in
other investment companies will involve the indirect payment of a portion of the
expenses, including advisory fees, of such other investment companies.  Pursuant
to Section  12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act, a Fund will not  purchase a security of an
investment company, if as a result: (1) more than 10% of the Fund's total assets
would be invested in securities of other investment companies, (2) such purchase
would result in more than 3% of the total  outstanding  voting securities of any
one such  investment  company being held by the Fund, or (3) more than 5% of the
Fund's total assets would be invested in any one such investment company; unless
an exemption from the limitations of Section 12(d)(1) is available.

                                      B-22
<PAGE>


     The  Funds  may  also  purchase  Standard  &  Poor's  Depositary   Receipts
("SPDRs").  SPDRs are American Stock Exchange - traded securities that represent
ownership in the SPDR Trust,  a trust which has been  established  to accumulate
and hold a  portfolio  of  common  stocks  that is  intended  to track the price
performance  and dividend yield of the S&P 500. With regard to each Fund,  SPDRs
and other similar types of instruments  would be subject to the  requirements of
Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act.


     The  Focused  Equity and  Growth  Equity  Funds may invest in World  Equity
Benchmark Shares ("WEBS") consistent with the limitations of Section 12(d)(1) of
the  1940  Act.  WEBS  are  shares  of  an   investment   company  that  invests
substantially  all of its assets in  securities  included in the Morgan  Stanley
Composite Index ("MSCI") indices for specified countries. WEBS are listed on the
American  Stock Exchange  ("AMEX") and were  initially  offered to the public in
1996.  The market  prices of WEBS are expected to fluctuate in  accordance  with
both changes in the net asset values of their underlying  indices and supply and
demand  of WEBS on the AMEX.  To date,  WEBS have  traded at  relatively  modest
discounts and premiums to their net asset values.  However,  WEBS have a limited
operating  history and information is lacking  regarding the actual  performance
and trading  liquidity  of WEBS for  extended  periods or over  complete  market
cycles.  In addition,  there is no assurance that the  requirements  of the AMEX
necessary to maintain the listing of WEBS will continue to be met or will remain
unchanged.  In the event substantial market or other disruptions  affecting WEBS
should occur in the future,  the  liquidity  and value of a Fund's  shares could
also be substantially and adversely affected. If such disruptions were to occur,
a Fund could be required to reconsider the use of WEBS as part of its investment
strategy.

PORTFOLIO SECURITIES LENDING

     Each of the Funds may lend its portfolio  securities to broker/dealers  and
other  institutions  as a means of earning  interest  income.  The  borrower  is
required to deposit as  collateral,  liquid  assets that at all times will be at
least equal to 100% of the market value of the loaned securities and such amount
will be maintained in a segregated  account of the  respective  Fund.  While the
securities  are on loan the  borrower  will pay the  respective  Fund any income
accruing thereon.

     Delays or losses could result if a borrower of portfolio securities becomes
bankrupt or defaults on its obligation to return the loaned securities.


     The Funds may lend  securities  only if: (1) each loan is fully  secured by
appropriate  collateral at all times; and (2) the value of all loaned securities
and  borrowings of the Fund (not  including  transactions  that are covered by a
segregated account or an offsetting  position) would not be more than 33 1/3% of
the Fund's  total  assets  taken at the time of the loan  (including  collateral
received in connection with any loans).


     Under present  regulatory  policies,  loans of portfolio  securities may be
made to financial institutions such as brokers or dealers and are required to be
secured  continuously by collateral in cash, cash equivalents or U.S. Government
securities  maintained  on a current  basis at an  amount at least  equal to the
market value of the securities  loaned.  A Fund is required to have the right to

                                      B-23
<PAGE>

call a loan and obtain the  securities  loaned at any time on five days' notice.
For the duration of a loan, a Fund  continues to receive the  equivalent  of the
interest  or  dividends  paid by the  issuer on the  securities  loaned and also
receives  compensation  from investment of the collateral.  A Fund does not have
the  right to vote  any  loaned  securities  having  voting  rights  during  the
existence  of the loan,  but a Fund  could call the loan in  anticipation  of an
important  vote to be taken  among  holders of the  securities  or the giving or
withholding of their consent on a material matter  affecting the investment.  As
with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovering, or even
loss of rights in, the collateral should the borrower of the securities default.
However,  the loans are made only to firms  deemed by the Advisers to be of good
standing under  guidelines  established  by the Manager and the Board,  and only
when,  in the  judgment of an Adviser,  the money which can be earned by loaning
the particular securities justifies the attendant risks.

                               BOARD OF TRUSTEES

     The  Board  of  Trustees  of the  Trust  (the  Board)  is  responsible  for
overseeing all operations of the Funds,  including  supervising the Manager. The
Manager  is  responsible  for  overseeing  the  Advisers  and  establishing  and
monitoring investment guidelines for the Trust. The Trustees and officers of the
Trust,  some of whom are directors and officers of Allstate Life and  affiliates
thereof,  and their principal business  occupations for the last five years, are
set forth below. Trustees who are deemed to be "interested persons" of the Trust
under the 1940 Act are indicated by an asterisk next to their respective names.

TRUSTEES:

     Listed  below are the names of the  Trustees of the Trust,  along with each
Trustee's age, business address, and principal business occupation(s) during the
previous five years.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Principal Occupation(s)
Name, Address, and Age          Position(s) Held with Trust             During Past Five Years
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                                     <C>

Robert S. Engelman, Jr. (58)    Trustee                                 (1998-Present), Chairman of the Board, MB Financial Inc.
MB Financial Inc.                                                       (Successor to Avondale Financial Corp.); (1993-1998),
1200 N. Ashland Avenue                                                  President and Chief Executive Officer, Avondale Financial
Chicago, Illinois  60622                                                Corp./Avondale Bank.

Karen J. May (42)               Trustee                                 (1998-Present) Vice President, Global Planning and .
180 Pembroke                                                            Staffing; (1997-1998), Vice President, International
Lake Forest, Illinois 60045                                             Finance; (1994-1997), Vice President, Corporate Audit,
                                                                        Baxter International Inc

Arthur S. Nicholas (70)         Trustee                                 (1993-Present), Owner-President, The Antech Group.
655 Oak Road
Barrington, Illinois 60010

Michael J. Velotta* (54)        Trustee                                 (1994-Present), General Counsel, Allstate Life Insurance
3100 Sanders Road                                                       Company.
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Thomas J. Wilson* (42)          Chairman of the Board                   (1999-Present), President, Allstate Life Insurance Company;
3100 Sanders Road                                                       (1995-1998), Vice President, Senior Vice President, Chief .
Northbrook, Illinois 60062                                              Financial Officer and Director, Allstate Insurance Company
</TABLE>

                                      B-24
<PAGE>


OFFICERS:

Listed  below are the names of the  officers of the Trust,  along with each
officer's age,  business  address,  position held with the Trust,  and principal
business occupation(s) during the previous five years.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Principal Occupation(s)
Name, Address, and Age          Position(s) Held with Trust             During Past Five Years
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>                                     <C>

Jeanette Donahue (50),          Vice President and                      (1995-Present), Director, Allstate Life Insurance Company.
3100 Sanders Road               Chief Operations Officer
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Todd Halstead (43)              Treasurer                               (1995-Present), Director, Allstate Life Insurance Company.
3100 Sanders Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

John R. Hunter (45)             President                               (1995-Present), Vice President, Allstate Life Insurance
3100 Sanders Road                                                       Company.
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Cynthia Surprise (53)           Secretary                               (1999-Present), Director and Counsel, Investors Bank & .
Investors Bank & Trust Co.                                              Trust Company; (1995-1999), Vice President, State Street
200 Clarendon Street                                                    Bank & Trust Company.
Boston, MA  02116

Terry Young (39)                Assistant Secretary                     (1996-Present), Assistant Counsel, Allstate Life Insurance
3100 Sanders Road                                                       Company; (1995-1996) Attorney, U.S. Securities and Exchange
Northbrook, Illinois 60062                                              Commission.

Douglas G. Wolff (34)           Vice President, Investments             (1995-Present), Director, Allstate Life Insurance Company;
3100 Sanders Road                                                       (1993-1995), Consulting Actuary, Ernst & Young.
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

</TABLE>

COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS AND TRUSTEES

     The Funds  pay no  salaries  or  compensation  to any  officer  or  Trustee
affiliated with the Manager or the Administrator. The chart below sets forth the
fees  paid by the Funds for the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1999 to the
non-interested Trustees and certain other information.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Pension or                                      Total Compensation
                                Aggregate       Retirement Benefits     Estimated Annual        From the Funds and
                                Compensation    Accrual as Part of      Benefits Upon           Complex Paid to
Name of Person, Position        From Trust*     Fund Expenses           Retirement              Trustee
- ------------------------        ------------    ------------------      ----------------        ------------------

<S>                             <C>             <C>                     <C>                     <C>

Robert S. Engelman, Jr.         $7,500                 -0-                   -0-                $7,500

Karen J. May                    $7,500                 -0-                   -0-                $7,500

Arthur S. Nicholas              $7,500                 -0-                   -0-                $7,500

</TABLE>

*As of December 31, 1999, there were six Funds in the Trust. Each Non-Interested
Trustee   receives  an  annual  fee  of  $15,000,   which  is  paid   quarterly.
Non-Interested Trustees will be compensated an additional $1,000 per fiscal year
for each additional Fund added to the Trust.


                                      B-25
<PAGE>


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

     Rule 17j-1 of the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended,  addresses
conflicts of interest that arise from personal trading  activities of investment
company  personnel.  The rule  requires  funds,  their  investment  advisers and
distributor to adopt a code of ethics and to report periodically to the board on
issues  raised  under its code of ethics.  To  implement  compliance  with these
requirements, the Trust, the Manager and the Distributor have adopted and agreed
to be governed by a joint code of ethics and each of the  Advisers  have adopted
and agreed to be  governed  by their  individual  codes of ethics  (the "Code of
Ethics") each containing  provisions reasonably necessary to prevent fraudulent,
deceptive  or  manipulative   acts  with  regard  to  the  personal   securities
transactions of their employees.  The Codes of Ethics permits personal investing
transactions of the Trust's, the Manager's,  the Distributor's and the Adviser's
employees which avoid conflicts of interest with the Trust.

     Information  about  these  codes of ethics may be  obtained  by calling the
Commission's  Public  Reference Room at  1-202-942-8090.  Copies of the codes of
ethics may also be obtained on the EDGAR Database on the  Commission's  Internet
site at  http://www.sec.gov.  Alternatively,  this  information may be obtained,
upon payment of a duplicating  fee, by writing the Public  Reference  Section of
the  Commission,  Washington  D.C.  20549-0102 or by  electronic  request at the
following e-mail address: [email protected].


                               CAPITAL STRUCTURE

     The Trust was organized under Delaware law on March 2, 1999. The Trust is a
Delaware  Business  Trust  and has the  authority  to  authorize  and  issue  an
unlimited  number  of  shares.  The Board may  reclassify  authorized  shares to
increase or decrease the  allocation of shares among the Funds or to add any new
Funds.  The  Board has the  power,  from  time to time and  without  shareholder
approval,  to classify  and  reclassify  existing and new Funds into one or more
classes.

                                CONTROL PERSONS


     As of April 1, 2000,  Allstate  Life through  Allstate  Financial  Advisors
Separate  Account  One  (Separate  Account),   3075  Sanders  Road,  Northbrook,
Illinois,  60062-7127,  owned  more  than  25% of the  shares  of the  Funds  as
indicated  below and may be deemed a "control  person" of the Funds as such term
is defined in the 1940 Act:

                                Nature of                       Percent of
Fund                            Beneficial Ownership            Portfolio
- ----                            -------------------             -----------

Emerging Growth Equity          Direct Ownership                87.9%

Focused Equity                  Direct Ownership                89.0%

Growth Equity                   Direct Ownership                87.4%

Disciplined Equity              Direct Ownership                96.6%

Value Equity                    Direct Ownership                93.2%

Balanced                        Direct Ownership                90.3%

     As of April 1, 2000,  Lincoln  Benefit  Life  through  Lincoln Life Benefit
Variable Annuity Account (Separate Account),  206 South 13th Street,  Suite 100,
Lincoln,  NE, 68508,  owned 5% or more of the Funds  indicated  below and may be
deemed a principal holder of those Funds:


                                      B-26
<PAGE>

                                Nature of Beneficial            Percent of
Fund                            Ownership                       Portfolio
- ----                            --------------------            -----------

Emerging Growth Equity          Direct Ownership                12.1%

Focused Equity                  Direct Ownership                11.0%

Growth Equity                   Direct Ownership                12.6%

Value Equity                    Direct Ownership                6.8%

Balanced                        Direct Ownership                9.7%

     The amount of shares of each Fund owned by all the officers and trustees of
each Fund as a group is less than 1% of each Fund's outstanding securities.


VOTING

     Shareholders are entitled to vote on a matter if: (i) a shareholder vote is
required  under the 1940 Act;  (ii) the  matter  concerns  an  amendment  to the
Declaration of Trust that would adversely affect to a material degree the rights
and  preferences  of any  Fund or any  class  thereof;  or  (iii)  the  Trustees
determine  that it is necessary or desirable to obtain a shareholder  vote.  The
1940 Act requires a shareholder vote under various  circumstances,  including to
change any fundamental  policy of a Fund.  Shareholders of the Funds receive one
vote for each share  owned on the record  date;  except  that with  respect to a
matter submitted for a vote of shareholders of all Funds,  shareholders  will be
entitled to vote on a dollar weighted  basis.  However,  only  shareholders of a
Fund that is  affected  by a  particular  matter  are  entitled  to vote on that
matter.  Voting  rights  are  non-cumulative  and cannot be  modified  without a
majority vote of shareholders.

OTHER RIGHTS

     Each Fund share representing  interests in a Fund, when issued and paid for
in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  offering,  will  be  fully  paid  and
non-assessable.  These shares have no  pre-emptive,  subscription  or conversion
rights and are redeemable.  There are no shareholder  pre-emptive  rights.  Upon
liquidation of a Fund, the shareholders of that Fund shall be entitled to share,
pro rata,  in any  assets of the Fund after  discharge  of all  liabilities  and
payment of the expenses of liquidation.

                       INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS

     LSA Asset  Management  LLC,  the  Manager,  located at 3100  Sanders  Road,
Northbrook,  Illinois 60062,  serves as the investment adviser to the Trust and,
accordingly, as investment manager to each of the Funds. The Manager is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Allstate Life. Allstate Life and its subsidiaries are wholly
owned subsidiaries of Allstate Insurance Company.  Allstate Insurance Company is
the  second  largest  property/casualty  writer in the U.S.  Allstate  Insurance
Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Allstate Corporation. Allstate Life,
incorporated in 1957 in Illinois, has established a record of financial strength
that has consistently resulted in superior ratings. A.M. Best Company assigns an
A+ (Superior) to Allstate  Life.  Standard & Poor's  Insurance  Rating  Services
assigns an AA+ (Very Strong)  financial  strength  rating and Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc. assigns an Aa2 (Excellent)  financial strength rating to Allstate
Life.

                                      B-27
<PAGE>

     The Manager provides  investment  management services to each Fund pursuant
to  an  Investment   Management   Agreement  with  the  Trust  (the  "Management
Agreement").  The  services  provided  by the Manager  consist  of,  among other
things,  directing and  supervising  each Adviser,  reviewing and evaluating the
performance  of each  Adviser and  determining  whether  any  Adviser  should be
replaced.  The Manager  and its  affiliates  will  furnish  all  facilities  and
personnel necessary in connection with providing these services.  The Management
Agreement,  after being  initially  approved,  continues in force for two years;
thereafter  it will  continue  in effect  if such  continuance  is  specifically
approved,  at least  annually,  at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on
the Management Agreement, by the Trustees and by a majority of the Board members
who are not parties to the  Management  Agreement or  interested  persons of any
such party.  The Manager pays all fees of the  Advisers.  The Advisers  serve as
independent contractors of the Manager.

     The  Management  Agreement is terminable,  with respect to a Fund,  without
penalty, on not more than 60 days' nor less than 30 days' written notice by: (1)
the Trust when  authorized  either by (a) in the case of a Fund, a majority vote
of the Fund's  shareholders or (b) a vote of a majority of the Board; or (2) the
Manager. The Management  Agreement will automatically  terminate in the event of
its assignment.  The Management  Agreement provides that neither the Manager nor
its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for
any  loss  arising  out of any  investment  or for  any act or  omission  in its
services  to the  Funds,  except  for  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence or reckless  disregard of its or their  obligations  and duties under
the Management Agreement.

     The  Trust's  Prospectus  contains  a  description  of fees  payable to the
Manager for services under the Management Agreement.  The Manager, not any Fund,
pays the fees of the Advisers.


     The following  table shows the fees paid by the Trust for each of the Funds
for the fiscal year ended  12/31/99 to the  Manager,  and the amount of each fee
that was waived:

                                                        Amount of
                                                        Manager fee
Fund                            Manager fee             waived
- ----                            -----------             -------------
Emerging Growth Equity Fund     $17,635                 $17,635
Focused Equity Fund              12,934                  12,934
Growth Equity Fund               11,766                  11,766
Disciplined Equity Fund          19,857                  19,857
Value Equity Fund                10,401                  10,401
Balanced Fund                    10,297                  10,297


THE ADVISERS

     The Manager has entered into an advisory  agreement  for each Fund pursuant
to which the  Manager  has  appointed  an  Adviser  to carry out the  day-to-day
investment  and  reinvestment  of the  assets of the  relevant  Fund.  Under the
direction  of the  Manager,  and,  ultimately,  of the  Board,  each  Adviser is
responsible  for  making  all of the  day-to-day  investment  decisions  for the
respective Fund (or portion of a Fund) in accordance with the Fund's  investment
objective, guidelines and policies.

     The Manager pays each Adviser a fee for its services from the Manager's own
resources.  A Fund pays no  additional  management  fees for the services of the
Advisers. Each Adviser furnishes at its own expense all facilities and personnel
necessary in connection with providing these services.

                                      B-28
<PAGE>


     Goldman  Sachs  Asset  Management  ("GSAM")  is a unit  of  the  Investment
Management Division, which was established on September 1, 1999. Goldman Sachs &
Co.  registered  as an investment  adviser in 1981 and serves as the  investment
adviser  to the Growth  Equity  Fund.  The  Goldman  Sachs  Group,  L.P.,  which
controlled  GSAM,  merged into the Goldman  Sachs Group,  Inc. as a result of an
initial  public  offering.   Goldman  Sachs  provides  a  wide  range  of  fully
discretionary  investment advisory services including  quantitatively driven and
actively managed U.S. and international equity portfolios, U.S. and global fixed
income portfolios, commodity and currency products, and money markets.


     Salomon  Brothers Asset  Management  Inc ("SBAM")  serves as the investment
adviser to the Value Equity Fund.  Together with its affiliates,  SBAM manages a
wide  spectrum of equity and fixed income  products for both  institutional  and
private investors, including corporations,  pension funds, public funds, central
banks,  insurance  companies,   supranational   organizations,   endowments  and
foundations. SBAM is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc.

     J.P. Morgan Investment  Management Inc.  ("JPMIM"),  522 Fifth Avenue,  New
York,  New York 10036,  serves as the Adviser to the  Disciplined  Equity  Fund.
JPMIM is a wholly owned  subsidiary  of J.P.  Morgan & Co.  Incorporated.  JPMIM
manages employee benefit funds of corporations, labor unions and state and local
governments  and  the  accounts  of  other  institutional  investors,  including
investment companies.


     Morgan Stanley Asset Management  ("MSAM"),  with principal  offices at 1221
Avenue of the Americas,  New York, New York 10020,  serves as the adviser to the
Focused Equity Fund. MSAM conducts a worldwide portfolio management business and
provides a broad range of  portfolio  management  services to  customers  in the
United States and abroad.  On December 1, 1998,  Morgan Stanley Asset Management
Inc. changed its name to Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Investment  Management Inc.,
but continues to do business in certain  instances using the name Morgan Stanley
Asset Management. Morgan Stanley Dean Witter & Co. ("MSDW") is the direct parent
of MSAM.  MSDW is a preeminent  global  financial  services firm that  maintains
leading market  positions in each of its three primary  businesses:  securities,
asset management and credit services.

     OpCap Advisors  ("OpCap"),  One World Financial Center,  New York, New York
10281,  serves as the Adviser to the Balanced  Fund.  OpCap is a majority  owned
subsidiary of Oppenheimer  Capital.  Oppenheimer Capital and OpCap are indirect,
wholly owned  subsidiaries  of PIMCO  Advisors L.P.  ("PIMCO  Advisors").  PIMCO
Advisors has two general partners:  PIMCO Partners,  G.P., a California  general
partnership,  and PIMCO Advisors  Holdings L.P., a NYSE-listed  Delaware limited
partnership of which PIMCO Partners,  GP is the sole general partner. On October
31, 1999,  PIMCO  Advisers,  PAH and Allianz AG  ("Allianz")  announced they had
reached an agreement by which Allianz will acquire  majority  ownership of PIMCO
Advisers  and  its  subsidiaries,  including  OpCap.  Under  the  terms  of  the
transaction,  Allianz will acquire all of PAH. The transaction will be completed
on or about  May 5,  2000.  Colin  Glinsman  is the  portfolio  manager  for the
Balanced  Fund.  Mr.  Glinsman  is the chief  investment  officer and a managing
director  of  Oppenheimer  Capital  and  has  been  a  securities  analyst  with
Oppenheimer Capital since 1989.


                                      B-29
<PAGE>


RS Investment  Management,  L.P.  ("RSIM"),  388 Market  Street,  Suite 200, San
Francisco, California 99111, serves as the Adviser to the Emerging Growth Equity
Fund.  RSIM  commenced  operations  in  March,  1981.  RSIM  is a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of RS Investment  Management  Co. LLC, a Delaware  limited  liability
company.  James L.  Callinan is  responsible  for managing  the Emerging  Growth
Equity Fund.  Mr.  Callinan also serves as portfolio  manager of the RS Emerging
Growth  Fund.  From 1986 until June 1996,  Mr.  Callinan  was employed by Putnam
Investments,  where,  beginning in June 1994, he served as portfolio  manager of
the Putnam OTC Emerging Growth Domestic Equity Fund.


     Organizational  and portfolio manager  information for each Adviser is also
provided in the Trust's prospectus.

                                 FUND EXPENSES

     Each Fund assumes and pays the  following  costs and expenses to the extent
they are not assumed by the Manager:  interest;  taxes, brokerage charges (which
may be paid to broker-dealers  affiliated with the Manager or an Adviser); costs
of  preparing,  printing  and  filing  any  amendments  or  supplements  to  the
registration  forms of each  Fund and its  securities;  all  federal  and  state
registration,  qualification and filing costs and fees,  issuance and redemption
expenses,  transfer agency and dividend and  distribution  disbursing  costs and
expenses; custodian fees and expenses; accounting,  auditing and legal expenses;
fidelity  bond and other  insurance  premiums;  fees and  salaries of  trustees,
officers  and  employees  (if any) of the Funds  other  than  those who are also
officers or  employees  of the Manager or its  affiliates;  industry  membership
dues; all annual and semiannual  reports and prospectuses  mailed to each Fund's
shareholders  as well as all  quarterly,  annual and any other  periodic  report
required to be filed with the SEC or with any state;  any notices  required by a
federal or state  regulatory  authority;  and any proxy  solicitation  materials
directed  to each  Fund's  shareholders  as well as all  printing,  mailing  and
tabulation costs incurred in connection therewith,  and any expenses incurred in
connection with the holding of meetings of each Fund's  shareholders,  and other
miscellaneous expenses related directly to the Funds' operations and interest.

                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

     The Funds have no obligation to deal with any dealer or group of dealers in
the execution of  transactions  in portfolio  securities.  Subject to any policy
established  by the Manager and the Board,  the  Advisers  are  responsible  for
making the day-to-day  investment decisions for each Fund and the placing of its
portfolio  transactions.  In  placing  orders,  it is the policy of each Fund to
obtain the most  favorable  net results,  taking into account  various  factors,
including  price,  dealer spread or commission,  if any, size of the transaction
and  difficulty  of execution.  While the Advisers  generally  seek  competitive
spreads or commissions, they may direct brokerage transactions to broker/dealers
who also sell variable  annuity and variable life insurance  contracts issued by
Allstate  Life and its  affiliates  and the sale of such  contracts may be taken
into  account by the  Manager  and/or the  Advisers  when  allocating  brokerage
transactions.  In addition,  the Advisers may direct  brokerage  transactions to
broker-dealers  with which they are  affiliated  subject to  principles  of best
execution and procedures established by the Board.

     The  Advisers  will  generally  deal  directly  with the dealers who make a
market in the  securities  involved  (unless  better  prices and  execution  are
available   elsewhere)   if  the   securities   are  traded   primarily  in  the
over-the-counter  market.  Such dealers  usually act as principals for their own
account.  On occasion,  securities  may be purchased  directly  from the issuer.
Bonds and money market securities are generally traded on a net basis and do not
normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes.

                                      B-30
<PAGE>


     While the  Advisers  seek to  obtain  the most  favorable  net  results  in
effecting  transactions in a Fund's  portfolio  securities,  dealers who provide
supplemental   investment   research  to  an  Adviser  may  receive  orders  for
transactions for the Funds. Such  supplemental  research services may consist of
assessments and analyses of the business or prospects of a company, industry, or
economic sector.  If, in the judgment of an Adviser, a Fund will benefit by such
supplemental  research  services,  the Fund may pay  spreads or  commissions  to
brokers or dealers  furnishing  such services  which are in excess of spreads or
commissions  which another broker or dealer may charge for the same transaction.
Information  so received  will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services
required  to be  performed  under  the  Management  Agreement  or  the  advisory
agreements  between the Manager and the  Advisers.  The expenses of the Advisers
will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such  supplemental
information.  The  Advisers  may use such  supplemental  research  in  providing
investment  advice  to their  client  accounts  other  than  those for which the
transactions  are made.  Similarly,  the Funds may  benefit  from such  research
obtained by the Advisers for portfolio transactions for other client accounts.

     Investment decisions for the Funds will be made independently from those of
any other  clients that may be (or in the future may be) managed by the Manager,
the Advisers or their  affiliates.  If, however,  accounts managed by an Adviser
are simultaneously engaged in the purchase of the same security,  then, pursuant
to general authorization of the Board and the Manager,  available securities may
be allocated to a Fund in a manner an Adviser deems to be fair.  Such allocation
and pricing may affect the amount of brokerage  commissions  paid by a Fund.  In
some cases,  this system  might  adversely  affect the price paid by a Fund (for
example,  during periods of rapidly rising or falling  interest  rates) or limit
the size of the position  obtainable  for a Fund (for example,  in the case of a
small issue).

     For the fiscal period ended December 31, 1999.  Each of the Advisers placed
orders  consistent  with each Fund's policy of obtaining the most  favorable net
results.

     For the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1999,  the Emerging  Growth  Equity
Fund paid total  brokerage  commissions of $3,542.35,  of which $1,261  (35.60%)
resulted from orders placed with brokers and dealers who provided  supplementary
research, market and statistical information to the Fund or the Adviser.

     For the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1999,  the Focused Equity Fund paid
$1,305  in  brokerage  commissions  to  Morgan  Stanley  Dean  Witter & Co.,  an
affiliate of the Adviser, or 27.89% of the total brokerage commissions paid. For
the fiscal year ended  December  31,  1999,  the Focused  Equity Fund paid total
brokerage  commissions  of  $4,679.00,  of which $1,320  (28.21%)  resulted from
orders  placed with  brokers and dealers who  provided  supplementary  research,
market and statistical information to the Fund or the Adviser.

     For the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1999,  the Growth  Equity Fund paid
$102 in brokerage  commissions to Goldman Sachs Brokerage Services, an affiliate
of the Adviser, or 1.58% of the total brokerage commissions paid. For the fiscal
year ended  December  31,  1999,  the Growth  Equity  Fund paid total  brokerage
commissions of $6,463.56, of which $174 (2.69%) resulted from orders placed with
brokers and dealers who provided supplementary research,  market and statistical
information to the Fund or the Adviser.


                                      B-31
<PAGE>


     For the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1999, the  Disciplined  Equity Fund
paid total  brokerage  commissions of $1,741.63,  none of which were from orders
placed with brokers and dealers who provided supplementary research,  market and
statistical information to the Fund or the Adviser.

     For the fiscal year ended  December  31,  1999,  the Value Equity Fund paid
total brokerage  commissions of $6,205.02,  of which $245 (3.95%)  resulted from
orders  placed with  brokers and dealers who  provided  supplementary  research,
market and statistical information to the Fund or the Adviser.

     For the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1999,  the Balanced Fund paid total
brokerage  commissions of $6,492.00,  of which $276 (4.25%) resulted from orders
placed with brokers and dealers who provided supplementary research,  market and
statistical information to the Fund or the Adviser.

     Securities  held by any  Fund may also be held by  other  funds  and  other
clients for which the Advisers or their respective affiliates provide investment
advice.   Because  of  different  investment  objectives  or  other  factors,  a
particular  security  may be bought by the Advisers for one or more clients when
one or more of the Advisers' clients are selling the same security. If purchases
or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time for any
Fund or client  accounts  (including  other  funds) for which the  Manager or an
Adviser acts as an investment  adviser  (including the Funds described  herein),
transactions  in such  securities  will be made,  insofar as  feasible,  for the
respective  Funds and other client accounts in a manner deemed  equitable to all
and in accordance with  procedures  established by the Board. To the extent that
transactions  on  behalf  of more  than  one  client  of the  Advisers  or their
respective  affiliates  during  the same  period  may  increase  the  demand for
securities  being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be
an adverse effect on price.


                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE


     The net asset  value of the shares of each Fund is based on the prices of a
Fund's  underlying  securities  as of the close of trading of the New York Stock
Exchange  ("NYSE") on each day that the Exchange is open for business.  The NYSE
usually closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time though it may close earlier on
any given day.  The Funds will be closed for  business  and will not price their
shares on the following business  holidays:  New Year's Day, Martin Luther King,
Jr. Day,  Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence  Day, Labor
Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.


     Equity  securities are valued at the last sales price reported on principal
securities  exchanges (domestic or foreign).  If no sale took place on such day,
then such  securities  are valued at the mean between the bid and asked  prices.
Securities quoted in foreign  currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the
exchange rate at the end of the reporting period. Options are valued at the last
sales price;  if no sales took place on such day, then options are valued at the
mean between the bid and asked prices.  Securities  for which market  quotations
are not readily  available and all other assets are valued in good faith at fair
value by, or under guidelines established by, the Funds' Board.

     Short-term  debt  securities  with a  maturity  of more  than 60 days  when
purchased  are valued based on market  quotations  until the  remaining  days to
maturity  become  less  than  61  days.  From  such  time  until  maturity,  the
investments  are valued at amortized  cost.  Under the amortized  cost method of

                                      B-32
<PAGE>

valuation,  an instrument is valued at cost and the interest payable at maturity
upon the instrument is accrued as income,  on a daily basis,  over the remaining
life of the  instrument.  Neither  the amount of daily  income nor the net asset
value is affected  by  unrealized  appreciation  or  depreciation  of the Fund's
investments assuming the instrument's obligation is paid in full on maturity. In
periods of declining  interest rates, the indicated daily yield on shares of the
portfolio  computed  using  amortized  cost may tend to be higher than a similar
computation  made  using a method of  valuation  based  upon  market  prices and
estimates.  In periods of rising  interest  rates,  the  indicated  daily  yield
computed using  amortized  cost may tend to be lower than a similar  computation
made using a method of valuation based upon market prices and estimates. For all
Funds,  securities with remaining  maturities of less than 60 days are valued at
amortized cost, which  approximates  market value.  Debt securities  (other than
short-term  obligations)  are valued on the basis of valuations  furnished by an
unaffiliated   pricing   service   which   determines   valuations   for  normal
institutional size trading units of debt securities.

                       PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

     For information regarding the purchase of Fund shares, or how a shareholder
may have a Fund redeem  his/her  shares,  see "Purchase  and  Redemption of Fund
Shares" in the Funds' Prospectus.

             SUSPENSION OF REDEMPTIONS AND POSTPONEMENT OF PAYMENTS

     A Fund may not suspend a  shareholder's  right of  redemption,  or postpone
payment for a redemption for more than seven days, unless the NYSE is closed for
other than customary weekends or holidays, or trading on the NYSE is restricted,
or for any period  during  which an emergency  exists as a result of which:  (1)
disposal by a Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably  practicable,  or
(2) it is not reasonably practicable for a Fund to fairly determine the value of
its assets,  or for such other periods as the SEC may permit for the  protection
of investors.

                             INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE


     Total return for the periods ended December 31, 1999. The inception date of
each of the Funds is October 1, 1999.



                                        Total Return since inception
                                        ----------------------------


Emerging Growth Equity Fund                     74.90%
Focused Equity Fund                             20.70%
Growth Equity Fund                              20.80%
Disciplined Equity Fund                         11.73%
Value Equity Fund                               7.56%
Balanced Fund                                   3.40%

You  should  not  consider  this  performance  data as an  indication  of future
performance  of any  Fund  or any  Adviser.  You  should  note  that  with  some
exceptions  1999 was an  exceptionally  good year for the  stocks of  technology
companies  and mutual  funds that  invest in them.  You should not expect  those
stocks  and funds to  perform  as well  every  year.  Their  prices  can  change
unpredictably and, in fact, they may lose value in some years.


                                      B-33
<PAGE>

STANDARDIZED AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN QUOTATIONS

     Average  annual  total  return  quotations  for the Funds are  computed  by
finding  the  average  annual  compounded  rates of return  that  would  cause a
hypothetical  investment  made on the first day of a designated  period to equal
the ending redeemable value of such  hypothetical  investment on the last day of
the designated period in accordance with the following formula:

                                 P(1+T)n = ERV
Where:
P   =   a hypothetical initial payment of       n   =  number of years
        $1,000, less the maximum sales
        load applicable to a Fund

T   =   average annual total return             ERV  = ending redeemable value
                                                       of the hypothetical
                                                       $1,000 initial  payment
                                                       made at the beginning
                                                       of the designated period
                                                       (or fractional portion
                                                       thereof)

     The computation above assumes that all dividends and distributions  made by
a Fund are  reinvested  at net asset value  during the  designated  period.  The
average annual total return quotation is determined to the nearest 1/100 of 1%.

     One of the primary  methods used to measure  performance is "total return."
"Total return" will normally represent the percentage change in value of a Fund,
or of a hypothetical investment in a Fund, over any period up to the lifetime of
the class. Unless otherwise indicated, total return calculations will assume the
reinvestment  of all  dividends  and  capital  gains  distributions  and will be
expressed as a percentage  increase or decrease from an initial  value,  for the
entire period or for one or more specified periods within the entire period.

     Total return  percentages  for periods longer than one year will usually be
accompanied by total return  percentages  for each year within the period and/or
by the average  annual  compounded  total return for the period.  The income and
capital components of a given return may be separated and portrayed in a variety
of ways in order to illustrate their relative significance. Performance may also
be portrayed in terms of cash or investment values,  without  percentages.  Past
performance  cannot guarantee any particular  future result.  In determining the
average annual total return  (calculated as provided above),  recurring fees, if
any, that are charged to all shareholder accounts are taken into consideration.

     Each Fund's average annual total return  quotations and yield quotations as
they may appear in the  Prospectus,  this SAI or in  advertising  materials  are
calculated by standard methods prescribed by the SEC.

     Each Fund may also  publish  its  distribution  rate  and/or its  effective
distribution  rate. A Fund's  distribution rate is computed by dividing the most
recent monthly distribution per share annualized, by the current net asset value
per share.  A Fund's  effective  distribution  rate is computed by dividing  the
distribution  rate by the  ratio  used to  annualize  the  most  recent  monthly
distribution  and reinvesting the resulting  amount for a full year on the basis


                                      B-34
<PAGE>

of such  ratio.  The  effective  distribution  rate  will  be  higher  than  the
distribution rate because of the compounding effect of the assumed reinvestment.
A Fund's yield is calculated using a standardized formula (set forth below), the
income  component  of which is computed  from the yields to maturity of all debt
obligations held by the Fund based on prescribed  methods (with all purchase and
sales of securities  during such period included in the income  calculation on a
settlement date basis),  whereas the distribution rate is based on a Fund's last
monthly  distribution.  A Fund's  monthly  distribution  tends to be  relatively
stable  and may be more or less than the  amount of net  investment  income  and
short-term capital gain actually earned by the Fund during the month.

     Other data that may be advertised or published  about each Fund include the
average  portfolio  quality,  the  average  portfolio  maturity  and the average
portfolio duration.

STANDARDIZED YIELD QUOTATIONS

     The yield of a Fund is  computed  by  dividing  the Fund's  net  investment
income per share during a base period of 30 days,  or one month,  by the maximum
offering  price  per  share of the Fund on the last day of such  base  period in
accordance with the following formula:

                                 2[(a-b)+1)6-1]
                                 ---------------
                                        cd

Where:
a =     net investment income earned            c   =  the average daily number
        during the period attributable to              of shares of the subject
        the subject class                              class outstanding during
                                                       the period that were
                                                       entitled to receive
                                                       dividends

b =     net expenses accrued for the            d   =  the maximum offering
        period attributable to the subject             price per share of the
        class                                          subject

Net investment income will be determined in accordance with rules established
by the SEC.

NON-STANDARDIZED PERFORMANCE

     In addition,  in order to more completely represent a Fund's performance or
more accurately compare such performance to other measures of investment return,
a Fund also may include in  advertisements,  sales  literature  and  shareholder
reports other total return  performance data  ("Non-Standardized  Performance").
Non-Standardized  Performance may be quoted for the same or different periods as
those for  which  Standardized  Return  data is  quoted;  it may  consist  of an
aggregate or average annual percentage rate of return, actual year-by-year rates
or any  combination  thereof.  Non-Standardized  Performance may or may not take
sales charges (if any) into account;  performance data calculated without taking
the effect of sales charges into account will be higher than data  including the
effect of such charges. All Non-Standardized Performance will be advertised only
if the  standard  performance  data  for  the  same  period,  as well as for the
required periods, is also presented.

GENERAL INFORMATION

     From time to time, the Funds may advertise  their  performance  compared to
similar  funds  using  certain  unmanaged   indices,   reporting   services  and
publications.

     The Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index is a well diversified
list of 500  companies  representing  the  U.S.  Stock  Market.  The  Index is a
broad-based  measurement  of changes  in  stock-market  conditions  based on the
average performance of 500 widely held common stocks.

                                      B-35
<PAGE>

     The  Standard & Poor's  MidCap 400 Index is  designed  to  represent  price
movements in the mid cap U.S. equity market. It contains companies chosen by the
Standard  & Poor's  Index  Committee  for their  size,  liquidity  and  industry
representation.  None of the  companies in the S&P 400 overlap with those in the
S&P 500 Index or the S&P 600 Index.  Decisions  about  stocks to be included and
deleted are made by the Committee which meets on a regular basis. S&P 400 stocks
are market cap weighted;  each stock  influences  the Index in proportion to its
relative market capitalization.  The range of capitalization of companies in the
Index as of April 30, 1999 was $202 million to $14.4 billion. The inception year
of the S&P MidCap 400 Index is 1982. The Index is rebalanced as needed.  S&P 400
companies  which merge or are  acquired are  immediately  replaced in the Index;
other  companies  are  replaced  when the  Committee  decides they are no longer
representative.

     The Standard and Poor's Small Cap 600 index is designed to represent  price
movements in the Emerging Growth Domestic Equity U.S. equity market. It contains
companies  chosen by the  Standard  & Poor's  Index  Committee  for their  size,
industry  characteristics,  and liquidity.  None of the companies in the S&P 600
overlap with the S&P 500 or the S&P 400 (MidCap Index).  The S&P 600 is weighted
by market capitalization. REITs are not eligible for inclusion.

     The  NASDAQ  Composite  OTC  Price  Index  is a market  value-weighted  and
unmanaged   index  showing  the  changes  in  the  aggregate   market  value  of
approximately 3,500 stocks.

     The Lehman  Government  Bond Index is a measure of the market  value of all
public  obligations  of the  U.S.  Treasury;  all  publicly  issued  debt of all
agencies of the U.S.  Government  and all  quasi-federal  corporations;  and all
corporate debt guaranteed by the U.S.  Government.  Mortgage backed  securities,
bonds and foreign targeted issues are not included in the Lehman Government Bond
Index.

     The Lehman Government/Corporate Bond Index is a measure of the market value
of  approximately  5,900  bonds  with a face value  currently  in excess of $3.5
trillion.  Issues must have at least one year to maturity and an outstanding par
value of at least $100  million for U.S.  Government  issues and $50 million for
all others.

     The Russell 2000 Index represents the bottom two thirds of the largest 3000
publicly  traded  companies  domiciled  in the U.S.  Russell  uses total  market
capitalization to sort its universe to determine the companies that are included
in the Index.  Only common stocks are included in the Index.  REITs are eligible
for inclusion.

     The Russell 2500 Index is a market value-weighted,  unmanaged index showing
total return (i.e., principal changes with income) in the aggregate market value
of 2,500 stocks of publicly traded companies domiciled in the United States. The
Index  includes  stocks  traded on the New York Stock  Exchange and the American
Stock Exchange as well as in the over-the-counter market.

     The Morgan Stanley Capital  International  EAFE Index (the "EAFE Index") is
an unmanaged index,  which includes over 1,000 companies  representing the stock
markets of Europe,  Australia,  New Zealand and the Far East.  The EAFE Index is
typically  shown weighted by the market  capitalization.  However,  EAFE is also
available  weighted by Gross Domestic Product (GDP).  These weights are modified
on July 1st of each year to reflect the prior year's GDP. Indices with dividends
reinvested  constitute an estimate of total return arrived at by reinvesting one
twelfth of the month end yield at every month end.

                                      B-36
<PAGE>

     The Lehman Brothers High Yield BB Index is a measure of the market value of
public debt issues with a minimum par value of $100 million and rated Ba1-Ba3 by
Moody's. All bonds within the index are U.S. dollar denominated, non-convertible
and have at least one year remaining to maturity.

     In addition, from time to time in reports and promotions:

          *    a Fund's  performance  may be compared to other  groups of mutual
               funds tracked by: (a) Lipper Analytical  Services,  a widely used
               independent  research  firm which ranks  mutual  funds by overall
               performance,  investment objectives, and assets; (b) Morningstar,
               Inc.,  another widely used independent  research from which ranks
               mutual funds by overall performance,  investment objectives,  and
               assets; or (c) other financial or business publications,  such as
               Business Week, Money Magazine,  Forbes and Barron's which provide
               similar information;

          *    the Consumer  Price Index  (measure for inflation) may be used to
               assess the real rate of return from an investment in the Fund;

          *    other  statistics  such as GNP, and net import and export figures
               derived  from  governmental  publications,  e.g.,  The  Survey of
               Current  Business  or  other  independent   parties,   e.g.,  the
               Investment   Company   Institute,   may  be  used  to  illustrate
               investment   attributes  to  a  Fund  or  the  general  economic,
               business,  investment  or financial  environment  in which a Fund
               operates;

          *    various  financial,  economic and market statistics  developed by
               brokers,  dealers  and other  persons  may be used to  illustrate
               aspects of a Fund's performance;

          *    the effect of  tax-deferred  compounding  on a Fund's  investment
               returns, or on returns in general,  may be illustrated by graphs,
               charts,  etc.  where  such  graphs or charts  would  compare,  at
               various  points in time,  the return from an investment in a Fund
               (or  returns  in  general)  on  a  tax-deferred  basis  (assuming
               reinvestment  of capital  gains and dividends and assuming one or
               more tax rates) with the return on a taxable basis; and

          *    the sectors or industries in which a Fund invests may be compared
               to relevant  indices or surveys (e.g.,  S&P Industry  Surveys) in
               order to evaluate a Fund's  historical  performance or current or
               potential  value  with  respect  to the  particular  industry  or
               sector.

                                     TAXES

     Each Fund is treated as a separate  entity for federal income tax purposes.
Each Fund  intends to elect to be  treated,  and  intends  to  qualify  for each
taxable year, as a separate "regulated investment company" under Subchapter M of

                                      B-37
<PAGE>

the  Internal  Revenue  Code (the  "Code").  As such and by  complying  with the
applicable  provisions  of the Code  regarding  the sources of its  income,  the
timing of its distributions,  and the  diversification of its assets,  each Fund
will not be subject to federal  income  tax on  taxable  income  (including  net
realized  capital gains) which is distributed to shareholders in accordance with
the timing and other requirements of the Code.

     Qualification  of a Fund for  treatment as a regulated  investment  company
under the Code requires,  among other things,  that (a) at least 90% of a Fund's
gross income for its taxable  year,  without  offset for losses from the sale or
other disposition of stock or securities or other transactions,  be derived from
interest,  dividends,  payments with respect to securities  loans and gains from
the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign  currencies,  or
other  income  (including  but not limited to gains from  options,  futures,  or
forward  contracts)  derived  with  respect to its business of investing in such
stock,  securities or currencies;  (b) each Fund distribute to its  shareholders
for each  taxable  year (in  compliance  with certain  timing  requirements)  as
dividends  at  least  90% of the  sum of its  taxable  and  any  tax-exempt  net
investment  income, the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term
capital loss and any other net income for that year  (except for the excess,  if
any, of net long-term capital gain over net short-term  capital loss, which need
not be  distributed  in order for the Fund to qualify as a regulated  investment
company  but is taxed to the Fund if it is not  distributed);  and (c) each Fund
diversify  its assets so that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year,
(i) at least  50% of the  fair  market  value of its  total  (gross)  assets  is
comprised of cash, cash items, U.S. Government  securities,  securities of other
regulated  investment  companies and other securities  limited in respect of any
one  issuer  to no more than 5% of the fair  market  value of the  Fund's  total
assets and 10% of the outstanding  voting  securities of such issuer and (ii) no
more than 25% of the fair  market  value of its total  assets is invested in the
securities  of any  one  issuer  (other  than  U.S.  Government  securities  and
securities of other  regulated  investment  companies) or of two or more issuers
controlled by the Fund and engaged in the same,  similar,  or related  trades or
businesses.

     Each  Fund  also  intends  to  comply  with  the  separate  diversification
requirements  imposed  by  Section  817(h)  of  the  Code  and  the  regulations
thereunder on certain insurance company separate accounts.  These  requirements,
which are in addition to the diversification  requirements  imposed on a Fund by
the 1940 Act and Subchapter M of the Code,  place certain  limitations on assets
of each  insurance  company  separate  account used to fund variable  contracts.
Because  Section  817(h) and those  regulations  treat the assets of the Fund as
assets of the related  separate  account,  these  regulations are imposed on the
assets of a Fund.  Specifically,  the regulations provide that, after a one year
start-up period or except as permitted by the "safe harbor"  described below, as
of the end of each  calendar  quarter or within 30 days  thereafter no more than
55% of the total assets of a Fund may be represented by any one  investment,  no
more than 70% by any two investments,  no more than 80% by any three investments
and no more than 90% by any four investments.  For this purpose,  all securities
of the same issuer are considered a single investment,  and each U.S. Government
agency and  instrumentality  is  considered a separate  issuer.  Section  817(h)
provides,  as a safe  harbor,  that a separate  account will be treated as being
adequately  diversified if the  diversification  requirements under Subchapter M
are satisfied and no more than 55% of the value of the account's total assets is
attributable to cash and cash items  (including  receivables),  U.S.  Government
securities and securities of other regulated investment companies.  Failure by a
Fund to both qualify as a regulated  investment  company and satisfy the Section
817(h)  requirements  would generally cause the variable contracts to lose their
favorable tax status and require a contract holder to include in ordinary income
any income  accrued  under the  contracts  for the current and all prior taxable
years.  Under  certain  circumstances   described  in  the  applicable  Treasury
regulations,  inadvertent  failure to  satisfy  the  applicable  diversification
requirements may be corrected,  but such a correction would require a payment to

                                      B-38
<PAGE>

the  Internal  Revenue  Service  based on the tax  contract  holders  would have
incurred if they were  treated as  receiving  the income on the contract for the
period during which the  diversification  requirements  were not satisfied.  Any
such  failure  may also  result in adverse tax  consequences  for the  insurance
company  issuing  the  contracts.  Failure by a Fund to  qualify as a  regulated
investment  company  would also  subject  the Fund to federal  and state  income
taxation on all of its taxable  income and gain,  whether or not  distributed to
shareholders.

     Under certain circumstances, the Fund will be subject to a 4% nondeductible
federal  excise tax on any amounts  required to be but not  distributed  under a
prescribed formula. The formula requires that a Fund distribute (or be deemed to
have distributed) to its shareholders  during each calendar year at least 98% of
the Fund's  ordinary income for the calendar year, at least 98% of the excess of
its capital gains over its capital losses  realized  during the one-year  period
ending on October 31 of such year,  and any income or gain (as so computed) from
the prior calendar year that was not  distributed for such year and on which the
Fund paid no income tax. Each Fund intends  generally to seek to avoid liability
for this tax.

     Any  dividend  declared by a Fund in October,  November or December as of a
record date in such a month and paid the  following  January will be treated for
federal  income tax purposes as received by  shareholders  on December 31 of the
year in which it is declared.

     If a Fund acquires any equity interest in certain foreign corporations that
receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive  sources (such as
interest,  dividends,  certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or hold at
least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income ("passive
foreign investment companies"), that Fund could be subject to federal income tax
and additional  interest  charges on "excess  distributions"  received from such
companies or gain from the sale of stock in such  companies,  even if all income
or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders.
The Fund  would not be able to pass  through to its  shareholders  any credit or
deduction for such a tax.  Certain  elections may  ameliorate  these adverse tax
consequences,  but any  such  election  could  require  the  applicable  Fund to
recognize  taxable  income or gain  (subject to tax  distribution  requirements)
without the concurrent  receipt of cash. These  investments could also result in
the treatment of associated  capital gains as ordinary income.  Any Fund that is
permitted to invest in foreign corporations may limit and/or manage its holdings
in passive  foreign  investment  companies  to  minimize  its tax  liability  or
maximize its return from these investments.

     Foreign  exchange  gains and losses  realized by a Fund in connection  with
certain  transactions  involving foreign  currency-denominated  debt securities,
certain  foreign  currency   futures  and  options,   foreign  currency  forward
contracts,  foreign  currencies,  or payables or  receivables  denominated  in a
foreign  currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code.  Section 988 generally
causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may
affect the amount,  timing and character of distributions  to shareholders.  Any
such  transactions that are not directly related to a Fund's investment in stock
or securities,  possibly  including  speculative  currency positions or currency
derivatives  not  used  for  hedging  purposes,   could  under  future  Treasury
regulations produce income not among the types of "qualifying income" from which
the Fund  must  derive at least  90% of its  annual  gross  income.  Income  for
investments  in  commodities,  such  as  gold  and  certain  related  derivative
instruments,  is also not treated as  qualifying  income under this test. If the
net foreign  exchange loss for a year treated as ordinary loss under Section 988
were to exceed a Fund's  investment  company  taxable  income  computed  without
regard to such loss, the resulting overall ordinary loss for such year would not
be deductible by the Fund or shareholders in future years.

                                      B-39
<PAGE>

     A Fund may be subject to  withholding  and other  taxes  imposed by foreign
countries with respect to its investments in foreign securities. Tax conventions
between  certain  countries  and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate  such taxes in
some cases.

     Investments  in debt  obligation  that are at risk of default  may  present
special tax issues.  Tax rules may not be  entirely  clear about  issues such as
when a Fund may cease to accrue  interest,  original issue  discount,  or market
discount,  when and to what  extent  deductions  may be taken  for bad  debts or
worthless securities,  how payments received on obligations in default should be
allocated  between   principal  and  income,   and  whether  exchanges  of  debt
obligations in a workout context are taxable. These and any other issues will be
addressed  by a Fund,  in the event it invests in such  securities,  in order to
seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a
regulated  investment  company and does not become  subject to federal income or
excise tax.

     Each Fund that  invests in certain pay in-kind  securities  ("PIKs")  (debt
securities whose interest payments may be made either in cash or in-kind),  zero
coupon  securities,  deferred  payment  securities,  or certain  increasing rate
securities  (and, in general,  any other securities with original issue discount
or with market  discount if the Fund elects to include market discount in income
currently)  must accrue income on such  investments  prior to the receipt of the
corresponding  cash  payments.  However,  each  Fund must  distribute,  at least
annually,  all or  substantially  all of its net income,  including such accrued
income, to shareholders to qualify as a regulated  investment  company under the
Code and avoid federal income tax. Therefore,  a Fund may have to dispose of its
portfolio  securities under  disadvantageous  circumstances to generate cash, or
may have to  leverage  itself by  borrowing  the cash,  to satisfy  distribution
requirements.

     Redemptions   and  exchanges  of  Fund  shares  are   potentially   taxable
transactions  for  shareholders  that are  subject to tax.  Shareholders  should
consult their own tax advisers to determine  whether any particular  transaction
in Fund shares is properly treated as a sale for tax purposes,  as the following
discussion  assumes,  and to ascertain its tax  consequences in their particular
circumstances.  Any loss realized by a shareholder upon the redemption, exchange
or other  disposition  of shares with a tax holding period of six months or less
will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated
as distribution of long-term capital gain with respect to such shares. Losses on
redemptions or other  dispositions  of shares may be disallowed  under wash sale
rules in the  event of other  investments  in the same Fund  (including  through
automatic  reinvestment  of dividends and  distributions)  within a period of 61
days  beginning  30 days before and ending 30 days after a  redemption  or other
disposition of shares. In such a case, the disallowed  portion of any loss would
be  included  in the  federal  tax  basis of the  shares  acquired  in the other
investments.

     Limitations imposed by the Code on regulated  investment companies like the
Fund may restrict a Fund's  ability to enter into futures,  options and currency
forward transactions.

     Certain  options,   futures  and  forward  foreign  currency   transactions
undertaken  by a Fund may  cause  the Fund to  recognize  gains or  losses  from
marking to market even though its  securities or other  positions  have not been
sold or terminated  and affect the character as long-term or short-term  (or, in
the case of certain currency forwards,  options and futures,  as ordinary income
or loss) and timing of some capital gains and losses realized by the Fund. Also,
certain of a Fund's losses on its transactions  involving  options,  futures and
forward foreign  currency  contracts  and/or  offsetting or successor  portfolio
positions  may be  deferred  rather  than  being  taken into  account  currently
calculating the Fund's taxable income or gains. These transactions may therefore
affect  the  amount,   timing  and  character  of  a  Fund's   distributions  to

                                      B-40
<PAGE>

shareholders. Certain of the applicable tax rules may be modified if the Fund is
eligible  and chooses to make one or more of certain tax  elections  that may be
available.  The Funds will take into  account the  special tax rules  (including
consideration of available elections) applicable to options,  futures or forward
contracts in order to minimize any potential adverse tax consequences.

     The tax rules applicable to dollar rolls,  currency swaps and interest rate
swaps,  caps, floors and collars may be unclear in some respects,  and the Funds
may be required to limit  participation in such transactions in order to qualify
as regulated  investment  companies.  Additionally,  the Fund may be required to
recognize gain, but not loss, if any option,  collar,  futures  contract,  swap,
short sale or other  transaction  that is not  subject  to the  market-to-market
rules is treated as a constructive sale of an appreciated  financial position in
the Fund's  portfolio  under Section 1259 of the Code. The Fund may have to sell
portfolio  securities under  disadvantageous  circumstances to generate cash, or
borrow cash, to satisfy these distribution requirements.

     The foregoing  discussion  relates solely to U.S. federal income tax law as
applicable  to the  Funds  and  certain  aspects  of  their  distributions.  The
discussion does not address special tax rules applicable to insurance companies.

          CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT, FUND ACCOUNTANT AND ADMINISTRATOR


     Investors  Bank & Trust  Company  ("IBT"),  200 Clarendon  Street,  Boston,
Massachusetts  02116,  provides  the  Funds  with  transfer  agent,  accounting,
administrative  and custodial  services.  As such, IBT is responsible for, among
other things, processing purchase and redemption orders,  calculating the Funds'
net asset values and  safeguarding  the Funds' assets.  For its services IBT was
paid a total fee of $22,310 for each fund of the Trust for the period October 1,
1999 to December 31, 1999.

                                  DISTRIBUTOR

     ALFS,  Inc.  ("ALFS"),  formerly know as Allstate Life Financial  Services,
Inc.,  acts  as  Distributor   ("Distributor")  for  the  Trust  pursuant  to  a
Distribution  Agreement,  dated as of October 1, 1999.  ALFS  receives no fee as
distributor.  The Distribution  Agreement will continue in effect for successive
one-year periods,  provided that each such continuance is specifically  approved
(i) by the vote of a majority of the  Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the
shares of the Fund;  and (ii) by a majority of the  Trustees who are not parties
to the Distribution Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act)
of any such person, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting
on such  approval.  The  Distribution  Agreement  between the Trust and ALFS was
approved by the Trust's Board of Trustees on September 27, 1999.


                              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     The  financial  statements  of the Trust are audited by Deloitte and Touche
LLP, Two Prudential Plaza, 180 North Stetson Avenue, Chicago,  Illinois, for the
periods indicated in their report.


                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


     The  Funds'   audited   Financial   Statements,   including  the  Financial
Highlights,  for the period  ended  December  31, 1999  appearing  in the Annual
Report to  Shareholders  and the report  thereon  of  Deloitte  and Touche  LLP,
independent auditors,  appearing therein are hereby incorporated by reference in


                                      B-41
<PAGE>

this Statement of Additional  Information.  The Annual Report to Shareholders is
delivered  with  this  Statement  of  Additional   Information  to  shareholders
requesting this Statement of Additional Information.


                                      B-42
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

Description of S & P, Moody's, Fitch and Duff ratings:

S & P

Bond Ratings

AAA

     Bonds rated AAA have the highest rating  assigned by the S & P. Capacity to
pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

AA

     Bonds  rated AA have a very  strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay
principal.

A

     Bonds rated A have a strong  capacity to pay interest  and repay  principal
although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances   and  economic   conditions  than  obligations  in  higher  rated
categories.

BBB

     Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest
and  repay  principal.   Whereas  they  normally  exhibit  adequate   protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened  capacity to pay interest and repay  principal  for
bonds in this category than bonds in higher rated categories.

BB

     Bonds  rated BB have less  near-term  vulnerability  to default  than other
speculative  grade  debt.  However,  they face major  ongoing  uncertainties  or
exposure to adverse business,  financial or economic conditions which could lead
to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

B

     Bonds rated B have a greater  vulnerability  to default but presently  have
the  capacity  to meet  interest  payments  and  principal  repayments.  Adverse
business,  financial  or economic  conditions  would likely  impair  capacity or
willingness to pay interest and repay principal.


                                      B-43
<PAGE>

CCC

     Bonds rated CCC have a current  identifiable  vulnerability  to default and
are dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet
timely payments of interest and repayment of principal.  In the event of adverse
business,  financial  or  economic  conditions,  they are not likely to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

CC

     The rating CC is  typically  applied to debt  subordinated  to senior  debt
which is assigned an actual or implied CCC rating.

C

     The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt which
is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating.

D

     Bonds rated D are in default,  and payment of interest and/or  repayment of
principal is in arrears.

     S & P's letter  ratings may be modified by the  addition of a plus (+) or a
minus (-) sign  designation,  which is used to show relative standing within the
major rating categories, except in the AAA (Prime Grade) category.

Commercial Paper Rating

     An S & P commercial paper rating is a current  assessment of the likelihood
of timely payment of debt having an original  maturity of no more than 365 days.
Issues  assigned an A rating are  regarded as having the  greatest  capacity for
timely payment. Issues in this category are delineated with the numbers 1, 2 and
3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

                                      A-1

     This  designation  indicates  that the  degree of safety  regarding  timely
payment is either  overwhelming  or very  strong.  Those  issues  determined  to
possess  overwhelming  safety  characteristics  are  denoted  with  a  plus  (+)
designation.

                                      A-2

     Capacity  for timely  payment on issues  with this  designation  is strong.
However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated

                                      B-44
<PAGE>

                                      A-3

     Issues carrying this  designation  have a satisfactory  capacity for timely
payment.  They are, however,  somewhat more vulnerable to the adverse effects of
changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B

     Issues carrying this  designation  are regarded as having only  speculative
capacity for timely repayment.

C

     This  designation  is  assigned to  short-term  obligations  with  doubtful
capacity for payment.

D

     Issues carrying this  designation  are in default,  and payment of interest
and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.

Moody's

Bond Ratings

Aaa

     Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They carry
the smallest  degree of  investment  risk and generally are referred to as "gilt
edge." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally  stable
margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely
to change,  such changes as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa

     Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards.
Together with the Aaa group they comprise what generally are known as high grade
bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds  because  margins of protection
may not be as large as in Aaa securities or  fluctuation of protective  elements
may be of greater  amplitude or there may be other  elements  present which make
the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A

                                      B-45
<PAGE>

     Bonds which are rated A possess many  favorable  investment  attributes and
are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations.  Factors giving security
to principal and interest are considered  adequate,  but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa

     Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e.,
they are neither  highly  protected nor poorly  secured.  Interest  payments and
principal  security  appear  adequate  for the present  but  certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in
fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Ba

     Bonds  which are rated Ba are judged to have  speculative  elements;  their
future cannot be considered  as well assured.  Often the  protection of interest
and principal payments may be very moderate and, therefore, not well safeguarded
during  both  good  and bad  times  over the  future.  Uncertainty  of  position
characterizes bonds in this class.

B

     Bonds which are rated B generally  lack  characteristics  of the  desirable
investment.  Assurance of interest and principal  payments or of  maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa

     Bonds  which are  rated Caa are of poor  standing.  Such  issues  may be in
default or there may be present  elements of danger with respect to principal or
interest.

Ca

     Bonds which are rated Ca present  obligations  which are  speculative  in a
high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

C

     Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds,  and issues so
rated can be regarded as having  extremely  poor prospects of ever attaining any
real investment standing.

     Moody's  applies  the  numerical  modifiers  1,  2 and 3 to  show  relative
standing within the major rating  categories,  except in the Aaa category and in
the  categories  below B. The modifier 1 indicates a ranking for the security in
the higher  end of a rating  category;  the  modifier 2  indicates  a  mid-range
ranking;  and the  modifier 3  indicates  a ranking in the lower end of a rating
category.

                                      B-47
<PAGE>

Commercial Paper Rating

     The rating Prime-1 (P-1) is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by
Moody's.  Issuers of P-1 paper must have a superior  capacity  for  repayment of
short-term promissory  obligations,  and ordinarily will be evidenced by leading
market positions in well established  industries,  high rates of return on funds
employed,  conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt
and  ample  asset  protection,  broad  margins  in  earnings  coverage  of fixed
financial charges and high internal cash generation, and well established access
to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Issuers (or related  supporting  institutions)  rated  Prime-2 (P-2) have a
strong  capacity  for  repayment  of  short-term  promissory  obligations.  This
ordinarily will be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a
lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, will be subject
to more variation. Capitalization characteristics,  while still appropriate, may
be  more  affected  by  external   conditions.   Ample  alternate  liquidity  is
maintained.

     Issuers (or related  supporting  institutions)  rated Prime-3 (P-3) have an
acceptable  capacity for repayment of  short-term  promissory  obligations.  The
effect  of  industry   characteristics   and  market  composition  may  be  more
pronounced.  Variability in earnings and  profitability may result in changes in
the level of debt protection  measurements  and the  requirements for relatively
high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

     Issuers (or related  supporting  institutions)  rated Not Prime do not fall
within any of the Prime rating categories.

Fitch

Bond Rating

     The ratings  represent  Fitch's  assessment of the issuer's ability to meet
the  obligations  of specific debt issue or class of debt. The ratings take into
consideration   special  features  of  the  issue,  its  relationship  to  other
obligations  of the  issuer,  the  current  financial  condition  and  operative
performance  of the issuer and of any  guarantor,  as well as the  political and
economic  environment that might affect the issuer's future  financial  strength
and credit quality.

AAA

                                      B-47
<PAGE>

     Bonds rated AAA are  considered to be  investment  grade and of the highest
credit quality.  The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest
and repay principal,  which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable
events.

AA

     Bonds  rated AA are  considered  to be  investment  grade  and of very high
credit  quality.  The obligor's  ability to pay interest and repay  principal is
very  strong,  although  not quite as strong as bonds rated AAA.  Because  bonds
rated  in  the  AAA  and AA  categories  are  not  significantly  vulnerable  to
foreseeable future  developments,  short-term debt of these issuers is generally
rated F1+.

A

     Bonds  rated A are  considered  to be  investment  grade and of high credit
quality. The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered
to be  strong,  but  may be more  vulnerable  to  adverse  changes  in  economic
conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

BBB

     Bonds rated BBB are considered to be investment  grade and of  satisfactory
credit  quality.  The obligor's  ability to pay interest and repay  principal is
considered  adequate.  Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances,
however,  are  more  likely  to have an  adverse  impact  on  these  bonds,  and
therefore, impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds
will fall below investment grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings.

BB

     Bonds rated BB are  considered  speculative.  The obligor's  ability to pay
interest  and repay  principal  may be  affected  over time by adverse  economic
changes.  However,  business and financial  alternatives can be identified which
could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

B

     Bonds rated B are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in this class
are currently  meeting debt service  requirements,  the probability of continued
timely payment of principal and interest  reflects the obligor's  limited margin
of safety and the need for reasonable  business and economic activity throughout
the life of the issue.

CCC


                                      B-48
<PAGE>

     Bonds rated CCC have certain  identifiable  characteristics,  which, if not
remedied,  may lead to  default.  The  ability to meet  obligations  requires an
advantageous business and economic environment.

CC

     Bonds  rated CC are  minimally  protected.  Default in payment of  interest
and/or principal seems probable over time.

C

     Bonds rated C are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

DDD, DD and D

     Bonds  rated  DDD,  DD and D are  in  actual  default  of  interest  and/or
principal payments. Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on
the basis of their ultimate  recovery value in liquidation or  reorganization of
the obligor.  DDD represents  the highest  potential for recovery on these bonds
and D represents the lowest potential for recovery.

     Plus (+) and minus (-) signs are used with a rating  symbol to indicate the
relative position of a credit within the rating category.  Plus and minus signs,
however, are not used in the AAA category covering 12-36 months.

Short-Term Ratings

     Fitch's  short-term  ratings apply to debt  obligations that are payable on
demand or have original  maturities of up to three years,  including  commercial
paper, certificates of deposit,  medium-term notes, and municipal and investment
notes.

     Although the credit  analysis is similar to Fitch's  bond rating  analysis,
the short-term rating places greater emphasis than bond ratings on the existence
of liquidity necessary to meet the issuer's obligations in a timely manner.

F-1+

     Exceptionally  Strong  Credit  Quality.  Issues  assigned  this  rating are
regarded as having the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.

                                      F-1

     Very  Strong  Credit  Quality.  Issues  assigned  this  rating  reflect  an
assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated F-1+.

                                      F-2

                                      B-49
<PAGE>

     Good Credit Quality. Issues carrying this rating have a satisfactory degree
of assurance  for timely  payments,  but the margin of safety is not as great as
the F-1+ and F-1 categories.

                                      F-3

     Fair Credit  Quality.  Issues  assigned  this  rating have  characteristics
suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment is adequate; however,
near-term  adverse  changes  could  cause  these  securities  to be rated  below
investment grade.

F-S

     Weak Credit  Quality.  Issues  assigned  this  rating have  characteristics
suggesting a minimal  degree of assurance for timely  payment and are vulnerable
to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

D

     Default.  Issues  assigned  this rating are in actual or  imminent  payment
default.

Duff

Bond Ratings

AAA

     Bonds rated AAA are considered highest credit quality. The risk factors are
negligible, being only slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

AA

     Bonds rated AA are considered high credit quality.  Protection  factors are
strong.  Risk is  modest  but may vary  slightly  from time to time  because  of
economic conditions.

A

     Bonds rated A have  protection  factors  which are  average  but  adequate.
However, factors are more variable and greater in periods of economic stress.

BBB

     Bonds rated BBB are considered to have below average protection factors but
still considered  sufficient for prudent  investment.  There may be considerable
variability in risk for bonds in this category during economic cycles.

                                      B-50
<PAGE>

BB

     Bonds rated BB are below  investment grade but are deemed by Duff as likely
to meet  obligations  when due.  Present  or  prospective  financial  protection
factors fluctuate according to industry conditions or company fortunes.  Overall
quality may move up or down frequently within the category.

B

     Bonds  rated B are  below  investment  grade  and  possess  the  risk  that
obligations  will  not  be met  when  due.  Financial  protection  factors  will
fluctuate  widely  according  to economic  cycles,  industry  conditions  and/or
company fortunes. Potential exists for frequent changes in quality rating within
this category or into a higher or lower quality rating grade.

CCC

     Bonds rated CCC are well below investment grade securities.  Such bonds may
be in default or have considerable uncertainty as to timely payment of interest,
preferred dividends and/or principal. Protection factors are narrow and risk can
be substantial  with  unfavorable  economic or industry  conditions  and/or with
unfavorable company developments.

DD

     Defaulted debt obligations.  Issuer has failed to meet scheduled  principal
and/or interest payments.

     Plus (+) and minus (-) signs are used with a rating symbol  (except AAA) to
indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category.

Commercial Paper Rating

     The rating Duff-1 is the highest  commercial paper rating assigned by Duff.
Paper rated Duff-1 is regarded as having very high  certainty of timely  payment
with excellent  liquidity factors which are supported by ample asset protection.
Risk factors are minor.  Paper rated Duff-2 is regarded as having good certainty
of timely payment,  good access to capital  markets and sound liquidity  factors
and company fundamentals. Risk factors are small. Paper rated Duff-3 is regarded
as having satisfactory  liquidity and other protection factors. Risk factors are
larger and subject to more variation.  Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.
Paper rated Duff-4 is regarded as having speculative investment characteristics.
Liquidity  is not  sufficient  to insure  against  disruption  in debt  service.
Operating  factors  and  market  access  may  be  subject  to a high  degree  of
variation.  Paper  rated  Duff-5 is in  default.  The  issuer has failed to meet
scheduled principal and/or interest payments.


                                      B-51

<PAGE>

                                     PART C
                               OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 23.        EXHIBITS:

The following  exhibits  correspond to those required in Item 23 (a)-(o),  as to
Exhibits in Form N-1A.


(a)  Agreement and Declaration of Trust of LSA Variable Series Trust (previously
     filed  with  Pre-effective  Amendment  No. 1 to  Registrant's  Registration
     Statement on August 27, 1999 is incorporated by reference herein)

(b)  By-Laws of LSA Variable Series Trust (previously  filed with  Pre-effective
     Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's  Registration  Statement on August 27, 1999
     is incorporated by reference herein)

(c)  Inapplicable

(d)(1)  Investment  Management  Agreement  between the  Registrant and LSA Asset
Management  LLC,  dated  October  1,  1999,  is filed  with this  Post-Effective
Amendment No. 1.

(d)(2)    (A)  Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  with respect to  Disciplined
               Equity Fund is filed with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1
          (B)  Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement with respect to Growth Equity
               Fund is filed with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1
          (C)  Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  with respect to Value Equity
               Fund is filed with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1
          (D)  Investment  Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to Focused Equity
               Fund is filed with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1
          (E)  Investment  Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to Balanced Value
               Fund is filed with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1
          (F)  Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to Emerging Growth
               Equity Fund is filed with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

(e)  Distribution  Agreement  between the Registrant and Allstate Life Financial
Services,  Inc. (now known as ALFS,  Inc.),  dated October 1, 1999 is filed with
this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

(f) Inapplicable

(g)  Custodian  Agreement  between the  Registrant  and  Investors  Bank & Trust
Company, dated October 1, 1999, is filed with this Post-Effective  Amendment No.
1

(h) Other Material Contracts


                                      C-1
<PAGE>


(h)(1)  Delegation  Agreement  between the Registrant and Investors Bank & Trust
Company, dated October 1, 1999, is filed with this Post-Effective  Amendment No.
1

   (2)  Administration  Agreement  between the  Registrant  and Investors Bank &
Trust  Company,  dated  October  1,  1999,  is filed  with  this  Post-Effective
Amendment No. 1

   (3)  Transfer  Agency  and  Service  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and
Investors  Bank & Trust  Company,  dated  October  1,  1999,  is filed with this
Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

   (4)  Form of Participation   Agreement  Among  LSA  Variable  Series  Trust,
LSA  Asset Management  LLC, and Lincoln Benefit Life Company Dated October 1,
1999 is filed with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

   (5)(A)Expense  Limitation  Agreement,  and  Amendment  #1 to the  Expense
         Limitation Agreement, with respect to Disciplined Equity Fund is filed
         with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

      (B)Expense  Limitation   Agreement,   and  Amendment  #1  to  the  Expense
         Limitation Agreement,  with respect to Growth Equity Fund is filed with
         this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

      (C)Expense  Limitation   Agreement,   and  Amendment  #1  to  the  Expense
         Limitation  Agreement,  with respect to Value Equity Fund is filed with
         this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

      (D)Expense  Limitation   Agreement,   and  Amendment  #1  to  the  Expense
         Limitation Agreement, with respect to Focused Equity Fund is filed with
         this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

      (E)Expense  Limitation   Agreement,   and  Amendment  #1  to  the  Expense
         Limitation Agreement, with respect to Balanced Value Fund is filed with
         this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

      (F)Expense  Limitation   Agreement,   and  Amendment  #1  to  the  Expense
         Limitation  Agreement,  with respect to Emerging  Growth Equity Fund is
         filed with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

   (6)(A)Code of Ethics of the Registrant and LSA Asset  Management and ALFS
         is filed with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

      (B)Code of Ethics of Morgan  Stanley  Dean Witter  Institutional  is filed
         with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

      (C)Code of Ethics of Goldman  Sachs  Asset  Management  is filed with this
         Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

      (D)Code of Ethics of JP Morgan  Investment  Management  Inc. is filed with
         this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

      (E)Code of Ethics of Salomon  Brothers Asset Management is filed with this
         Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

      (F)Code of  Ethics of OpCap  Advisors  is filed  with this  Post-Effective
         Amendment No. 1

      (G)Code  of  Ethics  of  RS  Investment  Management  is  filed  with  this
         Post-Effective Amendment No. 1


                                      C-2
<PAGE>


(i)     Opinion of Counsel (previously filed with Pre-effective  Amendment No. 1
        to   Registrant's   Registration   Statement   on  August  27,  1999  is
        incorporated by reference herein)

(j)(1)  Consent  of  Independent  Auditors  is filed  with  this  Post-Effective
        Amendment No. 1

   (2)  Powers of Attorney are filed with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1

(k) Inapplicable

(l) Inapplicable

(m) Inapplicable

(n) Inapplicable

(o) Inapplicable


ITEM 24.   PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE TRUST

                           OPERATING SUBSIDIARIES OF
                            THE ALLSTATE CORPORATION


THE ALLSTATE CORPORATION   (Delaware Holding Company)
Allstate Insurance Company (Illinois)
Allstate International Insurance Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)
Allstate Non-Insurance Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)
Allstate Federal Savings Bank(1)
American Heritage Life Investment Corporation (Delaware)(2)
Kennett Capital, Inc.
Willow Insurance Holdings Inc.


ALLSTATE INSURANCE COMPANY
                (Subsidiary of The Allstate Corporation)
Allstate Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)
Allstate Indemnity Company (Illinois)
Allstate International Inc. (Delaware)
Allstate Life Insurance Company (Illinois)
Allstate New Jersey Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)
Allstate Property and Casualty Insurance Company (Illinois)
Allstate Texas Lloyd's, Inc. (Texas)
Deerbrook Insurance Company (Illinois)
Forestview Mortgage Insurance Co. (California)


- ---------------------
(1) A "stock savings association" organized under federal law.
(2) Formerly A.P.L. Acquisition Corporation.


                                      C-3
<PAGE>


General Underwriters Agency, Inc. (Illinois)
The Northbrook Corporation (Nebraska)
Northbrook Indemnity Company (Illinois)


ALLSTATE INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC.
                (Subsidiary of The Allstate Corporation)
Allstate International Holding GmbH (Germany)
Allstate Life Insurance Company of the Philippines, Inc. (Philippines)(3)
Allstate Property and Casualty Insurance Japan Company, Limited (Japan)(4)
Allstate Reinsurance Ltd. (Bermuda)
Allstate Services, Inc. (Japan)(5)
Pafco Underwriting Managers Inc. (Ontario)
Pembridge America Inc. (Florida)

ALLSTATE NON-INSURANCE HOLDINGS, INC.
                (Subsidiary of The Allstate Corporation)
Allstate Enterprises, Inc. (Delaware)(6)
Allstate Investment Management Company (Delaware)
Tech-Cor, Inc. (Delaware)


AMERICAN HERITAGE LIFE INVESTMENT CORPORATION
                (Subsidiary of The Allstate Corporation)
American Heritage Life Insurance Company (Florida)
American Heritage Service Company (Florida)
Amherst Investment Company (Florida)
Colonial Reinsurance, Ltd. (British Virgin Islands)
ERJ Insurance Group, Incorporated (Florida)
Florida Associated Services, Inc. (Florida)


ALLSTATE HOLDINGS, INC.
                (Subsidiary of Allstate Insurance Company)
Allstate Floridian Insurance Company (Illinois)
Allstate Floridian Indemnity Company (Illinois)

ALLSTATE NEW JERSEY HOLDINGS, INC.
                (Subsidiary of Allstate Insurance Company)
Allstate New Jersey Insurance Company (Illinois)

ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                (Subsidiary of Allstate Insurance Company)
Allstate Distributors, L.L.C. (Delaware)(7)

- -----------------------
(3) Wholly-owned except for five shares owned by incorporator(s).
(4) Wholly-owned except for one share owned by incorporator.
(5) Wholly-owned except for one share owned by incorporator.
(6) Formerly AEI Group, Inc.
(7) Joint Venture of which Allstate Life Insurance Company controls 50%.

                                      C-4
<PAGE>


Allstate Insurance Company of Canada (Canada)
Allstate Life Financial Services, Inc. (Delaware)(8)
Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York (New York)
Allstate Settlement Corporation (Nebraska)
Charter National Life Insurance Company (Missouri)
CNL, Inc. (Missouri)
Glenbrook Life and Annuity Company (Arizona)
Intramerica Life Insurance Company (New York)
Lincoln Benefit Life Company (Nebraska)
LSA Asset Management LLC (Delaware)
LSA Variable Series Trust (Delaware)
Northbrook Life Insurance Company (Arizona)
PT Asuransi Jiwa Allstate (Indonesia)(9)
Surety Life Insurance Company (Nebraska)
AFDW, Inc. (formerly The Laughlin Group, Inc. (Oregon))
Allstate Distributors, L.L.C. (Delaware)(10)
AFD, Inc. (Illinois)(11)
Allstate Financial Advisors, LLC (Delaware)(12)
Allstate Financial Services, LLC (Delaware)(13)
Allstate Insurance Company of Canada (Canada)


ALLSTATE ENTERPRISES, INC.
                (Subsidiary of Allstate Non-Insurance Holdings, Inc.)
Allstate Motor Club, Inc. (Delaware)
Roadway Protection Auto Club, Inc. (Delaware)
Allstate Motor Club of Canada Inc. (Canada)

ALLSTATE INTERNATIONAL INC.
                (Subsidiary of Allstate Insurance Company)
Samshin Allstate Life Insurance Company, Ltd. (Republic of Korea)(14)

NORTHBROOK SERVICES, INC.
                (Subsidiary of Tech-Cor, Inc.)
Northbrook Technology of Northern Ireland, Limited (N.Ireland)

TECH-COR, INC.
                (Subsidiary of Allstate Non-Insurance Holdings,Inc.)
Northbrook Services, Inc. (Delaware)


- -----------------------------
(8) Broker/Dealer
(9) Joint venture of which Allstate Life Insurance Company controls 80%.
(10) Broker/Dealer (Allstate Life Insurance Company controls 50%).
(11) Broker/Dealer (formerly Allstate Financial Distributors, Inc.  (DE).
(12) A Registered Investment Advisor
(13) LSA Securities, Inc. merged into Allstate Financial Services, LLC
     effective April 1, 2000.
(14) Allstate International Inc. owns only 50%.


                                      C-5
<PAGE>

ALLSTATE INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA
                (Subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company)
Allstate Life Insurance Company of Canada (Canada)


AMERICAN HERITAGE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                (Subsidiary of American Heritage Life Investment Corporation)
Associated Insurance Services, Inc. (Georgia)
First Colonial Insurance Company (Florida)
Fidelity International Company, Ltd. (Bahamian corporation)
St. Johns Bluff Timber Company
AHL Select HMO, Incorporated (Florida)
Columbia Universal Life Insurance Company (Texas)
Columbia Universal Financial Corporatio (Delaware)
Concord Heritage Life Insurance Company Inc. (New Hampshire)
Keystone State Life Insurance Company (Pennsylvania)

FLORIDA ASSOCIATED SERVICES, INC.
                (Subsidiary of American Heritage Life Investment Corporation)
Realty Advisors Corporation (Florida)

FIDELITY INTERNATIONAL COMPANY, LTD.
                (Subsidiary of American Heritage Life Insurance Company)
Fidelity International Insurance Company, Ltd. (Bahamian corporation)


ALLSTATE INTERNATIONAL HOLDING GMBH
(Subsidiary of Allstate International Insurance Holdings, Inc.)
Allstate Direct Versicherungs-Aktiengesellschaft (Germany)
Allstate Diretto Assicurazioni Danni S.p.A (Italy)(15)
Allstate Werbung und Marketing GmbH (Germany)

PAFCO UNDERWRITING MANAGERS INC.
(Subsidiary of Allstate International Insurance Holdings, Inc.)
Pafco Insurance Company (Ontario)(16)
Pembridge Reinsurance Company Limited (Ireland)

PEMBRIDGE AMERICA INC.
(Subsidiary of Allstate International Insurance Holdings, Inc.)
American Surety and Casualty Company (Florida)


- ---------------------------------
(15) Allstate International Holding GmbH owns 90% of this company and Allstate
     International Insurance Holdings, Inc. owns 10%.
(16) Pafco Underwriting Managers Inc. owns all of the common stock except for
     directors' qualifying shares.


                                      C-6
<PAGE>

ALLSTATE MOTOR CLUB, INC.
                (Subsidiary of Allstate Enterprises,Inc.)
Direct Marketing Center, Inc. (Delaware)
Enterprises Services Corporation (Delaware)
Rescue Express, Inc. (Delaware)

OTHER POSSIBLY SIGNIFICANT COMPANIES

Allstate County Mutual Insurance Company (Texas)
     A mutual  company  owned by  policy  holders.  Officers  and  employees  of
     Allstate  Insurance  Company  serve as  directors  and officers of Allstate
     County Mutual Insurance Company

Allstate Texas Lloyd's (Texas)
     An insurance  syndicate  organized under the laws of Texas.  Allstate Texas
     Lloyd's,  Inc. (a direct  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Allstate  Insurance
     Company) is the attorney-in-fact for this syndicate.






Saison Automobile and Fire Insurance Company, Ltd. (Japan)
     5% owned by Allstate International Inc.


ITEM 25.  INDEMNIFICATION

     Under  Article  VII,  Section 2 of the Trust's  Declaration  of Trust,  the
Trustees  shall not be  responsible  or liable in any event for any  neglect  or
wrong-doing of any officer, agent, employee, Investment Adviser or any principal
underwriter of the Trust,  nor shall any Trustee be  responsible  for the act or
omission of any other Trustee,  and the Trust out of its assets shall  indemnify
and hold harmless each and every Trustee from and against any and all claims and
demands  whatsoever  arising out of or related to each Trustee's  performance of
his or her  duties  as  Trustee  of the  Trust;  provided  that  nothing  herein
contained shall indemnify,  hold harmless or protect any Trustee from or against
any liability to the Trust or any Shareholder to which he or she would otherwise
be subject by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross  negligence  or
reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

     Insofar as  indemnification  for liability arising under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), may be permitted to Trustees, officers and
controlling  persons  of the Trust  pursuant  to the  foregoing  provisions,  or
otherwise,  the  Trust  has been  advised  that in the  opinion  of the SEC such
indemnification  is against  public  policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable.

     In the event  that a claim for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities
(other than the payment by the Trust of expenses  incurred or paid by a Trustee,
officer  or  controlling  person of the Trust in the  successful  defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee,  officer or controlling

                                      C-7
<PAGE>

person in  connection  with the  securities  being  registered,  the Trust will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by  controlling
precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the question whether
such  indemnification  by it is against public policy as express in the 1933 Act
and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 26.  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

     LSA Asset  Management LLC (the "Manager")  serves as investment  adviser to
each Fund.


     Set forth below are the names,  principal  business addresses and positions
of each  director  and  officer of the  Manager.  Unless  otherwise  noted,  the
principal   business  address  of  these   individuals  is  3100  Sanders  Road,
Northbrook, Illinois 60062. Unless otherwise specified, none of the officers and
directors of the Manager serve as officers and Trustees of the Trust.

                                POSITION AND OFFICES
NAME                            WITH THE MANAGER

John R. Hunter**                President, Member Board of Managers
Jeanette J. Donahue**           Vice President, Chief Operating Officer
Todd Halstead**                 Controller
Michael J. Velotta*             Secretary and General Counsel, Member Board
                                   of Managers
James P. Zils                   Treasurer
David A. Chalpunik              Vice President, Investments
Douglas G. Wolff**              Vice President, Investments
Kevin R. Slawin                 Member, Board of Managers
Thomas J. Wilson***             Member, Board of Managers
Terry R. Young**                Assistant Secretary and Assistant
                                   General Counsel
Timothy N. VanderPas**          Chief Compliance Officer


*Serves as Trustee to the Trust.
**Serves as Officer of the Trust.
***Serves as Chairman of the Board of the Trust.


ITEM 27. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

(a) ALFS,  Inc.  acts as  principal  underwriter  for the  following  investment
companies.

(b) The following is a list of the executive officers, directors and partners of
ALFS, Inc.

Name and Principal                                      Position and Office
Business Address                Position and Office     with the Trust
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

John R. Hunter                  Director, President     President
3100 Sanders Road               and Chief Executive
Northbrook, Illinois 60062      Officer



                                      C-8
<PAGE>


Kevin R. Slawin                 Director                none
3100 Sanders Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Michael J. Velotta              Director and            Trustee
3100 Sanders Road               Secretary
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Thomas J. Wilson, II            Director                Chairman of the Board
3100 Sanders Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Janet M. Albers                 Vice President          none
3075 Sanders Road               and Controller
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Brent H. Hamann                 Vice President          none
3100 Sanders Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Andrea J. Schur                 Vice President          none
3100 Sanders Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Terry Young                     General Counsel         Assistant Secretary
3100 Sanders Road               and Assistant
Northbrook, Illinois 60062      Secretary

James P. Zils                   Treasurer               none
3075 Sanders Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Lisa Burnell                    Assistant Vice          none
3100 Sanders Road               President and
Northbrook, Illinois 60062      Compliance Officer

Joanne M. Derrig                Assistant Secretary     none
3100 Sanders Road               and Assistant
Northbrook, Illinois 60062      General Counsel

Emma M. Kalaidjian              Assistant Secretary     none
2775 Sanders Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062

Carol S. Watson                 Assistant Secretary     none
2920 S. 84th Street,
Suite 1B2
Lincoln, NE  68510

Barry S. Paul                   Assistant Treasurer     none
3075 Sanders Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062


(c)  Inapplicable.


                                      C-9
<PAGE>



ITEM 28. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS


The  Declaration of Trust,  By-laws,  minute books of the Registrant and certain
investment  adviser  records  are  in  the  physical  possession  of  LSA  Asset
Management  LLC at 3100 Sanders  Road,  Northbrook,  Illinois  60062.  All other
accounts,  books and other  documents  required to be  maintained  under Section
31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder
are in the  physical  possession  of  Investors  Bank and Trust  Company  at 200
Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

ITEM 29. MANAGEMENT SERVICES



         Inapplicable

ITEM 30. UNDERTAKINGS

         Inapplicable


                                      C-10
<PAGE>

SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company  Act  of  1940,  the  Registrant  certifies  that  it  meets  all of the
requirement for effectiveness of this  registration  statement under rule 485(b)
under the Securities Act of 1933 and has duly caused this registration statement
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  duly authorized,  in the City of
Northbrook and the State of Illinois on the 20th day of April, 2000.


                                LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST


                                By  /s/ John R.Hunter
                                        John R. Hunter
                                        President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this  Post-Effective
Amendment to the  Registration  Statement had been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities indicated on the 20th day of April, 2000.

                SIGNATURE               TITLE

*/s/ Thomas J. Wilson, II
Thomas J. Wilson, II                    Trustee and Chairman of the Board

*/s/ Robert S. Engelman, Jr.
Robert S. Engelman, Jr.                 Trustee

*/s/ Karen J. May
Karen J. May                            Trustee

*/s/ Arthur S. Nicholas
Arthur S. Nicholas                      Trustee

/s/ Michael J. Velotta
Michael J. Velotta
*Attorney-in-Fact                       Trustee

/s/ Todd Halstead
Todd Halstead                           Treasurer and Chief Financial
                                        and Accounting Officer



                                      C-11
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


(d)(1) Investment Management Agreement

(d)(2)(A) Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  with respect to Disciplined
          Equity Fund

      (B) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to Growth Equity Fund

      (C) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to Value Equity Fund

      (D) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to Focused Equity Fund

      (E) Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to Balanced Value Fund

      (F) Investment  Sub-Advisory  Agreement with respect to Emerging  Growth
          Equity Fund

(e) Distribution Agreement

(g) Custodian Agreement

(h)(1) Delegation Agreement

   (2) Administration Agreement

   (3) Transfer Agency and Service Agreement

   (4) Form of Participation Agreement

   (5) (A) Expense Limitation Agreement, and Amendment #1 to the Expense
           Limitation Agreement, with respect to Disciplined Equity Fund
       (B) Expense Limitation Agreement, and Amendment #1 to the Expense
           Limitation Agreement,  with respect to Growth Equity Fund
       (C) Expense Limitation Agreement, and Amendment #1 to the Expense
           Limitation Agreement,  with respect to Value Equity Fund
       (D) Expense Limitation Agreement, and Amendment #1 to the Expense
           Limitation Agreement,  with respect to Focused Equity Fund
       (E) Expense Limitation Agreement, and Amendment #1 to the Expense
           Limitation Agreement,  with respect to Balanced Value Fund
       (F) Expense Limitation Agreement, and Amendment #1 to the Expense
           Limitation Agreement,  with respect to Emerging Growth Equity Fund

   (6) (A) Code of Ethics of the Registrant and LSA Asset Management and ALFS
       (B) Code of Ethics of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Institutional
       (C) Code of Ethics of Goldman Sachs Asset Management
       (D) Code of Ethics of JP Morgan Investment Management Inc.
       (E) Code of Ethics of Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc
       (F) Code of Ethics of OpCap Advisors
       (G) Code of Ethics of RS Investment Management


                                      C-12
<PAGE>


(j) (1) Consent of Independent Auditors
    (2) Powers of Attorney





                                      C-13



                              MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


     Management  Agreement  dated October 1, 1999,  between LSA Variable  Series
Trust, a Delaware  business trust (the "Trust") and LSA Asset  Management LLC, a
Delaware limited  liability  Company,  (the "Manager").  In consideration of the
mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:


1.   APPOINTMENT OF MANAGER

     The Trust hereby  appoints the Manager,  subject to the  supervision of the
Trustees of the Trust and the terms of this Agreement, as the investment manager
for each of the Funds of the Trust (the "Funds") specified in Schedule 1 to this
Agreement as it shall be amended by the Manager and the Trust from time to time.
The Manager  accepts such  appointment  and agrees to render the services and to
assume the obligations  set forth in this Agreement  commencing on its effective
date. The Manager will be an  independent  contractor and will have no authority
to act for or  represent  the Trust in any way or  otherwise  be deemed an agent
unless  expressly  authorized in this Agreement or another  writing by the Trust
and the Manager.


2.   DUTIES OF THE MANAGER

     a.   Subject to the general  supervision  of the  Trustees of the Trust and
          the terms of this  Agreement,  the  Manager  will at its own  expense,
          select and contract with  investment  advisers  ("Advisers") to manage
          the  investments  and determine the  composition  of the assets of the
          Funds;  provided,  that any  contract  with an Adviser  (an  "Advisory
          Agreement")  shall be in  compliance  with and approved as required by
          the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended  ("Investment  Company
          Act")  and the  performance  thereunder  consistent  with  terms of an
          exemptive  order  granted by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
          ("SEC")  permitting  the  Manager  to  employ  a   manager-of-managers
          strategy.  Subject always to the direction and control of the Trustees
          of the Trust, the Manager will monitor compliance of each Adviser with
          the investment  objectives  and related  investment  policies,  as set
          forth in the Trust's registration statement filed with the SEC, of any
          Fund or Funds under the  management  of such  Adviser,  and review and
          report  to the  Trustees  of the  Trust  on the  performance  of  such
          Adviser.

     b.   The Manager will furnish to the Trust the following:

<PAGE>

          i.   necessary  office  space in the offices of the Manager or in such
               other place as may be agreed upon by the parties hereto from time
               to time, and all necessary office facilities and equipment;

          ii.  necessary   office   personnel,   including   personnel  for  the
               performance of clerical,  accounting and other office  functions,
               exclusive  of  those  functions  (a)  related  to the  investment
               subadvisory services to be provided by any Adviser pursuant to an
               Advisory  Agreement and (b) relating to other  services for which
               the Trust has contracted with a third party;

          iii. accounting, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and related services other
               than  services  in respect of the  records  relating to any other
               services  for which the Trust has  contracted  with a third party
               (including any Adviser); and

          iv.  all other  information  and  services,  (other  than  services of
               counsel or  independent  accountants  or  investment  subadvisory
               services  to  be  provided  by  any  Adviser  under  an  Advisory
               Agreement),  required in connection  with the  preparation of all
               registration statements and prospectuses,  all annual, semiannual
               and periodic  reports to  shareholders  of the Trust,  regulatory
               authorities  or  others,   all  notices  and  proxy  solicitation
               materials  furnished to  shareholders  of the Trust or regulatory
               authorities and all tax returns.

     c.   In addition to negotiating and contracting  with Advisers as set forth
          in  section  (2)(a)  of  this  Agreement  and  providing   facilities,
          personnel  and  services  as set  forth in  section  (2)(b) at its own
          expense, the Manager will pay or cause to be paid:

          i.   the cost of any advertising or sales  literature  relating solely
               to the Trust;

          ii.  the cost of printing and mailing  prospectuses  to persons  other
               than current holders of Trust shares or variable contracts funded
               by Trust shares; and

          iii. the  compensation  of all  officers and Trustees of the Trust who
               are also  directors,  officers or employees of the Manager or its
               affiliates.


3.   EXPENSES ASSUMED BY THE TRUST

     The  Trust  will  pay all  expenses  of its  organization,  operations  and
business  not  specifically  assumed  or  agreed  to be paid by the  Manager  as
provided  in  this  Agreement  or by  an  Adviser  as  provided  in an  Advisory
Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trust shall pay
or arrange for the payment of the following:

                                       2
<PAGE>

a.   any of the costs of printing and mailing all  registration  statements  and
     prospectuses,  all annual,  semiannual and periodic reports to shareholders
     of the Trust,  regulatory  authorities  or others,  all  notices  and proxy
     solicitation materials furnished to shareholders of the Trust or regulatory
     authorities and all tax returns;

b.   compensation  of the  officers  and  Trustees of the Trust other than those
     enumerated in (2.)(c.)(iii.);

c.   registration,  filing and other fees in  connection  with  requirements  of
     applicable state and federal regulatory authorities;

d.   the  charges  and  expenses  of the  custodian  appointed  by the Trust for
     custodial services;

e.   the charges and  expenses of the  independent  accountants  retained by the
     Trust;

f.   the charges and expenses of any administrative, transfer, bookkeeping, fund
     accounting, and compliance testing services, and dividend disbursing agents
     appointed by the Trust;

g.   broker's  commissions and issue and transfer taxes  chargeable to the Trust
     in connection with securities transactions to which the Trust is a party;

h.   taxes and  corporate  fees payable by the Trust to federal,  state or other
     governmental agencies;

i.   the cost of stock certificates, if any, representing shares of the Trust;

j.   legal  fees and  expenses  in  connection  with the  affairs  of the Trust,
     including   registering   and   qualifying   its  shares  with   regulatory
     authorities;

k.   association membership dues if any;

1.   insurance premiums for fidelity and other coverage;

m.   expenses of shareholders and Trustees' meetings;

n.   pricing shares of the Trust's Funds;

o.   interest on borrowings; and

                                       3
<PAGE>

p.   litigation expenses.


4.   COMPENSATION OF MANAGER

     As compensation for the services rendered and obligations assumed hereunder
by the Manager,  the Trust shall pay to the Manager  monthly a fee that is equal
on an annual basis to that  percentage  of the average  daily net assets of each
Fund set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, which is incorporated by reference
herein (and with respect to any future Fund,  such  percentage  as the Trust and
the Manager may agree to from time to time in writing by a signed  Amendment  of
Schedule 1 subject to Section 13 herein). Such fee shall be computed and accrued
daily.  If the  Manager  serves as Manager for less than the whole of any period
specified in this Section 4, the  compensation to the Manager shall be prorated.
For purposes of  calculating  the Manager's  fee, the daily value of each Fund's
net assets shall be computed by the same method as the Trust uses to compute the
net  asset  value of that  Fund.  The  Manager  will pay all fees  owing to each
Adviser, and the Trust shall not be obligated to the Advisers in any manner with
respect to the compensation of such Advisers.  The Manager reserves the right to
waive all or a part of its fee.


5.   NON-EXCLUSIVITY

     The  services  of the  Manager  to the  Trust  are not to be  deemed  to be
exclusive,  and the Manager  shall be free to render  investment  management  or
other services to others (including other investment companies) and to engage in
other activities.  It is understood and agreed that the directors,  officers and
employees of the Manager are not prohibited  from engaging in any other business
activity or from  rendering  services to any other  person,  or from  serving as
partners,  officers,  directors,  trustees  or  employees  of any other  firm or
corporation, including other investment companies.


6.   SUPPLEMENTAL ARRANGEMENTS

     The Manager may enter into arrangements with other persons  affiliated with
the Manager to better enable it to fulfill its obligations  under this Agreement
for the provision of certain personnel and facilities to the Manager.

                                       4
<PAGE>

7.   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE MANAGER

     a. Absent willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross negligence,  or reckless
disregard of  obligations  or duties  hereunder on the part of the Manager,  the
Manager and/or any of its  affiliates and the directors,  officers and employees
of the Manager and/or of its affiliates shall not be subject to liability to the
Trust or to any holder of an interest in any Fund for any act or omission in the
course of or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that
may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security.

     b. The Trust will indemnify the Manager against, and hold it harmless from,
any  and  all  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  expenses  (including
reasonable  counsel fees and expenses)  resulting  from acts or omissions of the
Trust.  Indemnification  shall be made only after:  (i) a final  decision on the
merits by a court or other body before whom the  proceeding was brought that the
Trust was  liable  for the  damages  claimed  or (ii) in the  absence  of such a
decision, a reasonable  determination based upon a review of the facts, that the
Trust was liable for the damages claimed,  which  determination shall be made by
either (a) the vote of a majority  of a quorum of  Trustees of the Trust who are
neither  "interested  persons"  of the  Trust  nor  parties  to  the  proceeding
("disinterested  non-party  Trustees")  or  (b)  an  independent  legal  counsel
satisfactory to the parties hereto,  whose determination shall be set forth in a
written  opinion.  The Manager  shall be entitled to advances from the Trust for
payment of the reasonable  expenses incurred by it in connection with the matter
as to which it is  seeking  indemnification  in the  manner  and to the  fullest
extent that would be permissible under the applicable provisions of Delaware law
and the Investment Company Act. The Manager shall provide to the Trust a written
affirmation of its good faith belief that the standard of conduct  necessary for
indemnification  under such law has been met and a written  undertaking to repay
any such  advance if it should  ultimately  be  determined  that the standard of
conduct has not been met. In addition,  at least one of the following additional
conditions  shall be met:  (a) the Manager  shall  provide  security in form and
amount  acceptable  to the Trust for its  undertaking;  (b) the Trust is insured
against  losses  arising  by reason of the  advance;  or (c) a  majority  of the
independent  Trustees of the Trust,  or  independent  legal counsel in a written
opinion, shall have determined,  based on a review of facts readily available to
the Trust at the time the advance is  proposed to be made,  that there is reason
to  believe  that  the  Manager  will  ultimately  be found  to be  entitled  to
indemnification.


8.   LIMITATION OF TRUST'S LIABILITY.

     The Manager  acknowledges  that it has  received  notice of and accepts the
limitations  upon the Trust's  liability set forth in its  Declaration of Trust.
The Manager agrees that the Trust's  obligations  hereunder in any case shall be
limited  to the  Trust and to its  assets  and that the  Manager  shall not seek
satisfaction  of any such  obligation  from the holders of the  interests in any
Fund nor from any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust.

                                       5
<PAGE>

9.   CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     It is understood that Trustees,  officers,  agents and  shareholders of the
Trust  are  or  may  be  interested  in  the  Manager  as  directors,  officers,
stockholders, or otherwise; that directors, officers, agents and stockholders of
the  Manager  are or may be  interested  in the  Trust  as  Trustees,  officers,
shareholders or otherwise;  that the Manager may be interested in the Trust; and
that the  existence  of any such dual  interest  shall not affect  the  validity
hereof or of any  transactions  hereunder  except as  otherwise  provided in the
Agreement  and   Declaration   of  Trust  of  the  Trust  and  the  Articles  of
Incorporation  of  the  Manager,  respectively,  or  by  specific  provision  of
applicable law.


10.  REGULATION

     The Manager shall submit to all regulatory and administrative bodies having
jurisdiction   over  the  services  provided  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  any
information,  reports  or other  material  which any such body by reason of this
Agreement may request or require pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.


11.  DURATION AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

     This Agreement shall become  effective on the later of its execution or the
date that it has been approved by  shareholders of the Trust and/or the Board of
Trustees of the Trust in the manner required by the Investment  Company Act. The
Agreement  will  continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the
date of its execution only so long as such continuance is specifically  approved
at  least  annually  either  by the  Trustees  of the  Trust or by the vote of a
majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the Trust,  provided that in
either  such  event the  continuance  shall  also be  approved  by the vote of a
majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons (as defined
in the Investment  Company Act) of any party to this Agreement cast in person at
a meeting  called  for the  purpose  of voting on such  approval.  The  required
shareholder  approval of the Agreement or any continuance of the Agreement shall
be effective  with respect to any Fund if a majority of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of the series  (as  defined in Rule  18f-2(h)  under the  Investment
Company  Act) of shares of that  Fund  votes to  approve  the  Agreement  or its
continuance,  notwithstanding that the Agreement or its continuance may not have
been  approved by a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of (a) any
other Fund affected by the Agreement or (b) all the Funds of the Trust.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     If the  shareholders  of a series of any Fund fail to approve the Agreement
or any  continuance  of the  Agreement,  the  Manager  will  continue  to act as
investment  Manager with  respect to such Fund pending the required  approval of
the  Agreement or its  continuance  or of a new  contract  with the Manager or a
different Manager or other definitive  action;  provided,  that the compensation
received  by the  Manager in respect of such Fund  during such period will be no
more than its actual  costs  incurred  in  furnishing  investment  advisory  and
management  services to such Fund or the amount it would have received under the
Agreement in respect of such Fund, whichever is less.

     This  Agreement may be  terminated at any time,  without the payment of any
penalty,  by the  Trustees  of the  Trust,  by the  vote  of a  majority  of the
outstanding  voting  securities of the Trust, or with respect to any Fund by the
vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the shares of such
Fund,  on sixty days written  notice to the Manager,  or by the Manager on sixty
days' written notice to the Trust. This Agreement will automatically  terminate,
without  payment of any penalty,  in the event if its  assignment (as defined in
the Investment Company Act).


12.  PROVISION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY MANAGER

     The Manager will promptly  notify the Trust in writing of the occurrence of
any of the following events:

a.   the Manager  fails to be  registered  as an  investment  adviser  under the
     Investment  Advisers Act of 1940 or under the laws of any  jurisdiction  in
     which the Manager is required to be registered as an investment  adviser in
     order to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

b.   the Manager is served or  otherwise  receives  notice of any action,  suit,
     proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any
     court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Trust; and

c.   the chief  executive  officer or controlling  stockholder of the Manager or
     the Fund manager of any Fund changes.


13.  AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement  may be  materially  amended  by the  parties  only if such
amendment is specifically  approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding
voting securities of each of the Funds affected by the amendment and by the vote
of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of any
party to this  Agreement  cast in person at a meeting  called for the purpose of
voting on such approval.  The required  shareholder  approval shall be effective
with respect to any Fund if a majority of the outstanding  voting  securities of
the shares of that Fund vote to approve the amendment,  notwithstanding that the
amendment  may not have been  approved by a majority of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of (a) any other Fund affected by the amendment or (b) all the Funds
of the Trust.

                                       7
<PAGE>

14.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement  contains  the entire  understanding  and  agreement of the
parties.


15.  HEADINGS

     The headings in the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience
of reference only and shall not constitute a part thereof.


16.  NOTICES

     All  notices  required  to be given  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall be
delivered  or  mailed to the last  known  business  address  of the Trust to the
attention of its  Secretary or Manager to the  attention  of its  Secretary,  in
person or by registered mail or a private mail or delivery service providing the
sender  with  notice  of  receipt.  Notice  shall  be  deemed  given on the date
delivered or mailed in accordance with this section.


17.  SEVERABILITY

     Should any portion of this  Agreement  for any reason be held to be void in
law or in equity, the Agreement shall be construed,  insofar as is possible,  as
if such portion had never been contained herein.


18.  GOVERNING LAW

     The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be construed and  interpreted  in
accordance with the laws of Delaware, or any of the applicable provisions of the
Investment  Company Act. To the extent that the laws of Delaware,  or any of the
provisions  in  this  Agreement,  conflict  with  applicable  provisions  of the
Investment Company Act, the latter shall control.


                                       8
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
executed  under  seal by their  duly  authorized  officers  as of the date first
mentioned above.

[SEAL]                  LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST


                        By:     /s/Barbara Whisler
                        Name:   Barbara Whisler
                        Title:  Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer




[SEAL]                  LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC


                        By:     /s/John Hunter
                        Name:   John Hunter
                        Title:  President




                                       9
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 1



1. Focused Equity Fund: 0.95% of the current net assets of the Fund.

2. Growth Equity Fund: 0.85% of the current net assets of the Fund.

3. Disciplined Equity Fund: 0.75% of the current net assets of the Fund.

4. Value Equity Fund: 0.80% of the current net assets of the Fund.

5. Balanced Fund: 0.80% of the current net assets of the Fund.

6. Emerging Growth Equity Fund: 1.05% of the current net assets of the Fund.

     The percentage fee for each Fund shall be accrued for each calendar day and
the sum of the daily fee accruals shall be payable  monthly to the Manager.  The
daily fee accruals will be computed by multiplying  the fraction of one over the
number of calendar days in the year by the  applicable  annual rate described in
the preceding  paragraph,  and multiplying this product by the net assets of the
Fund as determined in accordance  with the Trust's  prospectus  and statement of
additional information as of the close of business on the previous business 'day
on which the Trust was open for business.

     If this  Agreement  becomes  effective or terminates  before the end of any
month,  the fee for the period from the effective  date to the end of such month
or from the beginning of such month to the date of termination,  as the case may
be, shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to the
full month in which such effectiveness or termination occurs. 10



                                       10


                        INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT


J.P Morgan Investment Management Inc.
522 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10036

Dear Sir or Madam:

     This  Agreement,  executed this 30th day of September,  1999, and effective
the first day of October,  1999, between J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.,
a Delaware  corporation (the "Adviser") and LSA Asset Management LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company (the "Manager").

     WHEREAS, LSA Variable Series Trust, a Delaware business trust (the "Trust")
has  entered  into an  advisory  agreement  with the  Manager  (the  "Investment
Advisory Agreement"),  pursuant to which Manager will act as adviser to the J.P.
Morgan Disciplined Equity Fund (the "Fund"), a series of the Trust.

     WHEREAS,  The  Manager is  authorized,  with the  approval  of the Board of
Trustees of the Trust (the "Board" or  "Trustees" as the context  requires),  to
retain the Adviser to provide investment advisory services to the Fund.

     WHEREAS,  The parties  hereto wish to enter into an  agreement  whereby the
Adviser will provide investment advisory services to the Fund.

     NOW THEREFORE,  In consideration of the mutual covenants herein  contained,
the Manager and the Adviser agree as follows:

     1. APPOINTMENT

     The  Manager  hereby  appoints  the  Adviser to render  certain  investment
advisory  services to the Fund as set forth herein.  The Adviser  hereby accepts
such  appointment  and agrees to perform  such  services on the terms herein set
forth, and for the compensation herein provided.

<PAGE>

     2. SERVICES AS INVESTMENT ADVISER

     Subject to the supervision of the Manager and the Board, and in cooperation
with any  administrator  appointed  by the Manager  (the  "Administrator"),  the
Adviser  shall (a) manage the Fund's assets in  accordance  with the  investment
objectives,  restrictions  and  limitations  of the  Fund,  as set  forth in the
Trust's most recent Registration  Statement,  subject to the Guidelines (as such
term is defined below);  (b) make  investment  decisions for the Fund; (c) place
purchase and sale orders for portfolio transactions for the Fund; and (d) employ
professional  portfolio  managers and  securities  analysts to provide  research
services to the Fund. In providing  these  services,  the Adviser will conduct a
continual  program of  investment,  evaluation  and,  if  appropriate,  sale and
reinvestment  of the  Fund's  assets.  The  Adviser  shall  provide  the  Fund's
custodian (as defined below) on each business day with  information  relating to
all transactions concerning the Fund's assets and shall provide the Manager with
such information upon request of the Manager. The Adviser shall review all proxy
solicitation materials and be responsible for voting and handling all proxies in
relation to the  securities  held in the Fund.  The Manager  shall  instruct the
custodian  of the Fund  and  other  parties  providing  services  to the Fund to
promptly forward misdirected proxy materials to the Adviser.

     The  Adviser  shall  provide to the Manager a copy of its Form ADV as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission and as amended from time to time and
a list of the persons whom  Adviser  wishes to have  authorized  to give written
and/or oral instructions to the Fund's custodian.

     Copies of the Registration  Statement of the Trust, as currently in effect,
have been delivered to the Adviser.  The Manager agrees, on an ongoing basis, to
provide to the Adviser as promptly as  practicable  copies of all amendments and
supplements to the Registration Statement.

     The Manager shall provide the Adviser with a copy of the Trust's  agreement
with the custodian  designated to hold the assets of the Fund (the  "Custodian")
and  any  modifications  thereto  (the  "Custody  Agreement"),  copies  of  such
modifications  to be provided to the Adviser a reasonable time in advance of the
effectiveness of such modifications.  The assets of the Fund shall be maintained
in the custody of the Custodian  identified in, and in accordance with the terms
and  conditions  of,  the  Custody  Agreement  (or  any  sub-custodian  properly
appointed  as  provided  in the Custody  Agreement).  The Adviser  shall have no
liability for the acts or omissions of the Custodian unless such act or omission
is required by and taken in good faith and without  negligence  by the Custodian
in  reliance  upon  improper   instruction(s)   given  to  the  Custodian  by  a
representative of the Adviser, which improper instruction(s) is due to the gross
negligence  or willful  misconduct of the Adviser,  properly  authorized to give
such  instruction(s)  under the Custody Agreement.  Any assets added to the Fund
shall be delivered directly to the Custodian.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     The Manager  agrees on an on-going basis to provide or cause to be provided
to the Adviser  guidelines,  to be revised as provided below (the "Guidelines"),
setting forth limitations,  by dollar amount or percentage of net assets, on the
types of  securities  in which the Fund is  permitted  to  invest or  investment
activities in which the Fund is permitted to engage.  Among other  matters,  the
Guidelines  shall set forth clearly the  limitations  imposed upon the Fund as a
result of  relevant  diversification  requirements  under  state and federal law
pertaining to insurance products,  including, without limitation, the provisions
of Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
The Guidelines shall remain in effect until 12:00 p.m. on the third business day
following actual receipt by the Adviser of a written notice, denominated clearly
as such,  setting  forth revised  Guidelines.  The Adviser shall be permitted to
rely on the most recent Guidelines  delivered to it. The Manager agrees that the
Adviser may rely on the Guidelines  without  independent  verification  of their
accuracy and that the Adviser will reasonably use its best judgment to interpret
the Guidelines.

     The Manager shall  perform  quarterly  and annual tax  compliance  tests to
ensure that the Fund is in compliance  with  Subchapter M and Section  817(h) of
the Code. In connection  with such compliance  tests,  the Manager shall prepare
and provide  reports to the Adviser  within ten (10) business days of a calendar
quarter end relating to the  diversification  of the Fund under Subchapter M and
Section  817(h) of the Code.  The Adviser shall review such reports for purposes
of  determining  compliance  with such  diversification  requirements.  If it is
determined  that  the  Fund  is  not  in  compliance  with  the  diversification
requirements  noted above, the Adviser,  in consultation with the Manager,  will
take  prompt  action  to bring the Fund back  into  compliance  within  the time
permitted under the Code (the Adviser's "Tax Compliance Responsibilities").

     The Adviser  shall for all purposes  herein be deemed to be an  independent
contractor.  The Adviser has no authority  to act for or represent  the Trust or
the Fund in any way except to direct  securities  transactions  pursuant  to its
investment  advice  hereunder.  The Adviser is not an agent of the Manager,  the
Trust or the Fund.

     3. BROKERAGE.

     In selecting  brokers or dealers to execute  transactions  on behalf of the
Fund, the Adviser will seek the best overall terms  available.  In assessing the
best overall  terms  available  for any  transaction,  the Adviser will consider
factors it deems relevant,  including,  without  limitation,  the breadth of the
market in the security,  the price of the security,  the financial condition and
execution  capability  of the  broker or dealer  and the  reasonableness  of the
commission,  if any, for the specific  transaction and will continually  monitor
such  factors.   In  selecting  brokers  or  dealers  to  execute  a  particular
transaction,  and in evaluating the best overall terms available, the Adviser is
authorized to consider the brokerage and research  services  (within the meaning
of Section 28(e) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934
Act"))  provided to the Fund and/or other accounts over which the Adviser or its
affiliates exercise investment discretion.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     In no  instance  will the Fund's  assets be  purchased  from or sold to the
Manager, Adviser, the Trust's principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of
such  persons,  acting as  principal  in the  transaction,  except to the extent
permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 1934 Act.

     4. INFORMATION PROVIDED TO THE MANAGER.

     The Adviser  will keep the  Manager  informed  of  developments  materially
affecting the Fund.

     5. STANDARD OF CARE.

     The Adviser  shall  exercise its best  judgment in  rendering  the services
described in  paragraphs  2, 3 and 4 above.  The Adviser shall not be liable for
any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered by the Fund in
connection  with the  matters to which  this  Agreement  relates,  except a loss
resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in
the  performance  of  its  duties  or  from  reckless  disregard  by it  of  its
obligations and duties under this Agreement.

     6. COMPENSATION.

     In consideration of the services rendered  pursuant to this Agreement,  the
Manager  will pay the  Adviser the fee as set forth in Exhibit A. Such fees will
be computed  daily and payable no later than the 20th business day following the
end of each month. The fee for the period from the initial capitalization of the
Trust to the end of the  month  during  which  such  capitalization  shall  have
occurred shall be prorated according to the proportion that such period bears to
the full monthly period.  Upon any termination of this Agreement  before the end
of a month,  the fee for such part of that month shall be prorated  according to
the  proportion  that such period bears to the full monthly  period and shall be
payable  upon the date of  termination  of this  Agreement.  For the  purpose of
determining  fees  payable  to the  Adviser,  the value of the Fund's net assets
shall be  computed  at the  times and in the  manner  specified  in the  Trust's
Registration Statement.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     7. EXPENSES.

     Except  for  expenses  specifically  assumed  or  agreed  to be paid by the
Adviser pursuant hereto, the Adviser shall not be liable for any expenses of the
Manager or the Fund including,  without limitation,  (a) interest and taxes, (b)
brokerage commissions and other costs in connection with the purchase of sale of
securities or other  investment  instruments  with respect to the Fund,  and (c)
custodian fees and expenses.  The Adviser will pay its own expenses  incurred in
furnishing the services to be provided by it pursuant to this Agreement.

     8. SERVICES TO OTHER COMPANIES OR ACCOUNTS.

     The Manager understands that the Adviser now acts, will continue to act and
may act in the future as  investment  adviser  to  fiduciary  and other  managed
accounts  and as  investment  adviser  to other  investment  companies,  and the
Manager has no objection to the Adviser so acting,  provided  that  whenever the
Trust and one or more other  accounts  or  investment  companies  advised by the
Adviser  have  available   funds  for  investment,   investments   suitable  and
appropriate for each will be allocated in accordance with a methodology believed
to be  equitable  to each  entity.  The  Adviser  agrees to  allocate  similarly
opportunities  to sell securities.  The Manager  recognizes that, in some cases,
this  procedure  may limit the size of the position that may be acquired or sold
for the Fund. In addition,  the Manager understands that the persons employed by
the Adviser to assist in the performance of the Adviser's  duties hereunder will
not devote their full time to such service and nothing contained herein shall be
deemed to limit or  restrict  the right of the Adviser or any  affiliate  of the
Adviser to engage in and  devote  time and  attention  to other  business  or to
render services of whatever kind or nature.

     9. BOOKS AND RECORDS.

     The Adviser shall maintain in compliance with the Investment Company Act of
1940 (the  "1940  Act")  all books and  records  with  respect  to  transactions
involving  the assets of the Fund for which the Adviser has  responsibility.  In
compliance  with the  requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Adviser
hereby  agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund are the property
of the Trust and further  agrees to surrender  promptly to the Manager copies of
any of such  records  upon the  Fund's or the  Manager's  request.  The  Adviser
further  agrees to preserve for the periods  prescribed  by Rule 31a-2 under the
Act the records relating to its activities  hereunder  required to be maintained
by Rule  31a-1  under  the Act  and to  preserve  the  records  relating  to its
activities hereunder required by Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of
1940, as amended, for the period specified in the rule.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     The Adviser  shall  provide to the Manager or the Board such  periodic  and
special  reports,  balance  sheets  or  financial  information,  and such  other
information  with regard to its  affairs as the Manager or Board may  reasonably
request.

     10. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

     This Agreement  shall become  effective as of the date of its execution and
shall  continue  in effect  for a period  more  than two years  from the date of
execution  only so long as such  continuance  is  specifically  approved  by the
Trustees at the times and in the manner required by Section 15(a) and (c) of the
1940 Act and rules thereunder.

     Pursuant  to  an  Order  of  the  Commission,  the  Manager  may  engage  a
sub-adviser   without  first  obtaining  approval  of  the  investment  advisory
agreement by a vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the
Fund. This Agreement shall become  effective upon its approval by the Board. The
Adviser shall be without the protection  accorded by shareholder  approval of an
investment  adviser's  receipt of  compensation  under Section 36(b) of the 1940
Act.

     This  Agreement may be terminated,  at any time,  without  penalty,  by the
Manager or Trustees on sixty (60) days' written  notice to the Adviser or by the
Adviser on sixty (60) days' written notice to the Manager.

     The Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment.  The
agreement will terminate  automatically  upon the  termination of the Investment
Advisory Agreement.

     11. INDEMNIFICATION.

     (a) The  Manager  shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the  Adviser,  its
officers,  directors and  affiliates  and each person,  if any, who controls the
Adviser  within the  meaning of Section  15 of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended  (the "1933 Act")  ("Affiliates")  against any loss,  liability,  claim,
damage or expense  (including the reasonable cost of  investigating or defending
any alleged loss,  liability,  claim,  damage or expense and reasonable  counsel
fees incurred in connection therewith)  ("Liabilities")  directly arising out of
any service,  other than as provided in paragraph  (b) of this Section 11, to be
rendered  under  this  Agreement  except  Liabilities   resulting  from  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence  in the  performance  of  Adviser's
duties.  The Manager  shall not be liable for any  consequential  or  incidental
damages.  The Adviser's  complete  compliance with the Guidelines  referenced in
Section  2  may  serve  to  mitigate  conduct   otherwise   considered   willful
misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     (b) With regard to the Adviser's  Tax  Compliance  Responsibilities  as set
forth in Section 2, the Manager shall not  indemnify  and hold harmless  Adviser
for any  negligent  conduct or for Adviser's  not taking any  corrective  action
required to be taken based on consultations with Manager.

     (c) The  Adviser  shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Manager and its
Affiliates and each person,  if any, who controls the Manager within the meaning
of  Section  15 of the  1933  Act,  Allstate  Life  Insurance  Company  and  its
Affiliates,  including  their  separate  accounts,  which may invest in the Fund
(collectively,  the "Life Company") against any Liabilities directly arising out
of the  Adviser's  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence  in the
performance of its duties under this Agreement,  and further, with regard to the
Adviser's Tax Compliance Responsibilities,  shall indemnify Manager, Affiliates,
and the Life Company for Liabilities directly resulting from Adviser's negligent
conduct,  or for Adviser's  failing to take any corrective action required to be
taken based on consultations  with Manager.  The Adviser shall not be liable for
any consequential or incidental damages. The Adviser and its Affiliates will not
be liable to Manager for any  Liabilities  relating to the failure of Manager or
its  Affiliates to comply with this Agreement  and/or any  applicable  insurance
laws and rules, or as a result of any error of judgment or mistake of law.

     Any tax consequence(s) under variable insurance products funded by the Fund
resulting from the Adviser's negligent failure to comply with its Tax Compliance
Responsibilities  as defined in Section 2 of this  Agreement,  or resulting from
Adviser's  failure to take any corrective  action  required to be taken based on
consultations with Manager, will be considered direct damages.

     12. DISCLOSURE.

     The Manager shall not,  without the prior  written  consent of the Adviser,
make  representations  regarding  or  reference  to  the  Adviser  or any of its
affiliates in any disclosure document, advertisement,  sales literature or other
promotional materials.

     13. REFERENCE TO MANAGER OR LIFE COMPANY OR TRUST.

     Any  materials  utilized  by the  Adviser  which  contain  any  information
relating  to the  Manager,  a  life  insurance  company  investing  in the  Fund
(including any information relating to its separate accounts or variable annuity
or variable  life  insurance  contracts)  or the Trust shall be submitted to the
Manager for approval  prior to use, not less than five (5) business  days before
such approval is needed by the Adviser.  No such materials  shall be used if the
Adviser or the Manager reasonably objects in writing to such use within five (5)
days after receipt of such material.

                                       7
<PAGE>

     14. COMPUTER SYSTEMS.

     The Adviser  hereby  warrants and  represents to the Manager that it has or
will have on or prior to December 31, 1999,  plans,  steps and procedures  which
are  reasonably  designed  to make its  mission  critical  computers,  software,
hardware, processes, and procedures related to the services provided herein that
are date  sensitive,  Year 2000  Compliant (as defined  below),  provided  that,
Adviser makes no  representation  or warranty as to the Year 2000 Compliance (as
defined  below) of third party  products or  services  and Adviser  shall not be
responsible for any failure of its computer,  software,  hardware,  processes or
procedures  to the extent such  failures  arise as a result of or in  connection
with external dependencies including energy utilities, telecommunications firms,
clients, counter parties,  exchanges,  depositories,  governments and regulatory
agencies and third party providers of products or services. As used herein, Year
2000 Compliant or Year 2000  Compliance  means  information  and technology that
accurately  processes date and time data, including  calculating,  comparing and
sequencing,  from,  into and between the twentieth and  twenty-first  centuries;
and, the years 1999 and 2000; and leap year calculations.

     15. DEFINITIONS.

     For the  purposes of this  Agreement,  the terms "vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting  securities,"  "interested  person,"  "affiliated person" and
"assignment"  shall  have  their  respective  meanings  defined in the 1940 Act,
subject,  however,  to such  exemptions as may be granted by the  Securities and
Exchange Commission under the 1940 Act.

     16. MISCELLANEOUS.

     Notices and other writings  delivered or mailed postage  prepaid to Manager
and the Trust at 3100  Sanders  Road,  Northbrook,  Illinois  60062,  Attention:
Barbara J. Whisler; or to Adviser at 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10036,
Attention: Kathleen H. Tripp, or to such other address as Manager or Advisor may
hereafter  specify by written notice to the most recent address specified by the
other party,  will be deemed to have been properly  delivered or given hereunder
to the respective addressee.

     No  provision  of this  Agreement  may be changed,  waived,  discharged  or
terminated  orally,  but only by an  instrument  in writing  signed by the party
against which  enforcement  of the change,  waiver,  discharge or termination is
sought. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto
and supersedes  any prior  agreement  among the parties  relating to the subject
matter hereof.  The paragraph  headings of this Agreement are for convenience of
reference and do not constitute a part hereof.  This Agreement shall be governed
in accordance  with the laws of the State of Illinois,  without giving effect to
principles of conflict of laws.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     If the foregoing accurately sets forth our agreement,  kindly indicate your
acceptance hereof by signing and returning the enclosed copy hereof.


                                             Very truly yours,


                                             LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC

                                             By:     /s/ John Hunter
                                                     ---------------
                                             Name:   John Hunter
                                             Title:  President




Accepted:
J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.
By:     /s/ Diane Minardi
        -----------------
Name:   Diane Minardi
Title:  Vice President

                                       9
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
                                    BETWEEN
                            LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
                                      AND
                     J.P. MORGAN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.


PORTFOLIO                                    FEE SCHEDULE

J.P. Morgan Disciplined Equity Fund          .35% of average daily net
                                             assets of the first $250 million;
                                             and .30% of average daily net
                                             assets in excess of $250 million.








                                       10



                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

                                    BETWEEN

                          LSA Asset Management LLC, a
                       Delaware limited liability company

                                      and

                        GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT,
                        a separate operating division of
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.


It is hereby agreed by and between LSA Asset  Management LLC (the "Manager") and
GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, a separate operating division of GOLDMAN SACHS &
CO. (the "Adviser"), as follows:

                                       1.

ENGAGEMENT OF ADVISER. LSA Variable Series Trust, a Delaware business trust (the
"Trust") has entered into an Investment Management Agreement with the Manager on
behalf of the Goldman  Sachs  Growth  Equity Fund (the  "Fund").  The Manager is
authorized, with the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the "Board"
or  "Trustees"  as the  context  requires),  to retain  the  Adviser  to provide
investment advisory services to the Manager in connection with the management of
the Fund.  Manager  hereby engages the services of Adviser in furtherance of its
Investment  Management  Agreement with the Trust.  Pursuant to this Sub-Advisory
Agreement and subject to the  supervision  of the Manager and the Board,  and in
cooperation   with   any   administrator   appointed   by   the   Manager   (the
"Administrator"), the Adviser will manage the investment and reinvestment of the
assets of the Fund.

     In this regard,  Adviser will determine in its discretion the securities to
be  purchased  or  sold,  will  provide  Manager  with  records  concerning  its
activities  which Manager or the Trust is required to maintain,  and will render
regular  reports to the  Manager,  the  Trustees  and the Board  concerning  its
discharge  of  the  foregoing  responsibilities.   Adviser  will  discharge  the
foregoing responsibilities subject to the control of the Board and in compliance
with  such  policies  as the  Board  may  from  time to time  establish,  and in
compliance with the objectives, policies, and limitations for the Fund set forth
in the Fund's then-current  prospectus and statement of additional  information.
Manager  represents  that the  engagement  of  Adviser  hereunder  has been duly
authorized by the Trust in accordance  with the  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(the "1940 Act").  Manager  agrees to inform  Adviser of any and all  applicable
state  insurance  law  restrictions  on  investments  that  operate  to limit or
restrict the  investments  the Fund may otherwise  make,  and to inform  Adviser
promptly of any changes in such requirements.

<PAGE>

     Adviser accepts its engagement under this Section 1 and agrees,  at its own
expense,  to render the  services  set forth  herein  and to provide  the office
space,  furnishings,  equipment  and  personnel  required by it to perform  such
services  on the  terms and for the  compensation  provided  in this  Agreement;
provided,  however, that Adviser will not be required to pay the cost (including
taxes,  brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, if any) of securities
and other investments purchased or sold for the Fund.

     The Manager shall  perform  quarterly  and annual tax  compliance  tests to
ensure that the Fund is in compliance with Subchapter M of the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code")  and  Section  817(h) of the Code.  In
connection  with such  compliance  tests,  the Manager shall prepare and provide
reports to the Adviser  within ten (10) business days of a calendar  quarter end
relating  to the  diversification  of the Fund under  Subchapter  M and  Section
817(h) of the Code  (Manager's  "Tax  Compliance  Reports").  The Adviser  shall
review  such  reports  for  purposes  of   determining   compliance   with  such
diversification  requirements.  If it is  determined  that  the  Fund  is not in
compliance with the requirements noted above, the Adviser,  in consultation with
the  Manager,  will take  prompt  action to bring the Fund back into  compliance
within  the time  permitted  under  the Code  (the  Adviser's  "Tax  Remediation
Responsibilities").

     The Manager shall provide the Adviser with a copy of the Trust's  agreement
with the custodian  designated to hold the assets of the Fund (the  "Custodian")
and  any  modifications  thereto  (the  "Custody  Agreement"),  copies  of  such
modifications  to be provided to the Adviser a reasonable time in advance of the
effectiveness of such modifications.  The assets of the Fund shall be maintained
in the custody of the Custodian  identified in, and in accordance with the terms
and  conditions  of,  the  Custody  Agreement  (or  any  sub-custodian  properly
appointed  as  provided  in the Custody  Agreement).  The Adviser  shall have no
liability for the acts or omissions of the Custodian unless such act or omission
is required by and taken in reliance upon instruction  given to the Custodian by
a  representative  of the Adviser  properly  authorized to give such instruction
under the Custody  Agreement.  Any assets  added to the Fund shall be  delivered
directly to the Custodian.

     The  Adviser  shall  review  all  proxy   solicitation   materials  and  be
responsible  for voting and handling  all proxies in relation to the  securities
held in the Fund. The Manager shall instruct the Custodian of the Fund and other
parties  providing  services to the Fund to promptly forward  misdirected  proxy
materials to the Adviser.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                       2.

FUND TRANSACTIONS. In connection with purchases or sales of portfolio securities
for the account of the Fund, neither Adviser nor any of its partners,  officers,
employees or affiliates will act as a principal,  except as otherwise  permitted
by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. Adviser or its agents will arrange for
the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio  securities for the
Fund's account with brokers or dealers (including Goldman, Sachs & Co.) selected
by Adviser.  In the  selection  of such brokers or dealers  (including  Goldman,
Sachs & Co.) and the placing of such orders  Adviser is directed at all times to
seek for the Fund the most favorable  execution and net price  available.  It is
also  understood  that it is desirable  for the Fund that Adviser have access to
supplemental  investment and market research and security and economic  analyses
provided by brokers who may execute  brokerage  transactions at a higher cost to
the Fund than may result when allocating brokerage to other brokers on the basis
of seeking the most favorable price and efficient execution.  Therefore, Adviser
is authorized to consider such services  provided to the Fund and other accounts
over which Adviser or any of its affiliates exercises investment  discretion and
to place orders for the purchase and sale of  securities  for the Fund with such
brokers,  subject to review by the Board  from time to time with  respect to the
extent and  continuation  of this practice.  It is understood  that the services
provided  by such  brokers  may be  useful to  Adviser  in  connection  with its
services to other clients.  Adviser may, on occasions when it deems the purchase
or sale of a  security  to be in the best  interests  of the Fund as well as its
other clients,  aggregate, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and rules,
the  securities  to be sold or purchased  in order to obtain the most  favorable
execution  and net  price.  In  such  event,  allocation  of the  securities  so
purchased or sold, as well as the expenses  incurred in the transaction  will be
made by  Adviser  in the  manner  it  considers  to be the  most  equitable  and
consistent with its  obligations to the Fund and to such other clients.  Adviser
is not, however, required to aggregate securities orders.

                                       3.

COMPENSATION  OF ADVISER.  As its  compensation  hereunder,  Manager will pay to
Adviser,  within twenty (20)  business  days after the end of each month,  a fee
calculated  daily as a  percentage  of the average  daily net assets of the Fund
during that month at the following  annual rate:  .50% of the first $50 million;
 .45% of the next $150 million; .40% of the next $150 million; and .35% in excess
of $350 million.

     For the purpose of accruing  compensation,  the net assets of the Fund will
be determined in the manner provided for in the  then-current  prospectus of the
Fund.

     In the event of  termination of this  Agreement,  all  compensation  due to
Adviser through the date of termination  will be calculated on a pro-rated basis
through the date of  termination  and paid within  fifteen (15) business days of
the date of termination.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                       4.

DELIVERY  OF  INFORMATION  AND  REPORTS.  Manager  agrees to  furnish to Adviser
current prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,  proxy statements,
reports of  shareholders,  certified  copies of  financial  statements,  charter
documents and such other  information  with regard to the affairs of the Fund as
Adviser  may  reasonably  request.  Adviser  agrees to render  to  Manager  such
periodic and special  reports  regarding its activities  under this Agreement as
Manager may reasonably  request.  Manager  represents that it and the Trust have
received  Parts I and II of Adviser's  Form ADV. The Adviser  shall  provide the
Manager with a copy of amendments to its Form ADV and a list of the persons whom
the Adviser wishes to have  authorized to give written and/or oral  instructions
to the Custodian of the assets of the Fund.

                                       5.

STATUS OF ADVISER. The services of Adviser to Manager and the Fund are not to be
deemed  exclusive,  and Adviser is free to render similar  services to others so
long as its  services  to the Fund are not  impaired  thereby.  Adviser  will be
deemed to be an independent  contractor  and will,  unless  otherwise  expressly
provided or  authorized,  have no authority to act for or represent  the Fund in
any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund.

     Without limiting the foregoing, Manager represents that it understands that
the  Adviser  now acts,  will  continue  to act,  or may act in the  future,  as
investment  adviser or  investment  sub-adviser  to fiduciary  and other managed
accounts, including other investment companies and that Manager has no objection
to Adviser so acting,  provided that Adviser duly performs all obligations under
this Agreement.  Manager also  understands that Adviser may give advice and take
action with respect to any of its other clients or for its own account which may
differ from the timing or nature of action  taken by Adviser with respect to the
Fund.  Nothing in this Agreement imposes upon Adviser any obligation to purchase
or sell or to  recommend  for purchase or sale,  with  respect to the Fund,  any
security  which Adviser or its partners,  officers,  employees or affiliates may
purchase or sell for its or their own  account(s)  or for the  account(s) of any
other client.

                                       6.

CERTAIN  RECORDS.  Adviser  agrees to  maintain,  in the form and for the period
required  by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act,  all records  relating to the Fund's
investments  made by Adviser  that are  required  to be  maintained  by the Fund
pursuant to the requirements of Rule 31 a-1 (b)(5), (6), (7), (9) and (10) under
the 1940 Act. Any records  required to be maintained  and preserved  pursuant to
the  provisions  of Rule 31 a-1 and Rule 31 a-2  promulgated  under the 1940 Act
which  are  prepared  or  maintained  by  Adviser  on behalf of the Fund are the
property of the Fund and will be surrendered  promptly to the Fund or Manager on
request.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     Adviser  agrees that all accounts,  books and other records  maintained and
preserved by it as required hereby will be subject at any time, and from time to
time,  to such  reasonable  periodic,  special  and  other  examinations  by the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the  Fund's  auditors,  the  Fund or any
representative  of the Fund, the Manager,  or any  governmental  agency or other
instrumentality having regulatory authority over the Fund.

                                       7.

REFERENCE  TO  ADVISER.   The  Manager  shall  not  publish  or  distribute  any
information,  including but not limited to registration statements,  advertising
or promotional material, regarding the provision of investment advisory services
by Adviser  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or use in  advertising,  publicity  or
otherwise  the name of  Adviser  or any of its  affiliates,  or any trade  name,
trademark,  trade device, service mark, symbol or any abbreviation,  contraction
or simulation  thereof of Adviser or its  affiliates,  without the prior written
consent of Adviser.  Any  materials  utilized by the Manager  which  contain any
information  relating  to the  Adviser  shall be  submitted  to the  Adviser for
approval prior to use, not less than five (5) business days before such approval
is needed by Manager.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Manager may distribute information regarding
the  provision  of  investment  advisory  services  by Adviser to the Board (the
"Board  Materials")  without the prior written consent of Adviser.  Manager will
provide  copies of the Board  Materials  to  Adviser  within a  reasonable  time
following distribution to the Board.

REFERENCE TO MANAGER OR LIFE  COMPANY OR TRUST.  Any  materials  utilized by the
Adviser which contain any information  relating to the Manager, a life insurance
company  investing  in the  Fund  (including  any  information  relating  to its
separate  accounts or variable annuity or variable life insurance  contracts) or
the Trust shall be submitted to the Manager for approval  prior to use, not less
than five (5) business  days before such  approval is needed by the Adviser.  No
such materials shall be used if the Adviser or the Manager reasonably objects in
writing to such use within five (5) days after receipt of such material.

                                       8.

LIABILITY OF MANAGER AND ADVISER.

     (a) The Manager shall indemnify and hold harmless the Adviser, its officers
and  directors  and each person,  if any,  who  controls the Adviser  within the
meaning  of  Section  15  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  (the  "1933  Act")
("Affiliates") against any loss, liability,  claim, damage or expense (including
the reasonable cost of investigating  or defending any alleged loss,  liability,
claim,  damage or expense and  reasonable  counsel fees  incurred in  connection
therewith) ("Liabilities") arising out of any service, other than as provided in
paragraph (b) of this Section 8, to be rendered under this  Agreement  except by
reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance
of Adviser's duties.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     (b) With regard to the Adviser's Tax  Remediation  Responsibilities  as set
forth in Section 1, the Manager shall not  indemnify  and hold harmless  Adviser
for Adviser's  not taking any  corrective  action  required to be taken based on
consultations  with  Manager;  however,  if any  Tax  Compliance  Report  is not
properly prepared by Manager which gives rise to the liabilities,  Manager shall
indemnify Adviser with respect to such liabilities.

     (c) The  Adviser  shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Manager and its
Affiliates and each person,  if any, who controls the Manager within the meaning
of  Section  15 of the  1933  Act,  Allstate  Life  Insurance  Company  and  its
Affiliates  (collectively,  the "Life Company") against any Liabilities  arising
out of any  service to be  rendered  under this  Agreement  with  respect to the
Adviser's willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance
of its duties under this  Agreement,  and further,  with regard to the Adviser's
Tax Remediation  Responsibilities,  shall indemnify Manager, Affiliates, and the
Life  Company  for any  Liabilities  resulting  from  Adviser's  not  taking any
appropriate   corrective   action  required  to  be  taken  based  on  Adviser's
consultations with Manager. The Adviser and its Affiliates will not be liable to
Manager for any Liabilities relating to the failure of Manager or its Affiliates
to comply with this  Agreement  and/or any  applicable  insurance laws and rules
(including  the failure of Manager to advise  Adviser of any  insurance  related
restrictions as described in paragraph 1 hereof), or as a result of any error of
judgment or mistake of law,  except to the extent  specified in Section 36(b) of
the 1940 Act  concerning  loss  resulting  from a breach of fiduciary  duty with
respect to receipt of compensation for services.

                                       9.

DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of October 1,
1999,  and shall  continue  in effect for a period  more than two years from the
date of execution only so long as such  continuance is specifically  approved by
the Trustees at the times and in the manner required by Section15(a)  and (c) of
the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

     Pursuant to an Order of the  Commission,  the Manager may engage an adviser
without  first  obtaining  approval of the  investment  advisory  agreement by a
majority of the outstanding  voting securities of the Fund. This Agreement shall
become  effective  upon its approval by the Board.  The Adviser shall be without
the  protection  accorded by  shareholder  approval of an  investment  adviser's
receipt of compensation under Section 36(b) of the Act.

     This  Agreement may be  terminated at any time,  without the payment of any
penalty,  by the Manager or Trustees on sixty (60) days'  written  notice to the
Adviser, or by the Adviser on sixty (60) days' written notice to the Manager and
the Trust.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.
This  Agreement  will  automatically  terminate in the event that the Investment
Management  Agreement  by and between the Trust and the Manager on behalf of the
Fund, referred to in Section 1, is terminated.

     Notices and other writings  delivered or mailed postage  prepaid to Manager
and the Trust at 3100  Sanders  Road,  Suite J5B,  Northbrook,  Illinois,  60062
Attention:  Barbara J. Whisler,  or to Adviser at One New York Plaza,  New York,
New York  10004,  Attention:  Douglas  C. Grip  (42nd  Floor),  or to such other
address as Manager or Adviser  may  hereafter  specify by written  notice to the
most recent  address  specified by the other party,  will be deemed to have been
properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressee.

     As used in this Section 9, the terms "assignment," "interested persons" and
a "vote of a  majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities"  will  have the
respective meanings set forth in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

                                      10.

CONFIDENTIALITY.  All  information  and advice by  Adviser  for the Fund will be
treated as  confidential  by Manager and will not be disclosed to third  parties
without Adviser's prior written consent except as required by law.

                                      11.

COMPUTER.  Adviser  and its  affiliates,  on the one hand,  and  Manager and its
affiliates on the other hand, represent and warrant to each other that they will
use reasonable commercial efforts to (a) review all of their respective hardware
and/or  software  comprising  computer  systems which will be used in connection
with this Agreement (individually,  the "Computer System" and collectively,  the
"Computer  Systems")  to  determine  if such  Computer  Systems  are  Year  2000
Compliant  (as  defined  below),  (b) render  such  Computer  Systems  Year 2000
Compliant  prior to any  part of such  Computer  Systems  suffering  a  material
malfunction due to its not being made Year 2000 Compliant on a timely basis, and
(c) jointly test any interfaces  between  Adviser and its  affiliates'  Computer
System and Manager and its  affiliates'  Computer System so as to determine that
they are capable of interfacing without material malfunctions. In the event that
any portion of such Computer System  materially  malfunctions due to the failure
to be made Year 2000  Compliant on a timely  basis,  the party  responsible  for
operating  and/or  maintaining such Computer System shall use good faith efforts
to correct  the  malfunction  and render the  relevant  portion of the  Computer
System  Year  2000  Compliant  in  order  to  mitigate  the  damages  from  such
malfunction  and to avoid any  further  material  malfunction.  Adviser  and its
affiliates  and manager and its  affiliates  represent and warrant to each other
that they have devoted  sufficient  resources in terms of funding  personnel and
project time to satisfy their respective obligations under this warranty.

                                       7
<PAGE>

     For the purpose of this Section 11, "Year 2000  Compliant"  shall mean that
the referenced  Computer System will correctly  differentiate  between years, in
different  centuries,  that  end in the  same two  digits,  and will  accurately
process date/time data (including,  but not limited to,  calculating,  comparing
and  sequencing)  from,  into,  and between the  centuries  including  leap year
calculations,  provided that any hardware or software not being operated  and/or
maintained  as part of the  referenced  Computer  System,  is  itself  Year 2000
Compliant.

                                      12.

SEVERABILITY.  If any  provision of this  Agreement is held or made invalid by a
court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will
not be affected thereby.

AMENDMENTS.  This  Agreement may not be amended,  altered or modified in any way
except by an addendum in writing  duly  executed by the proper  officials of the
parties hereto.

SURVIVAL. Sections 7, 8 and 10 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

GOVERNING LAW. This  Agreement will be construed in accordance  with the laws of
the State of  Illinois  and the  applicable  provisions  of the 1940 Act and the
rules  thereunder.  To the  extent  that  the  applicable  laws of the  State of
Illinois or any provisions herein conflict with the applicable provisions of the
1940 Act, the latter will control.


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  parties  have  caused  their  respective  duly
authorized officers to execute this Agreement this 30th day of September,  1999,
to be effective October 1, 1999.


LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC      GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

By:     /s/John Hunter        By:     /s/David B. Ford
        -------------                 ----------------
Name:   John Hunter           Name:   David B. Ford
Title:  President             Title:  Managing Director


GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT
separate operating division of
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

By:  _______________________________
Name:  _____________________________
Title:  ______________________________

                                       8



                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

                        BETWEEN LSA Asset Management LLC
                      a Delaware limited liability company

                                      and

                     SALOMON BROTHERS ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC
                             a Delaware corporation



It is hereby agreed by and between LSA Asset  Management LLC (the "Manager") and
SALOMON BROTHERS ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC., (the "Adviser"), as follows:

                                       1.

ENGAGEMENT OF ADVISER. LSA Variable Series Trust, a Delaware business trust (the
"Trust") has entered into an Investment  Management  Agreement  with the Manager
effective  October 1, 1999, on behalf of the Salomon  Brothers Value Equity Fund
(the  "Fund").  The  Manager is  authorized,  with the  approval of the Board of
Trustees of the Trust (the "Board" or  "Trustees" as the context  requires),  to
retain the  Adviser to provide  investment  advisory  services to the Manager in
connection with the management of the Fund.  Manager hereby engages the services
of Adviser in furtherance of its Investment Management Agreement with the Trust.
Pursuant to this  Sub-Advisory  Agreement and subject to the  supervision of the
Manager and the Board,  and in cooperation with any  administrator  appointed by
the Manager (the  "Administrator"),  the Adviser will manage the  investment and
reinvestment of the assets of the Fund.


     In this regard,  Adviser will determine in its discretion the securities to
be  purchased  or  sold,  will  provide  Manager  with  records  concerning  its
activities  which Manager or the Trust is required to maintain,  and will render
regular reports to Manager,  Trustees and the Board  concerning its discharge of
the   foregoing   responsibilities.   Adviser  will   discharge   the  foregoing
responsibilities subject to the control of the Board and in compliance with such
policies as the Board may from time to time  establish,  and in compliance  with
the objectives,  policies,  and limitations for the Fund set forth in the Fund's
then-current  prospectus  and  statement  of  additional  information.   Manager
represents that the engagement of Adviser  hereunder has been duly authorized by
the Trust in  accordance  with the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 (the  "1940
Act").  Manager  agrees  to  inform  Adviser  of any  and all  applicable  state
insurance law  restrictions on investments that operate to limit or restrict the
investments the Fund may otherwise  make, and to inform Adviser  promptly of any
changes in such requirements.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     Adviser accepts its engagement under this Section 1 and agrees,  at its own
expense,  to render the  services  set forth  herein  and to provide  the office
space,  furnishings,  equipment  and  personnel  required by it to perform  such
services  on the  terms and for the  compensation  provided  in this  Agreement;
provided,  however, that Adviser will not be required to pay the cost (including
taxes,  brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, if any) of securities
and other investments purchased or sold for the Fund.

     The Manager shall  perform  quarterly  and annual tax  compliance  tests to
ensure that the Fund is in compliance with Subchapter M of the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code")  and  Section  817(h) of the Code.  In
connection  with such  compliance  tests,  the Manager shall prepare and provide
reports to the Adviser  within ten (10) business days of a calendar  quarter end
relating  to the  diversification  of the Fund under  Subchapter  M and  Section
817(h) of the Code.  The  Adviser  shall  review such  reports  for  purposes of
determining  compliance  with  such  diversification   requirements.  If  it  is
determined that the Fund is not in compliance with the requirements noted above,
the Adviser, in consultation with the Manager,  will take prompt action to bring
the Fund back into  compliance  within  the time  permitted  under the Code (the
Adviser's "Tax Compliance Responsibilities").

CUSTODIAN.  The Manager  shall  provide  the Adviser  with a copy of the Trust's
agreement  with the  custodian  designated  to hold the  assets of the Fund (the
"Custodian") and any modifications thereto (the "Custody Agreement"),  copies of
such modifications to be provided to the Adviser a reasonable time in advance of
the  effectiveness  of such  modifications.  The  assets  of the  Fund  shall be
maintained in the custody of the Custodian identified in, and in accordance with
the terms  and  conditions  of,  the  Custody  Agreement  (or any  sub-custodian
properly appointed as provided in the Custody Agreement). The Adviser shall have
no  liability  for the acts or  omissions  of the  Custodian  unless such act or
omission  is required by and taken in  reliance  upon  instruction  given to the
Custodian by a representative  of the Adviser  properly  authorized to give such
instruction under the Custody  Agreement.  Any assets added to the Fund shall be
delivered directly to the Custodian.

     The  Adviser  shall  review  all  proxy   solicitation   materials  and  be
responsible  for voting and handling  all proxies in relation to the  securities
held in the Fund. The Manager shall instruct the Custodian of the Fund and other
parties  providing  services to the Fund to promptly forward  misdirected  proxy
materials to the Adviser.

                                       2.

FUND TRANSACTIONS. In connection with purchases or sales of portfolio securities
for the accounts of the Fund, neither Adviser nor any of its partners, officers,
employees or affiliates will act as a principal,  except as otherwise  permitted
by the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. Adviser or its agents will arrange for
the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio  securities for the
Fund's account with brokers or dealers selected by Adviser.  In the selection of
such  brokers or dealers and the  placing of such orders  Adviser is directed at

                                       2
<PAGE>

all  times  to seek for the Fund the  most  favorable  execution  and net  price
available.  It is also understood that it is desirable for the Fund that Adviser
have access to  supplemental  investment  and market  research  and security and
economic analyses provided by brokers who may execute brokerage  transactions at
a higher cost to the Fund than may result  when  allocating  brokerage  to other
brokers  on the  basis  of  seeking  the  most  favorable  price  and  efficient
execution.  Therefore,  Adviser is authorized to consider such services provided
to the Fund and other  accounts  over  which  Adviser  or any of its  affiliates
exercises investment discretion and to place orders for the purchase and sale of
securities  for the Fund with such brokers,  subject to review by the Board from
time to time with respect to the extent and continuation of this practice. It is
understood  that the services  provided by such brokers may be useful to Adviser
in connection with its services to other clients. Adviser may, on occasions when
it deems the  purchase or sale of a security to be in the best  interests of the
Fund as  well as its  other  clients,  aggregate,  to the  extent  permitted  by
applicable  laws and rules,  the  securities to be sold or purchased in order to
obtain the most favorable execution and net price. In such event,  allocation of
the  securities  so purchased or sold,  as well as the expenses  incurred in the
transaction  will be made by Adviser in the manner it  considers  to be the most
equitable  and  consistent  with its  obligations  to the Fund and to such other
clients. Adviser is not, however, required to aggregate securities orders.

                                       3.

COMPENSATION  OF ADVISER.  As its  compensation  hereunder,  Manager will pay to
Adviser,  within twenty (20)  business  days after the end of each month,  a fee
calculated  daily as a  percentage  of the average  daily net assets of the Fund
during that month at the annual rate of .40% of the first $250 million;  .35% up
to the next $250 million; and .30% in excess of $500 million.

     For the purpose of accruing  compensation,  the net assets of the Fund will
be determined in the manner provided in the then-current prospectus of the Fund.

     The fee for the period from the initial  capitalization of the Trust to the
end of the month during which such  capitalization  shall have occurred shall be
prorated  according to the proportion that such period bears to the full monthly
period.  In the event of termination of this Agreement,  all compensation due to
Adviser through the date of termination  will be calculated on a pro-rated basis
through the date of  termination  and paid within  fifteen (15) business days of
the date of termination.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                       4.

DELIVERY  OF  INFORMATION  AND  REPORTS.  Manager  agrees to  furnish to Adviser
current prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,  proxy statements,
reports of  shareholders,  certified  copies of  financial  statements,  charter
documents and such other  information  with regard to the affairs of the Fund as
Adviser  may  reasonably  request.  Adviser  agrees to render  to  Manager  such
periodic and special  reports  regarding its activities  under this Agreement as
Manager may reasonably  request.  Manager  represents that it and the Trust have
received  Parts I and II of Adviser's  Form ADV. The Adviser  shall  provide the
Manager with a copy of amendments to its Form ADV and a list of the persons whom
the Adviser wishes to have  authorized to give written and/or oral  instructions
to the Custodian of the assets of the Fund.

                                       5.

STATUS OF ADVISER. The services of Adviser to Manager and the Fund are not to be
deemed  exclusive,  and Adviser is free to render similar  services to others so
long as its  services  to the Fund are not  impaired  thereby.  Adviser  will be
deemed to be an independent  contractor  and will,  unless  otherwise  expressly
provided or  authorized,  have no authority to act for or represent  the Fund in
any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund.

     Without limiting the foregoing, Manager represents that it understands that
the  Adviser  now acts,  will  continue  to act,  or may act in the  future,  as
investment  adviser or  investment  sub-adviser  to fiduciary  and other managed
accounts, including other investment companies and that Manager has no objection
to Adviser so acting,  provided that Adviser duly performs all obligations under
this Agreement.  Manager also  understands that Adviser may give advice and take
action with respect to any of its other clients or for its own account which may
differ from the timing or nature of action  taken by Adviser with respect to the
Fund.  Nothing in this Agreement imposes upon Adviser any obligation to purchase
or sell or to  recommend  for purchase or sale,  with  respect to the Fund,  any
security  which Adviser or its partners,  officers,  employees or affiliates may
purchase or sell for its or their own account(s) or for the account of any other
client.

                                       6.

CERTAIN  RECORDS.  Adviser  agrees to  maintain,  in the form and for the period
required  by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act,  all records  relating to the Fund's
investments  made by Adviser  that are  required  to be  maintained  by the Fund
pursuant to the requirements of Rule 31 a-1 (b)(5), (6), (7), (9) and (10) under
that Act. Any records  required to be maintained  and preserved  pursuant to the
provisions of Rule 31 a-1 and Rule 31 a-2  promulgated  under the 1940 Act which
are prepared or  maintained by Adviser on behalf of the Fund are the property of
the Fund and will be surrendered promptly to the Fund or Manager on request.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     Adviser  agrees that all accounts,  books and other records  maintained and
preserved by it as required hereby will be subject at any time, and from time to
time,  to such  reasonable  periodic,  special  and  other  examinations  by the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the  Fund's  auditors,  the  Fund or any
representative  of the Fund, the Manager,  or any  governmental  agency or other
instrumentality having regulatory authority over the Fund.

                                       7.

REFERENCE  TO  ADVISER.   The  Manager  shall  not  publish  or  distribute  any
information,  including but not limited to registration statements,  advertising
or promotional material, regarding the provision of investment advisory services
by Adviser  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or use in  advertising,  publicity  or
otherwise  the name of  Adviser  or any of its  affiliates,  or any trade  name,
trademark,  trade device, service mark, symbol or any abbreviation,  contraction
or simulation  thereof of Adviser or its  affiliates,  without the prior written
consent of Adviser.  Any  materials  utilized by the Manager  which  contain any
information  relating  to the  Adviser  shall be  submitted  to the  Adviser for
approval prior to use, not less than five (5) business days before such approval
is needed by Manager.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Manager may distribute information regarding
the  provision  of  investment  advisory  services  by Adviser to the Board (the
"Board  Materials")  without the prior written consent of Adviser.  Manager will
provide  copies of the Board  Materials  to  Adviser  within a  reasonable  time
following distribution to the Board.

REFERENCE TO MANAGER OR LIFE COMPANY OR THE TRUST. Any materials utilized by the
Adviser which contain any information  relating to the Manager, a life insurance
company  investing  in the  Fund  (including  any  information  relating  to its
separate  accounts or variable annuity or variable life insurance  contracts) or
the Trust shall be submitted to the Manager for approval  prior to use, not less
than five (5) business  days before such  approval is needed by the Adviser.  No
such materials shall be used if the Adviser or the Manager reasonably objects in
writing to such use within five (5) days after receipt of such material.

                                       8.

LIABILITY OF MANAGER AND ADVISER.

     (a) The Manager shall  indemnify and hold harmless the Adviser  against any
loss,  liability,  claim,  damage or expense  (including the reasonable  cost of
investigating or defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damage or expense
and reasonable  counsel fees incurred in connection  therewith)  ("Liabilities")
arising out of any  service,  other than as provided  in  paragraph  (b) of this
Section  8, to be  rendered  under  this  Agreement  except by reason of willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence  in the  performance  of  Adviser's
duties.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     (b) With regard to the Adviser's  Tax  Compliance  Responsibilities  as set
forth in Section 1, the Manager shall not  indemnify  and hold harmless  Adviser
for any negligent conduct or conduct that is not at the level at which a prudent
person would conduct its own affairs.

     (c) The Adviser shall  indemnify and hold harmless the Manager  against any
loss,  liability,  claim, damage or expense,  including but not limited to those
incurred by life insurance  companies and their separate accounts that invest in
the Fund and for which the Manager or the Fund is liable ("Liabilities") arising
out of any  service to be  rendered  under this  Agreement  with  respect to the
Adviser's willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance
of its duties under this  Agreement,  and further,  with regard to the Adviser's
Tax Compliance  Responsibilities,  shall  indemnify  Manager for any Liabilities
resulting from Adviser's  negligent  conduct.  The Adviser will not be liable to
Manager  for any  Liabilities  relating to the failure of Manager to comply with
this Agreement and/or any applicable insurance laws and rules, or as a result of
any error of  judgment  or mistake of law,  except to the  extent  specified  in
Section  36(b)  of the 1940  Act  concerning  loss  resulting  from a breach  of
fiduciary duty with respect to receipt of compensation for services.

                                       9.

DURATION AND  TERMINATION.  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date
of its execution  and shall  continue in effect for a period more than two years
from the date of  execution  only so long as such  continuance  is  specifically
approved  by the  Trustees  at the times and in the manner  required  by Section
15(a) and (c) of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

     Pursuant to an Order of the  Commission,  the Manager may engage an Adviser
without  first  obtaining  approval of the  investment  advisory  agreement by a
majority of the outstanding  voting securities of the Fund. This Agreement shall
become effective upon its approval by the Board.

     This  Agreement may be  terminated at any time,  without the payment of any
penalty,  by the Manager or Trustees on sixty (60) days'  written  notice to the
Adviser, or by the Adviser on sixty (60) days' written notice to the Manager.

     This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.
This  Agreement  will  automatically  terminate in the event that the Investment
Management  Agreement  by and between the Trust and the Manager on behalf of the
Fund, referred to in Section 1, is terminated.

     Notices and other writings  delivered or mailed postage  prepaid to Manager
and the Trust at 3100 Sanders Road, Northbrook, Illinois 60062, Attn: Barbara J.
Whisler,  Esq., or to Adviser at Salomon  Brothers Asset  Management Inc., Seven
World Trade  Center,  38th Floor,  New York,  New York  10048,  Attn:  Robert A.
Vegliante,  Esq.,  or to such other  address as Manager or Adviser may hereafter
specify by written  notice to the most  recent  address  specified  by the other
party, will be deemed to have been properly  delivered or given hereunder to the
respective addressee.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     As used in this Section 9, the terms "assignment," "interested persons" and
a "vote of a  majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities"  will  have the
respective meanings set forth in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

                                      10.

CONFIDENTIALITY.  All  information  and advice by  Adviser  for the Fund will be
treated as  confidential  by Manager and will not be disclosed to third  parties
without Adviser's prior written consent, except as required by law.

                                      11.

COMPUTER. The Adviser warrants that, to the best of its knowledge,  the computer
systems,  software,  hardware or equipment under its sole control and maintained
in the course of performing  its services under this  Agreement,  shall operate,
without error, and as necessary shall accurately process all data which involve,
in any way or manner,  calendar year date  dependencies or  considerations.  The
parties  agree that if any clause in this  Agreement  or any  agreement of which
this is a part attempts to limit the  Adviser's  liability to the Manager in any
way or which disclaims any warranties then such clause or agreement shall not be
effective  with  regard to any breach of the  foregoing  warranty.  The  parties
further agree that the Federal "Year 2000  Information and Readiness  Disclosure
Act" and any Year 2000  Statement  and Year 2000  Disclosure  (as such terms are
defined under the Act referenced) whether made or issued before, contemporaneous
with or after this Agreement shall not operate or be deemed to limit , diminish,
modify or otherwise  affect the  foregoing  warranty the making of which Adviser
acknowledges and agrees is material to the Manager's Agreement hereunder.

     The Adviser  represents  and warrants that to the best of its knowledge the
software  utilized in the course of performing its services under this Agreement
("Software") (a) contains no hidden files, viruses or contaminants, (b) will not
replicate,  transmit,  or activate itself without control of a person  operating
the computing equipment on which it resides, (c) will not access, alter, damage,
erase,  or  otherwise  interfere  with,  the  Software,  including,  any data or
computer programs without control of a person operating the computing  equipment
on which it resides, (d) contains no key, node lock, time-out or other function,
whether implemented by electronic, mechanical or other means, which restricts or
may restrict  use or access to the Software  without the consent of the computer
user.

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                      12.

SEVERABILITY.  If any  provision of this  Agreement is held or made invalid by a
court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will
not be affected thereby.

AMENDMENTS.  This  Agreement may not be amended,  altered or modified in any way
except by an addendum in writing  duly  executed by the proper  officials of the
parties hereto.

SURVIVAL. Sections 7, 8 and 10 will survive the termination of this Agreement.

GOVERNING LAW. This  Agreement will be construed in accordance  with the laws of
the State of  Illinois  and the  applicable  provisions  of the 1940 Act and the
rules  thereunder.  To the  extent  that  the  applicable  laws of the  State of
Illinois or any provisions herein conflict with the applicable provisions of the
1940 Act, the latter will control.


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  parties  have  caused  their  respective  duly
authorized  officers to execute  this  Agreement  on the 30th day of  September,
1999, to be effective as of the 1st day of October, 1999.

LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC

By:     /s/ John Hunter
        ---------------
Name:   John Hunter
Title:  President
Authorized Officer

SALOMON BROTHERS ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.

By:     /s/ Ross Margolies
        ------------------
Name:   Ross Margolies
Title:  Managing Director
Authorized Officer

                                       8


                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT


     This Sub-Advisory Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into this 30th day
of  September,  1999,  to be effective  the first day of October,  1999,  by and
between LSA Asset  Management  LLC, a Delaware  limited  liability  company (the
"Manager"),  and Morgan  Stanley  Dean  Witter  Investment  Management  Inc.,  a
Delaware corporation (the "Adviser").

     WHEREAS,  the Manager has entered into an Advisory Agreement (the "Advisory
Agreement") with LSA Variable Series Trust (the "Trust"),  pursuant to which the
Manager provides portfolio management and administrative services to the Focused
Equity Fund (the "Fund").

     WHEREAS,  the  Manager is  authorized,  with the  approval  of the Board of
Trustees of the Trust (the "Board" or  "Trustees" as the context  requires),  to
retain the Adviser to provide portfolio  management and administrative  services
to the Manager in connection with the management of the Fund.

     WHEREAS,  the  Manager  desires to retain the  Adviser to render  portfolio
management and administrative  services in the manner and on the terms set forth
in this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set
forth in this Agreement, the Manager and the Adviser agree as follows:

     1. SUB-ADVISORY SERVICES.

        a. The Adviser shall,  subject to the supervision of the Manager and the
Board, and in cooperation with any  administrator  appointed by the Manager (the
"Administrator"),  manage the investment and  reinvestment  of the assets of the
Fund.  The Adviser shall manage the Fund in conformity  with: (1) the investment
objective,  policies  and  restrictions  of the  Fund set  forth in the  Trust's
then-current  prospectus and statement of additional information relating to the
Fund, (2) any additional policies or guidelines established by the Manager or by
the  Board  that have been  furnished  in  writing  to the  Adviser  and (3) the
provisions  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code")
applicable to "regulated investment companies" (as defined in Section 851 of the
Code), all as from time to time in effect  (collectively,  the "Policies"),  and
with  all  applicable  provisions  of  law,  including  without  limitation  all
applicable  provisions  of the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
"1940 Act") and the rules and regulations thereunder.  Subject to the foregoing,
the Adviser is authorized, in its discretion and without prior consultation with
the Manager,  to buy, sell,  lend and otherwise  trade in any stocks,  bonds and
other  securities  and  investment  instruments  on behalf of the Fund,  without
regard to the  length of time the  securities  have been held and the  resulting
rate of portfolio  turnover or any tax  considerations,  and the majority or the
whole of the Fund may be invested in such  proportions of stocks,  bonds,  other
securities or investment instruments, or cash, as the Adviser shall, in its best
judgment,  determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions of this Section
1.a.,  however,  the Adviser shall, upon written  instructions from the Manager,
effect such portfolio  transactions  for the Fund as the Manager shall determine
are necessary in order for the Fund to comply with the Policies.

                                       1
<PAGE>

        b. The Adviser  shall  furnish the  Manager and the  Administrator  with
monthly, quarterly and annual reports concerning transactions and performance of
the Fund in such form as may be mutually  agreed upon,  and agrees to review the
Fund and discuss the  management of the Fund with  representatives  or agents of
the Manager,  the  Administrator  or the Fund at their reasonable  request.  The
Adviser  shall  permit  all books and  records  with  respect  to the Fund to be
inspected  and audited by the Manager and the  Administrator  at all  reasonable
times during normal business hours, on reasonable notice. The Adviser shall also
provide the Manager,  the  Administrator or the Fund with such other information
and reports as may reasonably be requested by the Manager,  the Administrator or
the Fund  from  time to time,  including  without  limitation  all  material  as
reasonably  may be requested by the Board  pursuant to Section 15(c) of the 1940
Act.

        c. Adviser agrees to maintain,  in the form and for the period  required
by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act, all records relating to the Fund's investments
made by Adviser that are required to be  maintained  by the Fund pursuant to the
requirements  of Rule 31 a-1 (b)(5),  (6), (7), (9) and (10) under the 1940 Act.
Any records  required to be maintained and preserved  pursuant to the provisions
of Rule 31 a-1 and Rule 31 a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act which are prepared
or  maintained by Adviser on behalf of the Fund are the property of the Fund and
will be surrendered promptly to the Fund or Manager upon request.

        d. The  Adviser  shall  provide to the Manager a copy of its Form ADV as
filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission and as amended from time to
time and a list of the persons  whom the Adviser  wishes to have  authorized  to
give written and/ or oral instructions to custodians of assets of the Fund.

        e. The Adviser shall provide the Fund's  Custodian (as defined below) on
each business day with information  relating to all transactions  concerning the
Fund's assets and shall provide the Manager with such  information  upon request
of the Manager. The Adviser shall review all proxy solicitation materials and be
responsible  for voting and handling  all proxies in relation to the  securities
held in the Fund. The Adviser shall instruct the Custodian of the Fund and other
parties  providing  services to the Fund to promptly forward  misdirected  proxy
materials to the Adviser.

     2. OBLIGATIONS OF THE MANAGER.

        a. The Manager shall provide (or cause the Fund's custodian,  as defined
below, to provide) timely  information to the Adviser  regarding such matters as
the composition of assets of the Fund, cash  requirements and cash available for
investment in the Fund, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary
for the Adviser to perform its responsibilities hereunder.

                                       2
<PAGE>

        b. The Manager has  furnished the Adviser a copy of the  prospectus  and
statement  of  additional  information  of  the  Trust  and  agrees  during  the
continuance  of this Agreement to furnish the Adviser copies of any revisions or
supplements  thereto at, or, if  practicable,  before the time the  revisions or
supplements become effective.  No revisions shall be made nor supplements issued
regarding  the Fund or the Adviser  without the prior review and approval of the
Adviser.  No written materials naming or relating to the Adviser,  its employees
or its affiliated  companies,  other than materials  provided or approved by the
Adviser,  shall be used by the Manager, the Fund or their affiliates in offering
or marketing  shares of the Fund. The Manager agrees to furnish the Adviser with
minutes of meetings of the  Trustees  applicable  to the Fund to the extent they
may  affect  the  duties  of the  Adviser,  and  with  copies  of any  financial
statements  or reports  made by the Fund to its  shareholders,  and any  further
materials or information  which the Adviser may reasonably  request to enable it
to perform its functions under this Agreement.

        The  Manager  shall  provide  the  Adviser  with a copy  of the  Trust's
agreement  with the  Custodian  designated  to hold the  assets of the Fund (the
"Custodian") and any modifications thereto (the "Custody Agreement"),  copies of
such modifications to be provided to the Adviser a reasonable time in advance of
the  effectiveness  of such  modifications.  The  assets  of the  Fund  shall be
maintained in the custody of the Custodian identified in, and in accordance with
the terms  and  conditions  of,  the  Custody  Agreement  (or any  sub-custodian
properly appointed as provided in the Custody Agreement). The Adviser shall have
no  liability  for the acts or  omissions  of the  Custodian  unless such act or
omission  is required by and taken in  reliance  upon  instruction  given to the
Custodian by a representative  of the Adviser  properly  authorized to give such
instruction under the Custody  Agreement.  Any assets added to the Fund shall be
delivered directly to the Custodian.

        The Manager shall perform  quarterly and annual tax compliance  tests to
ensure that the Fund is in compliance  with  Subchapter M and Section  817(h) of
the Code. In connection  with such compliance  tests,  the Manager shall prepare
and provide  reports to the Adviser  within ten (10) business days of a calendar
quarter end relating to the  diversification  of the Fund under Subchapter M and
Section  817(h) of the Code.  The Adviser shall review such reports for purposes
of  determining  compliance  with such  diversification  requirements.  If it is
determined that the Fund is not in compliance with the requirements noted above,
the Adviser, in consultation with the Manager,  will take prompt action to bring
the Fund back into  compliance  within  the time  permitted  under the Code (the
Adviser's "Tax Compliance Responsibilities").

     3. EXPENSES.

        Except  for  expenses  specifically  assumed or agreed to be paid by the
Adviser pursuant hereto, the Adviser shall not be liable for any expenses of the
Manager or the Fund including,  without limitation,  (a) interest and taxes, (b)
brokerage commissions and other costs in connection with the purchase or sale of
securities or other  investment  instruments  with respect to the Fund,  and (c)
custodian fees and expenses.  The Adviser will pay its own expenses  incurred in
furnishing the services to be provided by it pursuant to this Agreement.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     4. PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS.

        Absent instructions from the Manager to the contrary,  the Adviser shall
place all  orders  for the  purchase  and sale of  securities  for the Fund with
brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser, which may include brokers or dealers
affiliated  with the Adviser,  provided such orders comply with Rule 17e-1 under
the 1940 Act. To the extent  consistent with  applicable  law,  purchase or sell
orders for the Fund may be  aggregated  with  contemporaneous  purchase  or sell
orders of other  clients of the Adviser.  The Adviser shall use its best efforts
to  obtain   execution  of  transactions  for  the  Fund  at  prices  which  are
advantageous to the Fund and at commission rates that are reasonable in relation
to the benefits received.

     5. COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.

        As its  compensation  hereunder,  Manager  will pay to  Adviser,  within
twenty (20) business days after the end of each month, a fee calculated daily as
a  percentage  of the average  daily net assets of the Fund during that month at
the following annual rate: .50% on the first $150 million; .45% on the next $100
million; .40% up to the next $250 million; and .35% in excess of $500 million.

        For the  purpose of  accruing  compensation,  the net assets of the Fund
will be determined in the manner provided in the then-current  prospectus of the
Fund.

        The fee for any period less than one month  shall be prorated  according
to the  proportion  that such period  bears to the full monthly  period.  In the
event of  termination of this  Agreement,  all  compensation  due to the Adviser
through the date of termination  will be calculated on a pro-rated basis through
the date of  termination  and paid within fifteen (15) business days of the date
of termination.

     6. NON-EXCLUSIVITY.

        The Manager agrees that the services of the Adviser are not to be deemed
exclusive and that the Adviser and its  affiliates are free to act as investment
manager and provide  other  services to various  investment  companies and other
managed  accounts  and  clients,  except  as the  Adviser  and the  Manager  may
otherwise  agree from time to time in writing  before or after the date  hereof.
This Agreement  shall not in any way limit or restrict the Adviser or any of its
directors,  officers,  employees or agents from  buying,  selling or trading any
securities or other  investment  instruments for its or their own account or for
the  account  of others for whom it or they may be  acting,  provided  that such
activities do not adversely  affect or otherwise  impair the  performance by the
Adviser  of its  duties  and  obligations  under  this  Agreement.  The  Manager
recognizes and agrees that the Adviser may provide advice to or take action with
respect  to other  clients,  which  advice or action,  including  the timing and
nature of such action, may differ from or be identical to advice given or action
taken with respect to the Fund.  The Adviser  shall for all  purposes  hereof be
deemed to be an independent  contractor and shall,  unless otherwise provided or
authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund or the Manager in
any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund or the Manager.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     7. REFERENCE TO MANAGER OR LIFE COMPANY OR TRUST.

        Any  materials  utilized by the Adviser  which  contain any  information
relating  to the  Manager,  a  life  insurance  company  investing  in the  Fund
(including any information relating to its separate accounts or variable annuity
or variable  life  insurance  contracts)  or the Trust shall be submitted to the
Manager for approval  prior to use, not less than five (5) business  days before
such approval is needed by the Adviser.  No such materials  shall be used if the
Adviser or the Manager reasonably objects in writing to such use within five (5)
business days after receipt of such material.

     8. REFERENCE TO ADVISER OR FUND.

        Any  materials  utilized by the Manager  which  contain any  information
relating  to the  Adviser  or the Fund shall be  submitted  to the  Adviser  for
approval prior to use, not less than five (5) business days before such approval
is needed by the Adviser.  No such materials shall be used if the Adviser or the
Manager  reasonably objects in writing to such use within five (5) business days
after receipt of such material.

     9. COMPUTER SYSTEMS.

        The Adviser  warrants that it will use its reasonable  efforts to ensure
that  the  computer  systems,  software,   hardware  or  equipment  supplied  or
maintained in the course of performing its services under this Agreement,  shall
operate, without error, and as necessary shall accurately process all data which
involve,   in  any  way  or  manner,   calendar   year  date   dependencies   or
considerations.  The parties agree that the Federal "Year 2000  Information  and
Readiness  Disclosure  Act" shall not  operate or be deemed to limit,  diminish,
modify or otherwise  affect the  foregoing  warranty the making of which Adviser
acknowledges and agrees is material to the Manager's Agreement hereunder.


     10. INDEMNIFICATION.

        a. The Manager  shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the  Adviser,  its
officers and directors and each person,  if any, who controls,  is controlled by
or is under common control, with the Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act")  ("Affiliates")  against any loss,
liability,   claim,   damage  or  expense  (including  the  reasonable  cost  of
investigating or defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damage or expense
and reasonable  counsel fees incurred in connection  therewith)  ("Liabilities")
arising out of any  service,  other than as provided  in  paragraph  (b) of this
Section  10, to be  rendered  under this  Agreement  except by reason of willful
misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence  in the  performance  of  Adviser's
duties.

                                       5
<PAGE>

        b. With regard to the Adviser's Tax Compliance  Responsibilities  as set
forth in Section 2, the Manager shall not  indemnify  and hold harmless  Adviser
for any negligent conduct or conduct that is not at the level at which a prudent
person would conduct its own affairs.

        c. The Adviser  shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless the Manager and its
Affiliates and each person,  if any, who controls,  is controlled by or is under
common  control,  with the Manager  within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933
Act,  Allstate  Life  Insurance  Company  and its  Affiliates,  including  their
separate  accounts,  which  may  invest  in the Fund  (collectively,  the  "Life
Company")  against  any  Liabilities  arising  out of any service to be rendered
under this  Agreement  with respect to the Adviser's  willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties under this Agreement,
and further, with regard to the Adviser's Tax Compliance Responsibilities, shall
indemnify  Manager,  Affiliates,  and  the  Life  Company  for  any  Liabilities
resulting from Adviser's  negligent  conduct or conduct that is not at the level
at which a prudent  person would  conduct its own  affairs.  The Adviser and its
Affiliates  will not be liable to Manager  for any  Liabilities  relating to the
failure of Manager or its  Affiliates to comply with this  Agreement  and/or any
applicable  insurance laws and rules, or as a result of any error of judgment or
mistake of law, except to the extent  specified in Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act
concerning  loss  resulting  from a breach of  fiduciary  duty with  respect  to
receipt of compensation for services.

     11. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION.

        a. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of its execution
and shall  continue  in effect for a period more than two years from the date of
execution  only so long as such  continuance  is  specifically  approved  by the
Trustees at the times and in the manner required by Section 15(a) and (c) of the
1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

        b. This  Agreement  may, at any time,  be terminated on sixty (60) days'
written  notice to the Adviser by the Manager or Trustees.  Pursuant to an Order
of the  Commission,  the Manager may engage an Adviser  without first  obtaining
approval of the investment  advisory  agreement by a majority of the outstanding
voting  securities of the Fund. This Agreement  shall become  effective upon its
approval by the Board.  The Adviser shall be without the protection  accorded by
shareholder  approval of an investment  adviser's receipt of compensation  under
Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act.

        c. This  Agreement  shall  automatically  terminate  in the event of its
assignment or upon the termination of the Advisory Agreement.

                                       6
<PAGE>

        d. This  Agreement  may be terminated by the Adviser on sixty (60) days'
written notice to the Manager.

        Termination  of this  Agreement  pursuant  to this  Section  11 shall be
without the payment of any penalty.

     12. AMENDMENT.

        This  Agreement  may be  amended  at any time by mutual  consent  of the
parties,  provided that, if required by law, such amendment shall also have been
approved by vote of a majority of the outstanding  voting securities of the Fund
and by vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not interested  persons of the
Fund,  the Manager or the  Adviser,  cast in person at a meeting  called for the
purpose of voting on such approval.

     13. DEFINITIONS.

        For the purpose of this Agreement,  the terms "vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities,"  "interested  person,"  "affiliated company" and
"assignment"  shall  have  their  respective  meanings  defined in the 1940 Act,
subject,  however,  to such  exemptions as may be granted by the  Securities and
Exchange Commission under the 1940 Act.

     14. GENERAL.

        a. The Adviser may perform its services  through an affiliated  company,
employee, officer or agent, and the Manager shall not be entitled to the advice,
recommendation or judgment of any specific person;  provided,  however, that the
persons identified in the then-current  prospectus of the Fund shall perform the
Fund management  duties described therein until the Adviser notifies the Manager
that one or more other affiliates,  employees,  officers or agents identified in
such notice shall assume such duties as of a specific date.

        b. If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof
to any person or  circumstances  is held to be invalid or  unenforceable  to any
extent,  the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to
other  persons  or  circumstances  shall not be  affected  thereby  and shall be
enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        c. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and  interpreted  in accordance
with the laws of the State of Illinois.

     15. Confidentiality.

        All  information  and advice by Adviser  for the Fund will be treated as
confidential  by Manager  and will not be  disclosed  to third  parties  without
Adviser's prior written consent except as required by law.

                                       7
<PAGE>


     16. Use of Adviser Name.

        The Manager  agrees that if this Agreement is terminated and the Adviser
or an affiliate  thereof shall no longer be the Adviser to the Fund, the Manager
will change the name of the Fund to delete any reference to "Morgan Stanley Dean
Witter Investment Management Inc." or "Morgan Stanley Asset Management."




LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC

By:     /s/ John Ford
        -------------
Name:   John Ford
Title:  President


MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.

By:     /s/ Philip W. Friedman
        ----------------------
Name:   Philip W. Friedman
Title:  Managing Director



                                       8



                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

        THIS AGREEMENT, executed this 30th day of September, 1999, and effective
the  1st  day  of  October  1999,  among  OpCap  Advisors,  a  Delaware  general
partnership  (the  "Adviser"),  and LSA Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (the "Manager").

        WHEREAS,  LSA Variable  Series  Trust,  a Delaware  business  trust (the
"Trust") has entered into an advisory  agreement with the "Manager," an executed
copy of which agreement  shall be attached hereto as Exhibit A (the  "Investment
Advisory  Agreement"),  pursuant  to which it will act as  adviser  to the OpCap
Advisors  Balanced  Fund (the  "Fund"),  a series of the Trust.  The  Manager is
authorized, with the approval of the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the "Board"
or  "Trustees"  as the  context  requires),  to retain  the  Adviser  to provide
investment advisory services to the Manager in connection with the management of
the Fund.

        WHEREAS,  The parties hereto wish to enter into an agreement whereby the
Adviser will provide to the Manager,  in connection  with the  management of the
Fund, securities investment advisory services.

        NOW  THEREFORE,   In   consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the Manager and the Adviser agree as follows:

APPOINTMENT

(1) The Manager hereby employs the Adviser to render certain investment advisory
services  to the Fund as set forth  herein.  The  Adviser  hereby  accepts  such
employment  and agrees to perform  such  services on the terms herein set forth,
and for the compensation herein provided.

SERVICES AS INVESTMENT ADVISER

(2) Subject to the supervision of the Manager and the Board,  and in cooperation
with any  administrator  appointed  by the Manager  (the  "Administrator"),  the
Adviser  shall  furnish  the Fund  advice  with  respect to the  investment  and
reinvestment  of the  assets  of the  Fund in  accordance  with  the  investment
objectives,  restrictions  and  limitations  of the  Fund,  as set  forth in the
Trust's most recent Registration Statement.

(3) The  Adviser  shall  provide to the  Manager a copy of its Form ADV as filed
with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission")  and as amended
from  time to time and a list of the  persons  whom the  Adviser  wishes to have
authorized to give written  and/or oral  instructions  to the  custodians of the
assets of the Fund.

                                       1
<PAGE>

CUSTODIAN  The Manager  shall  provide  the  Adviser  with a copy of the Trust's
agreement  with the  custodian  designated  to hold the  assets of the Fund (the
"Custodian") and any modifications thereto (the "Custody Agreement"),  copies of
such modifications to be provided to the Adviser a reasonable time in advance of
the  effectiveness  of such  modifications.  The  assets  of the  Fund  shall be
maintained in the custody of the Custodian identified in, and in accordance with
the terms  and  conditions  of,  the  Custody  Agreement  (or any  sub-custodian
properly  appointed as provided in the Custody  Agreement).  Any assets added to
the Fund shall be delivered directly to the Custodian.

(4) The  Adviser  shall  perform  a  monthly  reconciliation  of the Fund to the
holdings  report  provided by the Trust's  Custodian  and bring any  material or
significant  variances  regarding  holding or valuation to the  attention of the
Manager.  The Adviser shall  provide the Trust's  Custodian on each business day
with information relating to all transactions  concerning the Trust's assets and
shall provide the Manager with such information upon request of the Manager.

(5) The  Adviser  shall  manage the Fund in  compliance  with  Subchapter  M and
Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and
regulations thereunder.

(6) The Manager  shall  perform  quarterly  and annual tax  compliance  tests to
ensure that the Fund is in compliance  with Subchapter M of the Code and Section
817(h) of the Code. In connection with such compliance  tests, the Manager shall
prepare and provide  reports to the Adviser  within ten (10)  business days of a
calendar  quarter  end  relating  to  the  diversification  of  the  Fund  under
Subchapter  M and Section  817(h).  The Adviser  shall  review such  reports for
purposes of determining compliance with such diversification requirements. If it
is determined  that the Fund is not in compliance  with the  requirements  noted
above, the Adviser, in consultation with the Manager, will take prompt action to
bring the Fund back into  compliance  within the time  permitted  under the Code
(the Adviser's "Tax Compliance Responsibilities").

(7) The Adviser  shall for all  purposes  herein be deemed to be an  independent
contractor.  The Adviser has no authority  to act for or represent  the Trust or
the Fund in any way except to direct  securities  transactions  pursuant  to its
investment  advice  hereunder.  The Adviser is not an agent of the Manager,  the
Trust or the Fund.

(8) The  Adviser  shall  bear  all of  its  expenses  in  connection  with  the
performance  of its  services  under this  Agreement.  All other  expenses to be
incurred in the operation of the Fund will be borne by the Trust or the Fund.

(9) The Adviser shall review all proxy solicitation materials and be responsible
for voting and  handling all proxies in relation to the  securities  held in the
Fund.  The Manager  shall  instruct the  Custodian of the Fund and other parties
providing  services to the Fund to promptly forward  misdirected proxy materials
to the Adviser.

                                       2
<PAGE>

MAINTENANCE OF BOOKS AND RECORDS

(10) The Adviser shall maintain,  in compliance with the Investment  Company Act
of 1940,  as amended  (the "1940  Act"),  all books and records  with respect to
transactions  involving  the  assets  of the  Fund for  which  the  Adviser  has
responsibility. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 3la-3 under the 1940
Act, the Adviser  hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Fund
are the property of the Trust and further  agrees to  surrender  promptly to the
Manager copies of any of such records upon the Fund's or the Manager's  request.
The Adviser further agrees to preserve, for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2
under the 1940 Act, the records relating to its activities hereunder required to
be  maintained  by Rule 31a-1  under the 1940 Act and to  preserve  the  records
relating to its activities hereunder required by Rule 204-2 under the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940,  as amended,  for the period  specified in said rule.  The
Adviser  shall  provide to the  Manager or the Board such  periodic  and special
reports,  balance sheets or financial  information,  and such other  information
with regard to its affairs as the Manager or Board may reasonably  request.  Any
records  required to be maintained  and preserved  pursuant to the provisions of
Rule 31a-1 and Rule 31a-2  promulgated  under the 1940 Act which are prepared or
maintained  by  Adviser on behalf of the Fund are the  property  of the Fund and
will be surrendered promptly to the Fund or Manager on request.

COMPENSATION

(11)(a) The Manager  agrees to pay the Adviser for its  services to be furnished
under this Agreement the fees set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto. Such fees,
with respect to each calendar month after the effective date of this  Agreement,
shall be paid on the 20th business day after the close of each calendar month.

(11)(b) The fee for the period from the initial  capitalization  of the Trust to
the end of the month during which such capitalization  accrued shall be prorated
according to the proportion that such period bears to the full monthly period.

(11)(c) In the event of  termination  of this Agreement on a day that is not the
end of a calendar month, the payment of all fees provided for hereunder shall be
prorated and reduced for sums payable for a period less than a full month.

(11)(d) For the purposes of this Section 11, the daily  closing net asset values
of  the  Fund  shall  be  computed  in  the  manner  specified  in  the  Trust's
Registration  Statement for the  computation  of the value of such net assets in
connection with the determination of the net asset value of the Fund's shares.

SERVICES TO OTHER COMPANIES OR ACCOUNTS

                                       3
<PAGE>

(12) The services of the Adviser hereunder are not to be deemed to be exclusive,
and the  Adviser  is free to render  services  to others  and to engage in other
activities  so long as its  services  hereunder  are not impaired  thereby.  The
Manager has no objection to the Adviser  rendering such services,  provided that
whenever  the Trust  and one or more  other  accounts  or  investment  companies
advised by the Adviser have available  funds for  investment,  that suitable and
appropriate  investments  for each will be allocated in a manner  believed to be
equitable to each entity. The Adviser agrees to similarly allocate opportunities
to sell securities.

     Without in any way relieving the Adviser of its responsibilities hereunder,
it is agreed that the Adviser may employ others to furnish factual  information,
economic advice and/or research, and investment recommendations,  upon which its
investment advice and service is furnished hereunder.  Without the prior written
consent of the Board and the Manager, the Adviser shall not perform its services
under  this  Agreement  through  affiliated  companies  other  than  Oppenheimer
Capital.  The Board and the Manager  recognize and agree that all services to be
performed  by the  Adviser  for  the  Fund  may be  performed  by  employees  of
Oppenheimer Capital, the parent company of the Adviser.

BROKERAGE

(13) In connection with the management of the investment and reinvestment of the
assets of the Fund,  the Adviser is  authorized to select the brokers or dealers
which will execute purchase and sale transactions for the Fund. In its selection
of brokers and  dealers,  the  Adviser is  directed  to use its best  efforts to
obtain the best  available  price and most  favorable  execution with respect to
such  purchases  and sales of Fund  securities  for the  Trust.  Subject to this
primary requirement, and maintaining as its first consideration the benefits for
the Fund, and its shareholders, the Adviser shall have the right, subject to the
approval of the Board and the Manager,  to follow a policy of selecting  brokers
and dealers to furnish statistical  research and other services to the Fund, the
Manager,  or the  Adviser  and,  subject  to the Rules of Fair  Practice  of the
National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc., to take into account the sale
of variable  contracts  which are  invested  in Trust  shares in  allocating  to
brokers and dealers purchase and sale orders for Fund  securities,  provided the
Adviser  believes  that  the  quality  of the  transaction  and  commission  are
comparable to what they would be with other qualified firms.

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

(14) The Manager or Trustees may  terminate  this  Agreement by sixty (60) days'
written  notice to the Adviser and the Adviser may terminate  this  Agreement by
sixty (60) days'  written  notice to the  Manager,  without  the  payment of any
penalty.  Pursuant  to an Order of the  Commission,  the  Manager  may engage an
adviser without first obtaining approval of the investment advisory agreement by
a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the Fund.  This  Agreement
shall  become  effective  upon its approval by the Board.  The Adviser  shall be
without  the  protection  accorded  by  shareholder  approval  of an  investment
adviser's receipt of compensation under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     This  Agreement will terminate  automatically  upon the  termination of the
Investment  Advisory Agreement.  This Agreement will terminate  automatically in
the event of its assignment.

(15) This Agreement  shall become  effective as of the date of its execution and
shall  continue  in effect  for a period  more  than two years  from the date of
execution  only so long as such  continuance  is  specifically  approved  by the
Trustees at the times and in the manner required by Section 15(a) and (c) of the
1940 Act and the rules thereunder.

INDEMNIFICATION

(16)(a) The Manager shall indemnify and hold harmless the Adviser,  its officers
and  directors  and each person,  if any,  who  controls the Adviser  within the
meaning  of  Section  15  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  (the  "1933  Act")
("Affiliates") against any loss, liability,  claim, damage or expense (including
the reasonable cost of investigating  or defending any alleged loss,  liability,
claim,  damage or expense and  reasonable  counsel fees  incurred in  connection
therewith) ("Liabilities") arising out of any service, other than as provided in
paragraph (b) of this Section 16, to be rendered under this Agreement  except by
reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance
of Adviser's duties.

(16)(b) With regard to the  Adviser's  Tax  Compliance  Responsibilities  as set
forth in Section 6, the Manager shall not  indemnify  and hold harmless  Adviser
for any  negligent  conduct or for Adviser's  not taking any  corrective  action
required to be taken based on consultations with Manager.

(16)(c)  The  Adviser  shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Manager and its
Affiliates and each person,  if any, who controls the Manager within the meaning
of  Section  15 of the  1933  Act,  Allstate  Life  Insurance  Company  and  its
Affiliates,  including  their  separate  accounts,  which may invest in the Fund
(collectively,  the "Life Company")  against any Liabilities  arising out of any
service  to be  rendered  under this  Agreement  with  respect to the  Adviser's
willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross  negligence in the  performance of its
duties under this  Agreement,  and  further,  with regard to the  Adviser's  Tax
Compliance  Responsibilities,  shall indemnify Manager, Affiliates, and the Life
Company for Liabilities  resulting from Adviser's negligent conduct. The Adviser
and its Affiliates will not be liable to Manager for any Liabilities relating to
the failure of Manager or its  Affiliates to comply with this  Agreement  and/or
any applicable insurance laws and rules, or as a result of any error of judgment
or mistake of law,  except to the extent  specified in Section 36(b) of the 1940
Act  concerning  loss  resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to
receipt of compensation for services.

                                       5
<PAGE>

MARKETING SUPPORT

(17) The Adviser or an affiliate shall provide  marketing support to the Manager
in connection with the sale of Trust shares and/or the sale of variable  annuity
and variable life insurance  contracts  issued by the Life Company as reasonably
requested by the Manager.  Such support shall  include,  but not  necessarily be
limited  to,  presentations  by  representatives  of the  Adviser at  investment
seminars, conferences and other industry meetings. Any materials utilized by the
Manager which contain any information relating to the Adviser shall be submitted
to the Adviser for approval  prior to use, not less than five (5) business  days
before such approval is needed by the Manager.  No such materials  shall be used
if the Adviser or the Manager  reasonably  objects in writing to such use within
five (5) days after receipt of such material.

REFERENCE TO MANAGER OR LIFE COMPANY OR TRUST

(18) Any  materials  utilized by the Adviser or an affiliate  which  contain any
information  relating to the Manager,  Life Company  (including any  information
relating to its separate accounts or variable annuity or variable life insurance
contracts) or the Trust shall be submitted to the Manager for approval  prior to
use, not less than five (5) business  days before such approval is needed by the
Adviser.  No  such  materials  shall  be  used  if the  Adviser  or the  Manager
reasonably  objects in writing to such use within five (5) days after receipt of
such material.

YEAR 2000 REPRESENTATIONS

(19)  Adviser  agrees to take steps  consistent  with the standard of care it is
required to exercise under the  Sub-Advisory  Agreement with respect to assuring
that its computer  systems are Year 2000 compliant.  Although the Adviser agrees
to be bound to exercise this standard of care, the Adviser cannot guarantee that
the Fund will not  suffer  from  disruptions  or  adverse  results  arising as a
consequence of entering the Year 2000.

COMPUTER SOFTWARE REPRESENTATIONS

(20) The Adviser represents and warrants that to the best of its knowledge,  the
software  utilized in the course of performing its services under this Agreement
("Software") (a) contains no hidden files, viruses or contaminants, (b) will not
replicate,  transmit,  or activate itself without control of a person  operating
the computing equipment on which it resides, (c) will not access, alter, damage,
erase,  or  otherwise  interfere  with,  the  Software,  including,  any data or
computer programs without control of a person operating the computing  equipment
on which it resides, (d) contains no key, node lock, time-out or other function,
whether implemented by electronic, mechanical or other means, which restricts or
may restrict  use or access to the Software  without the consent of the computer
user.

DEFINITIONS

                                       6
<PAGE>

(21) For the  purposes of this  Agreement,  the terms "vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities," "affiliated companies" and "interested persons,"
when used  herein,  shall have the  meanings  defined in the 1940 Act,  subject,
however,  to such exemptions as may be granted by the Commission  under the 1940
Act.

GENERAL

(22) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of Illinois.

(23) The Adviser agrees to notify the parties within a reasonable period of time
regarding a material change in the membership of the Adviser.

(24) This  Agreement  will  become  binding  on the  parties  hereto  upon their
execution of the Agreement.

(25) Any notice hereunder shall be deemed duly given if sent by hand,  evidenced
by written  receipt or by  certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  to the
parties at the addresses set forth below:

     If to the Adviser:                If to the Manager or the Trust:

     OpCap Advisors                    LSA Asset Management LLC
     1345 Avenue of the Americas       3100 Sanders Road
     New York, New York 10105-4800     Northbrook, Illinois  60062
     Attn:  Deborah Kaback, Esq.       Attn:  Barbara J. Whisler, Esq.

(26) This Agreement may be amended at any time by mutual consent of the parties,
provided that, if required by law, such amendment  shall also have been approved
by a vote of a majority of the outstanding  securities of the Fund and by a vote
of a majority  of  Trustees  who are not  interested  persons  of the Fund,  the
Manager or the  Adviser,  and in person at a meeting  called for the  purpose of
voting on such approval.

(27) If any term or provision of this  Agreement or the  application  thereof to
any  person or  circumstances  is held to be  invalid  or  unenforceable  to any
extent,  the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to
other  persons  or  circumstances  shall not be  affected  thereby  and shall be
enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

                                       7
<PAGE>

(28) All  information  and advice by the Adviser for the Fund will be treated as
confidential  by  Manager  and will not be  disclosed  without  Adviser's  prior
written consent to third parties except as required by law.



LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST

By:     /s/ John Hunter
        ---------------
Name:   John Hunter
Title:  President


OPCAP ADVISORS

By:     /s/ James P. McCaughan
        ----------------------
Name:   James P. McCaughan
Title:  President






                                       8
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

     Management  Agreement  dated October 1, 1999,  between LSA Variable  Series
Trust, a Delaware  business trust (the "Trust") and LSA Asset  Management LLC, a
Delaware limited  liability  Company,  (the "Manager").  In consideration of the
mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. APPOINTMENT OF MANAGER

     The Trust hereby  appoints the Manager,  subject to the  supervision of the
Trustees of the Trust and the terms of this Agreement, as the investment manager
for each of the Funds of the Trust (the "Funds") specified in Schedule 1 to this
Agreement as it shall be amended by the Manager and the Trust from time to time.
The Manager  accepts such  appointment  and agrees to render the services and to
assume the obligations  set forth in this Agreement  commencing on its effective
date. The Manager will be an  independent  contractor and will have no authority
to act for or  represent  the Trust in any way or  otherwise  be deemed an agent
unless  expressly  authorized in this Agreement or another  writing by the Trust
and the Manager.

2. DUTIES OF THE MANAGER

     a.   Subject to the general  supervision  of the  Trustees of the Trust and
          the terms of this  Agreement,  the  Manager  will at its own  expense,
          select and contract with  investment  advisers  ("Advisers") to manage
          the  investments  and determine the  composition  of the assets of the
          Funds;  provided,  that any  contract  with an Adviser  (an  "Advisory
          Agreement")  shall be in  compliance  with and approved as required by
          the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended  ("Investment  Company
          Act")  and the  performance  thereunder  consistent  with  terms of an
          exemptive  order  granted by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
          ("SEC")  permitting  the  Manager  to  employ  a   manager-of-managers
          strategy.  Subject always to the direction and control of the Trustees
          of the Trust, the Manager will monitor compliance of each Adviser with
          the investment  objectives  and related  investment  policies,  as set
          forth in the Trust's registration statement filed with the SEC, of any
          Fund or Funds under the  management  of such  Adviser,  and review and
          report  to the  Trustees  of the  Trust  on the  performance  of  such
          Adviser.

     b.   The Manager will furnish to the Trust the following:

          i.  necessary  office  space in the  offices of the Manager or in such
          other place as may be agreed  upon by the parties  hereto from time to
          time, and all necessary office facilities and equipment;

<PAGE>

          ii.  necessary   office   personnel,   including   personnel  for  the
          performance  of  clerical,  accounting  and  other  office  functions,
          exclusive of those functions (a) related to the investment subadvisory
          services  to be  provided  by  any  Adviser  pursuant  to an  Advisory
          Agreement  and (b) relating to other  services for which the Trust has
          contracted with a third party;

          iii. accounting, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and related services other
          than services in respect of the records relating to any other services
          for which the Trust has contracted  with a third party  (including any
          Adviser); and

          iv. all other  information  and  services,  (other  than  services  of
          counsel or independent  accountants or investment subadvisory services
          to be provided by any Adviser under an Advisory  Agreement),  required
          in connection with the preparation of all registration  statements and
          prospectuses,   all  annual,   semiannual  and  periodic   reports  to
          shareholders  of the Trust,  regulatory  authorities  or  others,  all
          notices and proxy solicitation  materials furnished to shareholders of
          the Trust or regulatory authorities and all tax returns.

     c.   In addition to negotiating and contracting  with Advisers as set forth
          in  section  (2)(a)  of  this  Agreement  and  providing   facilities,
          personnel  and  services  as set  forth in  section  (2)(b) at its own
          expense, the Manager will pay or cause to be paid:

          i. the cost of any advertising or sales literature  relating solely to
          the Trust;

          ii. the cost of printing  and mailing  prospectuses  to persons  other
          than current holders of Trust shares or variable  contracts  funded by
          Trust shares; and

          iii.  the  compensation  of all officers and Trustees of the Trust who
          are also  directors,  officers  or  employees  of the  Manager  or its
          affiliates.

3. EXPENSES ASSUMED BY THE TRUST

     The  Trust  will  pay all  expenses  of its  organization,  operations  and
business  not  specifically  assumed  or  agreed  to be paid by the  Manager  as
provided  in  this  Agreement  or by  an  Adviser  as  provided  in an  Advisory
Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trust shall pay
or arrange for the payment of the following:

     a.   any of the costs of printing and mailing all  registration  statements
          and  prospectuses,  all annual,  semiannual  and  periodic  reports to
          shareholders  of the Trust,  regulatory  authorities  or  others,  all
          notices and proxy solicitation  materials furnished to shareholders of
          the Trust or regulatory authorities and all tax returns;

                                       10
<PAGE>

     b.   compensation  of the  officers  and  Trustees  of the Trust other than
          those enumerated in (2.)(c.)(iii.);

     c.   registration, filing and other fees in connection with requirements of
          applicable state and federal regulatory authorities;

     d.   the charges and expenses of the  custodian  appointed by the Trust for
          custodial services;

     e.   the charges and expenses of the  independent  accountants  retained by
          the Trust;

     f.   the charges and expenses of any administrative, transfer, bookkeeping,
          fund  accounting,   and  compliance  testing  services,  and  dividend
          disbursing agents appointed by the Trust;

     g.   broker's  commissions  and issue and transfer taxes  chargeable to the
          Trust in connection with securities transactions to which the Trust is
          a party;

     h.   taxes and  corporate  fees  payable by the Trust to federal,  state or
          other governmental agencies;

     i.   the cost of stock  certificates,  if any,  representing  shares of the
          Trust;

     j.   legal fees and expenses in  connection  with the affairs of the Trust,
          including  registering  and  qualifying  its  shares  with  regulatory
          authorities;

     k.   association membership dues if any;

     l.   insurance premiums for fidelity and other coverage;

     m.   expenses of shareholders and Trustees' meetings;

     n.   pricing shares of the Trust's Funds;

     o.   interest on borrowings; and

     p.   litigation expenses.

                                       11
<PAGE>

4. COMPENSATION OF MANAGER

     As compensation for the services rendered and obligations assumed hereunder
by the Manager,  the Trust shall pay to the Manager  monthly a fee that is equal
on an annual basis to that  percentage  of the average  daily net assets of each
Fund set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, which is incorporated by reference
herein (and with respect to any future Fund,  such  percentage  as the Trust and
the Manager may agree to from time to time in writing by a signed  Amendment  of
Schedule 1 subject to Section 13 herein). Such fee shall be computed and accrued
daily.  If the  Manager  serves as Manager for less than the whole of any period
specified in this Section 4, the  compensation to the Manager shall be prorated.
For purposes of  calculating  the Manager's  fee, the daily value of each Fund's
net assets shall be computed by the same method as the Trust uses to compute the
net  asset  value of that  Fund.  The  Manager  will pay all fees  owing to each
Adviser, and the Trust shall not be obligated to the Advisers in any manner with
respect to the compensation of such Advisers.  The Manager reserves the right to
waive all or a part of its fee.

5. NON-EXCLUSIVITY

     The  services  of the  Manager  to the  Trust  are not to be  deemed  to be
exclusive,  and the Manager  shall be free to render  investment  management  or
other services to others (including other investment companies) and to engage in
other activities.  It is understood and agreed that the directors,  officers and
employees of the Manager are not prohibited  from engaging in any other business
activity or from  rendering  services to any other  person,  or from  serving as
partners,  officers,  directors,  trustees  or  employees  of any other  firm or
corporation, including other investment companies.

6. SUPPLEMENTAL ARRANGEMENTS

     The Manager may enter into arrangements with other persons  affiliated with
the Manager to better enable it to fulfill its obligations  under this Agreement
for the provision of certain personnel and facilities to the Manager.

7. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE MANAGER

     a. Absent willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross negligence,  or reckless
disregard of  obligations  or duties  hereunder on the part of the Manager,  the
Manager and/or any of its  affiliates and the directors,  officers and employees
of the Manager and/or of its affiliates shall not be subject to liability to the
Trust or to any holder of an interest in any Fund for any act or omission in the
course of, or connected  with,  rendering  services  hereunder or for any losses
that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security.

                                       12
<PAGE>

     b. The Trust will indemnify the Manager against, and hold it harmless from,
any  and  all  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  expenses  (including
reasonable  counsel fees and expenses)  resulting  from acts or omissions of the
Trust.  Indemnification  shall be made only after:  (i) a final  decision on the
merits by a court or other body before whom the  proceeding was brought that the
Trust was  liable  for the  damages  claimed  or (ii) in the  absence  of such a
decision, a reasonable  determination based upon a review of the facts, that the
Trust was liable for the damages claimed,  which  determination shall be made by
either (a) the vote of a majority  of a quorum of  Trustees of the Trust who are
neither  "interested  persons"  of the  Trust  nor  parties  to  the  proceeding
("disinterested  non-party  Trustees")  or  (b)  an  independent  legal  counsel
satisfactory to the parties hereto,  whose determination shall be set forth in a
written  opinion.  The Manager  shall be entitled to advances from the Trust for
payment of the reasonable  expenses incurred by it in connection with the matter
as to which it is  seeking  indemnification  in the  manner  and to the  fullest
extent that would be permissible under the applicable provisions of Delaware law
and the Investment Company Act. The Manager shall provide to the Trust a written
affirmation of its good faith belief that the standard of conduct  necessary for
indemnification  under such law has been met and a written  undertaking to repay
any such  advance if it should  ultimately  be  determined  that the standard of
conduct has not been met. In addition,  at least one of the following additional
conditions  shall be met:  (a) the Manager  shall  provide  security in form and
amount  acceptable  to the Trust for its  undertaking;  (b) the Trust is insured
against  losses  arising  by reason of the  advance;  or (c) a  majority  of the
independent  Trustees of the Trust,  or  independent  legal counsel in a written
opinion, shall have determined,  based on a review of facts readily available to
the Trust at the time the advance is  proposed to be made,  that there is reason
to  believe  that  the  Manager  will  ultimately  be found  to be  entitled  to
indemnification.

8. LIMITATION OF TRUST'S LIABILITY.

     The Manager  acknowledges  that it has  received  notice of and accepts the
limitations  upon the Trust's  liability set forth in its  Declaration of Trust.
The Manager agrees that the Trust's  obligations  hereunder in any case shall be
limited  to the  Trust and to its  assets  and that the  Manager  shall not seek
satisfaction  of any such  obligation  from the holders of the  interests in any
Fund nor from any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust.

9. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     It is understood that Trustees,  officers,  agents and  shareholders of the
Trust  are  or  may  be  interested  in  the  Manager  as  directors,  officers,
stockholders, or otherwise; that directors, officers, agents and stockholders of
the  Manager  are or may be  interested  in the  Trust  as  Trustees,  officers,
shareholders or otherwise;  that the Manager may be interested in the Trust; and
that the  existence  of any such dual  interest  shall not affect  the  validity
hereof or of any  transactions  hereunder  except as  otherwise  provided in the
Agreement  and   Declaration   of  Trust  of  the  Trust  and  the  Articles  of
Incorporation  of  the  Manager,  respectively,  or  by  specific  provision  of
applicable law.

                                       13
<PAGE>

10. REGULATION

     The Manager shall submit to all regulatory and administrative bodies having
jurisdiction   over  the  services  provided  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  any
information,  reports  or other  material  which any such body by reason of this
Agreement may request or require pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

11. DURATION AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

     This Agreement shall become  effective on the later of its execution or the
date that it has been approved by  shareholders of the Trust and/or the Board of
Trustees of the Trust in the manner required by the Investment  Company Act. The
Agreement  will  continue in effect for a period of more than two years from the
date of its execution only so long as such continuance is specifically  approved
at  least  annually  either  by the  Trustees  of the  Trust or by the vote of a
majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the Trust,  provided that in
either  such  event the  continuance  shall  also be  approved  by the vote of a
majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons (as defined
in the Investment  Company Act) of any party to this Agreement cast in person at
a meeting  called  for the  purpose  of voting on such  approval.  The  required
shareholder  approval of the Agreement or any continuance of the Agreement shall
be effective  with respect to any Fund if a majority of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of the series  (as  defined in Rule  18f-2(h)  under the  Investment
Company  Act) of shares of that  Fund  votes to  approve  the  Agreement  or its
continuance,  notwithstanding that the Agreement or its continuance may not have
been  approved by a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of (a) any
other Fund affected by the Agreement or (b) all the Funds of the Trust.

     If the  shareholders  of a series of any Fund fail to approve the Agreement
or any  continuance  of the  Agreement,  the  Manager  will  continue  to act as
investment  Manager with  respect to such Fund pending the required  approval of
the  Agreement or its  continuance  or of a new  contract  with the Manager or a
different Manager or other definitive  action;  provided,  that the compensation
received  by the  Manager in respect of such Fund  during such period will be no
more than its actual  costs  incurred  in  furnishing  investment  advisory  and
management  services to such Fund or the amount it would have received under the
Agreement in respect of such Fund, whichever is less.

     This  Agreement may be  terminated at any time,  without the payment of any
penalty,  by the  Trustees  of the  Trust,  by the  vote  of a  majority  of the
outstanding  voting  securities of the Trust, or with respect to any Fund by the
vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the shares of such
Fund,  on sixty days written  notice to the Manager,  or by the Manager on sixty
days' written notice to the Trust. This Agreement will automatically  terminate,
without  payment of any penalty,  in the event if its  assignment (as defined in
the Investment Company Act).

                                       14
<PAGE>

12. PROVISION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY MANAGER

     The Manager will promptly  notify the Trust in writing of the occurrence of
any of the following events:


     a.   the Manager fails to be registered as an investment  adviser under the
          Investment  Advisers Act of 1940 or under the laws of any jurisdiction
          in which the  Manager is required to be  registered  as an  investment
          adviser in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

     b.   the  Manager is served or  otherwise  receives  notice of any  action,
          suit,  proceeding,  inquiry  or  investigation,  at law or in  equity,
          before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of
          the Trust; and

     c.   the chief executive officer or controlling  stockholder of the Manager
          or the Fund manager of any Fund changes.

13. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement  may be  materially  amended  by the  parties  only if such
amendment is specifically  approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding
voting securities of each of the Funds affected by the amendment and by the vote
of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not interested persons of any
party to this  Agreement  cast in person at a meeting  called for the purpose of
voting on such approval.  The required  shareholder  approval shall be effective
with respect to any Fund if a majority of the outstanding  voting  securities of
the shares of that Fund vote to approve the amendment,  notwithstanding that the
amendment  may not have been  approved by a majority of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of (a) any other Fund affected by the amendment or (b) all the Funds
of the Trust.

14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement  contains  the entire  understanding  and  agreement of the
parties.

15. HEADINGS

     The headings in the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience
of reference only and shall not constitute a part thereof.

                                       15
<PAGE>

16. NOTICES

     All  notices  required  to be given  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall be
delivered  or  mailed to the last  known  business  address  of the Trust to the
attention of its  Secretary or Manager to the  attention  of its  Secretary,  in
person or by registered mail or a private mail or delivery service providing the
sender  with  notice  of  receipt.  Notice  shall  be  deemed  given on the date
delivered or mailed in accordance with this section.

                                       16
<PAGE>

17. SEVERABILITY

     Should any portion of this  Agreement  for any reason be held to be void in
law or in equity, the Agreement shall be construed,  insofar as is possible,  as
if such portion had never been contained herein.

18. GOVERNING LAW

     The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be construed and  interpreted  in
accordance with the laws of Delaware, or any of the applicable provisions of the
Investment  Company Act. To the extent that the laws of Delaware,  or any of the
provisions  in  this  Agreement,  conflict  with  applicable  provisions  of the
Investment Company Act, the latter shall control.


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
executed  under  seal by their  duly  authorized  officers  as of the date first
mentioned above.

[SEAL]


LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST

By:     /s/ John Hunter
        ---------------
Name:   John Hunter
Title:  President


[SEAL]


OPCAP ADVISORS

By:     /s/ James P. McCaughan
        ----------------------
Name:   James P. McCaughan
Title:  President

                                       17
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 1



1. Focused Equity Fund: 0.70 of the current net assets of the Fund.

2. Growth Equity Fund: 0.85% of the current net assets of the Fund.

3. Disciplined Equity Fund: 0.75% of the current net assets of the Fund.

4. Value Equity Fund: 0.80% of the current net assets of the Fund.

5. Balanced Fund: 0.80% of the current net assets of the Fund.

6. Emerging Growth Equity Fund: 1.05% of the current net assets of the Fund.

     The Percentage Fee for each Fund shall be accrued for each calendar day and
the sum of the daily fee accruals shall be payable  monthly to the Manager.  The
daily fee accruals will be computed by multiplying  the fraction of one over the
number of calendar days in the year by the  applicable  annual rate described in
the preceding  paragraph,  and multiplying this product by the net assets of the
Fund as determined in accordance  with the Trust's  prospectus  and statement of
additional  information as of the close of business on the previous business day
on which the Trust was open for business.

     If this  Agreement  becomes  effective or terminates  before the end of any
month,  the fee for the period from the effective  date to the end of such month
or from the beginning of such month to the date of termination,  as the case may
be, shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to the
full month in which such effectiveness or termination occurs.






                                       18
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT B

                           SUB-ADVISORY COMPENSATION

                          OPCAP ADVISORS BALANCED FUND

     For all  services  rendered  by  Adviser  hereunder,  Manager  shall pay to
Adviser  and  Adviser  agrees to accept as full  compensation  for all  services
rendered  hereunder,  monthly a fee, on an annualized  basis of net assets under
management,  of .40% of the  first  $250  million  and  .35% in  excess  of $250
million.




                                       19




                             SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT


     This  Sub-Advisory  Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  is  entered  into by and
between LSA Asset  Management  LLC, a Delaware  limited  liability  company (the
"Manager"), and RS Investment Management,  L.P. a California limited partnership
(the "Adviser").

     WHEREAS,  the  Manager has entered  into an Advisory  Agreement,  effective
October 1, 1999,  (the "Advisory  Agreement")  and attached as Exhibit A to this
Agreement,  with LSA Variable Series Trust (the "Trust"),  pursuant to which the
Manager  provides  portfolio  management and  administrative  services to the RS
Investment Management Emerging Growth Domestic Equity Fund (the "Fund").

     WHEREAS,  the  Manager is  authorized,  with the  approval  of the Board of
Trustees of the Trust (the "Board" or  "Trustees" as the context  requires),  to
retain the Adviser to provide portfolio  management and administrative  services
to the Manager in connection with the management of the Fund.

     WHEREAS,  the  Manager  desires to retain the  Adviser to render  portfolio
management and administrative  services in the manner and on the terms set forth
in this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set
forth in this Agreement, the Manager and the Adviser agree as follows:

1.   SUB-ADVISORY SERVICES.

a. The Adviser shall,  subject to the  supervision of the Manager and the Board,
and  in  cooperation  with  any  administrator  appointed  by the  Manager  (the
"Administrator"),  manage the investment and  reinvestment  of the assets of the
Fund.  The Adviser shall manage the Fund in conformity  with: (1) the investment
objective,  policies  and  restrictions  of the  Fund set  forth in the  Trust's
then-current  prospectus and statement of additional information relating to the
Fund in the form  previously  provided  by the Manager to the  Adviser,  (2) any
additional  policies or  guidelines  established  by the Manager or by the Board
that have been furnished in writing to the Adviser and (3) the provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")  applicable to "regulated
investment  companies" (as defined in Section 851 of the Code), all as from time
to time in  effect  (collectively,  the  "Policies"),  and with  all  applicable
provisions of law, including without limitation all applicable provisions of the
Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended  (the "1940 Act") and the rules and
regulations thereunder.  Subject to the foregoing, the Adviser is authorized, in
its discretion and without prior  consultation  with the Manager,  to buy, sell,
lend  and  otherwise  trade  in any  stocks,  bonds  and  other  securities  and
investment  instruments  on behalf of the Fund,  without regard to the length of
time the securities have been held and the resulting rate of portfolio  turnover
or any tax  considerations,  and the  majority  or the  whole of the Fund may be
invested in such  proportions of stocks,  bonds,  other securities or investment
instruments,  or cash, as the Adviser shall,  in its best  judgment,  determine.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of this Section  1.a.,  however,  the
Adviser shall, upon written instructions from the Manager, effect such portfolio
transactions  for the Fund as the Manager shall determine are necessary in order
for the Fund to comply with the Policies.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     b. The  Adviser  shall  furnish  the  Manager  and the  Administrator  with
monthly, quarterly and annual reports concerning transactions and performance of
the Fund in such form as may be mutually  agreed upon,  and agrees to review the
Fund and discuss the  management of the Fund with  representatives  or agents of
the Manager,  the  Administrator  or the Fund at their reasonable  request.  The
Adviser  shall  permit  all books and  records  with  respect  to the Fund to be
inspected  and audited by the Manager and the  Administrator  at all  reasonable
times during normal business hours, on reasonable notice. The Adviser shall also
provide the Manager,  the  Administrator or the Fund with such other information
and reports as may reasonably be requested by the Manager,  the Administrator or
the Fund  from  time to time,  including  without  limitation  all  material  as
reasonably  may be requested by the Board  pursuant to Section 15(c) of the 1940
Act.

     c. Adviser agrees to maintain,  in the form and for the period  required by
Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act,  all records  relating to the Fund's  investments
made by Adviser that are required to be  maintained  by the Fund pursuant to the
requirements  of Rule 31 a-1 (b)(5),  (6), (7), (9) and (10) under the 1940 Act.
Any records  required to be maintained and preserved  pursuant to the provisions
of Rule 31 a-1 and Rule 31 a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act which are prepared
or  maintained by Adviser on behalf of the Fund are the property of the Fund and
will be surrendered promptly to the Fund or Manager upon request.

     d. The Adviser shall provide to the Manager a copy of its Form ADV as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission and as amended from time to time and
a list of the persons whom the Adviser wishes to have authorized to give written
and/ or oral instructions to custodians of assets of the Fund.

     e. The Adviser  shall provide the Fund's  Custodian  (as defined  below) on
each business day with information  relating to all transactions  concerning the
Fund's assets and shall provide the Manager with such  information  upon request
of the  Manager.  The Adviser  shall  review or cause to be  reviewed  all proxy
solicitation materials and be responsible for voting and handling all proxies in
relation to the  securities  held in the Fund.  The Adviser  shall  instruct the
Custodian  of the Fund  and  other  parties  providing  services  to the Fund to
promptly forward misdirected proxy materials to the Adviser.

2.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE MANAGER.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     a. The Manager  shall  provide (or cause the Fund's  Custodian,  as defined
below, to provide) timely  information to the Adviser  regarding such matters as
the composition of assets of the Fund, cash  requirements and cash available for
investment in the Fund, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary
for the Adviser to perform its responsibilities hereunder.

     b. The  Manager has  furnished  the  Adviser a copy of the  prospectus  and
statement  of  additional  information  of  the  Trust  and  agrees  during  the
continuance  of this Agreement to furnish the Adviser copies of any revisions or
supplements  thereto at, or, if  practicable,  before the time the  revisions or
supplements become effective.  No revisions shall be made nor supplements issued
regarding  the Fund or the Adviser  without the prior review and approval of the
Adviser.  No written materials naming or relating to the Adviser,  its employees
or its affiliated  companies,  other than materials  provided or approved by the
Adviser,  shall be used by the Manager, the Fund or their affiliates in offering
or marketing  shares of the Fund. The Manager agrees to furnish the Adviser with
minutes of meetings of the  Trustees  applicable  to the Fund to the extent they
may  affect  the  duties  of the  Adviser,  and  with  copies  of any  financial
statements  or reports  made by the Fund to its  shareholders,  and any  further
materials or information  which the Adviser may reasonably  request to enable it
to perform its functions under this Agreement.  Manager agrees to inform Adviser
of any and all applicable  state insurance law  restrictions on investments that
operate to limit or restrict the investments the Fund may otherwise make, and to
inform Adviser promptly of any changes in such requirements.

     The Manager shall provide the Adviser with a copy of the Trust's  agreement
with the Custodian  designated to hold the assets of the Fund (the  "Custodian")
and  any  modifications  thereto  (the  "Custody  Agreement"),  copies  of  such
modifications  to be provided to the Adviser a reasonable time in advance of the
effectiveness of such modifications.  The assets of the Fund shall be maintained
in the custody of the Custodian  identified in, and in accordance with the terms
and  conditions  of,  the  Custody  Agreement  (or  any  sub-custodian  properly
appointed  as  provided  in the Custody  Agreement).  The Adviser  shall have no
liability for the acts or omissions of the Custodian unless such act or omission
is required by and taken in reliance upon and in accordance with  instruction(s)
given to the Custodian by a representative of the Adviser properly authorized to
give such  instruction(s)  under the Custody Agreement.  Any assets added to the
Fund shall be delivered directly to the Custodian.

     The Manager shall  perform  quarterly  and annual tax  compliance  tests to
ensure that the Fund is in compliance  with  Subchapter M and Section  817(h) of
the Code. In connection  with such compliance  tests,  the Manager shall prepare
and provide  reports to the Adviser  within ten (10) business days of a calendar
quarter end relating to the  diversification  of the Fund under Subchapter M and
Section 817(h) of the Code  (Manager's "Tax  Compliance  Reports").  The Adviser
shall  review such  reports for  purposes of  determining  compliance  with such
diversification  requirements.  If it is  determined  that  the  Fund  is not in
compliance with the requirements noted above, the Adviser,  in consultation with
the  Manager,  will take  prompt  action to bring the Fund back into  compliance
within  the  time  permitted  under  the Code  (the  Adviser's  "Tax  Compliance
Responsibilities").

                                       3
<PAGE>

3.   EXPENSES.

     Except  for  expenses  specifically  assumed  or  agreed  to be paid by the
Adviser pursuant hereto, the Adviser shall not be liable for any expenses of the
Manager or the Fund including,  without limitation,  (a) interest and taxes, (b)
brokerage commissions and other costs in connection with the purchase or sale of
securities or other  investment  instruments  with respect to the Fund,  and (c)
custodian fees and expenses.  The Adviser will pay its own expenses  incurred in
furnishing the services to be provided by it pursuant to this Agreement.

4.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS.

     Absent  instructions  from the Manager to the  contrary,  the Adviser shall
place all  orders  for the  purchase  and sale of  securities  for the Fund with
brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser, which may include brokers or dealers
affiliated  with the Adviser,  provided such orders comply with Rule 17e-1 under
the 1940 Act. To the extent  consistent with  applicable  law,  purchase or sell
orders for the Fund may be  aggregated  with  contemporaneous  purchase  or sell
orders of other  clients of the  Adviser.  The Adviser will place orders for the
purchase or sale of securities for the Fund with or through  brokers and dealers
in  conformity  with the policy with  respect to  brokerage  as set forth in the
Trust's then-current prospectus and statement of additional information relating
to the Fund, or as the Board of Trustees may direct from time to time.

5.      COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.

     As its compensation  hereunder,  Manager will pay to Adviser, within twenty
(20) business  days after the end of each month,  a fee,  calculated  daily as a
percentage of the average daily net assets of the Fund during that month, at the
following annual rate: .64% of the first $100 million in assets;  .60% of assets
in excess of $100  million,  but less than $200  million;  and .55% of assets in
excess of $200 million.

     For the purpose of accruing  compensation,  the net assets of the Fund will
be determined in the manner provided in the then-current prospectus of the Fund.

     The fee for any period less than one month shall be prorated  according  to
the proportion that such period bears to the full monthly  period.  In the event
of termination of this Agreement,  all  compensation  due to the Adviser through
the date of termination will be calculated on a pro-rated basis through the date
of  termination  and  paid  within  fifteen  (15)  business  days of the date of
termination.

                                       4
<PAGE>

6.      NON-EXCLUSIVITY.

     The Manager  agrees  that the  services of the Adviser are not to be deemed
exclusive and that the Adviser and its  affiliates are free to act as investment
manager and provide  other  services to various  investment  companies and other
managed  accounts  and  clients,  except  as the  Adviser  and the  Manager  may
otherwise  agree  from  time to time in  writing  after  the date  hereof.  This
Agreement  shall  not in any way limit or  restrict  the  Adviser  or any of its
directors,  officers,  employees or agents from  buying,  selling or trading any
securities or other  investment  instruments for its or their own account or for
the  account  of others for whom it or they may be  acting,  provided  that such
activities  do not  adversely  affect or  otherwise  impair  the  ability of the
Adviser to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement.  The Manager
recognizes and agrees that the Adviser may provide advice to or take action with
respect  to other  clients,  which  advice or action,  including  the timing and
nature of such action, may differ from or be identical to advice given or action
taken with respect to the Fund.  The Adviser  shall for all  purposes  hereof be
deemed to be an independent  contractor and shall,  unless otherwise provided or
authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund or the Manager in
any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund or the Manager.

7.   REFERENCE TO MANAGER OR LIFE COMPANY OR TRUST.

     Any  materials  utilized  by the  Adviser  which  contain  any  information
relating to the Manager,  a life insurance  company's separate account investing
in the Fund  (including  any  information  relating to any of the life insurance
company's  separate  accounts or variable  annuity or  variable  life  insurance
contracts) or the Trust shall be submitted to the Manager for approval  prior to
use, not less than five (5) business  days before such approval is needed by the
Adviser.  No such materials shall be used if the Manager  reasonably  objects in
writing  to such use  within  five  (5)  business  days  after  receipt  of such
material.

8.   REFERENCE TO ADVISER OR FUND.

     Any  materials  utilized  by the  Manager  which  contain  any  information
relating  to the  Adviser  or the Fund shall be  submitted  to the  Adviser  for
approval prior to use, not less than five (5) business days before such approval
is  needed  by the  Manager.  No such  materials  shall  be used if the  Adviser
reasonably  objects in writing to such use within five (5)  business  days after
receipt of such material.

9.   COMPUTER SYSTEMS.

     Adviser and its affiliates, on the one hand, and Manager and its affiliates
on the other  hand,  represent  and  warrant  to each  other  that they will use
reasonable  commercial  efforts to (a) review all of their  respective  hardware
and/or  software  comprising  computer  systems which will be used in connection
with this Agreement (individually,  the "Computer System" and collectively,  the
"Computer  Systems")  to  determine  if such  Computer  Systems  are  Year  2000
Compliant  (as  defined  below),  (b) render  such  Computer  Systems  Year 2000
Compliant  prior to any  part of such  Computer  Systems  suffering  a  material
malfunction due to its not being made Year 2000 Compliant on a timely basis, and
(c) jointly test any interfaces  between  Adviser and its  affiliates'  Computer
System and Manager and its  affiliates'  Computer System so as to determine that
they are capable of interfacing without material malfunctions. In the event that
any portion of such Computer System  materially  malfunctions due to the failure
to be made Year 2000  Compliant on a timely  basis,  the party  responsible  for
operating  and/or  maintaining such Computer System shall use good faith efforts
to correct  the  malfunction  and render the  relevant  portion of the  Computer
System  Year  2000  Compliant  in  order  to  mitigate  the  damages  from  such
malfunction  and to avoid any  further  material  malfunction.  Adviser  and its
affiliates  and manager and its  affiliates  represent and warrant to each other
that they have devoted  sufficient  resources in terms of funding  personnel and
project time to satisfy their respective obligations under this warranty.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     For the purpose of this  Section 9, "Year 2000  Compliant"  shall mean that
the referenced  Computer System will correctly  differentiate  between years, in
different  centuries,  that  end in the  same two  digits,  and will  accurately
process date/time data (including,  but not limited to,  calculating,  comparing
and  sequencing)  from,  into,  and between the  centuries  including  leap year
calculations,  provided that any hardware or software not being operated  and/or
maintained  as part of the  referenced  Computer  System,  is  itself  Year 2000
Compliant.

10.  INDEMNIFICATION.

     a. The Manager shall indemnify and hold harmless the Adviser,  its officers
and  directors  and each person,  if any,  who  controls the Adviser  within the
meaning  of  Section  15  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  (the  "1933  Act")
("Affiliates") against any loss, liability,  claim, damage or expense (including
the reasonable cost of investigating  or defending any alleged loss,  liability,
claim,  damage or expense and  reasonable  counsel fees  incurred in  connection
therewith) ("Liabilities") arising out of any service, other than as provided in
paragraph (b) of this Section 10, to be rendered under this Agreement  except by
reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance
of Adviser's duties.

     b. With regard to the  Adviser's  Tax  Compliance  Responsibilities  as set
forth in Section 2, the Manager shall not  indemnify  and hold harmless  Adviser
for Adviser's  not taking any  corrective  action  required to be taken based on
consultations  with  Manager;  however,  if any  Tax  Compliance  Report  is not
properly prepared by Manager which gives rise to the liabilities,  Manager shall
indemnify Adviser with respect to such liabilities.

     c. The  Adviser  shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the  Manager and its
Affiliates and each person,  if any, who controls the Manager within the meaning
of  Section  15 of the  1933  Act,  Allstate  Life  Insurance  Company  and  its
Affiliates  (collectively,  the "Life Company") against any Liabilities  arising
out of any  service to be  rendered  under this  Agreement  with  respect to the
Adviser's willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence in the performance
of its duties under this  Agreement,  and further,  with regard to the Adviser's
Tax Compliance  Responsibilities,  shall indemnify Manager,  Affiliates, and the
Life  Company  for any  Liabilities  resulting  from  Adviser's  not  taking any
appropriate   corrective   action  required  to  be  taken  based  on  Adviser's
consultations with Manager. The Adviser and its Affiliates will not be liable to
Manager for any Liabilities relating to the failure of Manager or its Affiliates
to comply with this  Agreement  and/or any  applicable  insurance laws and rules
(including  the failure of Manager to advise  Advisor of any  insurance  related
restrictions as described in paragraph 2 hereof), or as a result of any error of
judgment or mistake of law,  except to the extent  specified in Section 36(b) of
the 1940 Act  concerning  loss  resulting  from a breach of fiduciary  duty with
respect to receipt of compensation for services.

                                       6
<PAGE>

11.  EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION.

     a. This Agreement  shall become  effective as of October 1, 1999, and shall
continue in effect for a period  more than two years from the date of  execution
only so long as such continuance is specifically approved by the Trustees at the
times and in the manner  required  by Section  15(a) and (c) of the 1940 Act and
the rules thereunder.

     b. The Manager or Trustees  may at any time,  terminate  this  Agreement on
sixty (60) days'  written  notice to the  Adviser.  Pursuant  to an Order of the
Commission,  the Manager may engage an adviser without first obtaining  approval
of the investment  advisory  agreement by a majority of the  outstanding  voting
securities of the Fund. This Agreement shall become  effective upon its approval
by the Board.  The Adviser shall be without any benefit  accruing as a result of
shareholder  approval of an investment  adviser's receipt of compensation  under
Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act.

     c.  This  Agreement  shall  automatically  terminate  in the  event  of its
assignment or upon the termination of the Advisory Agreement.

     d. The  Adviser on sixty  (60)  days'  written  notice to the  Manager  may
terminate this Agreement.

     Termination of this Agreement  pursuant to this Section 11 shall be without
the payment of any penalty.

12.  AMENDMENT.

     This Agreement may be amended at any time by mutual consent of the parties,
provided that, if required by law, such amendment  shall also have been approved
by vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the Fund and by
vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not  interested  persons of the Fund,
the Manager or the Adviser,  cast in person at a meeting  called for the purpose
of voting on such approval.

                                       7
<PAGE>

13.  DEFINITIONS.

     For the  purpose of this  Agreement,  the terms  "vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities,"  "interested  person,"  "affiliated company" and
"assignment"  shall  have  their  respective  meanings  defined in the 1940 Act,
subject,  however,  to such  exemptions as may be granted by the  Securities and
Exchange Commission under the 1940 Act.

14.  GENERAL.

     a. The  Adviser may perform its  services  through an  affiliated  company,
employee, officer or agent, and the Manager shall not be entitled to the advice,
recommendation or judgment of any specific person;  provided,  however, that the
persons identified in the then-current  prospectus of the Fund shall perform the
Fund management  duties described therein until the Adviser notifies the Manager
that one or more other affiliates,  employees,  officers or agents identified in
such notice shall assume such duties as of a specific date.

     b. If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to
any  person or  circumstances  is held to be  invalid  or  unenforceable  to any
extent,  the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to
other  persons  or  circumstances  shall not be  affected  thereby  and shall be
enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

     c. This Agreement  shall be governed by and  interpreted in accordance with
the laws of the State of Illinois.

15.  CONFIDENTIALITY.

     All  information  and  advice by  Adviser  for the Fund will be  treated as
confidential  by Manager  and will not be  disclosed  to third  parties  without
Adviser's prior written consent except as required by law.

16.  USE OF ADVISER NAME.

     The Manager  agrees that if this Agreement is terminated and the Adviser or
an  affiliate  thereof  shall no longer be the Adviser to the Fund,  the Manager
will  change  the name of the Fund to delete  any  reference  to "RS  Investment
Management."

                                       8
<PAGE>

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  parties  have  caused  their  respective  duly
authorized  officers to execute this  Agreement  on this 30th day of  September,
1999, effective October 1, 1999.

LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
By:     /s/ John Hunter
        ---------------
Name:   John Hunter
Title:  President

RS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, L.P.
By:     /s/ Steven Cohen
        ----------------
Name:   Steven Cohen
Title:  Chief Financial Officer


                                       9
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT A


        [MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST AND LSA
        ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC, EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 1, 1999, IS INCORPORATED
                              HEREIN BY REFERENCE]


                                       10





                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
                                    BETWEEN
                         LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST AND
                     ALLSTATE LIFE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.


     AGREEMENT,  dated as of October 1, 1999, by and between LSA Variable Series
Trust (the "Trust") and Allstate Life Financial Services, Inc. ("ALFS").

                               W IT N E S S ET H:

     WHEREAS,  the Trust is a Delaware business trust whose shareholders are and
will be separate  accounts in unit  investment  trust form  ("Eligible  Separate
Accounts") of insurance companies ("Participating Insurance Companies"); and

     WHEREAS,   such  Participating   Insurance  Companies  issue,  among  other
products,  variable insurance and annuity products  ("Variable  Products") whose
net premiums, contributions or other considerations may be allocated to Eligible
Separate Accounts for investment in the Trust; and

     WHEREAS, the Trust's shares will not be sold except in connection with such
Variable Products outside the separate account context; and

     WHEREAS,  the Trust desires that ALFS undertake  marketing  activities with
respect to the Shares of the Trust's constituent series or investment portfolios
("Portfolios") Portfolios; and

     WHEREAS,  the Trust is registered as an open-end  investment  company under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended ("Investment Company Act"); and

     WHEREAS, the Investment Company Act prohibits any principal underwriter for
a registered  open-end  management  investment  company from  offering for sale,
selling,  or  delivering  after sale any  security of which such  company is the
issuer,  except pursuant to a written contract with such investment company, and
ALFS will be a distributor for sale of the shares issued by the Trust; and

     WHEREAS,  ALFS  is  registered  as a  broker-dealer  under  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, ("Securities Exchange Act") and is a member of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

     NOW THEREFORE, the Trust and ALFS agree as follows:
<PAGE>

     SECTION 1. The Trust has adopted a form of Participation  Agreement,  which
was  approved  by the Board of Trustees of the Trust.  This  Agreement  shall be
subject to the provisions of the form of Participation  Agreement,  the terms of
which are incorporated herein by reference,  made a part hereof and controlling.
The form of Participation Agreement may be amended or superseded,  without prior
notice,  and this  Agreement  shall be deemed  amended to the extent the form of
Participation  Agreement is amended or superseded.  ALFS represents and warrants
that it  will  act in a  manner  consistent  with  such  form  of  Participation
Agreement as it is currently  set forth and as it may be amended or  superseded,
so long as ALFS serves as the principal  underwriter  of the shares of the Trust
(the "Shares").

     SECTION  2. ALFS is hereby  authorized,  from time to time,  to enter  into
separate  written  agreements  ("Sales  Agreements" or,  individually,  a "Sales
Agreement"),  on terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Agreement, with
Participating  Insurance  Companies  which have Eligible  Separate  Accounts and
which agree to participate in the  distribution of the Trust's shares,  directly
or through  affiliated  broker  dealers  by means of  distribution  of  Variable
Products  and to use their best  efforts to solicit  applications  for  Variable
Products.  ALFS may not enter into any Sales  Agreement  with any  Participating
Insurance  Company that is more  favorable than that  maintained  with any other
Participating  Insurance Company and Eligible Separate Account,  except that not
all  Portfolios  of the  Trust  need be made  available  for  investment  by all
Participating  Insurance  Companies,  Eligible  Separate  Accounts  or  Variable
Products.  The Board of  Trustees  of the  Trust  may,  in its sole  discretion,
determine  that certain  Portfolios  and classes of shares of the Trust shall be
available   only  to  certain  types  of  Variable   Products  or  to  a  single
Participating Insurance Company and its affiliates.

     SECTION  3. Such  Participating  Insurance  Companies  and their  agents or
representatives  soliciting applications for Variable Products shall be duly and
appropriately  licensed,  registered  or  otherwise  qualified  for the  sale of
Variable  Products  under  any  applicable  insurance  laws  and any  applicable
securities laws of one or more states or other  jurisdictions  in which Variable
Products may be lawfully sold. Each such Participating  Insurance Company shall,
when required by law, be both registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities
Exchange Act and a member of the NASD. Each such Participating Insurance Company
shall agree to comply with all laws and  regulations,  whether federal or state,
and whether relating to insurance,  securities or other general areas, including
but not limited to the recordkeeping and sales supervision  requirements of such
laws and regulations.

     SECTION 4. The Trust's shares are divided into series or  Portfolios,  each
representing a different  portfolio of investments.  The Trust's  Portfolios and
any  restrictions on availability  for shares relating  thereto are set forth in
Schedule A hereto, which may be amended from time to time.

     Purchases and  redemptions of the Trust's shares of each Portfolio shall be
at the net  asset  value  therefor,  computed  as set  forth in the most  recent
relevant  Prospectus  and  Statement of Additional  Information  relating to the
Trust's contained in its Registration  Statement on Form N-1A, or any amendments
thereto  (respectively,  "Trust  Prospectus"  and  "SAI"),  and any  supplements
thereto and shall be submitted  by the  Participating  Insurance  Company to the
Trust's  transfer agent  pursuant to procedures  and in accordance  with payment
provisions  adopted by ALFS and the Trust from time to time.  The Trust's shares
may not be sold or  transferred,  except  to an  Eligible  Separate  Account  or
Qualified Plan, without the prior approval of the Trust's Board of Trustees.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     SECTION 5. The Trust shall not pay any compensation to ALFS for services as
a distributor  hereunder,  nor shall the Trust  reimburse  ALFS for any expenses
related to such  services.  ALFS may, but need not, pay or charge  Participating
Insurance  Companies  pursuant to Sales  Agreements,  as  described in Section 2
hereof.

     SECTION 6. The Trust  represents to ALFS that the Trust Prospectus and SAI,
as of their respective  effective dates,  contain all statements and information
which are  required  to be stated  therein  by the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended  ("Securities  Act"),  and in all respects  conform to the  requirements
thereof,  and  neither  the Trust  Prospectus  nor the SAI  include  any  untrue
statement of a material  fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be
stated  therein or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein not  misleading;
provided,  however,  that  the  foregoing  representations  shall  not  apply to
information  contained  in or  omitted  from  the  Trust  Prospectus  and SAI in
reliance upon, and in conformity  with,  written  information  furnished by ALFS
specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

     In this connection, ALFS acknowledges that the day-to-day operations of the
Trust, including without limitation, investment management, securities brokerage
allocation,  cash control,  accounting,  recordkeeping and other administrative,
marketing and  regulatory  compliance  functions,  are carried on and may in the
future be carried on by LSA Asset Management LLC ("Asset Management") affiliates
of Asset  Management  and other parties  unaffiliated  with Asset  Management on
behalf of the Trust  (collectively,  the  "Preparing  Parties"),  under  various
agreements and  arrangements,  and that such activities in large measure provide
the basis upon which statements and information are included or omitted from the
Trust  Prospectus  and  SAI.  ALFS  further  acknowledges  that  because  of the
foregoing  arrangements,  the  preparation  of the Trust  Prospectus  and SAI is
substantially  in the  control of the  Preparing  Parties,  subject to the broad
supervisory  authority and responsibility of the Trust's Board of Trustees,  and
that,   essentially,   the  only  Trust   Prospectus  or  SAI   information  not
independently  known to, or  prepared  by, the  Preparing  Parties  is  personal
information as to each Trustee's full name, age, background, business experience
and other personal  information  that may require  disclosures  under securities
laws and for  which the  Preparing  Parties  necessarily  must rely on each such
Trustee to produce.

     SECTION  7. The Trust  will  periodically  prepare  Prospectuses  (and,  if
applicable,  SAIs) and any supplements  thereto,  proxy materials and annual and
semi-annual  reports  (collectively,  the  "Documents") and shall, in accordance
with the form of  Participation  Agreement,  provide  sufficient  copies of such
Documents or shall make camera ready copy available to ALFS for  reproduction by
ALFS  or the  Participating  Insurance  Companies.  With  respect  to  Documents
provided  to  existing  owners  of  Variable  Products,  the cost of  preparing,
printing, mailing or otherwise distributing such Documents shall be borne by the
Trust.  With respect to the Trust's shares,  the Trust shall not pay the cost of
printing,  mailing or otherwise  distributing such Documents except as specified
in this Section 7. The Trust will use its best efforts to provide notice to ALFS
of  anticipated  filings or  supplements.  ALFS or the  Participating  Insurance
Companies  may  alter the form of some or all of the  Documents,  with the prior
approval  of the Trust's  officers  and legal  counsel.  Any  preparation  costs
associated  with altering the form of the Documents will be borne by ALFS or the
Participating Insurance Companies, not the Trust.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     SECTION 8. ALFS and officers of the Trust may, from time to time, authorize
descriptions  of the Trust for use in sales  literature  or  advertising  by the
Participating Insurance Companies (including brochures,  letters,  illustrations
and  other  similar  materials,   whether  transmitted   directly  to  potential
applicants or published in print or  audio-visual  media),  which  authorization
will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

     SECTION 9. ALFS shall furnish to the Trust, at least quarterly,  reports as
to the sales of Trust's  shares made pursuant to this  Agreement.  These reports
may be combined with any similar report prepared by ALFS or any of the Preparing
Parties.

     SECTION 10. ALFS shall submit to all regulatory and  administrative  bodies
having jurisdiction over the operations of ALFS, the Trust, or any Participating
Insurance Company, present or future, any information, reports or other material
which any such body by  reason of this  Agreement  may  request  or  require  as
authorized by applicable laws or regulations.

     SECTION  11.  This  Agreement  shall be  subject to the  provisions  of the
Investment  Company Act, the Securities  Exchange Act and the Securities Act and
the rules,  regulations,  and rulings  thereunder and of the NASD,  from time to
time in  effect,  including  such  exemptions  and  no-action  positions  as the
Securities and Exchange  Commission or its staff may grant, and the terms hereof
shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith. Without limiting the
generality  of the  foregoing,  (a) the term  "assigned"  shall not  include any
transaction exempted from section 15(b)(2) of the Investment Company Act and (b)
the vote of the persons having voting rights in respect of the Trust referred to
in Section 12 shall be the affirmative votes of the lesser of (i) the holders of
more than 50% of all votes in respect of shares  entitled  to be cast in respect
of the Trust or (ii) the  holders  of at least 67% of the  votes in  respect  of
shares  which are  present at a meeting of such  persons if the  holders of more
than 50% of all votes in respect of shares entitled to be cast in respect of the
Trust are present or represented by proxy at such meeting,  in either ease voted
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  contained  in the  form of  Participation
Agreement or any policies on conflicts adopted by the Trust's Board of Trustees.

     SECTION 12. This  Agreement  shall  continue in effect only so long as such
continuance  is  specifically  approved  at least  annually by a majority of the
Trustees  of the  Trust  who are not  interested  persons  of the  Trust or ALFS
("Independent  Trustees")  and by (a) persons having voting rights in respect of
the  Trust,  by the vote  stated in Section  11,  voted in  accordance  with the
provisions  contained in the form of Participation  Agreement or any policies on
conflicts  adopted by the Board of  Trustees  of the Trust,  or (b) the Board of
Trustees of the Trust.  This  Agreement may be  terminated at any time,  without
penalty,  by a majority of the Independent  Trustees or by persons having voting
rights in respect of the Trust by the vote stated in Section 11.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     SECTION 13. This Agreement  shall  terminate  automatically  if it shall be
assigned.

     SECTION 14. The Trust shall  indemnify  and hold harmless ALFS from any and
all losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities (or actions in respect  thereof) to
which  ALFS  may  be  subject,  insofar  as  such  losses,  claims,  damages  or
liabilities  (or  actions  in  respect  thereof)  arise  out of or  result  from
negligent,  improper,  fraudulent or unauthorized acts or omissions by the Trust
or its  officers,  trustees,  agents  or  representatives,  other  than  acts or
omissions caused directly or indirectly by ALFS.

     ALFS will  indemnify and hold harmless the Trust,  its officers,  trustees,
agents and representatives  against any losses,  claims, damages or liabilities,
to which the Trust its officers, trustees, agents and representatives may become
subject,  insofar as such losses,  claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect  thereof)  arise out of or are based upon:  (i) any untrue  statement or
alleged untrue  statement of any material fact contained in the Trust Prospectus
and/or SAI or any supplements thereto;  (ii) the omission or alleged omission to
state any material fact required to be stated in the Trust Prospectus and/or SAI
or any  supplements  thereto or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein not
misleading; or (iii) other misconduct or negligence of ALFS in its capacity as a
principal  underwriter of the Trust's  shares and will reimburse the Trust,  its
officers,  Trustees,  agents and representatives for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with investigating or defending
against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action;  provided,  however, that
ALFS shall not be liable in any such  instance to the extent that any such loss,
claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or
alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission or alleged  omission  made in the Trust
Prospectus  and/or  SAI or any  supplement  in good faith  reliance  upon and in
conformity  with  written   information   furnished  by  the  Preparing  Parties
specifically for use in the preparation of the Trust Prospectus and/or SAI.

     SECTION 15. A copy of the Agreement and  Declaration  of Trust of the Trust
is on file with the  Secretary  of State of Delaware  and notice is given hereby
that this  Agreement  is  executed  on behalf  of the  trustees  of the Trust as
trustees and not  individually,  and that the  obligations  of or arising out of
this  Agreement  are  not  binding  upon  any of the  trustees  or  shareholders
individually  but  are  binding  only  upon  the  assets  and  property  of each
Portfolio.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed
as of the day and year first above written.



                             TRUST

                        By:  /s/Thomas J. Wilson

                             Chairman of the Board of Trustees



                             ALLSTATE LIFE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

                        By:  /s/John Hunter

                             President and Chief Executive Officer






                                       6
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A


                                 Portfolios of
                           LSA Variable Series Trust

                                 Focused Equity
                                 Growth Equity
                               Disciplined Equity
                                  Value Equity
                                    Balanced
                             Emerging Growth Equity






                                      -7-








                              CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


     AGREEMENT  made as of this 1st day of October,  1999,  between LSA VARIABLE
SERIES TRUST, a business trust organized under the laws of the state of Delaware
(the "Trust"), and INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company
(the "Bank").

     The Trust,  an open-end  management  investment  company,  on behalf of the
funds  listed on APPENDIX A hereto (as such  APPENDIX A may be amended from time
to time) (each a "Fund" and  collectively,  the  "Funds"),  desires to place and
maintain  all of its Fund  securities  and cash in the custody of the Bank.  The
Bank has at least the minimum qualifications required by Section 17(f)(1) of the
Investment  Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") to act as custodian of the Fund
securities and cash of the Trust,  and has indicated its  willingness to so act,
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.  BANK  APPOINTED  CUSTODIAN.  The  Trust  hereby  appoints  the  Bank as
custodian of its Fund  securities  and cash delivered to the Bank as hereinafter
described  and the Bank  agrees to act as such  upon the  terms  and  conditions
hereinafter set forth. For the services  rendered pursuant to this Agreement the
Trust agrees to pay to the Bank the fees set forth on APPENDIX B hereto.

     2. DEFINITIONS.  Whenever used herein, the terms listed below will have the
following meaning:

        2.1 AUTHORIZED  PERSON.  Authorized  Person will mean any of the persons
duly  authorized to give Proper  Instructions  or otherwise act on behalf of the
Trust by appropriate  resolution of its Board, and set forth in a certificate as
required by Section 4 hereof.

        2.2 BOARD. Board will mean the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

        2.3  SECURITY.  The term  security  as used  herein  will  have the same
meaning  assigned  to such  term in the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended,
including, without limitation, any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture,
evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit
sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate,  preorganization certificate or
subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate,
certificate  of deposit for a security,  fractional  undivided  interest in oil,
gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call,  straddle,  option, or privilege on
any security, certificate of deposit, or group or index of securities (including
any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle,
option, or privilege entered into on a national  securities exchange relating to
a foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as
a "security",  or any certificate of interest or participation  in, temporary or
interim  certificate  for,  receipt  for,  guarantee  of, or warrant or right to
subscribe to, or option  contract to purchase or sell any of the foregoing,  and
futures, forward contracts and options thereon.

<PAGE>

        2.4 FUND  SECURITY.  Fund Security  will mean any security  owned by the
Trust.

        2.5  OFFICERS'  CERTIFICATE.  Officers'  Certificate  will mean,  unless
otherwise indicated, any request,  direction,  instruction,  or certification in
writing signed by any two Authorized Persons of the Trust.

        2.6  BOOK-ENTRY  SYSTEM.   Book-Entry  System  shall  mean  the  Federal
Reserve-Treasury  Department  Book Entry  System for United  States  government,
instrumentality  and agency securities operated by the Federal Reserve Bank, its
successor or successors and its nominee or nominees.

        2.7  DEPOSITORY.  Depository  shall mean The  Depository  Trust  Company
("DTC"),   a  clearing  agency  registered  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  under Section 17A of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange
Act"),  its  successor  or  successors  and its  nominee or  nominees.  The term
"Depository"  shall further mean and include any other person  authorized to act
as a depository  under the 1940 Act, its successor or successors and its nominee
or nominees,  specifically identified in a certified copy of a resolution of the
Board.

        2.8 PROPER INSTRUCTIONS. Proper Instructions shall mean (i) instructions
regarding the purchase or sale of Fund  Securities,  and payments and deliveries
in connection therewith,  given by an Authorized Person, such instructions to be
given in such form and  manner as the Bank and the Trust  shall  agree upon from
time to time,  and (ii)  instructions  (which  may be  continuing  instructions)
regarding  other  matters  signed or initialed  by an  Authorized  Person.  Oral
instructions  will be  considered  Proper  Instructions  if the Bank  reasonably
believes them to have been given by an Authorized  Person. The Trust shall cause
all oral  instructions to be promptly  confirmed in writing.  The Bank shall act
upon and comply with any subsequent  Proper  Instruction  which modifies a prior
instruction and the sole obligation of the Bank with respect to any follow-up or
confirmatory  instruction  shall be to make  reasonable  efforts  to detect  any
discrepancy between the original instruction and such confirmation and to report
such  discrepancy to the Trust.  The Trust shall be responsible,  at the Trust's
expense, for taking any action, including any reprocessing, necessary to correct
any such  discrepancy or error,  and to the extent such action requires the Bank
to act, the Trust shall give the Bank  specific  Proper  Instructions  as to the
action required.  Upon receipt by the Bank of an Officers' Certificate as to the
authorization by the Board  accompanied by a detailed  description of procedures
approved by the Trust,  Proper Instructions may include  communication  effected
directly  between  electro-mechanical  or electronic  devices  provided that the
Board  and the Bank  agree in  writing  that  such  procedures  afford  adequate
safeguards for the Trust's assets.

     3. SEPARATE  ACCOUNTS.  If the Trust has more than one series or Fund,  the
Bank will  segregate  the assets of each series or Fund to which this  Agreement
relates  into a separate  account  for each such series or Fund  containing  the
assets of such series or Fund (and all investment earnings thereon).  Unless the
context otherwise requires, any reference in this Agreement to any actions to be
taken by the Trust shall be deemed to refer to the Trust acting on behalf of one
or more of its series,  any  reference  in this  Agreement  to any assets of the
Trust, including,  without limitation, any Fund securities and cash and earnings
thereon,  shall be deemed to refer only to assets of the applicable  series, any
duty or obligation  of the Bank  hereunder to the Trust shall be deemed to refer
to duties  and  obligations  with  respect  to such  individual  series  and any
obligation  or  liability  of the Trust  hereunder  shall be  binding  only with
respect  to such  individual  series,  and shall be  discharged  only out of the
assets of such series.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     4.  CERTIFICATION  AS TO  AUTHORIZED  PERSONS.  The  Secretary or Assistant
Secretary  of the Trust will at all times  maintain on file with the Bank his or
her certification to the Bank, in such form as may be acceptable to the Bank, of
(i) the names and signatures of the Authorized Persons and (ii) the names of the
members of the Board, it being understood that upon the occurrence of any change
in the information set forth in the most recent certification on file (including
without  limitation any person named in the most recent  certification who is no
longer an Authorized Person as designated  therein),  the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of the Trust will sign a new 6r amended  certification  setting  forth
the change and the new, additional or omitted names or signatures. The Bank will
be entitled to rely and act upon any  Officers'  Certificate  given to it by the
Trust  which has been  signed by  Authorized  Persons  named in the most  recent
certification received by the Bank.

     5.  CUSTODY OF CASH.  As  custodian  for the Trust,  the Bank will open and
maintain a separate  account or accounts in the name of the Trust or in the name
of the Bank,  as custodian of the Trust,  and will deposit to the account of the
Trust  all of the cash of the  Trust,  except  for cash  held by a  subcustodian
appointed  pursuant to Sections 14.2 or 14.3 hereof,  including borrowed Trusts,
delivered  to the  Bank,  subject  only to draft  or  order  by the Bank  acting
pursuant  to the  terms  of this  Agreement.  Pursuant  to the  Bank's  internal
policies  regarding  the  management  of cash  accounts,  the Bank may segregate
certain  portions  of the cash of the  Trust  into a  separate  savings  deposit
account upon which the Bank  reserves the right to require seven (7) days notice
prior to  withdrawal  of cash from such an account.  Upon receipt by the Bank of
Proper  Instructions  (which may be continuing  instructions)  or in the case of
payments for redemptions  and repurchases of outstanding  shares of common stock
of the Trust,  notification  from the  Trust's  transfer  agent as  provided  in
Section 7,  requesting  such  payment,  designating  the payee or the account or
accounts to which the Bank will release  funds for deposit,  and stating that it
is for a purpose  permitted  under the terms of this Section 5,  specifying  the
applicable subsection, the Bank will make payments of cash held for the accounts
of the Trust, insofar as funds are available for that purpose, only as permitted
in subsections 5.1-5.9 below.

        5.1  PURCHASE OF  SECURITIES.  Upon the purchase of  securities  for the
Trust, against contemporaneous receipt of such securities by the Bank or against
delivery of such  securities to the Bank in accordance  with generally  accepted
settlement  practices  and  customs in the  jurisdiction  or market in which the
transaction  occurs  registered  in the name of the  Trust or in the name of, or
properly  endorsed and in form for  transfer  to, the Bank,  or a nominee of the
Bank,  or receipt for the  account of the Bank  pursuant  to the  provisions  of
Section 6 below,  each such payment to be made at the purchase  price shown on a
broker's confirmation (or transaction report in the case of Book Entry Paper (as
that term is defined in Section  6.6  here6f))  of  purchase  of the  securities
received by the Bank before such  payment is made,  as  confirmed  in the Proper
Instructions received by the Bank before such payment is made.

        5.2  REDEMPTIONS.  In such amount as may be necessary for the repurchase
or redemption of common shares of the Trust offered for repurchase or redemption
in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement.

        5.3  DISTRIBUTIONS AND EXPENSES OF TRUST. For the payment on the account
of the Trust of dividends or other  distributions  to  shareholders  as may from
time  to  time  be  declared  by  the  Board,  interest,  taxes,  management  or
supervisory fees, distribution fees, fees of the Bank for its services hereunder
and  reimbursement  of the  expenses  and  liabilities  of the Bank as  provided
hereunder, fees of any transfer agent, fees for legal, accounting,  and auditing
services, or other operating expenses of the Trust.

                                       3
<PAGE>

        5.4 PAYMENT IN RESPECT OF  SECURITIES.  For payments in connection  with
the  conversion,   exchange  or  surrender  of  Fund  Securities  or  securities
subscribed to by the Trust held by or to be delivered to the Bank.

        5.5 REPAYMENT OF LOANS. To repay loans of money made to the Trust,  but,
in the case of  final  payment,  only  upon  redelivery  to the Bank of any Fund
Securities  pledged or  hypothecated  therefor  and upon  surrender of documents
evidencing the loan.

        5.6 REPAYMENT OF CASH. To repay the cash  delivered to the Trust for the
purpose of  collateralizing  the obligation to return to the Trust  certificates
borrowed from the Trust  representing Fund Securities,  but only upon redelivery
to the Bank of such borrowed certificates.

        5.7 FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS.

            (a) For payments in connection  with foreign  exchange  contracts or
options to purchase and sell  foreign  currencies  for spot and future  delivery
(collectively,  "Foreign Exchange  Agreements") which may be entered into by the
Bank on behalf of the Trust  upon the  receipt of Proper  Instructions.  If such
Proper  Instructions  specify the currency broker or banking  institution (which
may be the  Bank,  or any  other  subcustodian  or agent  hereunder,  acting  as
principal)  with which the contract or option is made, and the Bank did not have
discretion in choosing such currency broker or banking  institutions,  the Bank,
in its capacity as custodian  for the Trust,  shall have no duty with respect to
the selection of such currency  brokers or banking  institutions  with which the
Trust  deals or for their  failure to comply  with the terms of any  contract or
option.

            (b) In order to secure  any  payments  in  connection  with  Foreign
Exchange  Agreements  which may be entered  into by the Bank  pursuant to Proper
Instructions,  the Fund  agrees  that the  Bank,  in its  capacity  as a lending
institution  in  advancing  such  payments  on behalf of the Fund,  shall have a
continuing  lien and security  interest,  to the extent of any payment due under
any Foreign Exchange  Agreement,  in and to any property at any time held by the
Bank for the Fund's  benefit or in which the Fund has an  interest  and which is
then in the Bank's possession or control (or in the possession or control of any
third party acting on the Bank's  behalf).  The Fund authorizes the Bank, in the
Bank's  sole  discretion,  at any time to charge any such  payment due under any
Foreign Exchange Agreement against any balance of account standing to the credit
of the Fund on the Bank's books.

        5.8 OTHER AUTHORIZED PAYMENTS. For other authorized  transactions of the
Trust,  or other  obligations of the Trust  incurred for proper Trust  purposes;
provided  that  before  making  any such  payment  the Bank will also  receive a
certified  copy of a  resolution  of the Board  signed by an  Authorized  Person
(other  than  the  Person  certifying  such  resolution)  and  certified  by its
Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary,  naming  the person or persons to whom such
payment is to be made, and either  describing the  transaction for which payment
is to be made and declaring it to be an authorized  transaction of the Trust, or
specifying the amount of the obligation for which payment is to be made, setting
forth the purpose for which such  obligation  was  incurred and  declaring  such
purpose to be a proper corporate purpose.

                                       4
<PAGE>

        5.9  TERMINATION.  Upon the termination of this Agreement as hereinafter
set forth pursuant to Section 8 and Section 16 of this Agreement.

     6. SECURITIES.

        6.1 SEGREGATION AND REGISTRATION.  Except as otherwise  provided herein,
and except for securities to be delivered to any subcustodian appointed pursuant
to Sections  14.2 or 14.3 hereof,  the Bank as  custodian  will receive and hold
pursuant  to the  provisions  hereof;  in a  separate  account or  accounts  and
physically segregated at all times from those of other persons, any and all Fund
Securities  which may now or  hereafter be delivered to it by or for the account
of the Trust.  All such Fund  Securities will be held or disposed of by the Bank
for, and subject at all times to, the  instructions of the Trust pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.  Subject to the specific  provisions herein relating to
Fund Securities that are not physically held by the Bank, the Bank will register
all Fund  Securities  (unless  otherwise  directed by Proper  Instructions or an
Officers'  Certificate),  in the  name of a  registered  nominee  of the Bank as
defined  in the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and any  Regulations  of the  Treasury
Department issued thereunder, and will execute and deliver all such certificates
in connection  therewith as may be required by such laws or regulations or under
the laws of any state.

        The  Trust  will  from  time to time  furnish  to the  Bank  appropriate
instruments  to enable it to hold or deliver in proper form for transfer,  or to
register in the name of its registered  nominee,  any Fund Securities  which may
from time to time be registered in the name of the Trust.

        6.2 VOTING AND  PROXIES.  Neither  the Bank nor any  nominee of the Bank
will vote any of the Fund Securities  held hereunder,  except in accordance with
Proper  Instructions  or an  Officers'  Certificate.  The Bank will  execute and
deliver,  or cause to be  executed  and  delivered,  to the Trust  all  notices,
proxies and proxy  soliciting  materials  delivered  to the Bank with respect to
such  Securities,  such proxies to be executed by the registered  holder of such
Securities (if registered  otherwise than in the name of the Trust), but without
indicating the manner in which such proxies are to be voted.

        6.3 CORPORATE ACTION. If at any time the Bank is notified that an issuer
of any Fund  Security  has  taken  or  intends  to take a  corporate  action  (a
"Corporate Action") that affects the rights,  privileges,  powers,  preferences,
qualifications or ownership of a Fund Security,  including  without  limitation,
liquidation,    consolidation,    merger,   recapitalization,    reorganization,
reclassification, subdivision, combination, stock split or stock dividend, which
Corporate  Action requires an affirmative  response or action on the part of the
holder of such Fund  Security (a  "Response"),  the Bank shall  notify the Trust
promptly of the Corporate  Action,  the Response required in connection with the
Corporate  Action and the Bank's  deadline  for receipt from the Trust of Proper
Instructions  regarding the Response (the "Response  Deadline").  The Bank shall
forward  to the Trust via  telecopier  and/or  overnight  courier  all  notices,
information  statements  or other  materials  relating to the  Corporate  Action
promptly after receipt of such materials by the Bank.

                                       5
<PAGE>

            (a) The Bank shall act upon a required  Response  only after receipt
by the Bank of Proper Instructions from the Trust no later than 5:00 p.m. on the
date  specified as the  Response  Deadline and only if the Bank (or its agent or
subcustodian  hereunder)  has actual  possession  of all  necessary  Securities,
consents and other  materials  no later than 5:00 p.m. on the date  specified as
the Response Deadline.

            (b) The Bank shall have no duty to act upon a required  Response  if
Proper  Instructions  relating to such  Response and all  necessary  Securities,
consents and other  materials  are not received by and in the  possession of the
Bank no later than 5:00 p.m. on the date  specified  as the  Response  Deadline.
Notwithstanding,  the Bank may, in its sole discretion,  use its best efforts to
act upon a Response for which Proper Instructions  and/or necessary  Securities,
consents or other materials are received by the Bank after 5:00 p.m. on the date
specified  as the Response  Deadline,  it being  acknowledged  and agreed by the
parties  that  any  undertaking  by the  Bank to use its  best  efforts  in such
circumstances  shall in no way  create any duty upon the Bank to  complete  such
Response prior to its expiration.

            (c) In the event  that the Trust  notifies  the Bank of a  Corporate
Action  requiring a Response  and the Bank has  received no other notice of such
Corporate Action,  the Response Deadline shall be 48 hours prior to the Response
expiration time set by the depository processing such Corporate Action.

            (d) Section  14.3(e) of this  Agreement  shall govern any  Corporate
Action   involving   Foreign  Fund  Securities   held  by  a  Selected   Foreign
Sub-Custodian.

        6.4  BOOK-ENTRY  SYSTEM.  Provided (i) the Bank has received a certified
copy of a  resolution  of the Board  specifically  approving  deposits  of Trust
assets in the Book-Entry  System,  and (ii) for any  subsequent  changes to such
arrangements  following such  approval,  the Board has reviewed and approved the
arrangement  and  has  not  delivered  an  Officer's  Certificate  to  the  Bank
indicating that the Board has withdrawn its approval:

            (a) The Bank may  keep  Fund  Securities  in the  Book-Entry  System
provided that such Fund Securities are represented in an account  ("Account") of
the Bank (or its agent) in such System which shall not include any assets of the
Bank (or such  agent)  other than  assets  held as a  fiduciary,  custodian,  or
otherwise for customers;

            (b) The records of the Bank (and any such agent) with respect to the
Trust's  participation  in the  Book-Entry  System through the Bank (or any such
agent) will identify by book entry the Fund  Securities  which are included with
other  securities  deposited  in the Account  and shall at all times  during the
regular  business  hours of the Bank (or such agent) be open for  inspection  by
duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Trust. Where securities are
transferred  to the  Trust's  account,  the Bank  shall  also,  by book entry or
otherwise,  identify as  belonging  to the Trust a quantity of  securities  in a
fungible  bulk of  securities  (i)  registered  in the  name of the  Bank or its
nominee, or (ii) shown on the Bank's account on the books of the Federal Reserve
Bank;

            (c) The Bank (or its agent) shall pay for  securities  purchased for
the account of the Trust or shall pay cash collateral against the return of Fund
Securities  loaned by the Trust upon (i) receipt of advice  from the  Book-Entry
System that such Securities have been  transferred to the Account,  and (ii) the
making of an entry on the  records of the Bank (or its  agent) to  reflect  such
payment and transfer for the account of the Trust. The Bank (or its agent) shall
transfer securities sold or loaned for the account of the Trust upon:

                                       6
<PAGE>

               (i) receipt of advice from the Book-Entry System that payment for
securities sold or payment of the initial cash  collateral  against the delivery
of securities loaned by the Trust has been transferred to the Account; and


               (ii) the  making of an entry on the  records  of the Bank (or its
agent) to reflect such transfer and payment for the account of the Trust. Copies
of all advices from the  Book-Entry  System of transfers of  securities  for the
account of the Trust shall  identify the Trust,  be maintained  for the Trust by
the Bank and shall be provided to the Trust at its request.  The Bank shall send
the Trust a  confirmation,  as  defined  by Rule  17f4 of the 1940  Act,  of any
transfers to or from the account of the Trust; and

            (d) The Bank  will  promptly  provide  the  Trust  with  any  report
obtained by the Bank or its agent on the Book-Entry  System's accounting system,
internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities deposited
in the Book-Entry System.

        6.5 USE OF A DEPOSITORY.  Provided (i) the Bank has received a certified
copy of a  resolution  of the Board  specifically  approving  deposits in DTC or
other such Depository and (ii) for any subsequent  changes to such  arrangements
following such approval, the Board has reviewed and approved the arrangement and
has not delivered an Officer's Certificate to the Bank indicating that the Board
has withdrawn its approval:

            (a) The  Bank  may use a  Depository  to  hold,  receive,  exchange,
release,  lend, deliver and otherwise deal with Fund Securities  including stock
dividends,  rights and other items of like  nature,  and to receive and remit to
the Bank on behalf of the Trust all income  and other  payments  thereon  and to
take all steps necessary and proper in connection with the collection thereof;

            (b)  Registration  of Fund Securities may be made in the name of any
nominee or nominees used by such Depository;

            (c) Payment for  securities  purchased  and sold may be made through
the clearing medium employed by such Depository for transactions of participants
acting  through it. Upon any purchase of Fund  Securities,  payment will be made
only upon delivery of the  securities to or for the account of the Trust and the
Trust shall pay cash collateral  against the return of Fund Securities loaned by
the Trust only upon  delivery  of the  Securities  to or for the  account of the
Trust; and upon any sale of Fund Securities,  delivery of the Securities will be
made only against payment  therefor or, in the event Fund Securities are loaned,
delivery of  Securities  will be made only  against  receipt of the initial cash
collateral to or for the account of the Trust; and

            (d) The Bank shall use its best efforts to provide that:

               (i) The Depository  obtains  replacement of any certificated Fund
Security  deposited  with it in the  event  such  Security  is lost,  destroyed,
wrongfully  taken or otherwise not available to be returned to the Bank upon its
request;

                                       7
<PAGE>

               (ii) Proxy  materials  received by a  Depository  with respect to
Fund Securities deposited with such Depository are forwarded  immediately to the
Bank for prompt transmittal to the Trust;

               (iii) Such Depository  promptly forwards to the Bank confirmation
of any purchase or sale of Fund  Securities  and of the  appropriate  book entry
made by such Depository to the Trust's account;

               (iv)  Such  Depository  prepares  and  delivers  to the Bank such
records with respect to the  performance  of the Bank's  obligations  and duties
hereunder  as may be  necessary  for the Trust to comply with the  recordkeeping
requirements of Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and Rule 31(a) thereunder; and

               (v) Such Depository  delivers to the Bank all internal accounting
control reports, whether or not audited by an independent public accountant,  as
well as such  other  reports  as the Trust may  reasonably  request  in order to
verify the Fund Securities held by such Depository.

        6.6 USE OF BOOK-ENTRY SYSTEM FOR COMMERCIAL PAPER. Provided (i) the Bank
has  received  a  certified  copy  of a  resolution  of the  Board  specifically
approving  participation  in a system  maintained by the Bank for the holding of
commercial paper in book-entry form ("Book-Entry  Paper") and (ii) for each year
following  such  approval the Board has received and approved the  arrangements,
upon receipt of Proper  Instructions  and upon receipt of  confirmation  from an
Issuer (as defined below) that the Trust has purchased such Issuer's  Book-Entry
Paper, the Bank shall issue and hold in book-entry form, on behalf of the Trust,
commercial  paper  issued  by  issuers  with  whom the Bank has  entered  into a
book-entry agreement (the "Issuers").  In maintaining  procedures for Book-Entry
Paper, the Bank agrees that:

            (a) The Bank will maintain all Book-Entry Paper held by the Trust in
an account of the Bank that includes only assets held by it for customers;

            (b) The records of the Bank with respect to the Trust's  purchase of
Book-Entry Paper through the Bank will identify, by book-entry, commercial paper
belonging to the Trust which is included in the  Book-Entry  System and shall at
all times during the regular  business  hours of the Bank be open for inspection
by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Trust;

            (c) The  Bank  shall  pay for  Book-Entry  Paper  purchased  for the
account of the Trust upon  contemporaneous (i) receipt of advice from the Issuer
that such sale of Book-Entry Paper has been effected,  and (ii) the making of an
entry on the records of the Bank to reflect  such  payment and  transfer for the
account of the Trust;

            (d) The Bank shall cancel such Book-Entry  Paper obligation upon the
maturity  thereof  upon  contemporaneous  (i) receipt of advice that payment for
such Book-Entry  Paper has been transferred to the Trust, and (ii) the making of
an entry on the records of the Bank to reflect  such  payment for the account of
the Trust; and

                                       8
<PAGE>

            (e) The Bank will send to the Trust  such  reports  on its system of
internal  accounting  control with respect to the Book-Entry  Paper as the Trust
may reasonably request from time to time.

        6.7 [RESERVED]

        6.8 EURODOLLAR CDS. Any Fund Securities  which are Eurodollar CDs may be
physically held by the European branch of the U.S.  banking  institution that is
the issuer of such Eurodollar CD (a "European Branch"),  provided that such Fund
Securities are identified on the books of the Bank as belonging to the Trust and
that the  books of the Bank  identify  the  European  Branch  holding  such Fund
Securities.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  except as stated in the first  sentence of this  subsection  6.8, the
Bank shall be under no other duty with respect to such  Eurodollar CDs belonging
to the Trust.

        6.9 OPTIONS AND FUTURES TRANSACTIONS.

            (a) Puts  and  Calls  Traded  on  Securities  Exchanges,  NASDAQ  or
Over-the-Counter.

               (i) The Bank shall take  action as to put  options  ("puts")  and
call options ("calls") purchased or sold (written) by the Trust regarding escrow
or other  arrangements  (i) in accordance  with the  provisions of any agreement
entered  into  upon  receipt  of  Proper   Instructions   among  the  Bank,  any
broker-dealer  registered with the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc. (the "NASD"), and, if necessary, the Trust, relating to the compliance with
the rules of the Options  Clearing  Corporation  and of any registered  national
securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations.

               (ii)  Unless  another  agreement  requires  it to do so, the Bank
shall be under no duty or  obligation  to see that the Trust has deposited or is
maintaining adequate margin, if required, with any broker in connection with any
option, nor shall the Bank be under duty or obligation to present such option to
the broker for exercise unless it receives Proper  Instructions  from the Trust.
The  Bank  shall  have no  responsibility  for the  legality  of any put or call
purchased or sold on behalf of the Trust,  the propriety of any such purchase or
sale, or the adequacy of any collateral delivered to a broker in connection with
an option or deposited to or withdrawn from a Segregated  Account (as defined in
subsection  6.10 below).  The Bank  specifically,  but not by way of limitation,
shall not be under any duty or obligation to: (i)  periodically  check or notify
the  Trust  that the  amount  of such  collateral  held by a broker or held in a
Segregated Account is sufficient to protect such broker or the Trust against any
loss; (ii) effect the return of any collateral  delivered to a broker;  or (iii)
advise  the Trust  that any  option it holds,  has or is about to  expire.  Such
duties or obligations shall be the sole responsibility of the Trust.

            (b) Puts, Calls and Futures Traded on Commodities Exchanges

               (i) The Bank  shall  take  action as to puts,  calls and  futures
contracts  ("Futures")  purchased  or sold by the Trust in  accordance  with the
provisions of any agreement entered into upon the receipt of Proper Instructions
among the Trust, the Bank and a Futures Commission Merchant registered under the
Commodity  Exchange Act,  relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity
Futures  Trading   Commission   and/or  any  Contract  Market,  or  any  similar
organization or  organizations,  regarding  account  deposits in connection with
transactions by the Trust.

                                       9
<PAGE>

               (ii) The  responsibilities  of the Bank as to  futures,  puts and
calls traded on commodities  exchanges,  any Futures Commission Merchant account
and the Segregated Account shall be limited as set forth in subparagraph (a)(ii)
of this  Section  6.9 as if such  subparagraph  referred  to Futures  Commission
Merchants rather than brokers, and Futures and puts and calls thereon instead of
options.

        6.10  SEGREGATED  ACCOUNT.   The  Bank  shall  upon  receipt  of  Proper
Instructions  establish and maintain a Segregated Account or Accounts for and on
behalf of the Trust.

            (a) Cash and/or Fund Securities may be transferred into a Segregated
Account upon receipt of Proper Instructions in the following circumstances:

               (i) in accordance  with the provisions of any agreement among the
Trust,  the Bank and a  broker-dealer  registered  under the  Exchange Act and a
member  of the NASD or any  Futures  Commission  Merchant  registered  under the
Commodity  Exchange Act,  relating to  compliance  with the rules of the Options
Clearing  Corporation and of any registered  national securities exchange or the
Commodity  Futures Trading  Commission or any registered  Contract Market, or of
any similar  organizations  regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection
with transactions by the Trust;

               (ii)  for  the  purpose  of  segregating  cash or  securities  in
connection with options  purchased or written by the Trust or commodity  futures
purchased or written by the Trust;

               (iii)  for the  deposit  of  liquid  assets,  such as cash,  U.S.
Government  securities  or other high grade  debt  obligations,  having a market
value  (marked to market on a daily  basis) at all times  equal to not less than
the aggregate purchase price due on the settlement dates of all the Trust's then
outstanding  forward  commitment  or  "when-issued"  agreements  relating to the
purchase of Fund  Securities  and all the Trust's then  outstanding  commitments
under reverse repurchase agreements entered into with broker-dealer firms;

               (iv)  for the  purposes  of  compliance  by the  Trust  with  the
procedures  required  by  Investment  Company  Act  Release  No.  10666,  or any
subsequent  release  or  releases  of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission
relating to the  maintenance  of Segregated  Accounts by  registered  investment
companies; or

               (v) for other proper corporate purposes, but only, in the case of
this  clause  (v),  upon  receipt  of, in  addition  to Proper  Instructions,  a
certified  copy of a  resolution  of the Board signed by an officer of the Trust
and  certified  by the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary,  setting for the
purpose or purposes of such Segregated Account and declaring such purposes to be
proper corporate purposes.

            (b) Cash and/or Fund  Securities  may be withdrawn from a Segregated
Account pursuant to Proper Instructions in the following circumstances:

                                       10
<PAGE>

               (i) with  respect  to assets  deposited  in  accordance  with the
provisions  of  any  agreements  referenced  in  (a)(i)  or  (a)(ii)  above,  in
accordance with the provisions of such agreements;


               (ii) with  respect to assets  deposited  pursuant  to (a)(iii) or
(a)(iv)  above,  for sale or  delivery  to meet the  Trust's  obligations  under
outstanding  forward  commitment or  when-issued  agreements for the purchase of
Fund Securities and under reverse repurchase agreements;

               (iii) for exchange  for other  liquid  assets of equal or greater
value deposited in the Segregated Account;

               (iv)  to  the  extent  that  the  Trust's   outstanding   forward
commitment  or  when-issued  agreements  for the purchase of Fund  Securities or
reverse  repurchase  agreements  are  sold  to  other  parties  or  the  Trust's
obligations  thereunder are met from assets of the Trust other than those in the
Segregated Account;

               (v) for  delivery  upon  settlement  of a forward  commitment  or
when-issued agreement for the sale of Fund Securities; or

               (vi) with respect to assets  deposited  pursuant to (a)(v) above,
in  accordance  with  the  purposes  of such  account  as set  forth  in  Proper
Instructions.

        6.11  INTEREST  BEARING  CALL OR TIME  DEPOSITS.  The Bank  shall,  upon
receipt  of  Proper  Instructions  relating  to the  purchase  by the  Trust  of
interest-bearing  fixed-term  and  call  deposits,  transfer  cash,  by  wire or
otherwise,  in such  amounts and to such bank or banks as shall be  indicated in
such Proper Instructions.  The Bank shall include in its records with respect to
the  assets  of the Trust  appropriate  notation  as to the  amount of each such
deposit,  the banking  institution with which such deposit is made (the "Deposit
Bank"), and shall retain such forms of advice or receipt evidencing the deposit,
if any, as may be forwarded to the Bank by the Deposit Bank. Such deposits shall
be  deemed  Fund  Securities  of the Trust  and the  responsibility  of the Bank
therefore shall be the same as and no greater than the Bank's  responsibility in
respect of other Fund Securities of the Trust.

        6.12 TRANSFER OF SECURITIES.  The Bank will transfer,  exchange, deliver
or release Fund Securities held by it hereunder,  insofar as such Securities are
available for such purpose, provided that before making any transfer,  exchange,
delivery or release under this Section only upon receipt of Proper Instructions.
The Proper Instructions shall state that such transfer,  exchange or delivery is
for a purpose  permitted under the terms of this Section 6.12, and shall specify
the  applicable  subsection,  or describe  the purpose of the  transaction  with
sufficient  particularity  to  permit  the  Bank  to  ascertain  the  applicable
subsection.  After receipt of such Proper Instructions,  the Bank will transfer,
exchange,   deliver  or  release   Fund   Securities   only  in  the   following
circumstances:

            (a) Upon  sales of Fund  Securities  for the  account  of the Trust,
against  contemporaneous  receipt by the Bank of payment  therefor  in full,  or
against  payment to the Bank in accordance  with generally  accepted  settlement
practices  and customs in the  jurisdiction  or market in which the  transaction
occurs,  each such  payment  to be in the  amount of the sale  price  shown in a
broker's  confirmation of sale received by the Bank before such payment is made,
as confirmed in the Proper Instructions received by the Bank before such payment
is made;

                                       11
<PAGE>

            (b) In exchange for or upon conversion into other  securities  alone
or other  securities  and cash  pursuant  to any plan of merger,  consolidation,
reorganization,  share  split-up,  change  in  par  value,  recapitalization  or
readjustment or otherwise,  upon exercise of  subscription,  purchase or sale or
other similar rights represented by such Fund Securities,  or for the purpose of
tendering  shares in the event of a tender offer  therefor,  provided,  however,
that in the event of an offer of exchange,  tender offer,  or other  exercise of
rights  requiring the physical tender or delivery of Fund  Securities,  the Bank
shall have no liability  for failure to so tender in a timely manner unless such
Proper Instructions are received by the Bank at least two business days prior to
the date required for tender,  and unless the Bank (or its agent or subcustodian
hereunder)  has actual  possession  of such  Security at least two business days
prior to the date of tender;

            (c) Upon conversion of Fund Securities  pursuant to their terms into
other securities;

            (d) For the purpose of  redeeming  in-kind  shares of the Trust upon
authorization from the Trust;

            (e) In the  case  of  option  contracts  owned  by  the  Trust,  for
presentation to the endorsing broker;

            (f) When such Fund  Securities  are  called,  redeemed or retired or
otherwise become payable;

            (g) For the purpose of  effectuating  the pledge of Fund  Securities
held by the Bank in order to collateralize  loans made to the Trust by any bank,
including  the  Bank;  provided,  however,  that such  Fund  Securities  will be
released  only  upon  payment  to the Bank for the  account  of the Trust of the
moneys  borrowed,  provided  further,  however,  that in cases where  additional
collateral is required to secure a borrowing already made, and such fact is made
to appear in the Proper  Instructions,  Fund Securities may be released for that
purpose without any such payment.  In the event that any pledged Fund Securities
are held by the Bank,  they will be so held for the account of the  lender,  and
after  notice  to the  Trust  from the  lender  in  accordance  with the  normal
procedures of the lender and any loan agreement between the Trust and the lender
that an event of deficiency  or default on the loan has  occurred,  the Bank may
deliver such pledged Fund Securities to or for the account of the lender;

            (h) for the  purpose of  releasing  certificates  representing  Fund
Securities, against contemporaneous receipt by the Bank of the fair market value
of such security,  as set forth in the Proper Instructions  received by the Bank
before such payment is made;

            (i) for the purpose of delivering  securities lent by the Trust to a
bank or broker  dealer,  but only  against  receipt in  accordance  with  street
delivery custom except as otherwise  provided herein, of adequate  collateral as
agreed  upon from time to time by the Trust and the Bank,  and upon  receipt  of
payment in connection with any repurchase  agreement relating to such securities
entered into by the Trust;

                                       12
<PAGE>

            (j) for  other  authorized  transactions  of the  Trust or for other
proper corporate purposes;  provided that before making such transfer,  the Bank
will also receive a certified  copy of  resolutions  of the Board,  signed by an
authorized  officer  of the  Trust  (other  than  the  officer  certifying  such
resolution)  and certified by its Secretary or Assistant  Secretary,  specifying
the Fund Securities to be delivered, setting forth the transaction in or purpose
for which such  delivery  is to be made,  declaring  such  transaction  to be an
authorized  transaction  of the Trust or such  purpose to be a proper  corporate
purpose,  and naming the person or persons to whom  delivery of such  securities
shall be made; and

            (k) upon  termination  of this  Agreement as  hereinafter  set forth
pursuant to Section 8 and Section 16 of this Agreement.

     With the exception of subsection  6.12(k), as to any deliveries made by the
Bank  pursuant to this Section 6.12,  securities or cash  receivable in exchange
therefor shall be delivered to the Bank.

     7.  REDEMPTIONS.  In the case of payment of assets of the Trust held by the
Bank in connection with  redemptions and repurchases by the Trust of outstanding
common shares,  the Bank will rely on notification by the Trust's transfer agent
of receipt of a request for redemption and  certificates,  if issued,  in proper
form for  redemption  before  such  payment  is made.  Payment  shall be made in
accordance with the Declaration of Trust (the  "Declaration") and By-laws of the
Trust (the "By-laws"), from assets available for said purpose.

     8.  MERGER.  DISSOLUTION.  ETC.  OF  TRUST.  In the  case of the  following
transactions,  not in the ordinary course of business, namely, the merger of the
Trust into or the  consolidation of the Trust with another  investment  company,
the sale by the Trust of all,  or  substantially  all,  of its assets to another
investment  company,  or  the  liquidation  or  dissolution  of  the  Trust  and
distribution of its assets, the Bank will deliver the Fund Securities held by it
under  this  Agreement  and  disburse  cash only upon the order of the Trust set
forth  in  an  Officers'  Certificate,  accompanied  by a  certified  copy  of a
resolution  of the Board  authorizing  any of the foregoing  transactions.  Upon
completion  of such  delivery  and  disbursement  and the  payment  of the fees,
disbursements  and expenses of the Bank,  this  Agreement will terminate and the
Bank shall be released from any and all obligations hereunder.

     9. ACTIONS OF BANK WITHOUT PRIOR  AUTHORIZATION.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein  to the  contrary,  unless  and  until  the Bank  receives  an  Officers'
Certificate to the contrary,  the Bank will take the following  actions  without
prior authorization or instruction of the Trust or the transfer agent:

        9.1 Endorse for  collection  and collect on behalf of and in the name of
the Trust all checks, drafts, or other negotiable or transferable instruments or
other  orders for the  payment of money  received  by it for the  account of the
Trust and hold for the account of the Trust all income, dividends,  interest and
other payments or distributions of cash with respect to the Fund Securities held
thereunder;

                                       13
<PAGE>

        9.2 Present for  payment all coupons and other  income  items held by it
for the account of the Trust which call for payment upon  presentation  and hold
the cash received by it upon such payment for the account of the Trust;

        9.3  Receive  and hold  for the  account  of the  Trust  all  securities
received as a distribution  on Fund  Securities as a result of a stock dividend,
share  split-up,   reorganization,   recapitalization,   merger,  consolidation,
readjustment,  distribution of rights and similar securities issued with respect
to any Fund Securities held by it hereunder;

        9.4 Execute as agent on behalf of the Trust all necessary  ownership and
other  certificates and affidavits  required by the Internal Revenue Code or the
regulations of the Treasury Department issued thereunder,  or by the laws of any
state,  now  or  hereafter  in  effect,  inserting  the  Trust's  name  on  such
certificates as the owner of the securities  covered  thereby,  to the extent it
may lawfully do so and as may be required to obtain payment in respect  thereof.
The Bank will  execute and deliver such  certificates  in  connection  with Fund
Securities  delivered  to it or by it under this  Agreement  as may be  required
under the  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code and any  Regulations  of the
Treasury Department issued thereunder, or under the laws of any State;

        9.5 Present for payment all Fund Securities which are called,  redeemed,
retired or otherwise  become payable,  and hold cash received by it upon payment
for the account of the Trust; and

        9.6 Exchange  interim  receipts or temporary  securities  for definitive
securities.

     10.  COLLECTIONS  AND  DEFAULTS.  The Bank will use  reasonable  efforts to
collect any funds which may to its  knowledge  become  collectible  arising from
Fund Securities, including dividends, interest and other income, and to transmit
to the Trust notice actually received by it of any call for redemption, offer of
exchange,  right of subscription,  reorganization or other proceedings affecting
such  Securities.  If Fund  Securities  upon which such income is payable are in
default or payment is refused  after due demand or  presentation,  the Bank will
notify the Trust in writing of any default or refusal to pay within two business
days from the day on which it receives knowledge of such default or refusal.

     11. MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES.  The Bank will maintain
records with respect to transactions for which the Bank is responsible  pursuant
to the  terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  and in  compliance  with the
applicable  rules and  regulations of the 1940 Act. The books and records of the
Bank  pertaining to its actions under this  Agreement and reports by the Bank or
its independent  accountants  concerning its accounting  system,  procedures for
safeguarding  securities  and  internal  accounting  controls  will  be  open to
inspection and audit at reasonable times by officers of or auditors  employed by
the Trust and will be preserved by the Bank in the manner and in accordance with
the  applicable  rules and  regulations  under the 1940 Act. In the event of the
termination  of this  Agreement,  it is the  obligation  of the Bank to promptly
deliver to the Trust the books and  records  with  respect to  transactions  for
which the Bank is  responsible  pursuant  to the terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement.

                                       14
<PAGE>

     The Bank shall perform fund  accounting and shall keep the books of account
and render statements or copies from time to time as reasonably requested by the
Treasurer or any executive officer of the Trust.

     The  Bank  shall  assist   generally  in  the  preparation  of  reports  to
shareholders and others,  audits of accounts,  and other ministerial  matters of
like nature.

     The Bank  shall keep  records  relating  to the  services  to be  performed
hereunder,  in the  form and  manner  as it may deem  advisable.  To the  extent
required by Section 31 of the 1940 Act and the Rules thereunder, the Bank agrees
that all such  records  prepared  or  maintained  by the  Bank  relating  to the
services to be performed by the Bank hereunder are the confidential  property of
the Trust and will be  preserved,  maintained  and made  available in accordance
with such  Section  and Rules,  and will be  surrendered  to the Trust on and in
accordance with its request.

     12. TRUST EVALUATION AND YIELD CALCULATION

        12.1 TRUST  EVALUATION.  The Bank shall  compute and,  unless  otherwise
directed by the Board,  determine as of the close of regular  trading on the New
York Stock Exchange on each day on which said Exchange is open for  unrestricted
trading and as of such other days, or hours, if any, as may be authorized by the
Board,  the net asset value and the public  offering price of a share of capital
stock  of the  Trust,  such  determination  to be made in  accordance  with  the
provisions of the  Declaration  and By-laws and the  Prospectus and Statement of
Additional  Information  relating to the Trust, as they may from time to time be
amended,  and any  applicable  resolutions of the Board at the time in force and
applicable;  and promptly to notify the Trust,  the proper exchange and the NASD
or  such  other  persons  as the  Trust  may  request  of the  results  of  such
computation and determination.  In computing the net asset value hereunder,  the
Bank may rely in good faith upon  information  furnished to it by any Authorized
Person in respect of (i) the manner of accrual of the  liabilities  of the Trust
and in respect of liabilities of the Trust not appearing on its books of account
kept by the Bank, (ii) reserves, if any, authorized by the Board or that no such
reserves have been authorized,  (iii) the source of the quotations to be used in
computing the net asset value, (iv) the value to be assigned to any security for
which no price  quotations are  available,  and (v) the method of computation of
the public offering price on the basis of the net asset value of the shares, and
the Bank shall not be  responsible  for any loss  occasioned by such reliance or
for any good faith reliance on any quotations received from a source pursuant to
(iii) above.

        12.2. YIELD CALCULATION.  The Bank will compute the performance  results
of the Trust (the "Yield  Calculation")  in  accordance  with the  provisions of
Release No. 33-6753 and Release No. IC-16245 (February 2, 1988) (the "Releases")
promulgated  by the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  and any  subsequent
amendments to, published  interpretations of or general conventions  accepted by
the  staff of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  with  respect  to such
releases or the subject matter thereof  ("Subsequent Staff Positions"),  subject
to the terms set forth below:

            (a) The Bank shall compute the Yield  Calculation  for the Trust for
the stated periods of time as shall be mutually  agreed upon, and communicate in
a timely manner the result of such computation to the Trust.

                                       15
<PAGE>

            (b) In performing  the Yield  Calculation,  the Bank will derive the
items of data  necessary for the  computation  from the records it generates and
maintains  for the Trust  pursuant  Section  11  hereof.  The Bank shall have no
responsibility  to review,  confirm,  or otherwise  assume any duty or liability
with respect to the accuracy or  correctness  of any such data supplied to it by
the Trust, any of the Trust's designated agents or any of the Trust's designated
third party providers.

            (c) At the  request of the Bank,  the Trust shall  provide,  and the
Bank shall be  entitled  to rely on,  written  standards  and  guidelines  to be
followed by the Bank in interpreting  and applying the  computation  methods set
forth in the Releases or any  Subsequent  Staff  Positions as they  specifically
apply to the Trust. In the event that the computation methods in the Releases or
the Subsequent  Staff Positions or the application to the Trust of a standard or
guideline  is not free  from  doubt or in the  event  there is any  question  of
interpretation as to the characterization of a particular security or any aspect
of a security or a payment with respect thereto (e.g.,  original issue discount,
participating debt security,  income or return of capital, etc.) or otherwise or
as to any other element of the computation  which is pertinent to the Trust, the
Trust or its designated agent shall have the full  responsibility for making the
determination  of how the  security or payment is to be treated for  purposes of
the  computation and how the computation is to be made and shall inform the Bank
thereof  on a  timely  basis.  The Bank  shall  have no  responsibility  to make
independent  determinations  with  respect  to any item which is covered by this
Section,  and shall not be responsible for its  computations  made in accordance
with  such  determinations  so  long  as such  computations  are  mathematically
correct.

            (d) The Trust shall keep the Bank informed of all publicly available
information and of any non-public  advice, or information  obtained by the Trust
from its  independent  auditors  or by its  personnel  or the  personnel  of its
investment adviser, or Subsequent Staff Positions related to the computations to
be undertaken  by the Bank pursuant to this  Agreement and the Bank shall not be
deemed have knowledge of such information  (except as contained in the Releases)
unless it has been furnished to the Bank in writing.

     13. ADDITIONAL SERVICES. The Bank shall perform the additional services for
the Trust as are set forth on APPENDIX C hereto.  APPENDIX C may be amended from
time to time  upon  agreement  of the  parties  to  include  further  additional
services  to be  provided  by the Bank to the Trust,  at which time the fees set
forth in APPENDIX B may be appropriately increased.

     14. DUTIES OF THE BANK.

        14.1  PERFORMANCE  OF DUTIES AND  STANDARD OF CARE.  In  performing  its
duties hereunder and any other duties listed on any Schedule hereto, if any, the
Bank will be entitled to receive and act upon the advice of independent  counsel
of its own  selection,  which may be counsel for the Trust,  and will be without
liability for any action taken or thing done or omitted to be done in accordance
with this Agreement in good faith in conformity with such advice.

        The Bank will be under no duty or  obligation  to inquire  into and will
not be liable for:

            (a) the validity of the issue of any Fund Securities purchased by or
for the Trust,  the legality of the  purchases  thereof or the  propriety of the
price incurred therefor;

                                       16
<PAGE>

            (b) the  legality of any sale of any Fund  Securities  by or for the
Trust or the propriety of the amount for which the same are sold;

            (c) the  legality  of an issue or sale of any  common  shares of the
Trust or the sufficiency of the amount to be received therefor;

            (d) the legality of the repurchase of any common shares of the Trust
or the propriety of the amount to be paid therefor;

            (e) the legality of the declaration of any dividend by a Fund or the
legality of the  distribution  of any Fund Securities as payment in kind of such
dividend; and

            (f) any property or moneys of the Trust unless and until received by
it, and any such  property  or moneys  delivered  or paid by it  pursuant to the
terms hereof.

        Moreover, the Bank will not be under any duty or obligation to ascertain
whether  any  Fund  Securities  at any time  delivered  to or held by it for the
account  of the Trust are such as may  properly  be held by the Trust  under the
provisions of its  Declaration,  By-laws,  any federal or state  statutes or any
rule or regulation of any governmental agency.

        14.2 AGENTS AND SUBCUSTODIANS WITH RESPECT TO PROPERTY OF THE TRUST HELD
             IN THE UNITED STATES.

        The Bank may employ  agents of its own selection in the  performance  of
its duties hereunder and shall be responsible for the acts and omissions of such
agents as if performed by the Bank  hereunder.  Without  limiting the foregoing,
certain duties of the Bank hereunder may be performed by one or more  affiliates
of the Bank.

        Upon receipt of Proper  Instructions,  the Bank may employ subcustodians
selected  by  or  at  the  direction  of  the  Trust,  provided  that  any  such
subcustodian  meets at least the  minimum  qualifications  required  by  Section
17(f)(1)  of the 1940  Act to act as a  custodian  of the  Trust's  assets  with
respect to property of the Trust held in the United States.  The Bank shall have
no liability to the Fund or any other person by reason of any act or omission of
any such subcustodian and the Fund shall indemnify the Bank and hold it harmless
from and against any and all  actions,  suits and  claims,  arising  directly or
indirectly out of the performance of any such subcustodian.  Upon request of the
Bank,  the Trust shall assume the entire  defense of any action,  suit, or claim
subject to the foregoing indemnity. The Trust shall pay all fees and expenses of
any such subcustodian.

        14.3  DUTIES OF THE BANK WITH  RESPECT  TO  PROPERTY  OF THE TRUST  HELD
              OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES.

            (a) APPOINTMENT OF FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER

               (i) If the Trust has appointed the Bank Foreign  Custody  Manager
(as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5  under the 1940 Act),  the Bank's  duties
and  obligations  with respect to the Trust's Fund  Securities  and other assets
maintained  outside  the  United  States  shall be, to the  extent not set forth
herein, as set forth in the Delegation  Agreement between the Trust and the Bank
(the "Delegation Agreement").

                                       17
<PAGE>

               (ii) If the  Trust  has  appointed  any  other  person  or entity
Foreign Custody Manager,  the Bank shall act only upon Proper  Instructions from
the Trust with regard to any of the Trust's Fund Securities or other assets held
or to be held  outside  of the  United  States,  and the Bank  shall be  without
liability  for any Claim (as that term is defined in Section 15 hereof)  arising
out of maintenance of the Trust's Fund Securities or other assets outside of the
United  States.  The  Trust  also  agrees  that it shall  enter  into a  written
agreement  with such Foreign  Custody  Manager that shall  obligate such Foreign
Custody  Manager  to  provide  to the Bank in a timely  manner  all  information
required by the Bank in order to complete its  obligations  hereunder.  The Bank
shall not be liable for any Claim  arising  out of the  failure of such  Foreign
Custody Manager to provide such information to the Bank.

            (b) SEGREGATION OF SECURITIES.  The Bank shall identify on its books
as  belonging  to the Trust the Foreign  Fund  Securities  held by each  foreign
sub-custodian  (each an "Eligible  Foreign  Custodian")  selected by the Foreign
Custody  Manager,  subject to receipt by the Bank of the  necessary  information
from such Eligible  Foreign  Custodian if the Foreign Custody Manager is not the
Bank.

            (c) ACCESS OF INDEPENDENT  ACCOUNTANTS OF THE TRUST.  If the Bank is
the Trust's Foreign Custody  Manager,  upon request of the Trust,  the Bank will
use its best efforts to arrange for the independent  accountants of the Trust to
be afforded access to the books and records of any foreign  banking  institution
employed  as an  Eligible  Foreign  Custodian  insofar as such books and records
relate to the performance of such foreign banking institution with regard to the
Trust's Fund Securities and other assets.

            (d)  REPORTS BY BANK.  If the Bank is the  Trust's  Foreign  Custody
Manager,  the Bank  will  supply to the Trust  the  reports  required  under the
Delegation Agreement.

            (e)  TRANSACTIONS  IN FOREIGN  CUSTODY  ACCOUNT.  Transactions  with
respect to the assets of the Trust held by an Eligible  Foreign  Custodian shall
be effected pursuant to Proper Instructions from the Trust to the Bank and shall
be effected in  accordance  with the  applicable  agreement  between the Foreign
Custody Manager and such Eligible Foreign Custodian.  If at any time any Foreign
Fund  Securities  shall be registered in the name of the nominee of the Eligible
Foreign  Custodian,  the Trust agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any
liability by reason of the  registration  of such securities in the name of such
nominee.

            Notwithstanding  any  provision of this  Agreement to the  contrary,
settlement and payment for Foreign Fund  Securities  received for the account of
the Trust and delivery of Foreign Fund Securities  maintained for the account of
the  Trust  may  be  effected  in  accordance  with  the  customary  established
securities  trading or securities  processing  practices  and  procedures in the
jurisdiction  or market  in which the  transaction  occurs,  including,  without
limitation,  delivering  securities  to the  purchaser  thereof  or to a  dealer
therefor (or an agent for such  purchaser or dealer)  against a receipt with the
expectation of receiving  later payment for such  securities from such purchaser
or dealer.

                                       18
<PAGE>

            In  connection  with any  action  to be taken  with  respect  to the
Foreign Fund Securities  held  hereunder,  including,  without  limitation,  the
exercise of any voting rights,  subscription rights, redemption rights, exchange
rights,  conversion  rights or tender rights,  or any other action in connection
with any other  right,  interest or privilege  with  respect to such  Securities
(collectively, the "Rights"), the Bank shall promptly transmit to the Trust such
information  in  connection  therewith  as is made  available to the Bank by the
Eligible  Foreign  Custodian,  and  shall  promptly  forward  to the  applicable
Eligible  Foreign  Custodian  any  instructions,  forms or  certifications  with
respect to such Rights, and any instructions relating to the actions to be taken
in connection  therewith,  as the Bank shall receive from the Trust  pursuant to
Proper  Instructions.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Bank  shall have no
further  duty or  obligation  with respect to such  Rights,  including,  without
limitation, the determination of whether the Trust is entitled to participate in
such Rights under  applicable  U.S. and foreign  laws, or the  determination  of
whether any action proposed to be taken with respect to such Rights by the Trust
or by the applicable  Eligible Foreign Custodian will comply with all applicable
terms and conditions of any such Rights or any applicable  laws or  regulations,
or market  practices  within the  market in which such  action is to be taken or
omitted.

            (f) TAX LAW. The Bank shall have no  responsibility or liability for
any obligations  now or hereafter  imposed on the Trust or the Bank as custodian
of  the  Trust  by the  tax  laws  of any  jurisdiction,  and  it  shall  be the
responsibility of the Trust to notify the Bank of the obligations imposed on the
Trust or the Bank as the  custodian  of the Trust by the tax law of any non-U.S.
jurisdiction,   including   responsibility  for  withholding  and  other  taxes,
assessments  or other  governmental  charges,  certifications  and  governmental
reporting. The sole responsibility of the Eligible Foreign Custodian with regard
to such tax law shall be to use  reasonable  efforts  to assist  the Trust  with
respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of  jurisdictions
for which the Trust has provided such information.

        14.4  INSURANCE.  The Bank  shall use the same care with  respect to the
safekeeping  of Fund  Securities  and cash of the Trust held by it as it uses in
respect  of its own  similar  property  but it need  not  maintain  any  special
insurance for the benefit of the Trust.

        14.5. FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE BANK. The Trust will pay or reimburse the
Bank from time to time for any  transfer  taxes  payable  upon  transfer of Fund
Securities made hereunder, and for all necessary proper disbursements,  expenses
and charges made or incurred by the Bank in the  performance  of this  Agreement
(including  any duties  listed on any Schedule  hereto,  if any)  including  any
indemnities for any loss,  liabilities or expense to the Bank as provided above.
For the services rendered by the Bank hereunder,  the Trust will pay to the Bank
such compensation or fees at such rate and at such times as shall be agreed upon
in writing by the parties  from time to time.  The Bank will also be entitled to
reimbursement by the Trust for all reasonable  expenses  incurred in conjunction
with termination of this Agreement.

        14.6 ADVANCES BY THE BANK. The Bank may, in its sole discretion, advance
funds on behalf of the Trust to make any  payment  permitted  by this  Agreement
upon receipt of any proper  authorization  required by this  Agreement  for such
payments by the Trust.  Should such a payment or payments,  with advanced funds,
result in an overdraft (due to  insufficiencies  of the Trust's account with the
Bank,  or for any other  reason)  this  Agreement  deems any such  overdraft  or
related  indebtedness  a loan made by the  Bank,  in its  capacity  as a lending
institution,  to the Trust payable on demand. Such overdraft shall bear interest
at the current  rate  charged by the Bank for such loans  unless the Trust shall
provide the Bank with agreed upon  compensating  balances.  The Fund agrees that
the Bank, in its capacity as a lending institution, shall have a continuing lien
and security  interest to the extent of any overdraft or indebtedness and to the
extent  required by law,  in and to any  property at any time held by it for the
Fund's  benefit  or in which the Fund has an  interest  and which is then in the
Bank's possession or control (or in the possession or control of any third party
acting on the Bank's behalf).  The Trust authorizes the Bank, in the Bank's sole
discretion,  at any time to charge any overdraft or indebtedness,  together with
interest due thereon,  against any balance of account  standing to the credit of
the Trust on the Bank's books.

                                       19
<PAGE>

     15. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

        15.1  LIMITATION  OF BANK  LIABILITY.  Notwithstanding  anything in this
Agreement to the  contrary,  in no event shall the Bank or any of its  officers,
directors,  employees or agents  (collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties") be
liable to the Trust or any third party,  and the Trust shall  indemnify and hold
the Bank and the Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any and all loss,
damage, liability,  actions, suits, claims, costs and expenses,  including legal
fees, (a "Claim")  arising as a result of any act or omission of the Bank or any
Indemnified  Party under this Agreement,  except for any Claim resulting  solely
from  the  negligence,  willful  misfeasance  or bad  faith  of the  Bank or any
Indemnified  Party.  Without  limiting the  foregoing,  neither the Bank nor the
Indemnified  Parties  shall be  liable  for,  and the  Bank and the  Indemnified
Parties shall be indemnified against, any Claim arising as a result of:

            (a) Any act or omission by the Bank or any Indemnified Party in good
faith  reliance upon the terms of this  Agreement,  any  Officer's  Certificate,
Proper  Instructions,  resolution of the Board,  telegram,  telecopier,  notice,
request,  certificate  or other  instrument  reasonably  believed by the Bank to
genuine;

            (b) Any act or  omission of any  subcustodian  selected by or at the
direction of the Trust;

            (c) Any act or omission of any Foreign  Custody  Manager  other than
the Bank or any act or omission of any Eligible Foreign Custodian if the Bank is
not the Foreign Custody Manager;

            (d) Any  Corporate  Action,  distribution  or other event related to
Fund Securities  which, at the direction of the Trust,  have not been registered
in the name of the Bank or its nominee;

            (e) Any Corporate Action requiring a Response for which the Bank has
not received Proper  Instructions or obtained actual possession of all necessary
Securities,  consents or other  materials by 5:00 p.m. on the date  specified as
the Response Deadline;

            (f) Any act or omission  of any  European  Branch of a U.S.  banking
institution  that  is the  issuer  of  Eurodollar  CDs in  connection  with  any
Eurodollar CDs held by such European Branch; or

                                       20
<PAGE>

            (g) Information  relied on in good faith by the Bank and supplied by
any Authorized  Person in connection  with the  calculation of (i) the net asset
value and public  offering  price of the shares of capital stock of the Trust or
(ii) the Yield Calculation.

        15.2  LIMITATION OF TRUST  LIABILITY.  The Bank shall indemnify and hold
the Trust harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges,
legal fees, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributed to any
action or failure or omission to act by the Bank as a result of the  negligence,
willful misfeasance or bad faith of the Bank or any Indemnified Party.

        15.3 CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

            (a) Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Agreement,  in
no event shall the Bank or the Indemnified Parties be liable to the Trust or any
third party for lost  profits or lost  revenues or any  special,  consequential,
punitive or incidental  damages of any kind  whatsoever in connection  with this
Agreement or any activities hereunder.

            (b) Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Agreement,  in
no event shall the Trust or the Trust Indemnified  Parties be liable to the Bank
or  any  third  party  for  lost  profits  or  lost  revenues  or  any  special,
consequential,  punitive  or  incidental  damages  of  any  kind  whatsoever  in
connection with this Agreement or any activities hereunder.

        15.4 FORCE  MAJEURE.  In the event either party is unable to perform its
obligations  under  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  because  of  acts  of  God,
earthquakes,  fires, floods, storms or other disturbances of nature,  epidemics,
strikes, riots, nationalization,  expropriation,  currency restrictions, acts of
war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, nuclear fusion, fission or radiation,
the interruption, loss or malfunction of utilities,  transportation or computers
(hardware or software) and computer  facilities,  the  unavailability  of energy
sources and other similar  happenings or events,  such party shall not be liable
to the other for compensation nor for any damages resulting from such failure to
perform or otherwise from such causes.

     16. TERMINATION.

        16.1 The term of this Agreement shall be three years commencing upon the
date hereof (the "Initial Term"),  unless earlier terminated as provided herein.
After the  expiration  of the Initial  Term,  the term of this  Agreement  shall
automatically renew for successive one-year terms (each a "Renewal Term") unless
notice of non-renewal is delivered by the non-renewing  party to the other party
no later than ninety  days prior to the  expiration  of the Initial  Term or any
Renewal Term, as the case may be.

            (a) Either party hereto may terminate  this  Agreement  prior to the
expiration  of the  Initial  Term in the  event  the other  party  violates  any
material  provision of this  Agreement,  provided that the  non-violating  party
gives written notice of such violation to the violating  party and the violating
party does not cure such  violation  within  forty-five  (45) days of receipt of
such notice.

                                       21
<PAGE>

            (b) If,  during  the  Initial  Term of this  Agreement,  a state  or
Federal  statutory  or  regulatory  change  shall  occur  such  that the sale of
variable  products by insurance  companies  generally is no longer feasible (and
such change is evidenced by changes in the sales practices for variable products
across the  insurance  industry)  and as a result,  the Board of Trustees of the
Fund  votes to  liquidate  the  Fund and  terminate  its  registration  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, written notice (the "Liquidation Notice") of
such  determination  setting forth the reasons for such  determination  shall be
provided to the Bank. In order to be effective,  any Liquidation  Notice must be
executed by two  officers  of the Fund.  The Bank  shall,  within  seven days of
receipt of such a Liquidation Notice,  reply to the Fund as to whether it agrees
that  the  terms  of the  Liquidation  Notice  meet  the  requirements  of  this
paragraph,  which  agreement  shall  not be  unreasonably  withheld.  Upon  such
agreement,  the Fund may terminate this Agreement  without  additional action by
the Fund's Board upon an additional sixty (60) days written notice.

            Should this Agreement be terminated in accordance  with the terms of
this  paragraph,  the Fund shall pay to the Bank,  in lieu of the fees for which
the Fund would otherwise be liable to the Bank hereunder  through the end of the
Initial Term, the following amounts:

     i.   If during the first year of the Initial Term the Fund shall pay to the
          Bank an amount  equal to the fees that  would  otherwise  be due under
          this  Agreement  through the last day of the  eighteenth  month of the
          Initial Term,  WITHOUT  giving effect to the discount  provided on the
          first years' fees set forth in Appendix B;

     ii.  If during the second  year of the  Initial  Term the Fund shall pay to
          the Bank an amount equal to the fees that would otherwise be due under
          this Agreement  through the last day of the second year of the Initial
          Term;

     iii. If during the third year of the Initial Term the Fund shall pay to the
          Bank an amount  equal to the fees that  would  otherwise  be due under
          this Agreement through the end of the Initial Term.

            (c) Either party may  terminate  this  Agreement  during any Renewal
Term  upon  ninety  days  written  notice to the other  party.  Any  termination
pursuant to this paragraph  16.1(b) shall be effective  upon  expiration of such
ninety days, provided,  however, that the effective date of such termination may
be postponed to a date not more than one hundred  twenty days after  delivery of
the written notice:  (i) at the request of the Bank, in order to prepare for the
transfer by the Bank of all of the assets of the Trust held  hereunder;  or (ii)
at the request of the Trust,  in order to give the Trust an  opportunity to make
suitable arrangements for a successor custodian.

        16.2 In the event of the  termination of this  Agreement,  the Bank will
immediately  upon  receipt  or  transmittal,  as the case may be,  of  notice of
termination, commence and prosecute diligently to completion the transfer of all
cash and the  delivery  of all Fund  Securities  duly  endorsed  and all records
maintained  under Section 11 to the successor  custodian  when  appointed by the
Trust. The obligation of the Bank to deliver and transfer over the assets of the
Trust held by it directly to such  successor  custodian will commence as soon as
such successor is appointed and will continue until  completed as aforesaid.  If
the Trust does not select a successor custodian within ninety (90) days from the
date of  delivery  of  notice  of  termination  the  Bank  may,  subject  to the
provisions of subsection 16.3, deliver the Fund Securities and cash of the Trust
held by the Bank to a bank or trust  company of the Bank's own  selection  which
meets the  requirements  of Section  17(f)(1) of the 1940 Act and has a reported
capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating not less than $2,000,000,  to
be held as the property of the Trust under terms  similar to those on which they
were held by the Bank,  whereupon  such bank or trust company so selected by the
Bank will become the  successor  custodian  of such assets of the Trust with the
same  effect as though  selected  by the  Board.  Thereafter,  the Bank shall be
released from any and all obligations under this Agreement.

                                       22
<PAGE>

        16.3  Prior to the  expiration  of  ninety  (90)  days  after  notice of
termination has been given,  the Trust may furnish the Bank with an order of the
Trust  advising that a successor  custodian  cannot be found willing and able to
act upon reasonable and customary terms and that there has been submitted to the
shareholders  of the Trust the question of whether the Trust will be  liquidated
or will  function  without a  custodian  for the assets of the Trust held by the
Bank.  In that event the Bank will deliver the Fund  Securities  and cash of the
Trust  held  by it,  subject  as  aforesaid,  in  accordance  with  one of  such
alternatives  which may be approved by the requisite vote of shareholders,  upon
receipt by the Bank of a copy of the minutes of the meeting of  shareholders  at
which  action was taken,  certified by the Trust's  Secretary  and an opinion of
counsel to the Trust in form and content  satisfactory to the Bank.  Thereafter,
the Bank shall be released from any and all obligations under this Agreement.

        16.4 The Trust  shall  reimburse  the Bank for any  reasonable  expenses
incurred by the Bank in connection with the termination of this Agreement and/or
the  liquidation or deliverance of the Fund  Securities and cash of the Trust to
the successor custodian or other shareholder approved alternative,  whatever the
case may be.

        16.5 After  termination of this  Agreement,  it is the obligation of the
Bank to promptly  deliver to the Trust the  records of the Bank  relating to its
performance of its duties as custodian.

     17.  CONFIDENTIALITY.   Both  parties  hereto  agree  than  any  non-public
information  obtained  hereunder  concerning the other party is confidential and
may not be disclosed  without the consent of the other  party,  except as may be
required by  applicable  law or at the  request of a  governmental  agency.  The
parties further agree that a breach of this provision would  irreparably  damage
the other party and accordingly agree that each of them is entitled, in addition
to all  other  remedies  at law or in  equity to an  injunction  or  injunctions
without bond or other security to prevent breaches of this provision.

     18.  NOTICES.  Any  notice or other  instrument  in writing  authorized  or
required  by  this  Agreement  to be  given  to  either  party  hereto  will  be
sufficiently  given if  addressed  to such  party and  delivered  via (I) United
States  Postal  Service   registered   mail,   (ii)   telecopier   with  written
confirmation,  (iii) hand delivery with signature to such party at its office at
the address set forth below, namely:

            (a) In the case of notices sent to the Trust to:

                                       23


<PAGE>

                LSA Variable Series Trust
                Allstate Life Insurance Company
                3100 Sanders Road, Suite J5B
                Northbrook, Illinois 60062
                Attention: Jeanette Donahue, Vice President, Chief Operations
                Officer
                With a copy to: Barbara J. Whisler, Secretary, Chief Compliance
                Officer

            (b) In the case of notices sent to the Bank to:

                Investors Bank & Trust Company
                200 Clarendon Street, P.O. Box 9130
                Boston, Massachusetts 02117-9130
                Attention: Robert C. Conron, Director - Client Management
                With a copy to: John E. Henry, General Counsel

            or at such other place as such party may from time to time designate
in writing.

     19. AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement,  its Appendices and Schedules,  may not be
altered  or  amended,  except by an  instrument  in  writing,  executed  by both
parties.

     20.  PARTIES.  This  Agreement  will be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the  parties  hereto and their  respective  successors  and  assigns;
provided,  however,  that this  Agreement  will not be  assignable  by the Trust
without  the  written  consent of the Bank or by the Bank  without  the  written
consent of the Trust, authorized and approved by its Board; and provided further
that termination proceedings pursuant to Section 16 hereof will not be deemed to
be an assignment within the meaning of this provision.

     21.  GOVERNING  LAW. This Agreement and all  performance  hereunder will be
governed by the laws of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  without regard to
conflict of laws provisions.

     22.  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
counterparts,  each of  which  shall  be  deemed  to be an  original,  but  such
counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.

     23.  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement,  together  with  its  Appendices,
constitutes the sole and entire  agreement  between the parties  relating to the
subject  matter herein and does not operate as an acceptance of any  conflicting
terms or provisions of any other  instrument  and  terminates and supersedes any
and all prior  agreements and  undertakings  between the parties relating to the
subject matter herein.

     24. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  The Bank agrees that the obligations  assumed
by the Trust  hereunder shall be limited in all cases to the assets of the Trust
and that the Bank shall not seek  satisfaction  of any such  obligation from the
officers, agents, employees, trustees, or shareholders of the Trust.

                                       24
<PAGE>

     25.  SEVERAL  OBLIGATIONS  OF THE FUNDS.  This  Agreement  is an  agreement
entered  into  between  the Bank and the Trust with  respect to each Fund.  With
respect to any obligation of the Trust on behalf of any Fund arising out of this
Agreement,  the Bank shall look for payment or  satisfaction  of such obligation
solely to the assets of the Fund to which such obligation  relates as though the
Bank had separately  contracted  with the Trust by separate  written  instrument
with respect to each Fund.

     26.  SEVERABILITY.  If any  provision  of  this  Agreement  is  held  to be
unenforceable  or invalid,  that provision  shall be severed from this Agreement
and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.






                  [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

                                       25
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
executed by their  respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized as of the day
and year first written above.


                                LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST



                                By:  /s/ John R. Hunter
                                     ------------------
                                Name:  John R. Hunter
                                Title:  President


                                INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY



                                By: /s/ Robert D. Mancuso
                                    ---------------------
                                Name: Robert D. Mancuso
                                Title: Senior Vice President

                                       26
<PAGE>

                                   Appendix A

                           LSA Variable Series Trust

                                   Fund List



IBT
Account    Fund                         Adviser
- ------     ----                         -------

 255       Focused Equity               Morgan Stanley Asset Management
 260       Growth Equity                Goldman Sachs Asset Management
 265       Disciplined Equity           JP Morgan Investment Management Inc.
 270       Value Equity                 Salomon Brothees Asset Management Inc.
 275       Balanced                     OpCap Advisors
 280       Emerging Growth
           Domestic Equity              RS Investment Management, L.P.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                   Appendix B

                           LSA Variable Series Trust
                             Proposed Fee Schedule*
                               For 6 Mutual Funds


                       DOMESTIC CUSTODY, FUND ACCOUNTING,
                             CALCULATION OF N.A.V.,
                       ADMINISTRATION AND TRANSFER AGENCY


A. DOMESTIC CUSTODY, FUND ACCOUNTING,  CALCULATION OF N.A.V., ADMINISTRATION AND
   TRANSFER AGENCY

     The  following  fees will  apply to all  assets  for which  Investors  Bank
provides Custody,  Fund Accounting,  calculation of N.A.V.,  Administration  and
Transfer Agency services.

                                                        Annual Fee
                                                        ----------

        FIRST $500  MILLION OF NET ASSETS               11.0 Basis Points
        NEXT $500 MILLION OF NET ASSETS                 9.0 Basis Points
        NEXT $500 MILLION OF NET ASSETS                 6.0 Basis Points
        Assets in excess of $1.5 Billion                4.0 Basis Points

     There will be an annual  minimum  fee of  $140,000  per fund.  However,  to
accommodate  the start-up  period,  first year minimums will be as follows:  1st
Quarter 50%, 2nd Quarter 75%, 3rd Quarter 85%, 4th Quarter and beyond 100%.

B. DOMESTIC TRANSACTIONS

                o DTC/Fed Book Entry      $10**
                o Physical Securities      35
                o Options and Futures      18
                o GNMA Securities          30
                o Principal Paydown         5
                o Foreign Currency         18***
                o Outgoing Wires            7
                o Incoming Wires            5

                                       1
<PAGE>

**This assumes that the trade  information will be sent to Investors Bank in the
ISITC/SWIFT format.  Manual trades will be billed at $12.00 per trade. There are
no transaction charges for use of the Investors Bank Repo.

***There  are no  transaction  charges for F/X  contracts  executed by Investors
Bank.

C. FOREIGN SUBCUSTODIAN FEES

          o    Incremental  basis point and transaction fees will be charged for
               all foreign  assets for which we are  custodian.  The asset based
               fees  and  transaction  fees  vary by  country,  based  upon  the
               attached global custody fee schedule.  Local duties, script fees,
               registration,  reclaims,  exchange fees, and other market charges
               are additional out-of-pocket fees.

          o    Investors  Bank will  require the fund to hold all  international
               assets at the subcustodian of our choice.


                                 MISCELLANEOUS

A. OUT-OF-POCKET

        o These charges consist of:
                -Legal Expenses                 -InvestView
                -Printing, Delivery & Postage   -Forms and Supplies
                -Third Party Review             -Micro Rental
                -Extraordinary Travel Expenses
                -Customized Systems Development/Reporting
                -International Verification Services($3/security/month)
                -Pricing and Verification Services
                -Telecommunications
                -Support Equipment Rental
                -Data Transmissions
                -Non Standard Extract


B. DOMESTIC BALANCE CREDIT

          o    We  allow  use  of  balance   credit   against  fees   (excluding
               out-of-pocket  charges)  for  fund  balances  arising  out of the
               custody  relationship.  The credit is based on collected balances
               reduced by balances  required to support the activity  charges of
               the accounts.  The monthly earnings  allowance is equal to 75% of
               the 90-day T-bill rate.

                                       2
<PAGE>

C. SECURITIES LENDING, FOREIGN EXCHANGE & CASH MANAGEMENT

          o    The  assumption  was  made  that  Investors  Bank  would  perform
               securities  lending,  if  applicable,  foreign  exchange and cash
               management  for the  portfolios.  Securities  Lending  revenue is
               split with the funds and Investors  Bank on a 60/40%  basis:  60%
               going to the funds.

D. PAYMENT

          o    The above  fees will be  charged  against  the  fund's  custodian
               checking account five business days after the invoice is mailed.

E. SYSTEMS

          o    The  details  of any  systems  work  will be  determined  after a
               thorough  business  analysis.  System's  work will be billed on a
               time and material basis.  Investors Bank provides an allowance of
               10 system hours for data extract set up and reporting extract set
               up.  Additional  systems  hours  will  be  billed  on a time  and
               material basis.

* A LETTER OF INTENT  ACCOMPANIED  BY A $25,000  DEPOSIT TO BE CREDITED  AGAINST
FUTURE FEES IS REQUIRED TO BEGIN THIS IMPLEMENTATION. THIS FEE SCHEDULE IS VALID
FOR 60 DAYS  FROM  DATE OF ISSUE  AND  ASSUMES  THE  EXECUTION  OF OUR  STANDARD
CONTRACTUAL AGREEMENTS FOR A MINIMUM OF THREE YEARS.

* THIS FEE SCHEDULE IS CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION OF THE PARTIES AND SHALL NOT BE
DISCLOSED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF BOTH PARTIES.


                                       3


                              DELEGATION AGREEMENT


     AGREEMENT,  dated as of October  1, 1999 by and  between  INVESTORS  BANK &
TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust Company (the "Delegate"),  and LSA VARIABLE
SERIES TRUST, a business trust organized under the laws of the state of Delaware
(the "Trust").

     WHEREAS,  pursuant to the  provisions of Rule 17f-5(b) under the Investment
Company Act of 1940,  and subject to the terms and  conditions set forth herein,
the Board of Trustees of the Trust desires to delegate to the Delegate,  and the
Delegate hereby agrees to accept and assume, certain responsibilities  described
herein concerning Assets held outside of the United States.

     NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  of  the  mutual
agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS

     Capitalized terms in this Agreement have the following meanings:

     a. ASSETS

        Assets means any of Trust's  investments  (including foreign currencies)
for which the  primary  market is outside the United  States,  and such cash and
cash equivalents as are reasonably  necessary to effect Trust's  transactions in
such investments.

     b. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

        Authorized   Representative  means  any  one  of  the  persons  who  are
empowered,  on behalf of the parties to this Agreement,  to receive notices from
the other party and to send notices to the other party.

     c. BOARD

        Board means the Board of Trustees  (or the body  authorized  to exercise
authority similar to that of the board of directors of a corporation) of Trust.

     d. COMPULSORY SECURITIES DEPOSITORY

        Compulsory  Securities  Depository means a Securities Depository the use
of which is mandatory (i) by law or regulation;  (ii) because  securities cannot
be  withdrawn  from the  depository;  or (iii)  because  maintaining  securities
outside the Securities  Depository is not consistent with  prevailing  custodial
practices.

     e. COUNTRY RISK

        Country Risk means all factors  reasonably  related to the systemic risk
of holding assets in a particular  country  including,  but not limited to, such
country's  financial  infrastructure   (including  any  Securities  Depositories
operating in such country);  prevailing  custody and settlement  practices;  and
laws applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Assets held in custody.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     f. ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIAN

        Eligible Foreign Custodian has the meaning set forth in Rule 17f-5(a)(1)
and shall also include foreign  branches of U.S. Banks (as the term "U.S.  Bank"
is defined in Rule 17f-5).

     g. FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER

        Foreign Custody Manager has the meaning set forth in Rule 17f-5(a)(2).

     h. MONITOR

        Monitor means to re-assess or re-evaluate,  at reasonable  intervals,  a
decision or determination previously made.

     i. SECURITIES DEPOSITORY

        Securities Depository has the meaning set forth in Rule 17f-5(a)(6).

2. REPRESENTATIONS

     a. DELEGATE'S REPRESENTATIONs

        Delegate  represents that it is a trust company chartered under the laws
of the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts.  Delegate  further  represents that the
persons  executing  this  Agreement and any amendment or appendix  hereto on its
behalf are duly  authorized  to so bind the Delegate with respect to the subject
matter of this Agreement.

     b. TRUST'S REPRESENTATIONS

        Trust  represents that the Board has determined that it is reasonable to
rely on Delegate to perform the  responsibilities  delegated by this  Agreement.
Trust  further  represents  that the persons  executing  this  Agreement and any
amendment or appendix  hereto on its behalf are duly  authorized  to so bind the
Trust with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

3. JURISDICTIONS COVERED

     a. INITIAL JURISDICTIONS

        The authority  delegated by this Agreement  applies only with respect to
Assets held in the jurisdictions listed in APPENDIX A.

     b. ADDED JURISDICTIONS

        Jurisdictions  may be added to  APPENDIX A by written  agreement  in the
form of APPENDIX B. Delegate's  responsibility and authority with respect to any
jurisdiction so added will commence at the later of (i) the time that Delegate's
Authorized  Representative  and  Board's  Authorized  Representative  have  both
executed a copy of APPENDIX B listing such  jurisdiction,  or (ii) the time that
Delegate's  Authorized  Representative  receives a copy of such  fully  executed
APPENDIX B.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     c. WITHDRAWN JURISDICTIONS

        Board may withdraw its delegation with respect to any jurisdiction  upon
written  notice to Delegate.  Delegate may withdraw its  acceptance of delegated
authority with respect to any  jurisdiction  upon written  notice to Board.  Ten
days (or such longer period as to which the parties  agree) after receipt of any
such notice by the Authorized  Representative  of the party other than the party
giving notice,  Delegate shall have no further responsibility or authority under
this Agreement with respect to the  jurisdiction  or  jurisdictions  is to which
authority is withdrawn.

4. DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY TO ACT AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER

     a. SELECTION OF ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIANS

        Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the requirements of Rule
17f-5 (and any other  applicable  law),  Delegate is authorized  and directed to
place and  maintain  Assets in the care of any  Eligible  Foreign  Custodian  or
Custodians  selected by Delegate in each  jurisdiction  to which this  Agreement
applies,  except that Delegate does not accept such  authorization and direction
with regard to Securities Depositories.

     b. CONTRACTS WITH ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIANS

        Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the requirements of Rule
17f-5 (and any other applicable  law),  Delegate is authorized to enter into, on
behalf of Trust,  such  written  contracts  governing  Trust's  foreign  custody
arrangements   with  such  Eligible   Foreign   Custodians  as  Delegate   deems
appropriate.

5. MONITORING OF ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIANS AND CONTRACTS

        In each case in which  Delegate has exercised  the  authority  delegated
under  this  Agreement  to place  Assets  with an  Eligible  Foreign  Custodian,
Delegate is authorized to, and shall, on behalf of Trust,  establish a system to
Monitor the  appropriateness  of maintaining  Assets with such Eligible  Foreign
Custodian.  In each case in which Delegate has exercised the authority delegated
under this Agreement to enter into a written contract  governing Trust's foreign
custody arrangements,  Delegate is authorized to, and shall, on behalf of Trust,
establish a system to Monitor the appropriateness of such contract.

6. GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR THE EXERCISE OF DELEGATED AUTHORITY

     a. BOARD'S CONCLUSIVE DETERMINATION REGARDING COUNTRY RISK

        In exercising its delegated authority under this Agreement, Delegate may
assume, for all purposes, that Board (or Trust's investment advisor, pursuant to
authority  delegated by Board) has  considered,  and  pursuant to its  fiduciary
duties to Trust and Trust's  shareholders,  determined  to accept,  such Country
Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining  Assets in the  jurisdictions  to
which this Agreement applies.  In exercising its delegated  authority under this
Agreement,  Delegate may also assume that Board (or Trust's investment  advisor,
pursuant to authority  delegated by Board) has,  and will  continue to,  Monitor
such  Country Risk to the extent Board deems  necessary  or  appropriate.  It is
understood that,  notwithstanding the Board's (or Trust's investment  advisor's)
determination  to  accept  such  Country  Risk as is  incurred  by  placing  and
maintaining  Assets in the  jurisdictions to which this Agreement  applies,  the
Delegate will select Eligible Foreign Custodians in each such jurisdiction, exce
that  Delegate  does not accept any  authorization  or direction  with regard to
Securities Depositories.

                                       3
<PAGE>

        Nothing in this Agreement  shall require  Delegate to make any selection
or  to  engage  in  any   Monitoring  on  behalf  of  Trust  that  would  entail
consideration of Country Risk.

     b. SELECTION OF ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIANS

        In exercising  the  authority  delegated  under this  Agreement to place
Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian,  Delegate shall determine that Assets
will be  subject  to  reasonable  care,  based on the  standards  applicable  to
custodians in the market in which the Assets will be held, after considering all
factors  relevant  to  the  safekeeping  of  such  assets,  including,   without
limitation;

          i.   The  Eligible  Foreign  Custodian's  practices,  procedures,  and
               internal  controls,  including,  but not limited to, the physical
               protections    available   for   certificated    securities   (if
               applicable),  the method of keeping  custodial  records,  and the
               security and data protection practices;

          ii.  Whether the Eligible Foreign Custodian has the financial strength
               to provide reasonable care for Assets;

          iii. The Eligible Foreign  Custodian's general reputation and standing
               and,  in the  case of a  Securities  Depository,  the  Securities
               Depository's operating history and number of participants;

          iv.  Whether Trust will have  jurisdiction over and be able to enforce
               judgments  against the  Eligible  Foreign  Custodian,  such as by
               virtue of the  existence of any offices of the  Eligible  Foreign
               Custodian  in  the  United   States  or  the   Eligible   Foreign
               Custodian's consent to service of process in the United States;

          v.   In the case of an Eligible  Foreign  Custodian  that is a banking
               institution or trust company, any additional factors and criteria
               set forth in APPENDIX C to this Agreement; and

     c. EVALUATION OF WRITTEN CONTRACTS

        In exercising the authority delegated under this Agreement to enter into
written  contracts  governing  Trust's  foreign  custody  arrangements  with  an
Eligible Foreign Custodian, Delegate shall determine that such contracts provide
reasonable care for Assets based on the standards applicable to Eligible Foreign
Custodians in the relevant market. In making this determination,  Delegate shall
ensure  that the terms of such  contracts  comply  with the  provisions  of Rule
17f-5(c)(2).

                                       4
<PAGE>

     d. MONITORING

        In exercising the authority  delegated under this Agreement to establish
a system to Monitor the  appropriateness  of maintaining Assets with an Eligible
Foreign Custodian or the appropriateness of a written contract governing Trust's
foreign custody  arrangements,  Delegate shall consider any factors and criteria
set forth in APPENDIX D to this Agreement.  If, as a result of its Monitoring of
Eligible Foreign Custodian  relationships  hereunder or otherwise,  the Delegate
determines  in its  sole  discretion  that  it is in the  best  interest  of the
safekeeping  of the Assets to move such Assets to a different  Eligible  Foreign
Custodian,  the Trust  shall  bear any  expense  related to such  relocation  of
Assets.

7. STANDARD OF CARE

     In exercising the authority delegated under this Agreement, Delegate agrees
to exercise  reasonable  care,  prudence and  diligence  such as a person having
responsibility for the safekeeping of assets of an investment company registered
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 would exercise.

8. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     Delegate agrees to provide written reports notifying Board of the placement
of Assets with a  particular  Eligible  Foreign  Custodian  and of any  material
change in Trust's foreign custody  arrangements.  Such reports shall be provided
to Board quarterly for consideration at the next regularly  scheduled meeting of
the Board or earlier if deemed  necessary  or  advisable  by the Delegate in its
sole discretion.

9. PROVISION OF INFORMATION REGARDING COUNTRY RISK

     With respect to the  jurisdictions  listed in APPENDIX A, or added  thereto
pursuant  to  Article 3,  Delegate  agrees to provide  annually  to Board,  such
information relating to Country Risk, if available,  as is specified in APPENDIX
E to this Agreement.  Such information relating to Country Risk shall be updated
from time to time as the Delegate deems necessary.

10. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

     a. Notwithstanding  anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event
shall  the  Delegate  or any of its  officers,  directors,  employees  or agents
(collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties") be liable to the Trust or any third
party,  and the Trust shall  indemnify and hold the Delegate and the Indemnified
Parties harmless from and against any and all loss, damage, liability,  actions,
suits, claims, costs and expenses,  including legal fees, (a "Claim") arising as
a result of any act or omission of the Delegate or any  Indemnified  Party under
this  Agreement,  except for any Claim  resulting  solely  from the  negligence,
willful  misfeasance  or bad faith of the  Delegate  or any  Indemnified  Party.
Without limiting the foregoing, neither the Delegate nor the Indemnified Parties
shall be liable for,  and the  Delegate  and the  Indemnified  Parties  shall be
indemnified against, any Claim arising as a result of:

                                       5
<PAGE>

          i.   Any act or omission by the Delegate or any  Indemnified  Party in
               reasonable  good faith reliance upon the terms of this Agreement,
               any resolution of the Board, telegram, telecopy, notice, request,
               certificate  or  other  instrument  reasonably  believed  by  the
               Delegate to be genuine;

          ii.  Any information  which the Delegate  provides or does not provide
               under Section 9 hereof;

          iii. Any acts of God,  earthquakes,  fires,  floods,  storms  or other
               disturbances    of    nature,    epidemics,    strikes,    riots,
               nationalization,  expropriation,  currency restrictions,  acts of
               war,  civil  war  or  terrorism,  insurrection,  nuclear  fusion,
               fission or radiation,  the  interruption,  loss or malfunction of
               utilities, transportation or computers (hardware or software) and
               computer  facilities,  the  unavailability  of energy sources and
               other similar happenings or events.

     b. Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event
shall the  Delegate  or the  Indemnified  Parties  be liable to the Trust or any
third party for lost  profits or lost  revenues or any  special,  consequential,
punitive or incidental  damages of any kind  whatsoever in connection  with this
Agreement or any activities hereunder.

11. ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES

     To the extent  permitted by law, all disputes or claims  arising under this
Agreement shall be resolved through arbitration.  Arbitration under this Article
shall be conducted according to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration   Association   and  shall   take  place  in  the  City  of  Boston,
Massachusetts.  This Article shall be enforced and  interpreted  exclusively  in
accordance with applicable federal law, including the Federal Arbitration Act.

12. EFFECTIVENESS AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENt

     This Agreement  shall be effective as of the later of the date of execution
on behalf of Board or Delegate and shall remain in effect  until  terminated  as
provided herein.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without penalty,
by written  notice  from the  terminating  party to the  non-terminating  party.
Termination will become  effective 30 days after receipt by the  non-terminating
party of such notice.

13. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES AND NOTICES

     The  respective  Authorized  Representatives  of Trust and  Board,  and the
addresses to which notices and other  documents  under this  Agreement are to be
sent to each, are as set forth in Appendix F. Any Authorized Representative of a
party  may  add  or  delete   persons  from  that  party's  list  of  Authorized
Representatives  by written notice to an Authorized  Representative of the other
party.

                                       6
<PAGE>

14. GOVERNING LAW

     This  Agreement  shall be  constructed  in accordance  with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to principles of choice of law.


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
executed by their duly authorized  representatives  as of the date first written
above.


        INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


        By:  /s/ Robert D. Mancuso
             ---------------------
        Name: Robert D. Mancuso

        Title: Senior Vice President


        LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST


        By: /s/ John R. Hunter
            ------------------
        Name: John R. Hunter

        Title: President



                                       7
<PAGE>

LIST OF APPENDICES

     A -- Jurisdictions Covered

     B -- Additional Jurisdictions Covered

     C --  Additional  Factors and  Criteria To Be Applied in the  Selection  of
     Eligible  Foreign  Custodians  That  Are  Banking   Institutions  or  Trust
     Companies

     D -- Factors  and  Criteria To Be Applied in  Establishing  Systems For the
     Monitoring of Foreign Custody Arrangements and Contracts

     E -- Information Regarding Country Risk

     F -- Authorized Representatives


                                       8
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                             JURISDICTIONS COVERED



                        Argentina       Latvia
                        Austria         Lebanon
                        Australia       Lithuania
                        Bahrain         Luxembourg
                        Bangladesh      Malaysia
                        Belgium         Mauritius
                        Bermuda         Mexico
                        Botswana        Morocco
                        Brazil          Namibia
                        Bulgaria        Netherlands
                        Canada          New Zealand
                        Chile           Norway
                        China           Oman
                        Colombia        Pakistan
                        Croatia         Papau New Guinea
                        Cyprus          Peru
                        Czech Republic  Philippines
                        Denmark         Poland
                        Ecuador         Portugal
                        Egypt           Romania
                        Estonia         Russia
                        Euroclear       Singapore
                        Finland         Slovak Republic
                        France          Slovenia
                        Germany         South Africa
                        Ghana           Spain
                        Greece          Sri Lanka
                        Hong Kong       Swaziland
                        Hungary         Sweden
                        Iceland         Switzerland
                        India           Taiwan
                        Indonesia       Thailand
                        Ireland         Turkey
                        Israel          Ukraine
                        Italy           United Kingdom
                        Japan           Uruguay
                        Jordan          Venezuela
                        Kazakhstan      Zambia
                        Kenya           Zimbabwe
                        Korea





                                      A-1
<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX B

                        ADDITIONAL JURISDICTIONS COVERED



     Pursuant to Article 3 of this Agreement,  Delegate and Board agree that the
following jurisdictions shall be added to Appendix A:



                                      none






        INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


        By:  /s/ Robert D. Mancuso
             ---------------------
        Name: Robert D. Mancuso

        Title: Senior Vice President


        LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST


        By: /s/ John R. Hunter
            ------------------
        Name: John R. Hunter

        Title: President




DATE:  September 27, 1999

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX C

                 ADDITIONAL FACTORS AND CRITERIA TO BE APPLIED
                 IN THE SELECTION OF ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIANS
                THAT ARE BANKING INSTITUTIONS OR TRUST COMPANIES


     In  addition to the factors  set forth in Rule  17f-5(c)(1),  in  selecting
Eligible  Foreign  Custodians that are banking  institutions or trust companies,
Delegate shall consider the following factors,  if such information is available
(check all that apply):



____X_____      None


_________       Other (list below):

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX D

                       FACTORS AND CRITERIA TO BE APPLIED
               IN THE ESTABLISHING SYSTEMS FOR THE MONITORING OF
                   FOREIGN CUSTODY ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTRACTS


     In establishing  systems for the Monitoring of foreign custody arrangements
and contracts  with Eligible  Foreign  Custodians,  Delegate  shall consider the
following factors, if such information is available:


        1. Operating performance
        2. Established practices and procedures
        3. Relationship with market regulators
        4. Contingency planning



                                      A-4
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX E

                       INFORMATION REGARDING COUNTRY RISK


     To aid the Board in its  determinations  regarding  Country Risk,  Delegate
will  furnish  Board  annually  with respect to the  jurisdictions  specified in
Article 3, the following information:


1.      Copy of Addenda or Side Letters to Subcustodian Agreements
2.      Legal Opinion, if available, with regard to:
        a)  Access to books and records by the Trust's accountants
        b)  Ability to recover assets in the event of bankruptcy of a custodian
        c)  Ability to recover assets in the event of a loss
        d)  Likelihood of expropriation or nationalization, if available
        e)  Ability to repatriate or convert cash or cash equivalents
3.      Audit Report
4.      Copy of Balance Sheet from Annual Report
5.      Summary of Central Depository Information
6.      Country Profile Matrix containing market practice for:
        a)  Delivery versus payment
        b)  Settlement method
        c)  Currency restrictions
        d)  Buy-in practice
        e)  Foreign ownership limits
        f)  Unique market arrangements
7.      Information Regarding Securities Depositories
        a)  Whether use is voluntary or compulsory
        b)  Ownership
        c)  Operating History
        d)  Established rules, practices and procedures
        e)  Membership
        f)  Financial strength
        g)  Governing regulatory body

                                      A-5
<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX F
                           AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES


     The names and addresses of each party's authorized  representatives are set
forth below:

        A.  BOARD


        With a copy to:         Jeanette J. Donahue
                                Vice President, Chief Operations Officer
                                Phone: (847) 402-6540
                                Fax:   (847) 326-5979
        B.  DELEGATE

                Investors Bank & Trust Company
                200 Clarendon Street
                P.O. Box 9130
                Boston, MA 02117-9130
                Attention:  Robert C. Conron, Director, Client Management
                Fax:  (617) 330-6033

        With a copy to:

                Investors Bank & Trust Company
                200 Clarendon Street
                P.O. Box 9130
                Boston, MA 02117-9130
                Attention:  John E. Henry, General Counsel
                Fax:  (617) 946-1929


                                      A-6




                            ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT  made as of this 1st day of October,  1999,  between LSA VARIABLE
SERIES TRUST,  a business trust  organized and registered  under the laws of the
state  of  Delaware  (the  "Trust"),  and  INVESTORS  BANK &  TRUST  COMPANY,  a
Massachusetts trust company (the "Bank").

     WHEREAS,  the Trust, a registered  investment  company under the Investment
Company Act of 1940,  as amended  (the "1940 Act"),  consisting  of the separate
funds listed on APPENDIX A hereto; and

     WHEREAS,   the  Trust  desires  to  retain  the  Bank  to  render   certain
administrative  services  to the Trust and the Bank is  willing  to render  such
services.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants herein set forth,
it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

     1. APPOINTMENT.  The Trust hereby appoints the Bank to act as Administrator
of the Trust on the terms set forth in this  Agreement.  The Bank  accepts  such
appointment  and  agrees  to  render  the  services  herein  set  forth  for the
compensation herein provided.

     2.  DELIVERY OF  DOCUMENTS.  The Trust has  furnished  the Bank with copies
properly certified or authenticated of each of the following:

          (a)  Resolutions  of the  Trust's  Board of Trustees  authorizing  the
appointment of the Bank to provide certain administrative  services to the Trust
and approving this Agreement;

          (b) The Trust's  Declaration of Trust and all amendments  thereto (the
"Declaration");

          (c) The Trust's By-laws and all amendments thereto (the "By-Laws");

          (d) The Trust's  agreements  with all service  providers which include
any investment advisory agreements,  sub-investment advisory agreements, custody
agreements,    distribution    agreements   and   transfer   agency   agreements
(collectively, the "Agreements");

          (e) The Trust's most recent  Registration  Statement on Form N-lA (the
"Registration  Statement")  under the  Securities Act of 1933 and under the 1940
Act and all amendments thereto; and

          (f) The Trust's most recent  prospectus  and  statement of  additional
information (the "Prospectus"); and

<PAGE>

          (g) Such other certificates,  documents or opinions as may mutually be
deemed  necessary or appropriate  for the Bank in the proper  performance of its
duties hereunder.

     The Trust will  immediately  furnish the Bank with copies of all amendments
of or supplements to the foregoing.  Furthermore, the Trust will notify the Bank
as soon as possible of any matter which may materially affect the performance by
the Bank of its services under this Agreement.

     3. DUTIES OF ADMINISTRATOR. Subject to the supervision and direction of the
Board of  Trustees  of the Trust,  the Bank,  as  Administrator,  will assist in
conducting  various  aspects  of  the  Trust's  administrative   operations  and
undertakes to perform the services described in APPENDIX B hereto. The Bank may,
from time to time,  perform  additional  duties and functions which shall be set
forth in an amendment to such APPENDIX B executed by both parties. At such time,
the fee schedule included in APPENDIX C hereto shall be appropriately amended.

     In  performing  all services  under this  Agreement,  the Bank shall act in
conformity  with the Trust's  Articles and By-Laws and the 1940 Act, as the same
may be amended  from time to time,  and the  investment  objectives,  investment
policies and other practices and policies set forth in the Trust's  Registration
Statement,  as the same may be amended  from time to time.  Notwithstanding  any
item  discussed  herein,  the Bank has no discretion  over the Trust's assets or
choice of investments and cannot be held liable for any problem relating to such
investments.

     4. DUTIES OF THE TRUST.

          (a) The Trust is solely  responsible  (through its  transfer  agent or
otherwise) for (i) providing timely and accurate reports ("Daily Sales Reports")
which will  enable the Bank as  Administrator  to  monitor  the total  number of
shares  sold in each  state on a daily  basis and (ii)  identifying  any  exempt
transactions  ("Exempt  Transactions")  which are to be excluded  from the Daily
Sales Reports.

          (b) The Trust agrees to make its legal  counsel  available to the Bank
for instruction with respect to any matter of law arising in connection with the
Bank's duties  hereunder,  and the Trust  further  agrees that the Bank shall be
entitled to rely on such instruction  without further  investigation on the part
of the Bank.  The Bank  agrees  that it will  obtain the  approval  of the Trust
before consulting with the Trust=s legal counsel.

     5. FEES AND EXPENSES.

          (a) For the services to be rendered and the facilities to be furnished
by the Bank, as provided for in this  Agreement,  the Trust will  compensate the
Bank in  accordance  with the fee schedule  attached as APPENDIX C hereto.  Such
fees  do not  include  out-of-pocket  disbursements  (as  delineated  on the fee
schedule or other expenses with the prior approval of the Trust's management) of
the Bank for which the Bank shall be entitled to bill the Trust  separately  and
for which the Trust shall reimburse the Bank.

                                       2
<PAGE>

          (b) The Bank shall not be required to pay any expenses incurred by the
Trust.

     6. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

          (a) The Bank, its directors,  officers, employees and agents shall not
be liable for any error of judgment  or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered
by the Trust in connection  with the  performance of its  obligations and duties
under this  Agreement,  except a loss  resulting from willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith or negligence in the  performance of such  obligations  and duties,  or by
reason of its reckless disregard thereof. The Trust will indemnify the Bank, its
directors,  officers, employees and agents against and hold it and them harmless
from any and all losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or expenses  (including
legal fees and expenses)  resulting from any claim,  demand,  action or suit (i)
arising out of the actions or omissions of the Trust, including, but not limited
to, inaccurate Daily Sales Reports and misidentification of Exempt Transactions;
(ii)  arising  out of the  offer  or  sale of any  securities  of the  Trust  in
violation  of  (x)  any  requirement  under  the  federal   securities  laws  or
regulations, (y) any requirement under the securities laws or regulations of any
state, or (z) any stop order or other  determination or ruling by any federal or
state agency with respect to the offer or sale of such securities;  or (iii) not
resulting from the willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or negligence of the Bank in
the  performance  of such  obligations  and duties or by reason of its  reckless
disregard thereof.

          (b) The Bank may apply to the Trust at any time for  instructions  and
may  consult  counsel  for the Trust,  or its own counsel (at the expense of the
Bank), and with accountants and other experts with respect to any matter arising
in  connection  with its duties  hereunder,  and the Bank shall not be liable or
accountable  for any action  taken or omitted by it in good faith in  accordance
with such  instruction,  or with the opinion of such  counsel,  accountants,  or
other experts. The Bank shall not be liable for any act or omission taken or not
taken  in  reliance  upon  any  document,  certificate  or  instrument  which it
reasonably  believes to be genuine and to be signed or  presented  by the proper
person or  persons.  The Bank shall not be held to have  notice of any change of
authority of any  officers,  employees,  or agents of the Trust until receipt of
written notice thereof has been received by the Bank from the Trust.

          (c) In the event either  party is unable to perform,  or is delayed in
performing, its obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of
God, strikes,  legal constraint,  government actions, war, emergency conditions,
interruption of electrical power or other  utilities,  equipment or transmission
failure or damage  reasonably  beyond its  control  or other  causes  reasonably
beyond its control, such party shall not be liable to the other for compensation
nor for any damages  resulting  from such failure to perform or  otherwise  from
such causes.

          (d) Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no
event shall the Bank be liable for special, incidental or consequential damages,
even if advised of the possibility of such damages.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     7. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

          (a) The term of this Agreement  shall be three years  commencing  upon
the date hereof (the  "Initial  Term"),  unless  earlier  terminated as provided
herein.  After the  expiration of the Initial Term,  the term of this  Agreement
shall  automatically renew for successive one-year terms (each a "Renewal Term")
unless notice of non-renewal is delivered by the non-renewing party to the other
party no later than ninety days prior to the  expiration  of the Initial Term or
any Renewal Term, as the case may be.

          (i) Either  party hereto may  terminate  this  Agreement  prior to the
expiration  of the  Initial  Term in the  event  the other  party  violates  any
material provision of this Agreement, provided that the violating party does not
cure such  violation  within  forty-five  (45) days of receipt of written notice
from the non-violating party of such violation.

          (ii) If, during the Initial Term of this Agreement, a state or Federal
statutory  or  regulatory  change  shall  occur  such that the sale of  variable
products by insurance companies generally is no longer feasible (and such change
is evidenced by changes in the sales practices for variable  products across the
insurance  industry) and as a result, the Board of Trustees of the Fund votes to
liquidate  the Fund and  terminate  its  registration  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission,   written  notice  (the  "Liquidation   Notice")  of  such
determination setting forth the reasons for such determination shall be provided
to the Bank. In order to be effective,  any Liquidation  Notice must be executed
by two  officers of the Fund.  The Bank shall,  within  seven days of receipt of
such a  Liquidation  Notice,  reply to the Fund as to whether it agrees that the
terms of the Liquidation  Notice meet the requirements of this paragraph,  which
agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon such agreement,  the Fund may
terminate this Agreement  without  additional action by the Fund's Board upon an
additional sixty (60) days written notice.

          Should this  Agreement be terminated  in accordance  with the terms of
this  paragraph,  the Fund shall pay to the Bank,  in lieu of the fees for which
the Fund would otherwise be liable to the Bank hereunder  through the end of the
Initial Term, the following amounts:

     A.   If during the first year of the Initial Term the Fund shall pay to the
          Bank an amount  equal to the fees that  would  otherwise  be due under
          this  Agreement  through the last day of the  eighteenth  month of the
          Initial Term,  WITHOUT  giving effect to the discount  provided on the
          first years' fees set forth in Appendix C;

     B.   If during the second  year of the  Initial  Term the Fund shall pay to
          the Bank an amount equal to the fees that would otherwise be due under
          this Agreement  through the last day of the second year of the Initial
          Term;

                                       4
<PAGE>

     C.   If during the third year of the Initial Term the Fund shall pay to the
          Bank an amount  equal to the fees that  would  otherwise  be due under
          this Agreement through the end of the Initial Term.

          (iii) Either party may  terminate  this  Agreement  during any Renewal
Term  upon  ninety  days  written  notice to the other  party.  Any  termination
pursuant to this paragraph  7(a)(ii) shall be effective upon  expiration of such
ninety days, provided,  however, that the effective date of such termination may
be postponed,  at the request of the Trust,  to a date not more than one hundred
twenty days after  delivery of the written  notice in order to give the Trust an
opportunity to make suitable arrangements for a successor administrator.

          (b) The Bank,  as  Administrator,  and the Trust agree that all books,
records,  information  and data  pertaining  to the  business of the other party
which are exchanged or received  pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out
of this  Agreement  shall  remain  confidential,  and shall  not be  voluntarily
disclosed to any other person, except as may be required by law.

          In  the  event  of  the  termination  of  this  Agreement,  it is  the
obligation  of the Bank to  promptly  deliver to the Trust the books and records
with respect to transactions  for which the Bank is responsible  pursuant to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     8. MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a) Any notice or other  instrument  authorized  or  required  by this
Agreement to be given in writing to the Trust or the Bank shall be  sufficiently
given if  addressed  to that  party and  received  by it at its office set forth
below or at such other place as it may from time to time designate in writing.

        To the Trust:

                LSA Variable Series Trust
                Allstate Life Insurance Company
                3100 Sanders Road, Suite J5B
                Northbrook, Illinois 60062

                Attention: Jeanette Donahue, Vice President, Chief Operations
                Officer
                With a copy to:  Barbara J. Whisler, Secretary and Chief
                Compliance Officer

                                       5
<PAGE>

        To the Bank:

                Investors Bank & Trust Company
                200 Clarendon Street, P.O. Box 9130
                Boston, MA 02117-9130
                Attention:  Robert C. Conron, Director, Client Management
                With a copy to: John E. Henry, General Counsel

          (b) This  Agreement  shall  extend  to and shall be  binding  upon the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns;  provided,  however,
that this Agreement  shall not be assignable  without the written consent of the
other party.

          (c) This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance  with the laws of
the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  without  regard to its  conflict  of laws
provisions.

          (d) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts  each
of which  shall be deemed to be an  original  and  which  collectively  shall be
deemed to constitute only one instrument.

          (e) The captions of this  Agreement  are included for  convenience  of
reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the  provisions  hereof or
otherwise affect their construction or effect.

     9. CONFIDENTIAL. All books, records, information and data pertaining to the
business  of the other  party which are  exchanged  or received  pursuant to the
negotiation or the carrying out of this Agreement shall remain confidential, and
shall  not be  voluntarily  disclosed  to any  other  person,  except  as may be
required in the performance of duties hereunder or as otherwise required by law.

     10. USE OF BANK NAME.  The Trust  shall not use the name of the Bank or any
of its affiliates in any prospectus, sales literature or other material relating
to the Trust in a manner  not  approved  by the Bank prior  thereto in  writing;
provided  however,  that the  approval of the Bank shall not be required for any
use of its name  which  merely  refers  in  accurate  and  factual  terms to its
appointment  hereunder  or which is  required  by the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  or  any  state  securities  or  insurance  authority  or  any  other
appropriate  regulatory,  governmental or judicial authority;  PROVIDED FURTHER,
that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     11. Use of Trust Name.  The Bank shall not use the name of the Trust or any
of its  affiliates in any  advertisement,  sales  literature  or other  material
relating  to the Bank in a manner not  approved  by the Trust  prior  thereto in
writing;  provided however, that the approval of the Trust shall not be required
for any use of its name which merely refers in accurate and factual terms to its
relationship with the Trust hereunder or which is required by the Securities and
Exchange  Commission or any state securities or insurance authority or any other
appropriate  regulatory,  governmental or judicial authority;  PROVIDED FURTHER,
that in no event shall such approval be unreasonably withheld or delayed.



                  [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

                                       7
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this  instrument to be
duly  executed and  delivered by their duly  authorized  officers as of the date
first written above.



                                        LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST


                                        By: /s/ John R. Hunter
                                            ------------------
                                        Name: John R. Hunter
                                        Title: President


                                        INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                        By: /s/ Robert D. Mancuso
                                            ---------------------
                                        Name: Robert D. Mancuso
                                        Title: Senior Vice President

                                       8
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                           LSA Variable Series Trust

                                   Fund List



   IBT
Account     Fund                        Adviser
- -------     ----                        -------

 255        Focused Equity              Morgan Stanley Asset Management
 260        Growth Equity               Goldman Sachs Asset Management
 265        Disciplined Equity          JP Morgan Investment Management Inc.
 270        Value Equity                Salomon Brothees Asset Management Inc.
 275        Balanced                    OpCap Advisors
 280        Emerging Growth Domestic
            Equity                      RS Investment Management, L.P.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                             INVESTORS BANK & TRUST
                      SUMMARY OF ADMINISTRATION FUNCTIONS
                     LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ("LSA VST")

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                Suggested Fund
Function                Investors Bank & Trust          LSA VST                 Sub-Advisor                     Auditor or Counsel
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>                             <C>                     <C>                             <C>

MANAGEMENT REPORTING
& TREASURY
ADMINISTRATION
- --------------------
Monitor portfolio       Perform tests of certain        Monitor testing         Continuously monitor            A/C - Provide
compliance in           specific portfolio activity     results and approve     portfolio activity and          consultation as
accordance with         based on provisions of the      resolution of           Fund operations in              needed on
the current             Fund's Prospectus and SAI.      compliance issues.      conjunction with 1940 Act,      compliance issues.
Prospectus and SAI.     Communicate with LSA VST and                            Prospectus, SAI and any
                        follow-up on potential                                  other applicable laws and
                        violations. Issue daily                                 regulations.  Monitor
                        report of compliance                                    testing results and approve
                        findings to LSA VST.                                    resolution of compliance
                                                                                issues.

FREQUENCY:  DAILY

Provide compliance      Provide a report of             Review report.                                          A/C - Provide
summary package.        compliance testing results.                                                             consultation as
                                                                                                                needed.

FREQUENCY:  MONTHLY

Perform asset           Perform asset diversification   Review test results     Continuously monitor            A - Provide
diversification         tests at each tax quarter end.  and take any necessary  portfolio activity in           consultation as
testing to              Provide results to LSA LLC and  action. Approve tax     conjunction with IRS            needed in
establish               to subadvisors by the 12th      positions taken.        requirements and alert LSA      establishing
qualification as        business day after quarter-end. Approve resolution of   as necessary.  Review test      positions to be
a RIC and to meet       Follow-up on issues.            compliance issues.      results and take any            taken in tax
requirements of                                                                 necessary action.               treatment of
Section 817(h) of IRC.                                                                                          particular issues.
                                                                                                                Review quarter end
                                                                                                                tests on a current
                                                                                                                basis.

FREQUENCY:  QUARTERLY

                                       1
<PAGE>


                                                                                                                Suggested Fund
Function                Investors Bank & Trust          LSA VST                 Sub-Advisor                     Auditor or Counsel
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MANAGEMENT REPORTING
& TREASURY
ADMINISTRATION
(CONT.)
- --------------------

Perform qualifying      Perform qualifying income       Review test results     Continuously monitor            A- Consult as
income testing to       testing (on book basis income,  and take any necessary  portfolio activity in           needed on tax
establish               unless material differences     action. Approve tax     conjunction with IRS            accounting
qualification as        are anticipated) on quarterly   positions taken.        requirements.  Review           positions to be
a RIC.                  basis and as may otherwise      Approve resolution of   test results and take           taken.  Review in
                        be necessary.   Follow-up       compliance issues.      any necessary action.           conjunction with
                        on issues.                                                                              year-end audit.

FREQUENCY:  QUARTERLY

Prepare the Fund's      Prepare preliminary expense     Provide asset level
annual expense budget.  budget. Notify fund accounting  projections.  Approve
Establish daily         of new accrual rates.           expense budget.
accruals.

FREQUENCY:  ANNUALLY

Monitor the Fund's      Monitor actual expenses         Provide asset level
expense budget.         updating budgets/ expense       projections quarterly.
                        accruals.  Notify Fund          Provide vendor
                        Accounting of any changes.      information as
                                                        necessary.  Review
                                                        expense analysis and
                                                        approve budget revisions.


FREQUENCY:  QUARTERLY

Receive and coordinate  Propose allocations of          Approve invoices and
payment of fund         invoices among Funds and        allocations of payments.
expenses.               obtain authorized approval      Send invoices to IBT in
                        to process payment.             a timely manner.

FREQUENCY: AS OFTEN
AS NECESSARY

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                                                                                                Suggested Fund
Function                Investors Bank & Trust          LSA VST                 Sub-Advisor                     Auditor or Counsel
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MANAGEMENT REPORTING
& TREASURY
ADMINISTRATION
(CONT.)
- --------------------

Calculate total         Provide total return            Review total return
return information      calculations.                   information.
on Funds as defined
in the current
Prospectus and SAI.

FREQUENCY:  MONTHLY

Prepare responses to    Subject to prior approval by    Identify the services to
major industry          LSA, prepare, coordinate as     which the Funds report.
questionnaires.         necessary, and submit           Provide information as
                        responses to the appropriate    requested.
                        agency.  Provide copy of all
                        responses to LSA.

FREQUENCY: AS OFTEN
AS NECESSARY

Prepare disinterested   Summarize amounts paid to       Provide social security
director/trustee        directors/trustees during the   numbers and current
Form 1099-Misc.         calendar year.  Prepare Form    mailing addresses for
                        1099-Misc and send to LSA VST   trustees.  Review and .
                        for mailing to Trustees.        approve information
                                                        provided for Form
                                                        1099-Misc

FREQUENCY:  ANNUALLY

FINANCIAL REPORTING

                                       3
<PAGE>

Prepare financial       Prepare selected portfolio      Review financial
information for         data (i.e., top X holdings),    information.
presentation to         financial information (i.e.,
Fund Management         financial highlight data),
and Board of            and other supporting
Trustees.               information (i.e., broker
                        commissions, compliance
                        summary, capital stock
                        activity and 144A schedules)
                        for quarterly board meetings.

FREQUENCY:  QUARTERLY

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                                                                                                Suggested Fund
Function                Investors Bank & Trust          LSA                     Sub-Advisor                     Auditor or Counsel
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FINANCIAL REPORTING (CONT)
- --------------------------

Coordinate the annual   Coordinate the creation of      Provide past financial  Prepare and coordinate          A - Perform audit
audit and semi-annual   templates reflecting client-    statements and other    production of Management        and issue opinion
preparation and         selected standardized           information required to Discussion and Analysis.        on annual
printing of financial   appearance and text of          create templates,       Review and approve              financial
statements and notes    financial statements and        including report style  portfolio presentation.         statements.
with management, fund   footnotes.  Draft and           and graphics.  Approve
accounting and the      manage production cycle.        format and text as                                      A/C - Review
fund auditors.          Coordinate with IBT fund        standard.  Approve                                      reports.
                        accounting the  electronic      production cycle and
                        receipt of portfolio and        assist in managing the
                        general ledger information.     cycle. Review and
                        Assist in resolution of         approve entire report.
                        accounting issues.  Using       Make appropriate
                        templates, draft financial      representations in
                        statements, coordinate          conjunction with audit.
                        auditor and management review,
                        and clear comments. Coordinate
                        review and approval by portfolio
                        managers of portfolio listings to
                        be included in financial statements.
                        Coordinate, as requested by LSA,
                        printing of reports and EDGAR
                        conversion with outside printer
                        and filing with the SEC via EDGAR.

FREQUENCY: SEMI-ANNUALLY

LEGAL

                                       5
<PAGE>

Prepare agenda and      Maintain annual calendar of     Review and approve                                      C - Review agenda,
board materials for     required quarterly and annual   board materials.                                        board material and
quarterly board         approvals. Prepare agenda,                                                              board and committee
meetings.               resolutions and other board                                                             meeting minutes.
                        materials for quarterly board                                                           Ensure BOD material
                        meetings. Prepare supporting                                                            contains all
                        information and materials when                                                          required
                        necessary. Assemble, check,                                                             information that
                        and distribute books in advance                                                         the BOD must review
                        of meeting. Attend board and                                                            and/or approve to
                        committee meetings and                                                                  perform their
                        prepare minutes.                                                                        duties as
                                                                                                                directors.


FREQUENCY:  QUARTERLY

                                       6
<PAGE>


                                                                                                                Suggested Fund
Function                Investors Bank & Trust          LSA                     Sub-Advisor                     Auditor or Counsel
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LEGAL (CONT)
- ------------

Prepare and file        Prepare form for filing.        Provide appropriate                                     C - Review initial
Form N-SAR.             Obtain any necessary            responses.  Review and                                  filing.
                        supporting documents.           authorize filing.                                       A - Provide annual
                        File with SEC via EDGAR.                                                                audit internal
                                                                                                                control letter to
                                                                                                                accompany the annual
                                                                                                                filing.



FREQUENCY:  SEMI-ANNUALLY

Prepare amendments      Coordinate the preparation      Review and approve.                                     C - Review and
to Registration         and filing of post-effective                                                            approve filings.
Statement.              amendments.  Coordinate with                                                            A/C - Provide
                        outside printers the Edgar                                                              consents as
                        conversion, filing with the                                                             appropriate.
                        SEC and printing of prospectus.

FREQUENCY:  ANNUAL
UPDATE (INCLUDES UPDATING
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS,
EXPENSE TABLES, RATIOS)
PLUS ONE ADDITIONAL
FILING PER FISCAL YEAR


Prepare Prospectus/     Coordinate, at LSA's request,   Review and approve.                                     C - Review and
SAI supplements.        the preparation and printing                                                            approve filings.
                        of Prospectus and SAI                                                                   A/C - Provide
                        supplements. Coordinate                                                                 consents as
                        filing with the SEC via Edgar.                                                          appropriate.


FREQUENCY:  AS
OFTEN AS REQUIRED

                                       7

<PAGE>

Proxy Material/         Prepare scripts.  Attend        Review and approve                                      C- Review and
Shareholder Meetings    meeting and prepare minutes.    proxy.                                                  approve proxy.


FREQUENCY: AS NEEDED


                                       8
<PAGE>

                                                                                                                Suggested Fund
Function                Investors Bank & Trust          LSA                     Sub-Advisor                     Auditor or Counsel
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LEGAL (CONT)
- ------------

Assist in updating      Make annual filing of           Obtain required
of fidelity bond        fidelity bond insurance.        fidelity bond insurance
insurance coverage.     material with the SEC           coverage.  Monitor
                                                        level of fidelity bond
                                                        insurance  maintained
                                                        in accordance with
                                                        required coverage.

FREQUENCY:  ANNUALLY

Respond to              Assist LSA VST (as requested)   Compile and provide                                     C - Provide
regulatory              in resolution of examination    documentation pursuant                                  consultation
examinations.           inquiries.  Provide, with prior to exam requests.                                       as needed.
                        consent of LSA,  documentation  Coordinate with
                        as needed to respond to         regulatory auditors to
                        auditors.                       provide requested
                                                        documentation and
                                                        resolutions to
                                                        inquiries.


FREQUENCY:  AS NEEDED

TAX
- ----

Prepare income          Calculate investment company    Provide transaction     Provide transaction             A - Provide
tax provisions.         taxable income, net capital     information as          information as requested.       consultation as
                        gain and spillback dividend     requested. Assist with  Identify Passive Foreign        needed in
                        requirements. Identify book-    the sub- advisors'      Investment Companies            establishing
                        tax accounting differences.     identification of       (PFIC's) to IBT                 positions to be
                        Track required information      Passive Foreign                                         taken in tax
                        relating to accounting /        Investment Companies .                                  treatment of
                        tax differences.  Coordinate    (PFICs) to IBT. Approve                                 particular issues.
                        review by external auditors.    tax accounting                                          Perform review in
                                                        positions to be taken.                                  conjunction with
                                                        Approve provisions.                                     the year-end audit.


FREQUENCY:  ANNUALLY

                                       9

<PAGE>

                                                                                                                Suggested Fund
Function                Investors Bank & Trust          LSA                     Sub-Advisor                     Auditor or Counsel
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TAX (CONT)
- ------------

Calculate excise        Calculate required              Provide transaction     Provide transaction             A - Provide
tax distributions       distributions to avoid          information as          information as requested.       consultation as
                        imposition of excise tax.       requested. Assist with  Identify PFIC's to IBT.         needed in
                          - Calculate capital           sub advisors'                                           establishing
                            gain net income and         identification of                                       positions to be
                            foreign currency gain/      Passive Foreign                                         taken in tax
                            loss through October 31.    Investment Companies                                    treatment of
                          - Calculate ordinary income   (PFICs) to IBT. Approve                                 particular issues.
                            and distributions through   tax accounting                                          Review and concur
                            a specified cut off date.   positions to be taken.                                  with proposed
                          - Project ordinary income     Review and approve all                                  distributions per
                            from cut off date to        income and distribution                                 share.
                            December 31.                calculations,
                          - Ascertain dividend shares.  including projected
                        Identify book-tax accounting    income and dividend
                        differences. Track required     shares.  Approve
                        information relating to         distribution rates per
                        accounting differences.         share and aggregate
                        Coordinate review by            amounts.  Obtain Board
                        management and fund auditors.   approval when required.
                        Notify custody and transfer
                        agent of authorized dividend
                        rates in accordance with
                        Board approved policy.
                        Report dividends to Board
                        as required.

FREQUENCY:  ANNUALLY

Prepare tax returns     Prepare RIC income tax          Review and sign tax                                     A - Review and sign
                        returns (federal) and           return as entity, not                                   tax return as
                        Excise (if necessary).           preparer.                                              preparer.

FREQUENCY:  ANNUALLY

                                       10

<PAGE>

Prepare shareholder     Obtain yearly                   Review and approve
character               distribution information.       information provided.
distribution            Calculate dividend
information, if         character reclasses.
required.

FREQUENCY:  ANNUALLY

                                       11
<PAGE>

Function                Investors Bank & Trust          LSA                     Sub-Advisor                     Auditor or Counsel
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TAX (CONT)
- ------------

Prepare other           Obtain yearly income            Review and approve                                      A - Provide
year-end tax-           distribution                    information provided.                                   consultation as
related disclosures     information.  Calculate                                                                 required.
                        disclosures (i.e., foreign
                        tax credits; dividends
                        deceived deduction; and
                        interest received from the
                        US Government and its Agencies)
                        and communicate such information
                        to LSA within 60 days of year end.



FREQUENCY:  ANNUALLY
</TABLE>

                                       12
<PAGE>


Review and Approval

     The attached  Summary of  Administration  Functions  has been  reviewed and
represents the services currently being provided.




/s/ Donna McArthy                                    September 24, 1999
Signature of Account Manager                         Date


______________________________________________________________________
Signature of Authorized Client Representative                  Date

Title:  President

Print Name: John R. Hunter

                                       13
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX C

                           LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
                             PROPOSED FEE SCHEDULE*
                               FOR 6 MUTUAL FUNDS


                       DOMESTIC CUSTODY, FUND ACCOUNTING,
                             CALCULATION OF N.A.V.,
                       ADMINISTRATION AND TRANSFER AGENCY


A. DOMESTIC CUSTODY, FUND ACCOUNTING,  CALCULATION OF N.A.V., ADMINISTRATION AND
   TRANSFER AGENCY

     The  following  fees will  apply to all  assets  for which  Investors  Bank
provides Custody,  Fund Accounting,  calculation of N.A.V.,  Administration  and
Transfer Agency services.

                                                Annual Fee
                                                ----------

        FIRST $500  MILLION OF NET ASSETS       11.0 Basis Points
        NEXT $500 MILLION OF NET ASSETS          9.0 Basis Points
        NEXT $500 MILLION OF NET ASSETS          6.0 Basis Points
        Assets in excess of $1.5 Billion         4.0 Basis Points

     There will be an annual  minimum  fee of  $140,000  per fund.  However,  to
accommodate  the start-up  period,  first year minimums will be as follows:  1st
Quarter 50%, 2nd Quarter 75%, 3rd Quarter 85%, 4th Quarter and beyond 100%.


B. DOMESTIC TRANSACTIONS

                DTC/Fed Book Entry       $10**
                Physical Securities       35
                Options and Futures       18
                GNMA Securities           30
                Principal Paydown          5
                Foreign Currency          18***
                Outgoing Wires             7
                Incoming Wires             5

                                       1
<PAGE>

**This assumes that the trade  information will be sent to Investors Bank in the
ISITC/SWIFT format.  Manual trades will be billed at $12.00 per trade. There are
no transaction charges for use of the Investors Bank Repo.

***There  are no  transaction  charges for F/X  contracts  executed by Investors
Bank.


C. FOREIGN SUBCUSTODIAN FEES

          o    Incremental  basis point and transaction fees will be charged for
               all foreign  assets for which we are  custodian.  The asset based
               fees  and  transaction  fees  vary by  country,  based  upon  the
               attached global custody fee schedule.  Local duties, script fees,
               registration,  reclaims,  exchange fees, and other market charges
               are additional out-of-pocket fees.

          o    Investors  Bank will  require the fund to hold all  international
               assets at the subcustodian of our choice.


                                 MISCELLANEOUS

A. OUT-OF-POCKET

           o These charges consist of:
                -Legal Expenses                 -InvestView
                -Printing, Delivery & Postage   -Forms and Supplies
                -Third Party Review             -Micro Rental
                -Extraordinary Travel Expenses
                -Customized Systems Development/Reporting
                -International Verification Services($3/security/month)
                -Pricing and Verification Services
                -Telecommunications
                -Support Equipment Rental
                -Data Transmissions
                -Non Standard Extract


B. DOMESTIC BALANCE CREDIT

          o    We  allow  use  of  balance   credit   against  fees   (excluding
               out-of-pocket  charges)  for  fund  balances  arising  out of the
               custody  relationship.  The credit is based on collected balances
               reduced by balances  required to support the activity  charges of
               the accounts.  The monthly earnings  allowance is equal to 75% of
               the 90-day T-bill rate.

                                       2
<PAGE>

C. SECURITIES LENDING, FOREIGN EXCHANGE & CASH MANAGEMENT

          o    The  assumption  was  made  that  Investors  Bank  would  perform
               securities  lending,  if  applicable,  foreign  exchange and cash
               management  for the  portfolios.  Securities  Lending  revenue is
               split with the funds and Investors  Bank on a 60/40%  basis:  60%
               going to the funds.


D. PAYMENT

          o    The above  fees will be  charged  against  the  fund's  custodian
               checking account five business days after the invoice is mailed.


E. SYSTEMS

          o    The  details  of any  systems  work  will be  determined  after a
               thorough  business  analysis.  System's  work will be billed on a
               time and material basis.  Investors Bank provides an allowance of
               10 system hours for data extract set up and reporting extract set
               up.  Additional  systems  hours  will  be  billed  on a time  and
               material basis.


* A LETTER OF INTENT  ACCOMPANIED  BY A $25,000  DEPOSIT TO BE CREDITED  AGAINST
FUTURE FEES IS REQUIRED TO BEGIN THIS IMPLEMENTATION. THIS FEE SCHEDULE IS VALID
FOR 60 DAYS  FROM  DATE OF ISSUE  AND  ASSUMES  THE  EXECUTION  OF OUR  STANDARD
CONTRACTUAL AGREEMENTS FOR A MINIMUM OF THREE YEARS.

* THIS FEE SCHEDULE IS CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION OF THE PARTIES AND SHALL NOT BE
DISCLOSED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF BOTH PARTIES.

                                       3




                      TRANSFER AGENCY AND SERVICE AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT  made as of this 1st day of October,  1999,  between LSA VARIABLE
SERIES TRUST,  a business trust  organized and registered  under the laws of the
state  of  Delaware  (the  "Trust"),  and  INVESTORS  BANK &  TRUST  COMPANY,  a
Massachusetts trust company (the "Bank").

     WHEREAS,  the Trust  desires to  appoint  the Bank as its  transfer  agent,
dividend disbursing agent and agent in connection with certain other activities,
and the Bank desires to accept such appointment;

     WHEREAS,  the Bank is duly  registered  as a transfer  agent as provided in
Section  17A(c) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  (the "1934
Act");

     WHEREAS,  the Trust is authorized to issue shares in separate series,  with
each such series  representing  interests in a separate  portfolio of securities
and other assets;

     WHEREAS,  the Trust intends to initially  offer shares in the series listed
on APPENDIX A hereto (such series,  together with all other series  subsequently
established by the Trust and made subject to this  Agreement in accordance  with
Section 17, being herein referred to as the "Fund(s)");

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants herein set forth,
the Trust and the Bank agree as follows:

1. TERMS OF APPOINTMENT DUTIES OF THE BANK.

     1.1 Subject to the terms and  conditions set forth in this  Agreement,  the
Trust on behalf of the Funds  hereby  employs and  appoints the Bank to act, and
the Bank agrees to act, as transfer  agent for each of the  Fund(s)'  authorized
and issued  shares of beneficial  interest  ("Shares")  and dividend  disbursing
agent.

     1.2 The Bank agrees that it will perform the following services:

        (a) In  connection  with  procedures  established  from  time to time by
agreement between the Trust and the Bank, the Bank shall:

            (i) Receive  for  acceptance  orders for the  purchase of Shares and
promptly deliver payment and appropriate documentation therefor to the custodian
of the Trust appointed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the "Custodian");

<PAGE>

            (ii) Pursuant to purchase  orders,  issue the appropriate  number of
Shares  and  hold  such  Shares  in  the  appropriate  account  of  the  Trust's
shareholders ("Shareholders");

            (iii)  Receive for  acceptance  redemption  requests and  redemption
directions and deliver the appropriate documentation therefor to the Custodian;

            (iv) At the appropriate  time as and when it receives monies paid to
it by the Custodian with respect to any redemption, pay over or cause to be paid
over in the appropriate manner such monies as instructed;

            (v) Prepare and transmit  payments for dividends  and  distributions
declared by the Trust on behalf of a Fund;

            (vi) Create and  maintain  all  necessary  records  including  those
specified in Section 10 hereof,  in accordance with all applicable  laws,  rules
and regulations,  including but not limited to records required by Section 31(a)
of the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"),  and those
records  pertaining  to the various  functions  performed by it  hereunder.  All
records  shall  be  available  for  inspection  and  use  by  the  Trust.  Where
applicable,  such records shall be maintained by the Bank for the periods and in
the places required by Rule 3la-2 under the 1940 Act;

            (vii) Make available  during regular  business hours all records and
other data created and  maintained  pursuant to this  Agreement  for  reasonable
audit and  inspection by the Trust,  or any person  retained by the Trust.  Upon
reasonable  notice by the Trust,  the Bank shall make  available  during regular
business  hours its  facilities  and premises  employed in  connection  with its
performance  of this Agreement for  reasonable  visitation by the Trust,  or any
person retained by the Trust; and

            (viii)  Record  the  issuance  of Shares of the Trust and  maintain,
pursuant to Rule 1 7Ad- 10(e)  under the 1934 Act, a record of the total  number
of Shares of the Trust which are  authorized,  based upon data provided to it by
the Trust, and issued and outstanding.  The Bank shall also provide the Trust on
a regular basis with the total number of Shares which are  authorized and issued
and  outstanding  and shall have no  obligation,  when recording the issuance of
Shares, to monitor the issuance of such Shares or to take cognizance of any laws
relating to the issue or sale of such Shares,  which functions shall be the sole
responsibility of the Trust.

        (b) In  addition  to and not in lieu of the  services  set  forth in the
above paragraph (a) or in any Schedule hereto, the Bank shall perform all of the
customary services of a transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent;  including
but not limited to maintaining all Shareholder  accounts,  preparing Shareholder
meeting  lists,  mailing  proxies,  receiving and  tabulating  proxies,  mailing
Shareholder  reports and  prospectuses  to current  Shareholders,  preparing and
filing U.S. Treasury  Department Forms 1099 and other appropriate forms required
with respect to  dividends  and  distributions  by federal  authorities  for all
Shareholders, preparing and mailing confirmation forms and statements of account
to  Shareholders   for  all  purchases  and  redemptions  of  Shares  and  other
confirmable transactions in Shareholder accounts, preparing and mailing activity
statements for Shareholders,  and providing Shareholder account information. The
Trust  shall  and  hereby  does  indemnify  to the  Bank  in  writing  that  all
transactions and assets covered  hereunder are to be treated as exempt from blue
sky reporting.

                                       2
<PAGE>

        (c) Additionally,  the Bank shall utilize a system to identify all share
transactions  which involve purchase and redemption orders that are processed at
a time other than the time of the  computation of net asset value per share next
computed after receipt of such orders, and shall compute the net effect upon the
Fund(s) of such transactions so identified on a daily and cumulative basis.

2. SALE OF TRUST SHARES

     2.1 Whenever the Trust shall sell or cause to be sold any Shares of a Fund,
the Trust shall  deliver or cause to be  delivered  by  facsimile  to the Bank a
document duly specifying:  (i) the name of the Fund whose Shares were sold; (ii)
the number of Shares sold,  trade date, and price;  (iii) the amount of money to
be  delivered  to the  Custodian  for the sale of such  Shares and  specifically
allocated  to such Fund;  and (iv) in the case of a new  account,  a new account
application or sufficient information to establish an account.

     2.2  The  Bank  will,  upon  receipt  by it of a  check  or  other  payment
identified  by it as an  investment  in  Shares of one of the Funds and drawn or
endorsed  to the Bank as agent for, or  identified  as being for the account of;
one  of  the  Funds,  promptly  deposit  such  check  or  other  payment  to the
appropriate account postings necessary to reflect the investment.  The Bank will
notify the Trust,  or its  designee,  and the  Custodian  of all  purchases  and
related account adjustments.

     2.3 Under procedures as established by mutual  agreement  between the Trust
and the Bank, the Bank shall issue to the purchaser or its authorized agent such
Shares,  computed  to the nearest  three  decimal  points,  as he is entitled to
receive,  based  on the  appropriate  net  asset  value  of the  Funds'  Shares,
determined in accordance  with the prospectus and any applicable  federal law or
regulation.  In issuing Shares to a purchaser or its authorized  agent, the Bank
shall  be  entitled  to rely  upon the  latest  directions,  if any,  previously
received by the Bank from the purchaser or its authorized  agent  concerning the
delivery of such Shares.

     2.4 The Bank shall not be  required  to issue any Shares of the Trust where
it has  received a written  instruction  from the Trust or written  notification
from any  appropriate  federal or state authority that the sale of the Shares of
the Fund(s) in question has been suspended or  discontinued,  and the Bank shall
be entitled to rely upon such written instructions or written notification.

     2.5 Upon the  issuance  of any  Shares of any  Fund(s) in  accordance  with
foregoing  provisions of this Section, the Bank shall not be responsible for the
payment of any original issue or other taxes, if any, required to be paid by the
Trust in connection with such issuance.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     2.6 The Bank may establish such additional rules and regulations  governing
the transfer or  registration  of Shares as it may deem advisable and consistent
with such rules and regulations  generally  adopted by transfer agents,  or with
the written consent of the Trust, any other rules and regulations.

3.  REDEMPTIONS.  Shares  of any Fund may be  redeemed  in  accordance  with the
procedures  set  forth in the  Prospectus  of the  Trust  and the Bank will duly
process all redemption requests.

4. [RESERVED]

5. RIGHT TO SEEK  ASSURANCES.  The Bank reserves the right to refuse to transfer
or redeem Shares until it is satisfied that the requested transfer or redemption
is legally authorized,  and it shall incur no liability for the refusal, in good
faith, to make transfers or redemptions  which the Bank, in its judgment,  deems
improper or  unauthorized,  or until it is satisfied  that there is no basis for
any claims  adverse to such transfer or  redemption.  The Bank may, in effecting
transfers, rely upon the provisions of the Uniform Act for the Simplification of
Fiduciary  Security Transfers or the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be
amended from time to time,  which in the opinion of legal  counsel for the Trust
or the Bank's own legal counsel,  do not require certain documents in connection
with the  transfer  or  redemption  of Shares of any Fund,  and the Trust  shall
indemnify  the Bank for any act done or omitted by it in reliance upon such laws
or opinions of counsel of the Trust or of the Bank.

6. DISTRIBUTIONS.

     6.1 The Trust  will  promptly  notify  the Bank of the  declaration  of any
dividend or  distribution.  The Trust shall  furnish to the Bank a resolution of
the Board of Trustees of the Trust certified by the Secretary (a "Certificate"):
(i) authorizing  the declaration of dividends on a specified  periodic basis and
authorizing the Bank to rely on oral  instructions  or a Certificate  specifying
the  date of the  declaration  of such  dividend  or  distribution,  the date of
payment thereof;  the record date as of which  Shareholders  entitled to payment
shall be determined and the amount payable per share to  Shareholders  of record
as of such record date and the total  amount  payable to the Bank on the payment
date;  or (ii)  setting  forth the date of the  declaration  of any  dividend or
distribution by a Fund, the date of payment thereof; the record date as of which
Shareholders entitled to payment shall be determined, and the amount payable per
share to the Shareholders of record as of that date and the total amount payable
to the Bank on the payment date.

     6.2 The Bank will  maintain all records  necessary to reflect the crediting
of dividends  which are  reinvested  in Shares of the Trust,  including  without
limitation daily dividends.

     6.3 The  Bank  shall  not be  liable  for  any  improper  payments  made in
accordance with a resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

                                       4
<PAGE>

7. OTHER DUTIES.  In addition to the duties expressly  provided for herein,  the
Bank shall  perform  such  other  duties  and  functions  and shall be paid such
amounts therefor as may from time to time be agreed to in writing.

8. TAXES. It is understood that the Bank shall file such appropriate information
returns  concerning the payment of dividends and capital gain  distributions and
tax  withholding  with the proper  Federal,  State and local  authorities as are
required  by law to be filed by the Trust and  shall  withhold  such sums as are
required to be withheld by applicable law.

9. BOOKS AND RECORDS.

     9.1  The  Bank  shall  maintain   confidential  records  showing  for  each
Shareholder's account the following: (i) names, addresses and tax identification
numbers; (ii) numbers of Shares held; (iii) historical information (as available
from prior transfer agents) regarding the account of each Shareholder, including
dividends  paid and  date  and  price  of all  transactions  on a  Shareholder's
account;  (iv) any stop or  restraining  order  placed  against a  Shareholder's
account; (v) information with respect to withholdings;  (vi) any capital gain or
dividend   reinvestment   order,   plan   application,   dividend   address  and
correspondence  relating to the current maintenance of a Shareholder's  account;
(vii)  certificate  numbers  and  denominations  for  any  Shareholders  holding
certificates;  (viii) any information  required in order for the Bank to perform
the calculations contemplated or required by this Agreement; and (ix) such other
information and data as may be required by applicable law.

     9.2 Any records  required to be maintained by Rule 3la-l under the 1940 Act
will be preserved  for the periods  prescribed in Rule 3la-2 under the 1940 Act.
Such records may be inspected by the Trust during  regular  business  hours upon
reasonable  notice. The Bank may, at its option at any time, and shall forthwith
upon the  Trust's  demand,  turn  over to the  Trust  and cease to retain in the
Bank's  files,  records  and  documents  created and  maintained  by the Bank in
performance  of its service or for its  protection.  At the end of the  six-year
retention  period,  such documents  will either be turned over to the Trust,  or
destroyed in accordance with the Trust's authorization.

     9.3 Procedures  applicable to the services to be performed hereunder may be
established from time to time by agreement between the Fund(s) and the Bank. The
Bank  shall  have  the  right  to  utilize  any   shareholder   accounting   and
recordkeeping  systems which, in its opinion,  qualifies to perform any services
to be performed hereunder.  The Bank shall keep records relating to the services
performed hereunder, in the form and manner as it may deem advisable.

10. FEES AND EXPENSES.

     10.1 For  performance by the Bank pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Fund(s)
agree to pay the Bank an annual maintenance fee for each Shareholder  account as
set out in the initial fee schedule attached as APPENDIX B hereto. Such fees and
out-of-pocket  expenses and advances  identified under Section 10.2 below may be
changed  from time to time  subject  to mutual  written  agreement  between  the
Fund(s) and the Bank.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     10.2 In addition  to the fee paid under  Section  10.1  above,  the Fund(s)
agree to reimburse the Bank for  out-of-pocket  expenses or advances incurred by
the Bank for the items set out in the fee schedule attached hereto. In addition,
any other  expenses  incurred  by the Bank at the request or with the consent of
the Fund(s) including,  without limitation,  any equipment or supplies which the
Trust specifically  orders or requires the Bank to purchase,  will be reimbursed
by the Fund(s).

     10.3 The Fund(s)  agree to pay all fees and  reimbursable  expenses  within
thirty days following the mailing of the respective billing notice.  Postage for
mailing  of  dividends,   proxies,  Fund  reports  and  other  mailings  to  all
shareholder accounts shall be advanced to the Bank by the Fund(s) at least seven
(7) days prior to the mailing date of such materials. Any waiver or extension by
the Bank of the thirty and seven day time  periods  enumerated  in this  Section
10.3 shall not constitute a dismissal of any monies due under this Agreement nor
shall  such  waiver or  extension  apply to any  future  monies  due to the Bank
hereunder.

11. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BANK.

     The Bank represents and warrants to the Trust that:

     11.1 It is a trust company duly organized and existing and in good standing
under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     11.2 It is empowered  under  applicable laws and by its charter and by-laws
to enter into and perform this Agreement.

     11.3 All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to
enter into and perform this Agreement.

     11.4 It has and will continue to have access to the  necessary  facilities,
equipment  and  personnel  to  perform  its duties  and  obligations  under this
Agreement.

12. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRUST.

     The Trust represents and warrants to the Bank that:

     12.1  It is a  business  trust  duly  organized  and  existing  and in good
standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware  as set forth in the  preamble
hereto.

     12.2 It is empowered under applicable laws and by its charter documents and
by-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.

     12.3 All  proceedings  required by said charter  documents and by-laws have
been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     12.4 It is an open-end investment company registered under the 1940 Act.

     12.5 A  registration  statement on Form N-lA  (including  a prospectus  and
statement of additional  information)  under the  Securities Act of 1933 and the
1940 Act is currently effective and will remain effective, and appropriate state
securities law filings have been made and will continue to be made, with respect
to all Shares of the Trust being offered for sale.

     12.6 When Shares are hereafter  issued in accordance  with the terms of the
Prospectus, such Shares shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable by
the Fund(s).

13. INDEMNIFICATION.

     13.1  Notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement to the  contrary,  in no
event  shall the Bank or any of its  officers,  directors,  employees  or agents
(collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties") be liable to the Trust, any Fund or
any third party,  and the Trust and each Fund shall  indemnify and hold the Bank
and the Indemnified  Parties harmless from and against any and all loss, damage,
liability,  actions, suits, claims, costs and expenses,  including legal fees (a
"Claim"),  arising  as a  result  of any  act or  omission  of the  Bank  or any
Indemnified  Party under this Agreement,  except for any Claim resulting  solely
from  the  negligence,  willful  misfeasance  or bad  faith  of the  Bank or any
Indemnified  Party.  Without  limiting the  foregoing,  neither the Bank nor the
Indemnified  Parties  shall be  liable  for,  and the  Bank and the  Indemnified
Parties shall be indemnified against, any Claim arising as a result of:

        (a) Any  actions  taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank or its agents
or subcontractors in good faith in reliance on, or use by the Bank or its agents
or subcontractors of; information,  records and documents which (i) are received
by the Bank or its agents or subcontractors and furnished to such party by or on
behalf of the Fund(s),  (ii) have been prepared and/or maintained by the Fund(s)
or any other person or firm on behalf of the Fund(s),  or (iii) were received by
the Bank or its agents or subcontractors from a prior transfer agent.

        (b) Any  action  taken or  omitted to be taken by the Bank in good faith
reliance upon any law, act,  regulation (a "Regulation") or  interpretation of a
Regulation  even  though  such  Regulation  may  thereafter  have been  altered,
changed, amended or repealed.

        (c) The  Fund(s)'  refusal or  failure to comply  with the terms of this
Agreement,  or which arise out of the Funds' lack of good faith,  negligence  or
willful  misconduct  or which arise out of the breach of any  representation  or
warranty of the Fund(s) hereunder.

        (d) The Bank's good faith and  reasonable  reliance  on, or the carrying
out by the Bank or its agents or subcontractors of any instructions or requests,
whether written or oral, of the Fund(s).

                                       7
<PAGE>

        (e) The offer or sale of Shares  by the  Trust in  violation  of (i) any
requirement  under  the  federal  securities  laws  or  regulations;   (ii)  any
requirement  under the securities laws or regulations of any state; or (iii) any
stop order or other  determination or ruling by any federal or state agency with
respect to the offer or sale of such Shares.

     13.2 The Bank  shall  indemnify  and hold  the  Fund(s)  harmless  from and
against any and all  losses,  damages,  costs,  charges,  legal fees,  payments,
expenses and liability  arising out of or attributed to any action or failure or
omission  to act by the  Bank as a  result  of the  Bank's  lack of good  faith,
negligence, willful misconduct, knowing violation of law or fraud.

     13.3 At any time  the  Bank may  apply  to any  officer  of the  Trust  for
instructions,  and may, after  consultation  with the Trust,  consult with legal
counsel  of the  Bank  or the  Trust  with  respect  to any  matter  arising  in
connection  with the services to be performed by the Bank under this  Agreement,
and the Bank and its agents or  subcontractors  shall not be liable and shall be
indemnified  by the Trust for any action taken or omitted by it in reliance upon
such  instructions  or upon the  opinion  of such  counsel  except for a knowing
violation of law. The Bank, its agents and subcontractors shall be protected and
indemnified  in acting upon any paper or document  furnished  by or on behalf of
the  Fund(s),  reasonably  believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the
proper person or persons, or upon any instruction, information, data, records or
documents  provided  to the Bank or its  agents  or  subcontractors  by  machine
readable input,  telex,  CRT data entry or other similar means authorized by the
Fund(s),  and the Bank, its agents and subcontractors  shall not be held to have
notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice
thereof from the Fund(s).  The Bank, its agents and subcontractors shall also be
protected and indemnified in recognizing stock certificates which are reasonably
believed to bear the proper manual or facsimile  signatures of an officer of the
Trust,  and  one  proper  countersignature  of  any  former  transfer  agent  or
registrar, or of a co-transfer agent or co-registrar.

     13.4 In the event either party is unable to perform its  obligations  under
the terms of this Agreement  because of acts of God,  strikes,  interruption  of
electrical power or other utilities, equipment or transmission failure or damage
reasonably  beyond its control,  or other causes  reasonably beyond its control,
such party shall not be liable to the other for compensation nor for any damages
resulting from such failure to perform or otherwise from such causes.

     13.5 Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to the other party for
special,  incidental or consequential  damages, even if the other party has been
advised  of the  possibility  of  such  damages,  under  any  provision  of this
Agreement  or for any act or failure to act  hereunder as  contemplated  by this
Agreement.

     13.6 In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this Section
13 shall  apply,  upon the  assertion  of a claim for which  either party may be
required to indemnify  the other,  the party seeking the  indemnification  shall
promptly  notify  the other  party of such  assertion,  and shall keep the other
party advised with respect to all developments  concerning such claim. The party
seeking  indemnification  shall give the  indemnifying  party full and  complete
authority,  information  and assistance to defend such claim or proceeding,  and
the indemnifying party shall have, at its option, sole control of the defense of
such claim or proceeding and all  negotiations for its compromise or settlement.
The party seeking indemnification shall in no case confess any claim or make any
compromise  in any case in which the other party may be required to indemnify it
except with the other party's prior written consent,  which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

                                       8
<PAGE>

14. Covenants of the Trust and the Bank.

     14.1 The Trust shall promptly furnish to the Bank the following:

        (a) A  certified  copy of the  resolution  of the  Trustees of the Trust
authorizing  the  appointment of the Bank and the execution and delivery of this
Agreement.

        (b) A copy of the  charter  documents  and  by-laws of the Trust and all
amendments thereto.

        (c) Copies of each vote of the Trustees  designating  authorized persons
to  give  instructions  to  the  Bank,  and  a  Certificate  providing  specimen
signatures for such authorized persons.

        (d)  Certificates  as to any change in any  officer or  Director  of the
Trust.

        (e) If applicable a specimen of the  certificate  of Shares in each Fund
of the Trust in the form approved by the Trustees, with a Certificate as to such
approval.

        (f) Specimens of all new  certificates  for Shares,  accompanied  by the
Trustees' resolutions approving such forms.

        (g) All  account  application  forms and  other  documents  relating  to
shareholder  accounts or relating to any plan, program or service offered by the
Trust.

        (h) A list of all Shareholders of the Fund(s) with the name, address and
tax identification  number of each Shareholder,  and the number of Shares of the
Fund(s) held by each, certificate numbers and denominations (if any certificates
have been  issued),  lists of any account  against which stops have been placed,
together with the reasons for said stops,  and the number of Shares  redeemed by
the Fund(s).

        (i) An opinion of counsel for the Trust with  respect to the validity of
the Shares and the status of such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933.

        (j)  Copies  of the  Fund(s)  registration  statement  on Form  N-lA (if
applicable)as  amended and  declared  effective by the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission and all post-effective amendments thereto.

                                       9
<PAGE>

        (k) Such other certificates,  documents or opinions as the Bank may deem
necessary or  appropriate  for the Bank in the proper  performance of its duties
hereunder.

     14.2 The Bank  hereby  agrees to  establish  and  maintain  facilities  and
procedures   reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Trust  for  safekeeping  of  stock
certificates,  check forms and facsimile  signature  imprinting devices, if any;
and for the preparation or use, and for keeping  account of; such  certificates,
forms and devices.

     14.3 The Bank shall keep  records  relating to the services to be performed
hereunder,  in the  form and  manner  as it may deem  advisable.  To the  extent
required by Section 31 of the 1940 Act and the Rules thereunder, the Bank agrees
that all such  records  prepared  or  maintained  by the  Bank  relating  to the
services to be performed by the Bank hereunder are the confidential  property of
the Trust and will be  preserved,  maintained  and made  available in accordance
with such  Section  and Rules,  and will be  surrendered  to the Trust on and in
accordance with its request.

     14.4 The Bank and the Trust agree that all books, records,  information and
data  pertaining  to the  business  of the other party  which are  exchanged  or
received pursuant to the negotiation or the carrying out of this Agreement shall
remain confidential, and shall not be voluntarily disclosed to any other person,
except as may be required by law.

     14.5  In  case  of any  requests  or  demands  for  the  inspection  of the
Shareholder records of the Trust, the Bank will endeavor to notify the Trust and
to  secure  instructions  from an  authorized  officer  of the  Trust as to such
request  or  demand.  The Bank  reserves  the right,  however,  to  exhibit  the
Shareholder  records to any person whenever it is advised by its counsel that it
may be subject to  enforcement  or other action by any court or regulatory  body
for the failure to exhibit the Shareholder records to such person.

15. TERM OF AGREEMENT.

     15.1  Termination of Agreement.  The term of this Agreement  shall be three
years  commencing  upon the date hereof (the  "Initial  Term"),  unless  earlier
terminated as provided  herein.  After the  expiration of the Initial Term,  the
term of this Agreement shall  automatically  renew for successive one-year terms
(each a  "Renewal  Term")  unless  notice of  non-renewal  is  delivered  by the
non-renewing  party to the other  party no later than  ninety  days prior to the
expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, as the case may be.

        (a)  Either  party  hereto may  terminate  this  Agreement  prior to the
expiration  of the  Initial  Term in the  event  the other  party  violates  any
material  provision of this  Agreement,  provided that the  non-violating  party
gives written notice of such violation to the violating  party and the violating
party does not cure such  violation  within  forty-five  (45) days of receipt of
such notice.

                                       10
<PAGE>

        (b) If,  during the Initial Term of this  Agreement,  a state or Federal
statutory  or  regulatory  change  shall  occur  such that the sale of  variable
products by insurance companies generally is no longer feasible (and such change
is evidenced by changes in the sales practices for variable  products across the
insurance  industry) and as a result, the Board of Trustees of the Fund votes to
liquidate  the Fund and  terminate  its  registration  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission,   written  notice  (the  "Liquidation   Notice")  of  such
determination setting forth the reasons for such determination shall be provided
to the Bank. In order to be effective,  any Liquidation  Notice must be executed
by two  officers of the Fund.  The Bank shall,  within  seven days of receipt of
such a  Liquidation  Notice,  reply to the Fund as to whether it agrees that the
terms of the Liquidation  Notice meet the requirements of this paragraph,  which
agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld. Upon such agreement,  the Fund may
terminate this Agreement  without  additional action by the Fund's Board upon an
additional sixty (60) days written notice.

        Should this Agreement be terminated in accordance with the terms of this
paragraph,  the Fund  shall pay to the  Bank,  in lieu of the fees for which the
Fund would  otherwise  be liable to the Bank  hereunder  through  the end of the
Initial Term, the following amounts:

     i.   If during the first year of the Initial Term the Fund shall pay to the
          Bank an amount  equal to the fees that  would  otherwise  be due under
          this  Agreement  through the last day of the  eighteenth  month of the
          Initial Term,  WITHOUT  giving effect to the discount  provided on the
          first years' fees set forth in Appendix B;

     ii.  If during the second  year of the  Initial  Term the Fund shall pay to
          the Bank an amount equal to the fees that would otherwise be due under
          this Agreement  through the last day of the second year of the Initial
          Term;

     iii. If during the third year of the Initial Term the Fund shall pay to the
          Bank an amount  equal to the fees that  would  otherwise  be due under
          this Agreement through the end of the Initial Term.

        (c) Either party may terminate  this  Agreement  during any Renewal Term
upon ninety days written notice to the other party. Any termination  pursuant to
this paragraph  16.1(b) shall be effective upon  expiration of such ninety days,
provided,  however, that the effective date of such termination may be postponed
to a date not more than one hundred  twenty  days after  delivery of the written
notice:  (i) at the request of the Bank, in order to prepare for the transfer by
the Bank of its duties  hereunder;  or (ii) at the request of the Fund, in order
to give the Fund an  opportunity to make suitable  arrangements  for a successor
transfer agent.

     15.2 Should the Trust  exercise its right to terminate,  all  out-of-pocket
expenses  associated  with the movement of records and material will be borne by
the Trust.  Additionally,  the Bank reserves the right to recover from the Trust
any other reasonable expenses associated with such termination.

16. Additional Funds. In the event that the Trust establishes one or more series
of Shares in addition to the series  listed on APPENDIX A hereto with respect to
which it desires to have the Bank render  services  as transfer  agent under the
terms hereof; it shall so notify the Bank in writing,  and if the Bank agrees to
provide such services,  the parties may execute an amendment  hereto pursuant to
which such series of Shares shall become a Fund  hereunder  and APPENDIX A shall
be appropriately amended.

                                       11
<PAGE>

17. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING.

     17.1 Except as provided in Section 18.3 below,  neither this  Agreement nor
any rights or obligations  hereunder may be assigned by either party without the
written consent of the other party.

     17.2 This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

     17.3 The Bank, may [with the consent on the part of the Trust, ]subcontract
for the  performance  of any of the  services to be provided  hereunder to third
parties,  including  any  affiliate  of the Bank,  provided  that the Bank shall
remain  liable  hereunder for any acts or omissions of any  subcontractor  as if
performed by the Bank.

18. AMENDMENT.  This  Agreement  may be amended or  modified  only by a written
agreement executed by both parties.

19. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions  thereof
interpreted  under  and in  accordance  with  the  laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

20. MERGER OF AGREEMENT AND SEVERABILITY

     20.1 This Agreement  constitutes the entire  agreement  between the parties
hereto and  supersedes  any prior  agreement  with respect to the subject hereof
whether oral or written.

     20.2  In  the  event  any  provision  of  this  Agreement   shall  be  held
unenforceable  or invalid for any reason,  the remainder of the Agreement  shall
remain in full force and effect.

     20.3 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  each of
which shall be deemed to be an original;  but such counterparts  shall together,
constitute only one instrument.

21. NOTICES. Any notice or other instrument in writing authorized or required by
this Agreement to be given to either party hereto will be sufficiently  given if
addressed  to such  party and  mailed or  delivered  to it at its  office at the
address set forth below:

                                       12
<PAGE>

     For the Trust:

          LSA Variable Series Trust
          Allstate Life Insurance Company
          3100 Sanders Road, Suite J5B
          Northbrook, Illinois 60062
          Attention: Jeanette Donahue, Vice President, Chief Operations Officer
          With a copy to: Barbara J. Whisler, Secretary, Chief Compliance
          Officer

     For the Bank:

          Investors Bank & Trust Company
          200 Clarendon Street, P.O. Box 9130
          Boston, Massachusetts 02117-9130
          Attention: Robert C. Conron, Director, Client Management
          With a copy to: John E. Henry, General Counsel


                  [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

                                       13
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
executed  in their  names and on their  behalf  under their seals by and through
their duly authorized officers, as of the day and the year first above written.



                    LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST



                    By:  /s/ John R. Hunter
                         ------------------
                    Name:  John R. Hunter
                    Title:  President


                    INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY




                    By: /s/ Robert D. Mancuso
                        ---------------------
                    Name: Robert D. Mancuso
                    Title: Senior Vice President

                                       14
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                           LSA Variable Series Trust

                                   Fund List



IBT
Account Fund                       Adviser
- ------  ----                       -------

 255    Focused Equity             Morgan Stanley Asset Management
 260    Growth Equity              Goldman Sachs Asset Management
 265    Disciplined Equity         JP Morgan Investment Management Inc.
 270    Value Equity               Salomon Brothees Asset Management Inc.
 275    Balanced                   OpCap Advisors
 280    Emerging Growth
        Domestic Equity            RS Investment Management, L.P.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX B

                           LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
                             Proposed Fee Schedule*
                               For 6 Mutual Funds


                       DOMESTIC CUSTODY, FUND ACCOUNTING,
                             CALCULATION OF N.A.V.,
                       ADMINISTRATION AND TRANSFER AGENCY


A. DOMESTIC CUSTODY, FUND ACCOUNTING,  CALCULATION OF N.A.V., ADMINISTRATION AND
   TRANSFER AGENCY

     The  following  fees will  apply to all  assets  for which  Investors  Bank
provides Custody,  Fund Accounting,  calculation of N.A.V.,  Administration  and
Transfer Agency services.

                                             Annual Fee
                                             ----------

FIRST $500  MILLION OF NET ASSETS            11.0 Basis Points
NEXT $500 MILLION OF NET ASSETS               9.0 Basis Points
NEXT $500 MILLION OF NET ASSETS               6.0 Basis Points
Assets in excess of $1.5 Billion              4.0 Basis Points


     There will be an annual  minimum  fee of  $140,000  per fund.  However,  to
accommodate  the start-up  period,  first year minimums will be as follows:  1st
Quarter 50%, 2nd Quarter 75%, 3rd Quarter 85%, 4th Quarter and beyond 100%.


B. DOMESTIC TRANSACTIONS

                DTC/Fed Book Entry      $10**
                Physical Securities      35
                Options and Futures      18
                GNMA Securities          30
                Principal Paydown         5
                Foreign Currency         18***
                Outgoing Wires            7
                Incoming Wires            5

                                       1
<PAGE>

**This assumes that the trade  information will be sent to Investors Bank in the
ISITC/SWIFT format.  Manual trades will be billed at $12.00 per trade. There are
no transaction charges for use of the Investors Bank Repo.

***There  are no  transaction  charges for F/X  contracts  executed by Investors
Bank.


C. FOREIGN SUBCUSTODIAN FEES

     o    Incremental  basis point and transaction  fees will be charged for all
          foreign  assets for which we are  custodian.  The asset based fees and
          transaction  fees vary by  country,  based  upon the  attached  global
          custody  fee  schedule.   Local  duties,  script  fees,  registration,
          reclaims,  exchange  fees,  and other  market  charges are  additional
          out-of-pocket fees.

     o    Investors Bank will require the fund to hold all international  assets
          at the subcustodian of our choice.


                                 MISCELLANEOUS

A. Out-of-Pocket

          o These charges consist of:
               -Legal Expenses                    -InvestView
               -Printing, Delivery & Postage      -Forms and Supplies
               -Third Party Review                -Micro Rental
               -Extraordinary Travel Expenses
               -Customized Systems Development/Reporting
               -International Verification Services($3/security/month)
               -Pricing and Verification Services
               -Telecommunications
               -Support Equipment Rental
               -Data Transmissions
               -Non Standard Extract


B. DOMESTIC BALANCE CREDIT

     o    We allow use of balance credit against fees  (excluding  out-of-pocket
          charges) for fund  balances  arising out of the custody  relationship.
          The credit is based on collected balances reduced by balances required
          to support the activity charges of the accounts.  The monthly earnings
          allowance is equal to 75% of the 90-day T-bill rate.

                                       2
<PAGE>

C. SECURITIES LENDING, FOREIGN EXCHANGE & CASH MANAGEMENT

     o    The assumption  was made that Investors Bank would perform  securities
          lending,  if applicable,  foreign exchange and cash management for the
          portfolios.  Securities  Lending  revenue  is split with the funds and
          Investors Bank on a 60/40% basis: 60% going to the funds.

D. PAYMENT

     o    The above fees will be charged against the fund's  custodian  checking
          account five business days after the invoice is mailed.

E. SYSTEMS

     o    The details of any systems  work will be  determined  after a thorough
          business analysis. System's work will be billed on a time and material
          basis.  Investors  Bank  provides an  allowance of 10 system hours for
          data extract set up and reporting extract set up.  Additional  systems
          hours will be billed on a time and material basis.


* A LETTER OF INTENT  ACCOMPANIED  BY A $25,000  DEPOSIT TO BE CREDITED  AGAINST
FUTURE FEES IS REQUIRED TO BEGIN THIS IMPLEMENTATION. THIS FEE SCHEDULE IS VALID
FOR 60 DAYS  FROM  DATE OF ISSUE  AND  ASSUMES  THE  EXECUTION  OF OUR  STANDARD
CONTRACTUAL AGREEMENTS FOR A MINIMUM OF THREE YEARS.

* THIS FEE SCHEDULE IS CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION OF THE PARTIES AND SHALL NOT BE
DISCLOSED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF BOTH PARTIES.


                                       3



                             PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
                                      Among
                           LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST,
                            LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC,
                                       and
                          LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

          THIS  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement"),  made and entered  into as of the
first  day  of  October,   1999  by  and  among  Lincoln  Benefit  Life  Company
(hereinafter  the  "Company"),  on its own behalf and on behalf of each separate
account of the Company named in Schedule 1 to this Agreement (collectively,  the
"Accounts"), LSA Variable Series Trust (the "Fund") and LSA Asset Management LLC
(the "Manager").

          WHEREAS, the Fund is an open-end management  investment company and is
available  to  act  as the  investment  vehicle  for  separate  accounts  now in
existence  or to be  established  in the  future  for  variable  life  insurance
policies,  variable annuity contracts and other tax-deferred products offered by
insurance companies (the "Participating Insurance Companies");

          WHEREAS,  the beneficial  interest in the Fund is divided into several
series  of  shares,   each   designated  a   "Portfolio",   (collectively,   the
"Portfolios") and each  representing the interests in a particular  managed pool
of securities and other assets;

          WHEREAS,  the  Fund has  obtained  an order  from the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC"),  dated  October 4, 1999 (File No.  812-11656)
(hereinafter,  the  "Order")  granting  relief to the Fund,  the Manager and any
subsequently  registered  open-end  investment  companies that in the future are
advised by the Manager,  or by any entity  controlling,  controlled by, or under
common control with the Manager.  Specifically,  the Order  provides  exemptions
from  Section  15(a) of the 1940 Act and Rule 18f-2  thereunder,  subject to the
conditions set forth in the  application,  to permit  investment  advisers other
than the Manager,  to serve and act as an  investment  subadviser to one or more
portfolios of the Fund (the "Adviser(s)") pursuant to written agreements between



<PAGE>

the Manager and each Adviser that have been approved by the board of trustees of
the Fund  (the  "Trustees")  but  which  have not been  approved  by a vote of a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of each portfolio.  The Order also
provides exemptions from: certain registration statement disclosure requirements
of Items 3,  6(a)(1)(ii)  and  15(a)(3)  of Form  N1-A and Item 3 of Form  N-14;
certain  proxy  statement   disclosure   requirements  of  Items   22(a)(3)(iv),
(c)(1)(ii),  (c)(1)(iii), (c)(8) and (c)(9) of Schedule 14A under the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended;  certain  semi-annual  reporting  disclosure
requirements  of  Item  48 of  Form  N-SAR;  and,  certain  financial  statement
disclosure  requirements of Sections 6-07(2)(a),  (b), and (c) of Regulation S-X
which may be deemed to require various disclosures  regarding advisory fees paid
to the Advisers;

          WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered as an open-end management  investment
company  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act")
and its shares are registered  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"1933 Act");

          WHEREAS, the Manager is duly registered as an investment adviser under
the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

          WHEREAS,  the Company has registered or will register certain variable
annuity and/or life  insurance  contracts  under the 1933 Act (the  "Contracts")
(unless an exemption from registration is available);

          WHEREAS, the Accounts are or will be duly organized,  validly existing
segregated  asset accounts,  established by resolution of the Board of Directors
of the Company, to set aside and invest assets attributable to the Contracts and
the Accounts;

          WHEREAS,  the Company has  registered or will register the Accounts as
unit investment trusts under the 1940 Act (unless an exemption from registration
is available);

          WHEREAS,  to the extent  permitted by  applicable  insurance  laws and
regulations,  the Company intends to purchase shares in the Portfolios (as named
in  Schedule  2 to this  Agreement  and as may be  amended  from time to time by
mutual  consent of the parties) on behalf of the Accounts to fund the  Contracts
(as named in  Schedule 3 to this  Agreement  and as may be amended  from time to
time by mutual  consent of the parties) and the Fund is  authorized to sell such
shares to the Accounts at net asset value; and

<PAGE>

          NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of their mutual promises,  the Fund,
the Manager and the Company agree as follows:

ARTICLE I. SALE OF FUND SHARES

          1.1.  The Fund agrees to sell to the Company  those shares of the Fund
which the Company  orders on behalf of the Account,  executing  such orders on a
daily basis at the net asset value next  computed  after  receipt by the Fund or
its  designee  of the order for the  shares of the Fund.  For  purposes  of this
Section 1.1,  the Company  shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of such
orders from each Account and receipt by such designee shall  constitute  receipt
by the Fund;  provided that the Fund receives  written (or facsimile)  notice of
such order by 9:30 a.m.  Eastern  Standard Time on the next  following  Business
Day.  "Business  Day" shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is
open for trading and on which the Fund  calculates  its net asset value pursuant
to the rules of the SEC.

          1.2.  The Company  shall pay for Fund shares on the next  Business Day
after it places an order to purchase Fund shares in accordance  with Section 1.1
hereof. Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire or by a credit for
any shares redeemed.

          1.3. The Fund agrees to make Fund shares available for purchase at the
applicable  net asset value per share by the Company for its  Accounts (as named
in  Schedule  1 to this  Agreement  and as may be  amended  from time to time by
mutual  consent of the parties) on those days on which the Fund  calculates  its
net  asset  value  pursuant  to rules of the SEC;  provided,  however,  that the
Trustees may refuse to sell shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or
terminate  the offering of shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by
law  or by  regulatory  authorities  having  jurisdiction  or is,  in  the  sole
discretion of the Trustees, acting in good faith and in light of their fiduciary
duties under federal and any applicable state laws, in the best interests of the
shareholders of any Portfolio.

<PAGE>

          1.4. The Fund agrees to redeem,  upon the Company's request,  any full
or fractional shares of the Fund held by the Company, executing such requests on
a daily basis at the net asset value next computed  after receipt by the Fund or
its  designee of the request for  redemption.  For purposes of this Section 1.4,
the  Company  shall be the  designee  of the Fund for  receipt of  requests  for
redemption  and receipt by such designee shall  constitute  receipt by the Fund;
provided that the Fund receives  written (or  facsimile)  notice of such request
for redemption by 9:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time on the next following Business
Day.  Payment  shall be made  within  the time  period  specified  in the Fund's
prospectus or statement of additional information,  in federal funds transmitted
by wire to the  Company's  account as  designated by the Company in writing from
time to time.

          1.5.  The Company  shall pay for the Fund shares on the next  Business
Day after an order to purchase  shares is made in accordance with the provisions
of Section 1.4 hereof.  Payment  shall be in federal funds  transmitted  by wire
pursuant  to the  instructions  of the Fund's  treasurer  or by a credit for any
shares redeemed.

          1.6.  The  Company  agrees to  purchase  and  redeem the shares of the
Portfolios named in Schedule 2 offered by the Fund's then current prospectus and
statement of additional  information  in accordance  with the provisions of such
prospectus and statement of additional information.

          1.7.  Net Asset  Value.  The Fund shall use its best efforts to inform
the Company of the net asset value per share for each Portfolio available to the
Company by 6:30 p.m. New York Time or as soon as  reasonably  practicable  after
the net asset value per share for such Portfolio is  calculated.  The Fund shall
calculate  such net  asset  value in  accordance  with the  prospectus  for such
Portfolio.  In the event  that net asset  values are not made  available  to the
Company by such time,  the Company agrees to use its best efforts to include the
net asset  value  when  received  in its next  business  cycle for  purposes  of



<PAGE>

calculating  purchase orders and requests for redemption.  However, if net asset
values  are not  available  for an  inclusion  in the next  business  cycle  and
purchase  orders/redemptions  are not able to be calculated and available to the
Company to execute within the time-frame identified in Section 2.3 (a), the Fund
shall  reimburse and make the Company whole for any losses  incurred as a result
of such delays.

          1.8.  Pricing  Errors.  Any material  errors in the calculation of net
asset value, dividends or capital gain information shall be reported immediately
upon discovery to the Company.  An error shall be deemed "material" based on our
interpretation  of the SEC's position and policy with regard to materiality,  as
it may be modified from time to time. Neither the Fund, the Manager,  nor any of
their  affiliates  shall be liable for any  information  provided to the Company
pursuant to this Agreement which  information is based on incorrect  information
supplied  by or on behalf of the Company or any other  Participating  Company to
the Trust or the  Distributor.  The Fund  shall make the  Company  whole for any
payments  or  adjustments  to the  number  of  shares  in the  Account  that are
reasonably demonstrated to be required as a result of pricing errors.

ARTICLE II.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          2.1. The Company  represents  and warrants  that the  Contracts are or
will be registered  under the 1933 Act;  that the  Contracts  will be issued and
sold in compliance  in all material  respects  with all  applicable  federal and
state  laws and that the sale of the  Contracts  shall  comply  in all  material
respects with state  insurance  suitability  requirements.  The Company  further
represents  and warrants that it is an insurance  company duly  organized and in
good  standing  under  applicable  law  and  that  it has  legally  and  validly
established  each Account  prior to any issuance or sale thereof as a segregated
asset account under laws of the State of Nebraska and has  registered  or, prior
to any issuance or sale of the  Contracts,  will register each Account as a unit
investment trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as a
segregated investment account for the Contracts.

<PAGE>

          2.2. The Fund  represents  and warrants that Fund shares sold pursuant
to this Agreement  shall be registered  under the 1933 Act, duly  authorized for
issuance and sold in  compliance  with the laws of the State of Illinois and all
applicable  federal  and  state  securities  laws and that the Fund is and shall
remain  registered  under the 1940 Act.  The Fund shall  amend the  registration
statement  for its shares  under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time
as required in order to effect the continuous  offering of its shares.  The Fund
shall  register and qualify the shares for sale in  accordance  with the laws of
the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund.

          2.3. The Fund represents that it is currently qualified as a Regulated
Investment  Company under  Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended  (the  "Code"),  and that it will make  every  effort to  maintain  such
qualification  (under  Subchapter M or any successor or similar  provision)  and
that it will notify the Company  immediately  upon having a reasonable basis for
believing that it has ceased to so qualify.

          2.4. The Company  represents that the Contracts are currently  treated
as life insurance policies or annuity contracts,  under applicable provisions of
the Code and that it will make every effort to maintain such  treatment and that
it will notify the Fund immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing
that the  Contracts  have  ceased to be so  treated or that they might not be so
treated in the future.

          2.5. The Fund represents that to the extent that it decides to finance
distribution  expenses  pursuant  to Rule  12b-1  under the 1940  Act,  the Fund
undertakes to have a board of directors,  a majority of whom are not  interested
persons of the Fund,  formulate and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance
distribution expenses.

<PAGE>

          2.6. The Fund makes no  representation as to whether any aspect of its
operations  (including,  but not limited to, fees and  expenses  and  investment
policies)  complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states
except that the Fund represents that the Fund's  investment  policies,  fees and
expenses  are and shall at all times remain in  compliance  with the laws of the
State of Illinois and the Fund represents that their  respective  operations are
and shall at all times remain in material  compliance with the laws of the State
of Illinois to the extent required to perform this Agreement.

          2.7. The Fund  represents  that it is lawfully  organized  and validly
existing  under  the  laws of the  State of  Delaware  and that it does and will
comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

          2.8. The Manager  represents  and warrants that it is and shall remain
duly registered in all material respects under all applicable  federal and state
securities  laws  and  that it will  perform  its  obligations  for the  Fund in
compliance  in all material  respects with the laws of its state of domicile and
any applicable state and federal securities laws. The Manager further represents
that it will  make  reasonable  efforts  to  verify  that  all  subadvisers  are
similarly registered.

<PAGE>

          2.9. The Fund  represents and warrants that its  directors,  officers,
employees,  and  other  individuals/entities   dealing  with  the  money  and/or
securities  of the Fund are and shall  continue to be at all times  covered by a
blanket  fidelity  bond or similar  coverage  for the  benefit of the Fund in an
amount not less than the minimal coverage as required  currently by Rule 17g-(1)
of the 1940 Act or related  provisions as may be promulgated  from time to time.
The  aforesaid  blanket  fidelity  bond shall  include  coverage for larceny and
embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

          2.10.  The Company  represents and warrants that all of its directors,
officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing
with the money and/or  securities of the Fund are covered by a blanket  fidelity
bond or  similar  coverage,  in an amount  not less $5  million.  The  aforesaid
includes  coverage for larceny and embezzlement is issued by a reputable bonding
company. The Company agrees to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond
or another bond containing these  provisions is always in effect,  and agrees to
notify the Fund and the  Underwriter  in the event that such  coverage no longer
applies.

ARTICLE III. SALES MATERIAL, PROSPECTUSES AND OTHER REPORTS

          3.1. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the
Fund or its  designee,  each  piece of  sales  literature  or other  promotional
material in which the Fund or the Manager is named,  at least five Business Days
prior to its use.  No such  material  shall be used if the Fund or its  designee
reasonably  objects to such use within five  Business Days after receipt of such
material. "Business Day" shall mean any day in which the New York Stock Exchange
is open  for  trading  and in which  the Fund  calculates  its net  asset  value
pursuant to the rules of the SEC.

          3.2. Except with the express permission of the Fund, the Company shall
not give any information or make any  representations or statements on behalf of
the Fund or  concerning  the Fund in  connection  with the sale of the Contracts
other than the  information  or  representations  contained in the  registration
statement or prospectus for the Fund shares, as such registration  statement and
prospectus  may be amended or  supplemented  from time to time, or in reports or
proxy  statements  for the Fund,  or in sales  literature  or other  promotional
material approved by the Fund or its designee.

          3.3. For purposes of this Article III, the phrase "sales literature or
other  promotional   material"  shall  mean  advertisements  (such  as  material
published,  or designed for use in, a newspaper,  magazine, or other periodical,
radio,  television,  telephone or tape recording,  videotape  display,  signs or
billboard  or  electronic  media),  and  sales  literature  (such as  brochures,
circulars,  market  letters and form  letters),  distributed  or made  generally
available to customers or the public.



<PAGE>

          3.4. The Fund shall provide a copy of its current  prospectus within a
reasonable  period of its effective filing date, and provide other assistance as
is  reasonably  necessary  in order  for the  Company  once  each  year (or more
frequently if the  prospectus for the Fund is  supplemented  or amended) to have
the  prospectus  for the  Contracts  and the  prospectus  for the  Fund  printed
together in one document  (such  printing to be at the Company's  expense).  The
Manager  shall be permitted to review and approve the typeset form of the Fund's
prospectus prior to such printing.

          3.5.  The Fund or the Manager  shall  provide the Company with either:
(i) a copy  of  the  Fund's  proxy  material,  reports  to  shareholders,  other
information  relating to the Fund necessary to prepare  financial  reports,  and
other  communications  to shareholders for printing and distribution to Contract
owners at the Company's expense,  or (ii) camera ready and/or printed copies, if
appropriate,  of such  material  for  distribution  to  Contract  owners  at the
Company'  expense,  within a reasonable period of the filing date for definitive
copies of such  material.  The Manager  shall be permitted to review and approve
the typeset form of such proxy material,  shareholder reports and communications
prior to such printing.

ARTICLE IV. FEES AND EXPENSES

          4.1. The Fund and Manager  shall pay no fee or other  compensation  to
the Company  under this  Agreement,  and the  Company  shall pay no fee or other
compensation to the Fund or Manager, except as provided herein.

          4.2.  All  expenses  incident  to  performance  by each  party  of its
respective  duties under this  Agreement  shall be paid by that party.  The Fund
shall ensure that all its shares are  registered  and authorized for issuance in
accordance  with applicable  federal law and, if and to the extent  advisable by
the Fund, in accordance with applicable state laws prior to their sale. The Fund
shall bear the expenses for the cost of registration  and  qualification  of the
Fund's shares,  preparation and filing of the Fund's prospectus and registration
statement,  proxy  materials and reports,  and the preparation of all statements
and notices required by any federal or state law.

<PAGE>

          4.3. The Fund,  at its expense,  shall provide the Company with copies
of its proxy  statements,  reports  to  shareholders,  and other  communications
(except for  prospectuses  and statements of additional  information,  which are
covered in section 3.4) to  shareholders  in such  quantity as the Company shall
reasonably  require for distributing to Contract owners. The Fund shall bear the
expense of mailing such proxy  materials in the event the proxy vote is a result
of actions initiated by the Fund.

          4.4. In the event the Fund adds one or more additional  Portfolios and
the parties desire to make such Portfolios  available to the respective Contract
owners as an underlying  investment  medium,  a new Schedule 3 which shall be an
amendment to this  Agreement  shall be executed by the parties  authorizing  the
issuance  of  shares  of the  new  Portfolios  to the  particular  Account.  The
amendment may also provide for the sharing of expenses for the  establishment of
new Portfolios among  Participating  Insurance  Companies  desiring to invest in
such Portfolios and the provision of funds as the initial  investment in the new
Portfolios.

          4.5  Except  as  provided  in  this  Section  4.2.,  all  expenses  of
               preparing,  setting in type and  printing and  distributing  Fund
               prospectuses  and statements of additional  information  shall be
               the expense of the Company.  For  prospectuses  and statements of
               additional  information  provided by the Company to its  existing
               owners of Contracts  who  currently  own shares of one or more of
               the Fund's Portfolios,  in order to update disclosure as required
               by the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act,  the cost of printing  shall
               be  borne  by  the  Fund.  If  the  Company  chooses  to  receive
               camera-ready  film or  computer  diskettes  in lieu of  receiving
               printed copies of the Fund's prospectus,  the Fund shall bear the
               cost of  typesetting  to  provide  the Fund's  prospectus  to the
               Company  in the  format  in  which  the  Fund  is  accustomed  to
               formatting  prospectuses,  and the Company shall bear the expense



<PAGE>

               of  adjusting  or changing  the format to conform with any of its
               prospectuses.  In such event, the Fund will reimburse the Company
               in an  amount  equal  to the  product  of x and y  where x is the
               number  of  such  prospectuses   distributed  to  owners  of  the
               Contracts  who  currently own shares of one or more of the Fund's
               Portfolios,  and y is the Fund's per unit cost of typesetting and
               printing  the Fund's  prospectus.  The same  procedures  shall be
               followed  with  respect to the  Fund's  statement  of  additional
               information.  The  Company  agrees  to  provide  the  Fund or its
               designee with such information as may be reasonably  requested by
               the Fund to assure  that the Fund's  expenses  do not include the
               cost of printing,  typesetting, and distributing any prospectuses
               or statements of additional information other than those actually
               distributed to existing owners of the Contracts who currently own
               shares of one or more of the Fund's Portfolios.

ARTICLE V.  CONDITIONS OF THE ORDER; APPLICABLE LAW

          5.1. The Company has reviewed a copy of the Order,  and in particular,
has reviewed the  conditions  to the  requested  relief set forth  therein.  The
Company agrees to be bound by the responsibilities of a Participating  Insurance
Company as set forth in the Order.

          5.2.  This  Agreement  shall be construed  and the  provisions  hereof
interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

          5.3. This  Agreement  shall be subject to the  provisions of the 1933,
1934 and 1940  Acts,  and the  rules and  regulations  and  rulings  thereunder,
including such exemptions from those statutes,  rules and regulations as the SEC
may grant (including,  but not limited to, the Order) and the terms hereof shall
be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

<PAGE>

ARTICLE VI.  DIVERSIFICATION

          6.1.  The Fund will at all times  invest  money from the  Contracts in
such a manner  as to ensure  that the  Contracts  will be  treated  as  variable
contracts under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. Without limiting
the  scope of the  foregoing,  the Fund will at all times  comply  with  Section
817(h)  of  the  Code  and  Treasury   Regulation   1.817-5,   relating  to  the
diversification  requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance
contracts  and  any  amendments  or  other  modifications  to  such  Section  or
Regulations.  In the event of a breach of this  Article VI by the Fund,  it will
take all  reasonable  steps  (a) to notify  Company  of such  breach  and (b) to
adequately  diversify  the Fund so as to  achieve  compliance  within  the grace
period  afforded  by  Regulation  817-5.  The Fund  shall  provide  the  Company
information  reasonably requested in relation to Section 817(h)  diversification
requirements, including quarterly reports and annual certifications.

ARTICLE VII. POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

          7.1. The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material
irreconcilable  conflict  between the  interests of the  contract  owners of all
separate accounts investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable material conflict may
arise for a variety of reasons,  including: (a) an action by any state insurance
regulatory  authority;  (b) a change in applicable  federal or state  insurance,
tax, or securities  laws or  regulations,  or a public  ruling,  private  letter
ruling,  no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance,
tax, or securities  regulatory  authorities;  (c) an  administrative or judicial
decision in any relevant proceeding;  (d) the manner in which the investments of
any Portfolio are being managed;  (e) a difference in voting  instructions given
by Variable  Insurance  Product  owners;  or (f) a decision  by a  Participating
Insurance Company to disregard the voting  instructions of contract owners.  The
Board shall promptly inform the Company if it determines that an  irreconcilable
material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

<PAGE>

ARTICLE VIII.  INDEMNIFICATION

          8.1. Indemnification By The Company

          8.1(a) The Company  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and
each member of the Board and  officers,  and each Adviser and each  director and
officer of each Adviser,  and each person,  if any, who controls the Fund or the
Adviser  within the  meaning of  Section 15 of the 1933 Act  (collectively,  the
"Indemnified  Parties" and  individually,  "Indemnified  Party," for purposes of
this  Section  8.1)  against any and all losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities
(including  amounts paid in settlement  with the written consent of the Company)
or litigation  (including  legal and other  expenses),  to which the Indemnified
Parties  may become  subject  under any  statute,  regulation,  at common law or
otherwise,  insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or
actions  in  respect  thereof)  or  settlements  are  related  to  the  sale  or
acquisition of the Fund's shares or the Contracts and:

               (i) arise  out of or are  based  upon any  untrue  statements  or
     alleged   untrue   statements  of  any  material  fact   contained  in  the
     registration  statement or prospectus for the Contracts or contained in the
     Contracts  or sales  literature  for the  Contracts  (or any  amendment  or
     supplement to any of the foregoing),  or arise out of or are based upon the
     omission or the alleged  omission to state therein a material fact required
     to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein  not
     misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to
     any  Indemnified  Party  if such  statement  or  omission  or such  alleged
     statement  or omission  was made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
     information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund for use in
     the  registration  statement  or  prospectus  for the  Contracts  or in the
     Contracts or sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise
     for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

<PAGE>

               (ii) arise out of or as a result of statements or representations
     (other than  statements or  representations  contained in the  registration
     statement,  prospectus or sales  literature of the Fund not supplied by the
     Company,  or  persons  under its  control  and  other  than  statements  or
     representations  authorized by the Fund or an Adviser) or unlawful  conduct
     of the Company or persons  under its  control,  with respect to the sale or
     distribution of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

               (iii)  arise out of or as a result  of any  untrue  statement  or
     alleged  untrue  statement of a material fact  contained in a  registration
     statement,  prospectus,  or sales  literature  of the Fund or any amendment
     thereof or supplement  thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state
     therein a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
     the  statements  therein not misleading if such a statement or omission was
     made in reliance upon and in conformity with  information  furnished to the
     Fund by or on behalf of the Company; or

               (iv) arise as a result of any  failure by the  Company to provide
     the services and furnish the materials  under the terms of this  Agreement;
     or

               (v)  arise  out of or  result  from any  material  breach  of any
     representation  and/or  warranty  made by the Company in this  Agreement or
     arise out of or result from any other material  breach of this Agreement by
     the  Company,  as  limited  by and in  accordance  with the  provisions  of
     Sections 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) hereof.

<PAGE>

          8.1(b).  The Company  shall not be liable  under this  indemnification
     provision  with  respect to any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or
     litigation  incurred or assessed  against an Indemnified  Party as such may
     arise from such  Indemnified  Party's  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or
     gross negligence in the performance of such  Indemnified  Party's duties or
     by reason of such Indemnified  Party's reckless disregard of obligations or
     duties under this Agreement.

          8.1(c).  The Company  shall not be liable  under this  indemnification
     provision  with  respect to any claim made  against  an  Indemnified  Party
     unless such  Indemnified  Party shall have  notified the Company in writing
     within a  reasonable  time after the summons or other  first legal  process
     giving  information  of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon
     such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received
     notice of such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify the
     Company of any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any  liability
     which it may have to the  Indemnified  Party  against  whom such  action is
     brought  otherwise than on account of this  indemnification  provision.  In
     case any such  action is  brought  against  the  Indemnified  Parties,  the
     Company  shall be  entitled  to  participate,  at its own  expense,  in the
     defense of such  action.  The Company  also shall be entitled to assume the
     defense  thereof,  with  counsel  satisfactory  to the  party  named in the
     action.  After  notice  from the  Company  to such  party of the  Company's
     election to assume the defense  thereof,  the Indemnified  Party shall bear
     the fees and  expenses of any  additional  counsel  retained by it, and the
     Company will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal
     or other  expenses  subsequently  incurred by such party  independently  in
     connection  with  the  defense  thereof  other  than  reasonable  costs  of
     investigation.

<PAGE>

          8.1(d).  The  Indemnified  Parties will promptly notify the Company of
     the  commencement  of  any  litigation  or  proceedings   against  them  in
     connection with the issuance or sale of the Fund shares or the Contracts or
     the operation of the Fund.

          8.2.  INDEMNIFICATION BY THE MANAGER

          8.2(a).  Each Manager  agrees,  with respect to each Portfolio that it
     manages,  to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the  Company  and each of its
     directors  and officers  and each person,  if any, who controls the Company
     within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the  1933 Act  (collectively,  the
     "Indemnified  Parties" and individually,  "Indemnified Party," for purposes
     of  this  Section  8.2)  against  any  and  all  losses,  claims,  damages,
     liabilities  (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent
     of the Adviser) or litigation (including legal and other expenses) to which
     the Indemnified  Parties may become subject under any statute,  regulation,
     at common  law or  otherwise,  insofar  as such  losses,  claims,  damages,
     liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect  thereof) or settlements are
     related  to the sale or  acquisition  of  shares of the  Portfolio  that it
     manages or the Contracts and:

               (i)  arise  out of or are  based  upon any  untrue  statement  or
          alleged  untrue  statement  of  any  material  fact  contained  in the
          registration  statement or prospectus or sales  literature of the Fund
          (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out
          of or are based upon the  omission  or the  alleged  omission to state
          therein a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to
          make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading,  provided  that  this
          agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified  Party if
          such  statement or omission or such alleged  statement or omission was
          made in reliance upon and in conformity with information  furnished to



<PAGE>

          the Fund by or on behalf of the  Company  for use in the  registration
          statement or prospectus  for the Fund or in sales  literature  (or any
          amendment or supplement)  or otherwise for use in connection  with the
          sale of the Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

               (ii) arise out of or as a result of statements or representations
          (other  than   statements   or   representations   contained   in  the
          registration  statement,   prospectus  or  sales  literature  for  the
          Contracts  not  supplied by the Fund or persons  under its control and
          other than statements or representations authorized by the Company) or
          unlawful  conduct of the Fund,  Manager(s) or  Underwriter  or persons
          under their control,  with respect to the sale or  distribution of the
          Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

               (iii)  arise out of or as a result  of any  untrue  statement  or
          alleged   untrue   statement  of  a  material  fact   contained  in  a
          registration statement,  prospectus,  or sales literature covering the
          Contracts,  or any  amendment  thereof or supplement  thereto,  or the
          omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required
          to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statement or statements
          therein not  misleading,  if such  statement  or omission  was made in
          reliance upon information  furnished to the Company by or on behalf of
          the Fund; or




<PAGE>

               (iv) arise as a result of any  failure by the Fund to provide the
          services and furnish the materials  under the terms of this Agreement;
          or

               (v)  arise  out of or  result  from any  material  breach  of any
          representation  and/or  warranty made by the Manager in this Agreement
          or arise  out of or  result  from any  other  material  breach of this
          Agreement by the  Manager;  as limited by and in  accordance  with the
          provisions of Sections 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) hereof.

          8.2(b).  The Manager  shall not be liable  under this  indemnification
     provision  with  respect to any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or
     litigation  incurred or assessed  against an Indemnified  Party as such may
     arise from such  Indemnified  Party's  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or
     gross negligence in the performance of such  Indemnified  Party's duties or
     by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and
     duties under this Agreement.

          8.2(c).  The Manager  shall not be liable  under this  indemnification
     provision  with  respect to any claim made  against  an  Indemnified  Party
     unless such  Indemnified  Party shall have  notified the Adviser in writing
     within a  reasonable  time after the summons or other  first legal  process
     giving  information  of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon
     such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received
     notice of such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify the
     Adviser of any such claim shall not relieve the Adviser from any  liability
     which it may have to the  Indemnified  Party  against  whom such  action is
     brought  otherwise than on account of this  indemnification  provision.  In
     case any such  action is  brought  against  the  Indemnified  Parties,  the
     Adviser will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense



<PAGE>

     thereof.  The Adviser also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof,
     with counsel  satisfactory  to the party named in the action.  After notice
     from the  Adviser to such  party of the  Adviser's  election  to assume the
     defense thereof,  the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of
     any additional  counsel  retained by it, and the Adviser will not be liable
     to such  party  under  this  Agreement  for any  legal  or  other  expenses
     subsequently  incurred by such party  independently  in connection with the
     defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

          8.2(d).  The  Company  agrees  promptly  to notify the  Manager of the
     commencement  of any  litigation  or  proceedings  against it or any of its
     officers  or  directors  in  connection  with the  issuance  or sale of the
     Contracts or the operation of each Account.

          8.3. INDEMNIFICATION BY THE FUND

          8.3(a).  The Fund agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless the Company,
     and each of its  directors  and  officers  and  each  person,  if any,  who
     controls  the  Company  within  the  meaning  of Section 15 of the 1933 Act
     (hereinafter  collectively,  the  "Indemnified  Parties" and  individually,
     "Indemnified  Party," for purposes of this Section 8.3) against any and all
     losses, claims, damages,  liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement
     with the written  consent of the Fund) or litigation  (including  legal and
     other expenses) to which the  Indemnified  Parties may become subject under
     any  statute,  regulation,  at common  law or  otherwise,  insofar  as such
     losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or expenses (or actions in respect
     thereof)  or  settlements  result  from the gross  negligence  (except  for
     failure to comply with Section 6.1 of this Agreement for which the standard
     is negligence),  bad faith or willful misconduct of the Board or any member
     thereof, are related to the operations of the Fund and:

<PAGE>

               (i) arise as a result of any  failure by the Fund to provide  the
          services and furnish the materials  under the terms of this  Agreement
          (including any failure to comply with Section 6.1 of this  Agreement);
          or

               (ii)  arise  out of or  result  from any  material  breach of any
          representation  and/or  warranty made by the Fund in this Agreement or
          arise  out of or  result  from  any  other  material  breach  of  this
          Agreement by the Fund;

          8.3(b).  The Fund  shall  not be  liable  under  this  indemnification
     provision  with  respect to any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or
     litigation  incurred or assessed against an Indemnified  Party as may arise
     from such  Indemnified  Party's  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross
     negligence in the  performance  of such  Indemnified  Party's  duties or by
     reason of such Indemnified  Party's  reckless  disregard of obligations and
     duties under this Agreement.

          8.3(c).  The Fund  shall  not be  liable  under  this  indemnification
     provision  with  respect to any claim made  against  an  Indemnified  Party
     unless  such  Indemnified  Party  shall have  notified  the Fund in writing
     within a  reasonable  time after the summons or other  first legal  process
     giving  information  of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon
     such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received
     notice of such service on any designated  agent), but failure to notify the
     Fund of any such claim shall not relieve the Fund from any liability  which
     it may have to the  Indemnified  Party  against whom such action is brought
     otherwise than on account of this  indemnification  provision.  In case any
     such action is brought  against the Indemnified  Parties,  the Fund will be


<PAGE>

     entitled to participate,  at its own expense,  in the defense thereof.  The
     Fund also shall be  entitled to assume the defense  thereof,  with  counsel
     satisfactory  to the party named in the action.  After notice from the Fund
     to such party of the Fund's  election  to assume the defense  thereof,  the
     Indemnified  Party  shall  bear  the fees and  expenses  of any  additional
     counsel retained by it, and the Fund will not be liable to such party under
     this  Agreement for any legal or other  expenses  subsequently  incurred by
     such party  independently in connection with the defense thereof other than
     reasonable costs of investigation.

          8.3(d).  The  Company  agrees  promptly  to  notify  the  Fund  of the
     commencement  of any  litigation  or  proceedings  against it or any of its
     respective  officers or directors in connection  with this  Agreement,  the
     issuance or sale of the Contracts,  with respect to the operation of either
     Account, or the sale or acquisition of shares of the Fund.

ARTICLE IX.  TERMINATION

          9.1  This  Agreement  shall  terminate  with  respect  to  some or all
     Portfolios:

               (a) at the option of any party upon six month's  advance  written
     notice to the other parties at the addresses specified in Section X of this
     Agreement; or

               (b) at the option of the  Company to the  extent  that  shares of
     Portfolios are not  reasonably  available to meet the  requirements  of its
     Contracts or are not  appropriate  funding  vehicles for the Contracts,  as
     determined  by the Company  reasonably  and in good faith.  Prompt  written
     notice of the election to terminate  for such cause and an  explanation  of
     such cause shall be furnished by the Company.

<PAGE>

          9.2. It is understood and agreed that the right of any party hereto to
               terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant  to  Section  5.1(a)  may be
               exercised for cause or for no cause.

ARTICLE X.  NOTICES

          Any notice  shall be  sufficiently  given when sent by  registered  or
certified  mail to the other  party at the address of such party set forth below
or at such other  address as such party may from time to time specify in writing
to the other parties to this Agreement.

        If to the Fund:

                LSA Variable Series Trust
                3100 Sanders Road
                Northbrook, Illinois 60062
                Attn: Legal Department

        If to the Manager:

                LSA Asset Management LLC
                3100 Sanders Road
                Northbrook, Illinois 60062
                Attn: General Counsel

        If to the Company:

                Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                2940 South 84th Street
                Lincoln, Nebraska 68506
                Attn:  Law Department -1B2


ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS

          11.1.  Subject to the  requirements  of legal  process and  regulatory
authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses
of the owners of the  Contracts  and all  information  reasonably  identified as
confidential  in writing by any other party  hereto and,  except as permitted by
this  Agreement,  shall not  disclose,  disseminate  or  utilize  such names and
addresses and other confidential information without the express written consent
of the affected party until such time as it may come into the public domain.

<PAGE>

          11.2. The captions in this  Agreement are included for  convenience of
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or
otherwise affect their construction or effect.

          11.3.  This  Agreement may be executed  simultaneously  in two or more
counterparts,  each of which taken  together  shall  constitute one and the same
instrument.

          11.4. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid
by a court decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.

          11.5.   Each  party  hereto  shall   cooperate  with  all  appropriate
governmental  authorities  (including  without  limitation the SEC, the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. and state  insurance  regulators)  and
shall  permit  such  authorities  reasonable  access to its books and records in
connection with any  investigation  or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the
transactions  contemplated  hereby.  Each party hereto shall promptly notify the
other parties to this Agreement, by written notice to the addresses specified in
Section V, of any such investigation or inquiry.

          11.6. The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement
are  cumulative  and  are in  addition  to any  and  all  rights,  remedies  and
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under
state and federal laws.

          11.7. It is  understood  by the parties that this  Agreement is not an
exclusive arrangement.

          11.8.  The Company and the Manager each  understand and agree that the
obligations  of  the  Fund  under  this  Agreement  are  not  binding  upon  any
shareholder  of the  Fund  personally,  but bind  only  the Fund and the  Fund's
property;  the Company and the Manager separately represent that each has notice
of  the  provisions  of  the  Declaration  of  Trust  of  the  Fund  disclaiming
shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund.

<PAGE>

          11.9. This Agreement shall not be assigned by any party hereto without
the prior written consent of all the parties.

          11.10. This  Agreement  sets forth the entire  agreement  between  the
               parties and supercedes all prior  communications,  agreements and
               understandings,  oral or written,  between the parties  regarding
               the subject matter hereof.

          IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the  parties  hereto  has  caused  this
Agreement  to be executed  in its name and on its behalf by its duly  authorized
representative  and its seal to be  hereunder  affixed as of the date  specified
below.


LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

By: __________________________________

Title: _______________________________

Date: ________________________________


LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST

By: __________________________________

Title: _______________________________

Date: ________________________________


LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC

By: __________________________________

Title: ________________________________

Date: ________________________________





                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT


EXPENSE LIMITATION  AGREEMENT made as of the 27th day of September,  1999, to be
effective  October 1, 1999, by and between LSA Variable Series Trust, a Delaware
business  trust (the  "Trust"),  on behalf of the  Disciplined  Equity Fund (the
"Fund"), and LSA Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the
"Manager").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS,  the Trust,  on behalf of the Fund, and the Manager have entered into a
Management  Agreement,  effective October 1, 1999, pursuant to which the Manager
will render investment  management and  administration  services to the Fund for
compensation based on the value of the average daily net assets of the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Manager have determined that it is appropriate and in
the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders to maintain Fund expenses at
a level below that to which the Fund would  normally be subject during the first
year of operation.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. EXPENSE LIMIT.

          1.1.  LIMITATION.  To the extent that the  aggregate  expense of every
     character  incurred  by the  Fund  during  the  first  year  of  operation,
     including but not limited to investment  management and administration fees
     of the Manager (but excluding interest,  taxes, brokerage commissions,  and
     other  expenditures  which are  capitalized  in accordance  with  generally
     accepted  accounting  principles,  and  other  extraordinary  expenses  not
     incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund's  business)  ("Fund  Operating
     Expenses"),  exceeds  the  "Expense  Limit,"  which is the lower of (i) the
     lowest  applicable limit actually enforced by any state in which the Fund's
     shares are qualified for sale or (ii) 1.05% of the average daily net assets
     of the Fund, such excess amount ("Excess Amount") shall be the liability of
     the Manager.

          1.2. METHOD OF COMPUTATION.  To determine the Manager's  liability for
     the Excess Amount,  the Fund Operating Expenses shall be annualized monthly
     as of the last day of the month. If the annualized Fund Operating  Expenses
     for any month exceed 1/12th of the Expense  Limit,  the Manager shall first
     waive or reduce its investment  management and  administration fee for such
     month, as appropriate,  to the extent  necessary to pay such Excess Amount.
     In the  event the  Excess  Amount  exceeds  the  amount  of the  investment
     management and administration fee for such month, the Manager,  in addition
     to waiving its entire investment management and administration fee for such
     month,  shall  also  remit to the Fund the  difference  between  the Excess
     Amount and the amount due as the investment  management and  administration
     fee.

     2. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENt.  This Agreement shall continue in effect for a
period of one year from the date of execution and may be  terminated  thereafter
by either party  hereto,  without  payment of any  penalty,  upon 90 days' prior
notice  in  writing  to the  other  party at its  principal  place of  business;
provided  that, in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be
authorized by resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

<PAGE>

     3. MISCELLANEOUS.

          3.1.  NOTICES.  Any  notice  under  this  Agreement  shall be given in
     writing,  addressed  and  delivered,  or  mailed  postpaid,  (a)  if to the
     Manager,  to LSA Asset  Management  LLC,  3100  Sanders  Road,  Suite  J5B,
     Northbrook,  Illinois,  60062,  and (b) if to the Trust,  at the  foregoing
     office of the Manager.

          3.2.  CAPTIONS.  The  captions  in this  Agreement  are  included  for
     convenience  of reference  only and in no other way define or delineate any
     of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

          3.3.  INTERPRETATION.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to
     require  the  Trust  to take  any  action  contrary  to its  Agreement  and
     Declaration of Trust or By-Laws, or any applicable  statutory or regulatory
     requirement  to which it is subject or by which it is bound,  or to relieve
     or deprive the Board of Trustees of its  responsibility  for and control of
     the conduct of the affairs of the Trust.

          3.4.  DEFINITIONS.  Any  question  of  interpretation  of any  term or
     provision of this  Agreement,  including but not limited to the  investment
     management and  administration  fee, the  computations of net asset values,
     and the  allocation  of  expenses,  having a  counterpart  in or  otherwise
     derived from the terms and  provisions of the Management  Agreement,  shall
     have the same meaning as and be resolved by reference to such Agreement.

          3.5.  GOVERNING LAW.  Except insofar as the Investment  Company Act of
     1940, as amended or other federal laws and  regulations may be controlling,
     this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by,  and  construed  and  enforced  in
     accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their
respective  officers  thereunto  duly  authorized,  as of the day and year first
above written.

ATTEST:                         LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON BEHALF OF
                                THE DISCIPLINED EQUITY FUND


                                By:  /s/ Barbara Whisler
                                     ---------------
                                     Barbara Whisler
                                Title: Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer


ATTEST:                         LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC


                                By:  /s/ John Hunter
                                     -----------------
                                     John Hunter
                                Title:  President


<PAGE>



                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT

                                 AMENDMENT NO.1



The Expense Limitation Agreement made as of 27th day of September,  1999, by and
between LSA Variable  Series Trust (the "Trust"),  on behalf of the  Disciplined
Equity Fund (the "Fund"),  and LSA Asset  Management LLC (the  "Manager") and in
effect until September,  27, 2000 (the "Agreement") is hereby amended solely for
the purpose of extending its duration.

The parties  hereto agree that the  Agreement and each of its  provisions  shall
continue in effect until April 30, 2001,  and may be  terminated  thereafter  by
either party hereto,  without payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' prior notice
in writing to the other party at its principal place of business; provided that,
in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be  authorized  by
resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this  Amendment  No. 1 to the
Agreement to be signed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,
as of the date and year written below.


ATTEST:                                 LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON BEHALF OF
                                        THE DISCIPLINED EQUITY FUND
/s/ Terry R. Young
- ------------------
Terry R. Young                          By:  /s/ John Hunter
Assistant Secretary                         ----------------
                                            John Hunter
                                        Title: President
                                        Date:  3/24/00



ATTEST:
                                        LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
/s/ Michael Velotta
- -------------------
Michael Velotta                         By:  /s/ Douglas Wolff
Secretary                                    -----------------
                                             Douglas Wolff
                                        Title:  Vice President, Investments
                                        Date:  3/24/00







                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT


EXPENSE LIMITATION  AGREEMENT made as of the 27th day of September,  1999, to be
effective  October 1, 1999, by and between LSA Variable Series Trust, a Delaware
business trust (the "Trust"),  on behalf of the Growth Equity Fund (the "Fund"),
and LSA  Asset  Management  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (the
"Manager").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS,  the Trust,  on behalf of the Fund, and the Manager have entered into a
Management  Agreement,  effective October 1, 1999, pursuant to which the Manager
will render investment  management and  administration  services to the Fund for
compensation based on the value of the average daily net assets of the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Manager have determined that it is appropriate and in
the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders to maintain Fund expenses at
a level below that to which the Fund would  normally be subject during the first
year of operation.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. EXPENSE LIMIT.

        1.1.  LIMITATION.  To the extent that the  aggregate  expense of every
     character  incurred  by the  Fund  during  the  first  year  of  operation,
     including but not limited to investment  management and administration fees
     of the Manager (but excluding interest,  taxes, brokerage commissions,  and
     other  expenditures  which are  capitalized  in accordance  with  generally
     accepted  accounting  principles,  and  other  extraordinary  expenses  not
     incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund's  business)  ("Fund  Operating
     Expenses"),  exceeds  the  "Expense  Limit,"  which is the lower of (i) the
     lowest  applicable limit actually enforced by any state in which the Fund's
     shares are qualified for sale or (ii) 1.15% of the average daily net assets
     of the Fund, such excess amount ("Excess Amount") shall be the liability of
     the Manager.

        1.2. METHOD OF COMPUTATION.  To determine the Manager's  liability for
     the Excess Amount,  the Fund Operating Expenses shall be annualized monthly
     as of the last day of the month. If the annualized Fund Operating  Expenses
     for any month exceed 1/12th of the Expense  Limit,  the Manager shall first
     waive or reduce its investment  management and  administration fee for such
     month, as appropriate,  to the extent  necessary to pay such Excess Amount.
     In the  event the  Excess  Amount  exceeds  the  amount  of the  investment
     management and administration fee for such month, the Manager,  in addition
     to waiving its entire investment management and administration fee for such
     month,  shall  also  remit to the Fund the  difference  between  the Excess
     Amount and the amount due as the investment  management and  administration
     fee.

     2. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall continue in effect for a
period of one year from the date of execution and may be  terminated  thereafter
by either party  hereto,  without  payment of any  penalty,  upon 90 days' prior
notice  in  writing  to the  other  party at its  principal  place of  business;
provided  that, in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be
authorized by resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

<PAGE>

     3. MISCELLANEOUS.

        3.1.  NOTICES.  Any  notice  under  this  Agreement  shall be given in
     writing,  addressed  and  delivered,  or  mailed  postpaid,  (a)  if to the
     Manager,  to LSA Asset  Management  LLC,  3100  Sanders  Road,  Suite  J5B,
     Northbrook,  Illinois,  60062,  and (b) if to the Trust,  at the  foregoing
     office of the Manager.

        3.2.  CAPTIONS.  The  captions  in this  Agreement  are  included  for
     convenience  of reference  only and in no other way define or delineate any
     of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

        3.3.  INTERPRETATION.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to
     require  the  Trust  to take  any  action  contrary  to its  Agreement  and
     Declaration of Trust or By-Laws, or any applicable  statutory or regulatory
     requirement  to which it is subject or by which it is bound,  or to relieve
     or deprive the Board of Trustees of its  responsibility  for and control of
     the conduct of the affairs of the Trust.

        3.4.  DEFINITIONS.  Any  question  of  interpretation  of any  term or
     provision of this  Agreement,  including but not limited to the  investment
     management and  administration  fee, the  computations of net asset values,
     and the  allocation  of  expenses,  having a  counterpart  in or  otherwise
     derived from the terms and  provisions of the Management  Agreement,  shall
     have the same meaning as and be resolved by reference to such Agreement.

        3.5.  GOVERNING LAW.  Except insofar as the Investment  Company Act of
     1940, as amended or other federal laws and  regulations may be controlling,
     this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by,  and  construed  and  enforced  in
     accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their
respective  officers  thereunto  duly  authorized,  as of the day and year first
above written.

ATTEST:                         LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON BEHALF OF
                                THE GROWTH EQUITY FUND


                                By:  /s/ Barbara Whislser
                                     --------------------
                                     Barbara Whisler
                                Title:  Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer


ATTEST:                         LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC


                                By:  /s/ John Hunter
                                     ---------------
                                     John Hunter
                                Title: President


<PAGE>




                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT

                                 AMENDMENT NO.1



The Expense Limitation Agreement made as of 27th day of September,  1999, by and
between LSA Variable Series Trust (the "Trust"),  on behalf of the Growth Equity
Fund (the "Fund"),  and LSA Asset  Management LLC (the  "Manager") and in effect
until  September,  27, 2000 (the  "Agreement")  is hereby amended solely for the
purpose of extending its duration.

The parties  hereto agree that the  Agreement and each of its  provisions  shall
continue in effect until April 30, 2001,  and may be  terminated  thereafter  by
either party hereto,  without payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' prior notice
in writing to the other party at its principal place of business; provided that,
in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be  authorized  by
resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this  Amendment  No. 1 to the
Agreement to be signed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,
as of the date and year written below.


ATTEST:

/s/ Terry R. Young                      LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON BEHALF OF
- ------------------                      THE GROWTH EQUITY FUND
Terry R. Young
Assistant Secretary
                                        By:  /s/ John Hunter
                                             ---------------
                                             John Hunter
                                        Title: President
                                        Date:  3/24/00



ATTEST:
                                        LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
/s/ Michael Velotta
- -------------------
Michael Velotta
Secretary                               By:  /s/ Douglas Wolff
                                             -----------------
                                             Douglas Wolff
                                        Title: Vice President, Investments
                                        Date:  3/24/00





                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT


EXPENSE LIMITATION  AGREEMENT made as of the 27th day of September,  1999, to be
effective  October 1, 1999, by and between LSA Variable Series Trust, a Delaware
business trust (the  "Trust"),  on behalf of the Value Equity Fund (the "Fund"),
and LSA  Asset  Management  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (the
"Manager").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS,  the Trust,  on behalf of the Fund, and the Manager have entered into a
Management  Agreement,  effective October 1, 1999, pursuant to which the Manager
will render investment  management and  administration  services to the Fund for
compensation based on the value of the average daily net assets of the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Manager have determined that it is appropriate and in
the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders to maintain Fund expenses at
a level below that to which the Fund would  normally be subject during the first
year of operation.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. EXPENSE LIMIT.

        1.1.  LIMITATION.  To the extent that the  aggregate  expense of every
     character  incurred  by the  Fund  during  the  first  year  of  operation,
     including but not limited to investment  management and administration fees
     of the Manager (but excluding interest,  taxes, brokerage commissions,  and
     other  expenditures  which are  capitalized  in accordance  with  generally
     accepted  accounting  principles,  and  other  extraordinary  expenses  not
     incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund's  business)  ("Fund  Operating
     Expenses"),  exceeds  the  "Expense  Limit,"  which is the lower of (i) the
     lowest  applicable limit actually enforced by any state in which the Fund's
     shares are qualified for sale or (ii) 1.10% of the average daily net assets
     of the Fund, such excess amount ("Excess Amount") shall be the liability of
     the Manager.

        1.2. METHOD OF COMPUTATION.  To determine the Manager's  liability for
     the Excess Amount,  the Fund Operating Expenses shall be annualized monthly
     as of the last day of the month. If the annualized Fund Operating  Expenses
     for any month exceed 1/12th of the Expense  Limit,  the Manager shall first
     waive or reduce its investment  management and  administration fee for such
     month, as appropriate,  to the extent  necessary to pay such Excess Amount.
     In the  event the  Excess  Amount  exceeds  the  amount  of the  investment
     management and administration fee for such month, the Manager,  in addition
     to waiving its entire investment management and administration fee for such
     month,  shall  also  remit to the Fund the  difference  between  the Excess
     Amount and the amount due as the investment  management and  administration
     fee.

     2. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall continue in effect for a
period of one year from the date of execution and may be  terminated  thereafter
by either party  hereto,  without  payment of any  penalty,  upon 90 days' prior
notice  in  writing  to the  other  party at its  principal  place of  business;
provided  that, in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be
authorized by resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

<PAGE>

     3. MISCELLANEOUS.

        3.1.  NOTICES.  Any  notice  under  this  Agreement  shall be given in
     writing,  addressed  and  delivered,  or  mailed  postpaid,  (a)  if to the
     Manager,  to LSA Asset  Management  LLC,  3100  Sanders  Road,  Suite  J5B,
     Northbrook,  Illinois,  60062,  and (b) if to the Trust,  at the  foregoing
     office of the Manager.

        3.2.  CAPTIONS.  The  captions  in this  Agreement  are  included  for
     convenience  of reference  only and in no other way define or delineate any
     of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

        3.3.  INTERPRETATION.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to
     require  the  Trust  to take  any  action  contrary  to its  Agreement  and
     Declaration of Trust or By-Laws, or any applicable  statutory or regulatory
     requirement  to which it is subject or by which it is bound,  or to relieve
     or deprive the Board of Trustees of its  responsibility  for and control of
     the conduct of the affairs of the Trust.

        3.4.  DEFINITIONS.  Any  question  of  interpretation  of any  term or
     provision of this  Agreement,  including but not limited to the  investment
     management and  administration  fee, the  computations of net asset values,
     and the  allocation  of  expenses,  having a  counterpart  in or  otherwise
     derived from the terms and  provisions of the Management  Agreement,  shall
     have the same meaning as and be resolved by reference to such Agreement.

        3.5.  GOVERNING LAW.  Except insofar as the Investment  Company Act of
     1940, as amended or other federal laws and  regulations may be controlling,
     this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by,  and  construed  and  enforced  in
     accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their
respective  officers  thereunto  duly  authorized,  as of the day and year first
above written.

ATTEST:                         LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON BEHALF OF
                                THE VALUE EQUITY FUND


                                By:  /s/ Barbara Whisler
                                     -------------------
                                     Barbara Whisler
                                Title:  Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer


ATTEST:                         LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC


                                By:  /s/ John Hunter
                                     ---------------
                                     John Hunter
                                Title:  President

<PAGE>





                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT

                                 AMENDMENT NO.1



The Expense Limitation Agreement made as of 27th day of September,  1999, by and
between LSA Variable  Series Trust (the "Trust"),  on behalf of the Value Equity
Fund (the "Fund"),  and LSA Asset  Management LLC (the  "Manager") and in effect
until  September,  27, 2000 (the  "Agreement")  is hereby amended solely for the
purpose of extending its duration.

The parties  hereto agree that the  Agreement and each of its  provisions  shall
continue in effect until April 30, 2001,  and may be  terminated  thereafter  by
either party hereto,  without payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' prior notice
in writing to the other party at its principal place of business; provided that,
in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be  authorized  by
resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this  Amendment  No. 1 to the
Agreement to be signed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,
as of the date and year written below.



ATTEST:

/s/ Terry R. Young                      LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON BEHALF OF
- ------------------                      THE VALUE EQUITY FUND
Terry R. Young
Assistant Secretary
                                        By:  /s/ John Hunter
                                             ---------------
                                             John Hunter
                                        Title: President
                                        Date:  3/24/00



ATTEST:
                                        LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
/s/ Michael Velotta
- -------------------
Michael Velotta
Secretary                               By:  /s/ Douglas Wolff
                                             -----------------
                                             Douglas Wolff
                                        Title: Vice President, Investments
                                        Date:  3/24/00





                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT


EXPENSE LIMITATION  AGREEMENT made as of the 27th day of September,  1999, to be
effective  October 1, 1999, by and between LSA Variable Series Trust, a Delaware
business trust (the "Trust"), on behalf of the Focused Equity Fund (the "Fund"),
and LSA  Asset  Management  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company  (the
"Manager").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS,  the Trust,  on behalf of the Fund, and the Manager have entered into a
Management  Agreement,  effective October 1, 1999, pursuant to which the Manager
will render investment  management and  administration  services to the Fund for
compensation based on the value of the average daily net assets of the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Manager have determined that it is appropriate and in
the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders to maintain Fund expenses at
a level below that to which the Fund would  normally be subject during the first
year of operation.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. EXPENSE LIMIT.

          1.1.  LIMITATION.  To the extent that the  aggregate  expense of every
     character  incurred  by the  Fund  during  the  first  year  of  operation,
     including but not limited to investment  management and administration fees
     of the Manager (but excluding interest,  taxes, brokerage commissions,  and
     other  expenditures  which are  capitalized  in accordance  with  generally
     accepted  accounting  principles,  and  other  extraordinary  expenses  not
     incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund's  business)  ("Fund  Operating
     Expenses"),  exceeds  the  "Expense  Limit,"  which is the lower of (i) the
     lowest  applicable limit actually enforced by any state in which the Fund's
     shares are qualified for sale or (ii) 1.25% of the average daily net assets
     of the Fund, such excess amount ("Excess Amount") shall be the liability of
     the Manager.

          1.2. METHOD OF COMPUTATION.  To determine the Manager's  liability for
     the Excess Amount,  the Fund Operating Expenses shall be annualized monthly
     as of the last day of the month. If the annualized Fund Operating  Expenses
     for any month exceed 1/12th of the Expense  Limit,  the Manager shall first
     waive or reduce its investment  management and  administration fee for such
     month, as appropriate,  to the extent  necessary to pay such Excess Amount.
     In the  event the  Excess  Amount  exceeds  the  amount  of the  investment
     management and administration fee for such month, the Manager,  in addition
     to waiving its entire investment management and administration fee for such
     month,  shall  also  remit to the Fund the  difference  between  the Excess
     Amount and the amount due as the investment  management and  administration
     fee.

     2. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall continue in effect for a
period of one year from the date of execution and may be  terminated  thereafter
by either party  hereto,  without  payment of any  penalty,  upon 90 days' prior
notice  in  writing  to the  other  party at its  principal  place of  business;
provided  that, in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be
authorized by resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

<PAGE>

     3. MISCELLANEOUS.

          3.1.  NOTICES.  Any  notice  under  this  Agreement  shall be given in
     writing,  addressed  and  delivered,  or  mailed  postpaid,  (a)  if to the
     Manager,  to LSA Asset  Management  LLC,  3100  Sanders  Road,  Suite  J5B,
     Northbrook,  Illinois,  60062,  and (b) if to the Trust,  at the  foregoing
     office of the Manager.

          3.2.  CAPTIONS.  The  captions  in this  Agreement  are  included  for
     convenience  of reference  only and in no other way define or delineate any
     of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

          3.3.  INTERPRETATION.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to
     require  the  Trust  to take  any  action  contrary  to its  Agreement  and
     Declaration of Trust or By-Laws, or any applicable  statutory or regulatory
     requirement  to which it is subject or by which it is bound,  or to relieve
     or deprive the Board of Trustees of its  responsibility  for and control of
     the conduct of the affairs of the Trust.

          3.4.  DEFINITIONS.  Any  question  of  interpretation  of any  term or
     provision of this  Agreement,  including but not limited to the  investment
     management and  administration  fee, the  computations of net asset values,
     and the  allocation  of  expenses,  having a  counterpart  in or  otherwise
     derived from the terms and  provisions of the Management  Agreement,  shall
     have the same meaning as and be resolved by reference to such Agreement.

          3.5.  GOVERNING LAW.  Except insofar as the Investment  Company Act of
     1940, as amended or other federal laws and  regulations may be controlling,
     this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by,  and  construed  and  enforced  in
     accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their
respective  officers  thereunto  duly  authorized,  as of the day and year first
above written.

ATTEST:                         LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON BEHALF OF
                                THE FOCUSED EQUITY FUND


                                By:  /s/ Barbara Whisler
                                     --------------------
                                     Barbara Whisler
                                Title:  Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer


ATTEST:                         LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC


                                By:  /s/ John Hunter
                                     ---------------
                                     John Hunter
                                Title:  President


<PAGE>





                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT

                                 AMENDMENT NO.1



The Expense Limitation Agreement made as of 27th day of September,  1999, by and
between LSA Variable Series Trust (the "Trust"), on behalf of the Focused Equity
Fund (the "Fund"),  and LSA Asset  Management LLC (the  "Manager") and in effect
until  September,  27, 2000 (the  "Agreement")  is hereby amended solely for the
purpose of extending its duration.

The parties  hereto agree that the  Agreement and each of its  provisions  shall
continue in effect until April 30, 2001,  and may be  terminated  thereafter  by
either party hereto,  without payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' prior notice
in writing to the other party at its principal place of business; provided that,
in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be  authorized  by
resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this  Amendment  No. 1 to the
Agreement to be signed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,
as of the date and year written below.


ATTEST:

/s/ Terry R. Young                      LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON BEHALF OF
- -----------------                       THE FOCUSED EQUITY FUND
Terry R. Young
Assistant Secretary
                                        By:/s/ John Hunter
                                           ---------------
                                               John Hunter
                                        Title: President
                                        Date: 3/24/00



ATTEST:
                                        LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
/s/ Michael Velotta
- --------------------
    Michael Velotta
Secretary                               By: /s/ Douglas Wolff
                                            -----------------
                                                Douglas Wolff
                                        Title: Vice President, Investments
                                        Date: 3/24/00






                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT


EXPENSE LIMITATION  AGREEMENT made as of the 27th day of September,  1999, to be
effective  October 1, 1999, by and between LSA Variable Series Trust, a Delaware
business trust (the "Trust"),  on behalf of the Balanced Fund (the "Fund"),  and
LSA Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Manager").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS,  the Trust,  on behalf of the Fund, and the Manager have entered into a
Management  Agreement,  effective October 1, 1999, pursuant to which the Manager
will render investment  management and  administration  services to the Fund for
compensation based on the value of the average daily net assets of the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Manager have determined that it is appropriate and in
the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders to maintain Fund expenses at
a level below that to which the Fund would  normally be subject during the first
year of operation.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. EXPENSE LIMIT.

          1.1.  LIMITATION.  To the extent that the  aggregate  expense of every
     character  incurred  by the  Fund  during  the  first  year  of  operation,
     including but not limited to investment  management and administration fees
     of the Manager (but excluding interest,  taxes, brokerage commissions,  and
     other  expenditures  which are  capitalized  in accordance  with  generally
     accepted  accounting  principles,  and  other  extraordinary  expenses  not
     incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund's  business)  ("Fund  Operating
     Expenses"),  exceeds  the  "Expense  Limit,"  which is the lower of (i) the
     lowest  applicable limit actually enforced by any state in which the Fund's
     shares are qualified for sale or (ii) 1.10% of the average daily net assets
     of the Fund, such excess amount ("Excess Amount") shall be the liability of
     the Manager.

          1.2. METHOD OF COMPUTATION.  To determine the Manager's  liability for
     the Excess Amount,  the Fund Operating Expenses shall be annualized monthly
     as of the last day of the month. If the annualized Fund Operating  Expenses
     for any month exceed 1/12th of the Expense  Limit,  the Manager shall first
     waive or reduce its investment  management and  administration fee for such
     month, as appropriate,  to the extent  necessary to pay such Excess Amount.
     In the  event the  Excess  Amount  exceeds  the  amount  of the  investment
     management and administration fee for such month, the Manager,  in addition
     to waiving its entire investment management and administration fee for such
     month,  shall  also  remit to the Fund the  difference  between  the Excess
     Amount and the amount due as the investment  management and  administration
     fee.

     2. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall continue in effect for a
period of one year from the date of execution and may be  terminated  thereafter
by either party  hereto,  without  payment of any  penalty,  upon 90 days' prior
notice  in  writing  to the  other  party at its  principal  place of  business;
provided  that, in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be
authorized by resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

<PAGE>

     3. MISCELLANEOUS.

          3.1.  NOTICES.  Any  notice  under  this  Agreement  shall be given in
     writing,  addressed  and  delivered,  or  mailed  postpaid,  (a)  if to the
     Manager,  to LSA Asset  Management  LLC,  3100  Sanders  Road,  Suite  J5B,
     Northbrook,  Illinois,  60062,  and (b) if to the Trust,  at the  foregoing
     office of the Manager.

          3.2.  CAPTIONS.  The  captions  in this  Agreement  are  included  for
     convenience  of reference  only and in no other way define or delineate any
     of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

          3.3.  INTERPRETATION.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to
     require  the  Trust  to take  any  action  contrary  to its  Agreement  and
     Declaration of Trust or By-Laws, or any applicable  statutory or regulatory
     requirement  to which it is subject or by which it is bound,  or to relieve
     or deprive the Board of Trustees of its  responsibility  for and control of
     the conduct of the affairs of the Trust.

          3.4.  DEFINITIONS.  Any  question  of  interpretation  of any  term or
     provision of this  Agreement,  including but not limited to the  investment
     management and  administration  fee, the  computations of net asset values,
     and the  allocation  of  expenses,  having a  counterpart  in or  otherwise
     derived from the terms and  provisions of the Management  Agreement,  shall
     have the same meaning as and be resolved by reference to such Agreement.

          3.5.  GOVERNING LAW.  Except insofar as the Investment  Company Act of
     1940, as amended or other federal laws and  regulations may be controlling,
     this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by,  and  construed  and  enforced  in
     accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their
respective  officers  thereunto  duly  authorized,  as of the day and year first
above written.

ATTEST:                         LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON BEHALF OF
                                THE BALANCED FUND


                                By:  /s/ Barbara Whisler
                                     -------------------
                                     Barbara Whisler
                                Title: Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer


ATTEST:                         LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC


                                By:  /s/ John Hunter
                                     ---------------
                                     John Hunter
                                Title:  President

<PAGE>




                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT

                                 AMENDMENT NO.1



The Expense Limitation Agreement made as of 27th day of September,  1999, by and
between LSA Variable Series Trust (the "Trust"),  on behalf of the Balanced Fund
(the "Fund"),  and LSA Asset  Management LLC (the "Manager") and in effect until
September,  27, 2000 (the  "Agreement") is hereby amended solely for the purpose
of extending its duration.

The parties  hereto agree that the  Agreement and each of its  provisions  shall
continue in effect until April 30, 2001,  and may be  terminated  thereafter  by
either party hereto,  without payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' prior notice
in writing to the other party at its principal place of business; provided that,
in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be  authorized  by
resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this  Amendment  No. 1 to the
Agreement to be signed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,
as of the date and year written below.


ATTEST:

/s/ Terry R. Young                      LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON BEHALF OF
- ------------------                      THE BALANCED FUND
Terry R. Young
Assistant Secretary                     By: /s/ John Hunter
                                            ---------------
                                            John Hunter
                                        Title:  President
                                        Date:  3/24/00



ATTEST:
                                        LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
/s/ Michael Velotta
- -------------------
Michael Velotta
Secretary                               By:  /s/ Douglas Wolff
                                             -----------------
                                             Douglas Wolff
                                        Title: Vice President, Investments
                                        Date:  3/24/00




                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT


EXPENSE LIMITATION  AGREEMENT made as of the 27th day of September,  1999, to be
effective  October 1, 1999, by and between LSA Variable Series Trust, a Delaware
business trust (the "Trust"),  on behalf of the Emerging Growth Equity Fund (the
"Fund"), and LSA Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the
"Manager").

                              W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS,  the Trust,  on behalf of the Fund, and the Manager have entered into a
Management  Agreement,  effective October 1, 1999, pursuant to which the Manager
will render investment  management and  administration  services to the Fund for
compensation based on the value of the average daily net assets of the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Trust and the Manager have determined that it is appropriate and in
the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders to maintain Fund expenses at
a level below that to which the Fund would  normally be subject during the first
year of operation.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Expense Limit.

          1.1.  LIMITATION.  To the extent that the  aggregate  expense of every
     character  incurred  by the  Fund  during  the  first  year  of  operation,
     including but not limited to investment  management and administration fees
     of the Manager (but excluding interest,  taxes, brokerage commissions,  and
     other  expenditures  which are  capitalized  in accordance  with  generally
     accepted  accounting  principles,  and  other  extraordinary  expenses  not
     incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund's  business)  ("Fund  Operating
     Expenses"),  exceeds  the  "Expense  Limit,"  which is the lower of (i) the
     lowest  applicable limit actually enforced by any state in which the Fund's
     shares are qualified for sale or (ii) 1.35% of the average daily net assets
     of the Fund, such excess amount ("Excess Amount") shall be the liability of
     the Manager.

          1.2. METHOD OF COMPUTATION.  To determine the Manager's  liability for
     the Excess Amount,  the Fund Operating Expenses shall be annualized monthly
     as of the last day of the month. If the annualized Fund Operating  Expenses
     for any month exceed 1/12th of the Expense  Limit,  the Manager shall first
     waive or reduce its investment  management and  administration fee for such
     month, as appropriate,  to the extent  necessary to pay such Excess Amount.
     In the  event the  Excess  Amount  exceeds  the  amount  of the  investment
     management and administration fee for such month, the Manager,  in addition
     to waiving its entire investment management and administration fee for such
     month,  shall  also  remit to the Fund the  difference  between  the Excess
     Amount and the amount due as the investment  management and  administration
     fee.

     2. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall continue in effect for a
period of one year from the date of execution and may be  terminated  thereafter
by either party  hereto,  without  payment of any  penalty,  upon 90 days' prior
notice  in  writing  to the  other  party at its  principal  place of  business;
provided  that, in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be
authorized by resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

<PAGE>

     3. MISCELLANEOUS.

          3.1.  NOTICES.  Any  notice  under  this  Agreement  shall be given in
     writing,  addressed  and  delivered,  or  mailed  postpaid,  (a)  if to the
     Manager,  to LSA Asset  Management  LLC,  3100  Sanders  Road,  Suite  J5B,
     Northbrook,  Illinois,  60062,  and (b) if to the Trust,  at the  foregoing
     office of the Manager.

          3.2.  CAPTIONS.  The  captions  in this  Agreement  are  included  for
     convenience  of reference  only and in no other way define or delineate any
     of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

          3.3.  INTERPRETATION.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall be  deemed to
     require  the  Trust  to take  any  action  contrary  to its  Agreement  and
     Declaration of Trust or By-Laws, or any applicable  statutory or regulatory
     requirement  to which it is subject or by which it is bound,  or to relieve
     or deprive the Board of Trustees of its  responsibility  for and control of
     the conduct of the affairs of the Trust.

          3.4.  DEFINITIONS.  Any  question  of  interpretation  of any  term or
     provision of this  Agreement,  including but not limited to the  investment
     management and  administration  fee, the  computations of net asset values,
     and the  allocation  of  expenses,  having a  counterpart  in or  otherwise
     derived from the terms and  provisions of the Management  Agreement,  shall
     have the same meaning as and be resolved by reference to such Agreement.

          3.5.  GOVERNING LAW.  Except insofar as the Investment  Company Act of
     1940, as amended or other federal laws and  regulations may be controlling,
     this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by,  and  construed  and  enforced  in
     accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their
respective  officers  thereunto  duly  authorized,  as of the day and year first
above written.


ATTEST:                         LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON BEHALF OF
                                THE EMERGING GROWTH EQUITY FUND


                                By:  /s/ Barbara Whisler
                                     -------------------
                                     Barbara Whisler
                                Title:  Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer


ATTEST:                         LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC


                                By:  /s/ John Hunter
                                     ---------------
                                     John Hunter
                                Title:  President


<PAGE>


                          EXPENSE LIMITATION AGREEMENT

                                 AMENDMENT NO.1



The Expense Limitation Agreement made as of 27th day of September,  1999, by and
between LSA  Variable  Series  Trust (the  "Trust"),  on behalf of the  Emerging
Growth Equity Fund (the "Fund"),  and LSA Asset  Management LLC (the  "Manager")
and in effect until  September,  27, 2000 (the  "Agreement")  is hereby  amended
solely for the purpose of extending its duration.

The parties  hereto agree that the  Agreement and each of its  provisions  shall
continue in effect until April 30, 2001,  and may be  terminated  thereafter  by
either party hereto,  without payment of any penalty, upon 90 days' prior notice
in writing to the other party at its principal place of business; provided that,
in the case of  termination  by the Trust,  such action shall be  authorized  by
resolution of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this  Amendment  No. 1 to the
Agreement to be signed by their respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,
as of the date and year written below.


ATTEST:

/s/ Terry R. Young                      LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST ON
    -------------                       BEHALF OF  THE EMERGING
Terry R. Young                          GROWTH EQUITY FUND
Assistant Secretary
                                        By: /s/ John Hunter
                                            ----------------
                                            John Hunter
                                        Title: President
                                        Date:  3/24/00



ATTEST:
                                        LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
/s/Michael Velotta
- ---------------
Michael Velotta                         By: /s/ Douglas Wolff
Secretary                                  ------------------
                                           Douglas Wolff
                                        Title: Vice President, Investments
                                        Date: 3/24/00







                            LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST
                            a Delaware Business Trust
                                      and
                            LSA ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
                      a Delaware Limited Liability Company
                                       and
                     ALLSTATE LIFE FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
                             a Delaware Corporation

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                         CODE OF ETHICS WITH RESPECT TO
                    SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS OF ACCESS PERSONS


     Rule 17j-1 under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 ("1940 Act") requires
investment  companies,  as well  as  their  investment  advisers  and  principal
underwriters,  to adopt written codes of ethics containing provisions reasonably
necessary to prevent  "access  persons" from engaging in any act,  practice,  or
course of business prohibited under the anti-fraud  provisions of Rule 17j-1(b).
Pursuant to the  requirements  of Rule 17j-1,  LSA  Variable  Series  Trust (the
"Trust"),  LSA Asset  Management LLC (the "Adviser") and Allstate Life Financial
Services, Inc. (the "Distributor") have adopted, or will adopt, and the Board of
Trustees of the Trust (the "Board"),  including a majority of the  Disinterested
Trustees,  has  approved,  this Code of Ethics  (the  "Code")  with  respect  to
securities transactions of officers, trustees,  directors,  managers and certain
of the employees of the Trust,  the Adviser and the Distributor that come within
the term "access  person," as defined  below.  The Code also  addresses  insider
trading  policies  required  by the  Investment  Advisers  Act of  1940  and the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     This Code is  intended to provide  guidance  to such Access  Persons of the
Trust,  the Adviser and the  Distributor in the conduct of their  investments in
order to eliminate the  possibility  of securities  transactions  occurring that
place,  or appear to place,  such persons in conflict  with the interests of the
Trust or the Trust's shareholders.


A. RULE 17j-1 -- GENERAL ANTI-FRAUD PROVISIONS.

     Rule  17j-1  under  the  1940  Act  provides  that it is  unlawful  for any
affiliated person of a registered  investment  company, or any affiliated person
of such company's  investment  adviser or principal  underwriter,  in connection
with any purchase or sale, directly or indirectly,  by such person of a Security
Held or to be  Acquired  by such  investment  company,  to  engage in any of the
following acts, practices or courses of business:

<PAGE>

     1.   employ any device,  scheme,  or artifice  to defraud  such  investment
          company;

     2.   make to such  investment  company any untrue  statement  of a material
          fact or omit to state  to such  investment  company  a  material  fact
          necessary  in  order  to make  the  statements  made,  in light of the
          circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

     3.   engage in any act,  practice,  or course of business which operates or
          would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any such  investment  company;
          and

     4.   engage in any  manipulative  practice with respect to such  investment
          company.

                                       2
<PAGE>

B. DEFINITIONS.

     1.   ACCESS  PERSONS.  The term  "Access  Person"  means  (i) any  officer,
          director,  trustee,  manager or Advisory  Employee of the Trust or the
          Adviser and (ii) any Advisory Employee of the Distributor.

     2.   ADVISORY EMPLOYEE. The term "Advisory Employee" means (a) any employee
          of the Trust,  the Adviser or the Distributor  who, in connection with
          his* regular functions or duties,  makes,  participates in, or obtains
          information regarding the purchase or sale of a Covered Security by or
          on behalf of the Trust or (b) any  employee of the Trust,  the Adviser
          or  the  Distributor  whose  functions  relate  to the  making  of any
          recommendations  with respect to such purchases or sales. In the event
          that any individual or company is in a control  relationship  with the
          Trust,  the Adviser or the Distributor,  the term "Advisory  Employee"
          would  include such an individual or any employee of such a company to
          the same  extent as an  employee  of the  Trust,  the  Adviser  or the
          Distributor.

     3.   APPROPRIATE  COMPLIANCE  PERSONNEL.  The term "Appropriate  Compliance
          Personnel" means those persons  identified on Schedule A to this Code,
          which  Schedule  may be  amended  from  time to time.  There  shall be
          identified  on  Schedule  A at least one person for each of the Trust,
          the  Adviser  and the  Distributor  and the date  such  person  became
          Appropriate  Compliance  Personnel.  The same person may be identified
          for each of the Trust, the Adviser and the Distributor.

     4.   BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP.  "Beneficial  Ownership" has the same meaning as
          would be used in  determining  whether an Access  Person is subject to
          the  provisions of Section 16 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
          and  the   rules  and   regulations   thereunder,   except   that  the
          determination of direct or indirect  beneficial interest will apply to
          all  securities  that an Access  Person has or  acquires.  "Beneficial
          Ownership" includes accounts of a spouse, minor children who reside in
          an  Access  Person's  home and any  other  relatives  (parents,  adult
          children, brothers, sisters, etc.) whose investments the Access Person
          directs or controls, whether the person lives with him or not, as well
          as  accounts  of another  person  (individual,  trustee,  corporation,
          trust,  custodian,  or other  entity)  if, by reason of any  contract,
          understanding,  relationship,  agreement  or  other  arrangement,  the
          Access Person obtains or may obtain therefrom  benefits  substantially
          equivalent  to  those  of  ownership.  A  person  does  not  derive  a
          beneficial  interest  by virtue of serving  as a trustee  or  executor
          unless he or a member of his immediate family has a vested interest in
          the  income  or corpus  of the  trust or  estate.  A copy of a Release
          issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission on the meaning of the
          term "beneficial  ownership" is available upon request,  and should be
          studied  carefully by any Access Person concerned with this definition
          before preparing any report required hereunder.

- -------------------

* The use of the masculine  pronoun is for  convenience of reference only and is
intended to include  the  feminine  in all cases,  unless the  context  requires
otherwise.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     5.   BEING CONSIDERED FOR PURCHASE OR SALE. A security is "Being Considered
          for Purchase or Sale" when a  recommendation  to purchase or sell such
          security has been made and  communicated by an Advisory  Employee,  in
          the course of his duties and,  with  respect to the person  making the
          recommendation,  when such person  seriously  considers  making such a
          recommendation.

     6.   CONTROL.  The term "Control" has the same meaning as that set forth in
          Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

     7.   COVERED SECURITY.  The term "Covered Security" has the same meaning as
          the term "security" as set forth in Section  2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act,
          except  that it  shall  not  include  shares  of  registered  open-end
          investment  companies,  direct  obligations  of the  Government of the
          United States,  bankers'  acceptances,  bank  certificates of deposit,
          commercial  paper,  and  high  quality  short-term  debt  instruments,
          including  repurchase  agreements.  For these purposes,  "high quality
          short-term debt instruments"  means any instrument that has a maturity
          at  issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two
          highest  rating  categories  by a  nationally  recognized  statistical
          rating organization.

     8.   DISINTERESTED  TRUSTEE.  The  term  "Disinterested  Trustee"  means  a
          trustee of the Trust who is not an  "interested  person" of the Trust,
          the Adviser, or the Distributor within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19)
          of the 1940 Act.

     9.   INITIAL PUBLIC  OFFERING.  The term "Initial Public Offering" means an
          offering of securities  registered  under the  Securities Act of 1933,
          the  issuer of which,  immediately  before the  registration,  was not
          subject to the reporting  requirements  of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     10.  INVESTMENT  PERSONNEL.  The term "Investment  Personnel" means (i) any
          employee  of the Trust or the  Adviser (or of any company in a control
          relationship  to the Trust or the Adviser) who, in connection with his
          or her regular  functions or duties,  makes or  participates in making
          recommendations  regarding  the purchase or sale of  securities by the
          Trust  and (ii) any  natural  person  who  controls  the  Trust or the
          Adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to
          the Trust regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Trust.

     11.  LIMITED OFFERING.  The term "Limited  Offering" means an offering that
          is exempt from registration  under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant
          to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504,  Rule 505, or
          Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.

     12.  SECURITY HELD OR TO BE ACQUIRED.  The phrase  "Security  Held or to be
          Acquired" by the Trust means:

                                       4
<PAGE>

          i.   any Covered  Security which,  within the most recent fifteen (15)
               calendar days:

               a.   is or has been held by the Trust; or

               b.   is being or has been  considered by the Trust or the Adviser
                    for purchase by the Trust; and

          ii.  any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into
               or exchangeable for, a Covered Security described in paragraph i.
               of this Section B.7.

C. PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

     1.   No Access Person shall purchase or sell,  directly or indirectly,  any
          security in which he has, or by reason of such  transaction,  acquires
          any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership if the Access Person knows
          that such  security is Being  Considered  for  Purchase or Sale by the
          Trust,  provided that this prohibition shall not apply to transactions
          that:

          i.   are exempt under Section D of this Code; or

          ii.  do not involve a Covered Security.

     2.   This prohibition shall terminate upon the earlier of the time when (i)
          the security is no longer Being Considered for Purchase or Sale by the
          Trust or (ii) the security is purchased or sold by the Trust.

D. EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS.

     The  prohibitions of Section C. of this Code shall not apply to:

     1.   purchases  or sales  effected  in any  account  over  which the Access
          Person  has no direct or  indirect  influence  or  control,  or in any
          account of the Access Person which is managed on a discretionary basis
          by a person  other than the Access  Person and,  with respect to which
          the Access  Person does not in fact  influence or control  purchase or
          sale transactions;

     2.   purchases or sales of  securities  which are not eligible for purchase
          or sale by the Trust;

     3.   purchases or sales which are  non-volitional on the part of the Access
          Person or the Trust;

     4.   purchases which are part of an automatic  dividend  reinvestment plan;
          and

                                       5
<PAGE>

     5.   purchases  effected  upon the exercise of rights  issued by the issuer
          pro rata to all  holders of a class of its  securities,  to the extent
          such rights were acquired  from such issuer,  and sales of such rights
          so acquired.

E. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF ACCESS PERSONS.

     1.   CONTENT AND TIMING OF ACCESS PERSON REPORTS. Every Access Person shall
          make the following reports to the Appropriate Compliance Personnel:

          a.   INITIAL  HOLDINGS  REPORT.  No later  than ten  (10)  days  after
               becoming an Access  Person,  such Access  Person shall report the
               following information:

               i.   the  title,  number of shares and  principal  amount of each
                    Covered  Security in which the Access  Person had any direct
                    or indirect  Beneficial  Ownership when the person became an
                    Access Person;

               ii.  the name of any broker,  dealer or bank with whom the Access
                    Person  maintained an account in which any  securities  were
                    held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person
                    as of the date the person became an Access Person; and

               iii. the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

          b.   QUARTERLY  TRANSACTION REPORTS. No later than ten (10) days after
               the end of a calendar quarter, the Access Person shall report the
               following information:

               i.   With  respect to any  transaction  during  the  quarter in a
                    Covered  Security in which the Access  Person had any direct
                    or indirect Beneficial Ownership:

                    A.   the date of the  transaction,  the title,  the interest
                         rate and maturity date (if  applicable),  the number of
                         shares  and  the  principal   amount  of  each  Covered
                         Security involved;

                    B.   the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase,  sale or
                         any other type of acquisition or disposition);

                    C.   the  price  of  the  Covered   Security  at  which  the
                         transaction was effected;

                                       6
<PAGE>

                    D.   the name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through
                         whom the transaction was effected; and

                    E.   the date that the  report is  submitted  by the  Access
                         Person.

               ii.  With respect to any account established by the Access Person
                    in which any securities were held during the quarter for the
                    direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person:

                    A.   the name of the  broker,  dealer  or bank with whom the
                         Access Person established the Account;

                    B.   the date the account was established; and

                    C.   the date that the  report was  submitted  by the Access
                         Person.

          c.   ANNUAL HOLDING REPORTS.  No later than thirty (30) days after the
               end of every  calendar  year,  the Access Person shall report the
               following  information  (which  information must be current as of
               December  31 of the  calendar  year for which the report is being
               submitted):

               i.   the  title,  number of shares and  principal  amount of each
                    Covered  Security in which the Access  Person has any direct
                    or indirect beneficial ownership;

               ii.  the name of any broker,  dealer or bank with whom the Access
                    Person maintains an account in which any securities are held
                    for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

               iii. the date that the  report is being  submitted  by the Access
                    Person.

     2.   NO  HOLDINGS OR  TRANSACTIONS  TO REPORT.  If an Access  Person has no
          holdings to report on either an Initial  Holdings Report or any Annual
          Holdings   Report  nor   transactions   to  report  on  any  Quarterly
          Transaction  Report,  that Access Person shall nevertheless submit the
          appropriate  Report  stating that the Access Person had no holdings or
          transactions  (as  appropriate)  to report  and the date the report is
          submitted by the Access Person.

     3.   COPIES OF CONFIRMATIONS AND PERIODIC ACCOUNT  STATEMENTS.  Each Access
          Person shall  direct  every  broker or dealer  through whom the Access
          Person  effects  any  securities   transactions   to  deliver  to  the
          Compliance   Officer,   on  a  timely  basis,   duplicate   copies  of
          confirmations of all Access Person securities  transactions and copies
          of periodic statements for all Access Person securities accounts.

                                       7
<PAGE>

     4.   EXCEPTIONS FROM REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.

          a.   A person  need  not make a report  under  this  Section  E.  with
               respect to transactions for, and Covered  Securities held in, any
               account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence
               or control.

          b.   A  Disinterested  Trustee  who would be required to make a report
               solely by reason of being a trustee of the Trust need not make:

               i.   An Initial  Holdings Report under Section E.1.a or an Annual
                    Holdings Report under Section E.1.c; and

               ii.  A Quarterly  Transaction Report under Section E.1.b,  unless
                    such  Disinterested  Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course
                    of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee of the
                    Trust,  should  have  known that  during  the 15-day  period
                    immediately  before  or after  the  Disinterested  Trustee's
                    transaction in a Covered  Security,  the Trust  purchased or
                    sold the  Covered  Security,  or the  Trust  or the  Adviser
                    considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security.

          c.   An Access  Person  need not make a Quarterly  Transaction  Report
               under Section E.1.b.  if the  confirmations  or periodic  account
               statements  delivered  to the  Appropriate  Compliance  Personnel
               under Section E.3 are received within the time period required by
               Section E.1.b., provided that all information required by Section
               E.1.b. is contained in such confirmations or account statements.

          d.   An Access  Person  need not make a Quarterly  Transaction  Report
               with respect to the "exempt transactions" described in Section D.

          e.   No person who becomes an Access Person before March 1, 2000 shall
               be required to make an Initial Holdings Report.

     5.   REVIEW OF REPORTS.  Appropriate  Compliance Personnel shall review all
          reports submitted pursuant to Section E.1 for the purpose of detecting
          and preventing a potential or actual violation of this Code.

          a.   Appropriate Compliance Personnel shall review an Initial Holdings
               Report  within  fifteen  (15)  days of the date  such  Report  is
               submitted by an Access Person.

          b.   Appropriate  Compliance  Personnel  shall  review  all  Quarterly
               Transaction  Reports and all Annual Holding Reports within thirty
               (30)  days of the date such a Report  is  submitted  by an Access
               Person.

                                       8
<PAGE>

          c.   Appropriate  Compliance Personnel shall maintain a record of each
               report  reviewed  and the date such  review was  completed.  Such
               record shall indicate whether  Appropriate  Compliance  Personnel
               detected a  potential  or actual  violation  of this  Code.  If a
               potential or actual material  violation of this Code is detected,
               Appropriate Compliance Personnel shall promptly inform management
               of the Trust,  the Adviser or the  Distributor (as applicable) in
               writing.

          d.   Appropriate Compliance Personnel,  promptly after furnishing such
               written  notification of a potential or actual material violation
               of this Code to the  management of the Trust,  the Adviser or the
               Distributor,  shall  take those  measures  deemed  necessary  and
               appropriate to remedy such violation,  including, but not limited
               to,  requiring  the  Access  Person to divest  any  inappropriate
               securities holdings and recommending sanctions to the Board.

     6.   NOTIFICATION OF REPORTING OBLIGATION. Appropriate Compliance Personnel
          shall  identify  all Access  Persons who are  required to make reports
          under  Section E.1.  and shall  inform  those Access  Persons of their
          reporting  obligation.  Once informed of the duty to file reports,  an
          Access  Person has a continuing  obligation  to file such reports in a
          timely manner

     7.   DISCLAIMER  OF  BENEFICIAL  OWNERSHIP.  No report  required to be made
          under  Section E.1 shall be  construed  as an  admission by the person
          making  such  report  that  he or  she  has  any  direct  or  indirect
          Beneficial Ownership in the security to which the report relates.

     8.   FORM OF REPORTS.  All reports  required to be filed under Section E.1.
          shall be prepared by Access  Persons using the forms  attached to this
          Code.

F. ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE.

     At the time of submission of Annual  Holding  Reports,  all Access  Persons
must certify that they have read,  understand  and are subject to this Code, and
have  complied  at all times  with this  Code.  When a person  becomes an Access
Person,  that  person  shall be given a copy of the Code.  Within  five (5) days
after being given the Code,  that person shall certify that he or she has had an
opportunity to ask questions,  and has read and understands the Code, and agrees
to  comply  with  the  Code.  All  Access  Persons  shall be given a copy of any
amendment  to  the  Code.  Within  three  months  after  the  amendment  becomes
effective,  all Access  Persons  shall certify that they have received a copy of
the amendment, that they have had an opportunity to ask questions, and that they
understand the Amendment and agree to comply with the amendment.

                                       9
<PAGE>


G. OTHER DUTIES OF AND RESTRICTIONS ON ACCESS PERSONS.

     1.   INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS AND LIMITED OFFERINGS.  Investment  Personnel
          must obtain  approval from  Appropriate  Compliance  Personnel  before
          directly or indirectly  acquiring Beneficial Ownership of any security
          made available in an Initial Public Offering or in a Limited Offering.

     2.   GRATUITIES. No Access Person shall receive any gift or gratuity, other
          than one of de minimis  value,  from any person who does business with
          or on behalf of the Trust.

     3.   SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR OR TRUSTEE.  No Access Person shall serve on the
          board of a publicly  traded company without prior  authorization.  Any
          such  authorization  shall be supported by a  determination  that such
          service is consistent  with the interests of the Trust and the Trust's
          shareholders.

     4.   CONFIDENTIALITY.  No Access  Person  shall  reveal to any other person
          (except in the normal course of his duties on behalf of the Trust, the
          Adviser  or the  Distributor)  any  information  regarding  securities
          transactions made or being considered by or on behalf of the Trust.

H. REPORTS TO THE BOARD

     1.   No less frequently  than annually,  Appropriate  Compliance  Personnel
          shall furnish to the Board,  and the Board shall  consider,  a written
          report that:

          a.   Describes  any  issues  arising  under  this Code  since the last
               report to the Board,  including,  but not limited to, information
               about material violations of this Code and the sanctions, if any,
               imposed in response to the material violations; and

          b.   Certifies that the Trust,  the Adviser and the  Distributor  have
               adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons
               from violating the Code.

     2.   In considering the written report,  the Board shall determine  whether
          any action is required in response to the report.

     3.   To the extent that  immaterial  violations  of this Code (such as late
          filings  of  required  reports)  may  collectively  indicate  material
          problems with the  implementation  and  enforcement  of this Code, the
          written report shall describe any violations  that are material in the
          aggregate.

                                       10
<PAGE>

I. SANCTIONS.

     The  Appropriate  Compliance  Personnel  of the Trust shall  furnish to the
Audit  Committee of the Board reports  regarding the  administration  hereof and
summarizing any forms or reports filed  hereunder.  If any such report indicates
that any  changes  hereto  are  advisable,  the Audit  Committee  shall  make an
appropriate  recommendation to the Board. The Audit Committee also shall inquire
into any apparent violations of this Code and shall report any apparent material
violations  to the Board.  Upon  finding of a material  violation  of this Code,
including the filing of false, incomplete,  or untimely required reports, or the
failure to obtain prior clearance of personal securities transactions, the Board
may impose such sanctions as it deems  appropriate,  which may include  censure,
suspension,  or termination of the employment of the violator.  No Trustee shall
participate in a  determination  of whether he has committed a violation of this
Code or of the imposition of any sanction against himself.

     Similarly,   it  shall  be  the   responsibility   of  the   Adviser's  and
Distributor's  Appropriate  Compliance  Personnel  to receive and  maintain  all
reports  submitted  by  Access  Persons  and to  use  reasonable  diligence  and
institute  procedures  reasonably  necessary  to monitor  the  adequacy  of such
reports  and to  otherwise  prevent  or detect  violations  of this  Code.  Upon
discovering a material violation of this Code involving any Access Person,  such
as those noted in the prior  paragraph,  it shall be the  responsibility  of the
Adviser's  and  Distributor's  Appropriate  Compliance  Personnel to report such
violation to the management of the Adviser and  Distributor,  respectively.  The
Adviser's  or the  Distributor's  management  (as  appropriate)  may impose such
sanctions  against the Access Person determined to have violated this Code as it
deems  appropriate,  including  inter alia, a letter of censure or suspension or
termination of the  employment,  officership,  or other position of the violator
with the Advisor or Distributor.  No officer, director or manager of the Adviser
or Distributor  shall participate in a determination of whether he has committed
a violation of this Code or of the imposition of any sanction against himself.

J. MATERIAL CHANGES TO THE CODE.

     1.   The Board, including a majority of the Disinterested  Trustees,  shall
          approve any  material  change made to this Code no later than the next
          regularly  scheduled  Board  meeting  after  adoption of the  material
          change.

     2.   The Board shall base its approval of any  material  change to the Code
          on a  determination  that  the  Code  contains  provisions  reasonably
          necessary  to prevent  Access  Persons  from  engaging  in any conduct
          described in Section A of this Code.

     3.   An amendment to Schedule A to this Code shall not be a material change
          for purposes of this Section J.

K. RECORD RETENTION.

     The  Adviser  shall  maintain  records  for the Trust,  the Adviser and the
Distributor  to the extent set forth below,  which  records may be maintained on

                                       11
<PAGE>

microfilm under the conditions described in Rule 31a-2(f)(1) under the 1940 Act,
and shall be made available for examination by representatives of the Securities
and Exchange Commission:

     1.   RETENTION OF CODE. A copy of this Code and any Code that was in effect
          at any time within the past five years shall be preserved in an easily
          accessible place.

     2.   RECORD OF  VIOLATIONS.  A record of any  violation of this Code and of
          any action taken as a result of such  violation  shall be preserved in
          an easily  accessible  place for a period of not less than five  years
          following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs.

     3.   COPY OF FORMS AND  REPORTS.  A copy of each Initial  Holdings  Report,
          Quarterly  Transaction  Report and Annual Holdings report prepared and
          submitted by an Access Person  pursuant to this Code must be preserved
          for a period of not less than five  years  from the end of the  fiscal
          year in which  such  report is made,  the first two years in an easily
          accessible place.

     4.   LIST OF ACCESS  PERSONS.  A list of all persons who are, or within the
          past five  years of  business  have  been,  required  to file  Initial
          Holdings  Reports,  Quarterly  Transaction  Reports and Annual Holding
          Reports  pursuant to this Code and a list of those  persons who are or
          were  responsible for reviewing such Reports shall be maintained in an
          easily accessible place.

     5.   WRITTEN REPORTS TO THE BOARD. A copy of each written report  furnished
          to the Board under Section H. of this Code shall be maintained  for at
          least five years after the end of the Trust's  fiscal year in which it
          is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place.

     6.   RECORDS RELATING TO DECISIONS  INVOLVING  INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS AND
          LIMITED  OFFERINGS.  The  Adviser  shall  maintain  a  record  of  any
          decision,  and the reasons  supporting  the  decision,  to approve the
          acquisition by Investment Personnel of securities made available in an
          Initial  Public  Offering or Limited  Offering for at least five years
          after the end of the  Trust's  fiscal  year in which the  approval  is
          granted.

     7.   SITES  OF  RECORDS  TO BE  KEPT.  All such  records  and/or  documents
          required  to be  maintained  pursuant  to this Code  and/or Rule 17j-1
          under the 1940 Act shall be kept at the  offices  of the Trust at 3100
          Sanders Road, Northbrook, Illinois 60062.

L. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT.

     All reports and other records required to be filed or maintained under this
Code shall be treated as confidential.


                                       12
<PAGE>

M. INTERPRETATION OF PROVISIONS.

     The Board and management of the Adviser and the Distributor  may, from time
to time,  adopt such  interpretations  of this Code as such Board and management
deem appropriate,  provided that the Board approves any material changes to this
Code in accordance with Section J.

N. AMENDMENTS TO THE CODE.

     Any  amendment to the Code shall be  effective  thirty (30)  calendar  days
after written notice of such amendment shall have been received by the President
of the Trust, the Adviser and the Distributor, unless the Board or management of
the Adviser or the Distributor (as appropriate)  expressly  determines that such
amendment shall become effective on an earlier date or shall not be adopted. Any
material  change to this Code shall be approved by the Board in accordance  with
Section J.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                        APPROPRIATE COMPLIANCE PERSONNEL

As of ___________,  1999, the following persons shall be Appropriate  Compliance
Personnel for each of the Trust, the Adviser and the Distributor:

                        Trust                   Adviser             Distributor
                        -----                   -------             -----------

Appropriate
Compliance
Personnel               XXXXX                   XXXXX               XXXXX

Date
Responsibilities
Were Assumed            10/01/99                10/01/99            10/01/99


                                   * * * * * *


     I have read the above Code and  understand it. I agree to comply fully with
all of the above provisions.



Date:                              Signed:
     -------------------                  ---------------------------




                                       14



            MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER AFRICA INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
               MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER ASIA-PACIFIC FUND, INC.
              MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER EASTERN EUROPE FUND, INC.
             MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER EMERGING MARKETS FUND, INC.
          MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND, INC.
         MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND FUND, INC.
                MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER HIGH YIELD FUND, INC.
             MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER INDIA INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
                    THE LATIN AMERICAN DISCOVERY FUND, INC.
                            THE MALAYSIA FUND, INC.
                       THE PAKISTAN INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
                              THE THAI FUND, INC.
                       THE TURKISH INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
                            (THE "CLOSED-END FUNDS")

                                      AND

              MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER INSTITUTIONAL FUND, INC.
                MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL FUNDS, INC.
            MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER STRATEGIC ADVISER FUND, INC.
  (THE "OPEN-END FUNDS", AND TOGETHER WITH THE CLOSED-END FUNDS, THE "FUNDS")

                                      AND

             MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.
                         ("MSDW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT")

                                      AND

                        MILLER ANDERSON & SHERRERD, LLP
("MAS", AND TOGETHER WITH MSDW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, THE "INVESTMENT MANAGERS")

                                      AND

                       MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
                                   ("MS&Co.")

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

1. PURPOSES

     This Code of Ethics has been adopted by the Funds, the Investment  Managers
and MS&Co., the principal  underwriter of the Open-End Funds, in accordance with
Rule 17j-1 under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended  (the "Act").
Rule  17j-1  under  the Act  generally  proscribes  fraudulent  or  manipulative
practices  with  respect  to  purchases  or  sales of  securities  held or to be
acquired by investment companies,  if effected by affiliated persons (as defined
under the Act) of such companies.  Specifically,  Rule 17j-1 provides that it is
unlawful for any affiliated person of or principal  underwriter for a registered
investment  company,  or any  affiliated  person of an investment  adviser of or
principal  underwriter for a registered  investment  company, in connection with
the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly,  by such person of a security held
or to be acquired by such registered investment company:

     (a)  To employ any device,  scheme or artifice to defraud  such  registered
          investment company;

                                       1
<PAGE>

     (b)  To make to such registered  investment company any untrue statement of
          a material fact or omit to state to such registered investment company
          a material  fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  made, in
          light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

     (c)  To engage in any act,  practice,  or course of business which operates
          or would  operate  as a fraud  or  deceit  upon  any  such  registered
          investment company; or

     (d)  To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to such registered
          investment company.

     While Rule 17j-1 is designed to protect only the interests of the Funds and
their  stockholders,  the Investment  Managers apply the policies and procedures
described in this Code of Ethics to all employees of the Investment  Managers to
protect the  interests of their  non-Fund  clients as well  (hereinafter,  where
appropriate,  non-Fund  clients of the  Investment  Managers  are referred to as
"Advisory  Clients" and any reference to an Advisory  Client(s)  relates only to
the activities of employees of the Investment Managers).

     The  purpose of this Code of Ethics is to (i) ensure  that  Access  Persons
conduct their personal  securities  transactions  in a manner which does not (a)
create  an  actual or  potential  conflict  of  interest  with the  Funds' or an
Advisory Client's  portfolio  transactions,  (b) place their personal  interests
before the interest of the Funds and their stockholders or an Advisory Client or
(c) take  unfair  advantage  of their  relationship  to the Funds or an Advisory
Client and (ii) provide policies and procedures consistent with the Act and Rule
17j-1  designed  to give effect to the  general  prohibitions  set forth in Rule
17j-l.

     Among other things, the procedures set forth in this Code of Ethics require
that all (i) Access Persons review this Code of Ethics at least  annually,  (ii)
Access  Persons,  unless  excepted  by  Sections  8. (d) or (e) of this  Code of
Ethics, report transactions in Covered Securities,  (iii) Access Persons refrain
from  engaging in certain  transactions,  and (iv)  employees of the  Investment
Managers pre-clear with the Compliance Department or the trading desk at MAS any
transactions in Covered Securities.

2. DEFINITIONS

     (a)  "Access Person" means (i) any director,  officer or Advisory Person of
          the Funds or of the  Investment  Managers,  and (ii) any  director  or
          officer of MS&Co.,  who, in the ordinary  course of  business,  makes,
          participates in or obtains information  regarding the purchase or sale
          of Covered Securities by the Funds.

     (b)  "Advisory  Person"  means  any  employee  of  the  Funds,  or  of  the
          Investment  Managers (or of any company in a control  relationship  to
          the Funds or the Investment Managers),  who, in connection with his or
          her regular  functions or duties,  makes,  participates in, or obtains
          information  regarding  the purchase or sale of Covered  Securities by
          the Funds or an  Advisory  Client,  or whose  functions  relate to the
          making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     (c)  "Beneficial  ownership"  shall be interpreted in the same manner as it
          would be in determining  whether a person is subject to the provisions
          of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and
          the rules and regulations thereunder, except that the determination of
          direct or indirect beneficial  ownership shall apply to all securities
          which an Access Person has or acquires.

     (d)  "Control"  shall  have the same  meaning  as that set forth in Section
          2(a)(9) of the Act.

     (e)  "Compliance  Department"  means the MSDW Investment  Management or MAS
          Compliance Department.

     (f)  "Covered  Security" means a security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of
          the Act,  except that it does not  include:  (i) shares of  registered
          open-end  investment   companies,   (ii)  direct  obligations  of  the
          Government of the United States, and (iii) bankers' acceptances,  bank
          certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term
          debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.

     (g)  "Disinterested  Director"  means a  director  of a Fund  who is not an
          "interested  person"  of such  Fund  within  the  meaning  of  Section
          2(a)(19) of the Act.

     (h)  "Purchase or sale (or sell)" with respect to a Covered  Security means
          any  acquisition  or  disposition  of a direct or indirect  beneficial
          interest in a Covered Security,  including, inter alia, the writing or
          buying of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.

     (i)  "Security  held or to be  acquired"  means  (i) any  Covered  Security
          which,  within the most recent 15 days,  is or has been held by a Fund
          or an Advisory Client, or is being or has been considered by a Fund or
          an Advisory  Client or the Investment  Managers for purchase by a Fund
          or an Advisory Client and (ii) any option to purchase or sell, and any
          security  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for, a Covered  Security
          described in this paragraph.

3. PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

     (a)  No Access Person or employee of the Investment Managers shall purchase
          or sell any Covered  Security which to his or her actual  knowledge at
          the time of such purchase or sale:

          (i)  is being considered for purchase or sale by a Fund or an Advisory
               Client; or

          (ii) is being purchased or sold by a Fund or an Advisory Client.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     (b)  No  employee  of the  Investment  Managers  shall  purchase  or sell a
          Covered Security while there is a pending "buy" or "sell" order in the
          same or a related security for a Fund or an Advisory Client until that
          order is executed or withdrawn.

     (c)  No Advisory  Person shall purchase or sell a Covered  Security  within
          seven calendar days before or after any portfolio(s) of the Funds over
          which such  Advisory  Person  exercises  investment  discretion  or an
          Advisory  Client over which the Advisory Person  exercises  investment
          discretion  purchases or sells the same or a related Covered Security.
          Any  profits  realized  or  unrealized  by the  Advisory  Person  on a
          prohibited  purchase or sale  within the  proscribed  period  shall be
          disgorged to a charity.

     (d)  No employee of the Investment  Managers shall profit from the purchase
          and sale or sale and  purchase  of the  same (or  equivalent)  Covered
          Security  within 60  calendar  days,  except that he or she may sell a
          Covered  Security  for a loss  after 30  calendar  days.  Any  profits
          realized  within 60  calendar  days on such  purchase or sale shall be
          disgorged to a charity.

     (e)  No employee of the  Investment  Managers shall purchase any securities
          in an initial public offering.

     (f)  No employee of the Investment Managers shall purchase privately-placed
          securities  unless such  purchase is  pre-approved  by the  Compliance
          Department.   Any   such   person   who   has   previously   purchased
          privately-placed  securities  must  disclose  such  purchases  to  the
          Compliance  Department before such person  participates in a Fund's or
          an Advisory Client's subsequent  consideration of an investment in the
          securities of the same or a related issuer. Upon such disclosure,  the
          Compliance  Department  shall appoint  another person with no personal
          interest  in the  issuer,  to  conduct an  independent  review of such
          Fund's or such Advisory  Client's  decision to purchase  securities of
          the same or a related issuer.

     (g)  No  Access  Person  or  employee  of  the  Investment  Managers  shall
          recommend the purchase or sale of any Covered  Securities to a Fund or
          to an Advisory  Client  without  having  disclosed  to the  Compliance
          Department his or her interest,  if any, in such Covered Securities or
          the issuer thereof, including without limitation (i) his or her direct
          or indirect  beneficial  ownership of any  securities  of such issuer,
          (ii)  any  contemplated  purchase  or  sale  by  such  person  of such
          securities, (iii) any position with such issuer or its affiliates, and
          (iv) any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer
          or its  affiliates,  on the one hand,  and such person or any party in
          which such person has a significant interest, on the other;  provided,
          however,  that  in the  event  the  interest  of such  person  in such
          securities  or  the  issuer  thereof  is  not  material  to his or her
          personal  net  worth  and any  contemplated  purchase  or sale by such
          person in such  securities  cannot  reasonably  be  expected to have a
          material  adverse  effect on any such purchase or sale by a Fund or an
          Advisory  Client or on the market for the securities  generally,  such
          person  shall not be required to disclose  his or her  interest in the
          securities  or  the  issuer  thereof  in  connection   with  any  such
          recommendation.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     (h)  No Access Person or employee of the  Investment  Managers shall reveal
          to any other person  (except in the normal course of his or her duties
          on behalf of a Fund or an Advisory  Client) any information  regarding
          the purchase or sale of any Covered  Security by a Fund or an Advisory
          Client  or  consideration  of the  purchase  or  sale  by a Fund or an
          Advisory Client of any such Covered Security.

4.  PRE-CLEARANCE OF COVERED  SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS  AND PERMITTED  BROKERAGE
    ACCOUNTS

     No employee of MSDW  Investment  Management  shall purchase or sell Covered
Securities without prior written  authorization from its Compliance  Department.
No  employee of MAS shall  purchase or sell  Covered  Securities  without  prior
written  authorization  from the  appropriate  trading  desk.  Unless  otherwise
indicated  by the  Compliance  Department,  pre-clearance  of a purchase or sale
shall  be  valid  and  in  effect  only  for  the  business  day in  which  such
pre-clearance is given;  provided,  however,  that the approval of an unexecuted
purchase  or sale is deemed to be revoked  when the  employee  becomes  aware of
facts or circumstances that would have resulted in the denial of approval of the
approved  purchase  or sale were such facts or  circumstances  made known to the
Compliance  Department  or MAS trading  desk,  as  appropriate,  at the time the
proposed purchase or sale was originally presented for approval.  The Investment
Managers  require all of their  employees to maintain their  personal  brokerage
accounts at MS&Co. or a broker/dealer  affiliated  with MS&Co.  (hereinafter,  a
"Morgan Stanley  Account").  Outside personal  brokerage  accounts are permitted
only under very limited  circumstances and only with express written approval by
the Compliance Department.  The Compliance Department has implemented procedures
reasonably  designed to monitor  purchases  and sales  effected  pursuant to the
aforementioned pre-clearance procedures.

5. EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS

     (a)  The  prohibitions  of  Section 3 and  Section 4 of this Code of Ethics
          shall not apply to:

          (i)  Purchases  or sales  effected in any account over which an Access
               Person or an employee of the Investment Managers has no direct or
               indirect influence or control;

          (ii) Purchases or sales which are non-volitional;

          (iii)Purchases  which are part of an automatic  purchase plan directly
               with the  issuer or its  agent or which are part of an  automatic
               dividend reinvestment plan; or

          (iv) Purchases  effected  upon the  exercise  of  rights  issued by an
               issuer PRO RATA to all holders of a class of its  securities  and
               sales of such  rights so  acquired,  but only to the extent  such
               rights were acquired from such issuer.

     (b)  Notwithstanding  the  prohibitions  of Sections 3. (a), (b) and (c) of
          this Code of Ethics, the Compliance Department or MAS trading desk, as
          appropriate,  may approve a purchase or sale of a Covered  Security by
          employees  of the  Investment  Managers  which  would  appear to be in
          contravention  of the  prohibitions in Sections 3. (a), (b) and (c) if
          it is determined  that (i) the facts and  circumstances  applicable at
          the time of such  purchase or sale do not conflict  with the interests
          of a Fund or an Advisory Client, or (ii) such purchase or sale is only
          remotely  potentially  harmful to a Fund or an Advisory Client because
          it would be very unlikely to affect a highly institutional  market, or
          because it is clearly not related economically to the securities to be
          purchased, sold or held by such Fund or Advisory Client, and (iii) the
          spirit and intent of this Code of Ethics is met.

                                       5
<PAGE>

6. RESTRICTIONS ON RECEIVING GIFTS

     No  employee of the  Investment  Managers  shall  receive any gift or other
consideration in merchandise, service or otherwise of more than de minimis value
from any  person,  firm,  corporation,  association  or other  entity  that does
business with or on behalf of the Funds or an Advisory Client.

7. SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

     No  employee  of the  Investment  Managers  shall  serve  on the  board  of
directors of a publicly-traded  company without prior written authorization from
the Compliance Department.  Approval will be based upon a determination that the
board  service  would not  conflict  with the  interests  of the Funds and their
stockholders or an Advisory Client.

8. REPORTING

     (a)  Unless excepted by Section 8. (d) or (e) of this Code of Ethics,  each
          Access  Person  must   disclose  all  personal   holdings  in  Covered
          Securities to the  Compliance  Department for its review no later than
          10 days after becoming an Access Person and annually  thereafter.  The
          initial  and  annual  holdings  reports  must  contain  the  following
          information:

          (i)  The title,  number of shares and principal amount of each Covered
               Security  in which the Access  Person has any direct or  indirect
               beneficial ownership;

          (ii) The name of any broker,  dealer or bank with or through  whom the
               Access Person  maintained an account in which any securities were
               held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

          (iii)The date the report was  submitted to the  Compliance  Department
               by the Access Person.

     (b)  Unless excepted by Section 8. (d) or (e) of this Code of Ethics,  each
          Access Person and each employee of the Investment Managers must report
          to the Compliance  Department for its review within 10 days of the end
          of a calendar quarter the information  described below with respect to
          transactions  in Covered  Securities  in which such  person has, or by
          reason of such transactions acquires any direct or indirect beneficial
          interest:

                                       6
<PAGE>

          (i)  The date of the  transaction,  the title,  the interest  rate and
               maturity  date (if  applicable),  the  number of  shares  and the
               principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

          (ii) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase,  sale or any other
               type of acquisition or disposition);

          (iii)The price of the Covered  Security at which the  purchase or sale
               was effected;

          (iv) The name of the broker,  dealer or bank with or through which the
               purchase or sale was effected; and

          (v)  The date the report was submitted to the Compliance Department by
               such person.

     (c)  Unless excepted by Section 8. (d) or (e) of this Code of Ethics,  each
          Access Person and each employee of the Investment Managers must report
          to the Compliance  Department for its review within 10 days of the end
          of a calendar quarter the information  described below with respect to
          any account  established by such person in which any  securities  were
          held during the  quarter  for the direct or  indirect  benefit of such
          person:

          (i)  The name of the broker,  dealer or bank with whom the account was
               established;

          (ii) The date the account was established; and

          (iii)The date the report was  submitted to the  Compliance  Department
               by such person.

     (d)  An Access Person will not be required to make any reports described in
          Sections  8. (a),  (b) and (c) above for any  account  over  which the
          Access  Person has no direct or  indirect  influence  or  control.  An
          Access  Person or an employee of the  Investment  Managers will not be
          required to make the annual  holdings  report under Section 8. (a) and
          the quarterly transactions report under Section 8. (b) with respect to
          purchases or sales effected for, and Covered Securities held in: (i) a
          Morgan  Stanley  Account,   (ii)  an  account  in  which  the  Covered
          Securities were purchased  pursuant to an automatic  purchase plan set
          up  directly  with the issuer or its agent or  pursuant  to a dividend
          reinvestment  plan,  or (iii) an  account  for  which  the  Compliance
          Department   receives  duplicate  trade  confirmations  and  quarterly
          statements.  An  Access  Person  or an  employee  of  MSDW  Investment
          Management  will not be required to make a report under Section 8. (c)
          for any account in which only shares of open-end registered investment
          companies  can be  purchased  or sold.  Lastly,  an  employee  of MSDW
          Investment  Management  will no be  required  to make a  report  under
          Section  8.  (c)  for  any  account   established  with  MS&Co.  or  a
          broker/dealer  affiliated  with MS&Co.,  or for any account  which was
          pre-approved by the Compliance Department.

                                       7
<PAGE>

     (e)  A  Disinterested  Director of a Fund,  who would be required to make a
          report solely by reason of being a Fund  director,  is not required to
          make  initial  and  annual  holdings   reports.   Additionally,   such
          Disinterested  Director need only make a quarterly transactions report
          for a purchase or sale of Covered Securities if he or she, at the time
          of that transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his
          or her official duties as a Disinterested  Director of a Fund,  should
          have known that,  during the 15-day  period  immediately  preceding or
          following  the date of the Covered  Securities  transaction  by him or
          her,  such Covered  Security is or was  purchased or sold by a Fund or
          was being considered for purchase or sale by a Fund.

     (f)  The  reports  described  in  Sections  8.  (a),  (b) and (c) above may
          contain a statement  that the  reports  shall not be  construed  as an
          admission  by the person  making such  reports  that he or she has any
          direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership in the Covered Securities to
          which the reports relate.

9. ANNUAL CERTIFICATIONS

     All Access  Persons and employees of the  Investment  Managers must certify
annually that they have read,  understood and complied with the  requirements of
this Code of Ethics and  recognize  that they are subject to this Code of Ethics
by signing the certification attached hereto as Exhibit A.

10. BOARD REVIEW

     The  management  of  the  Funds  and  representatives  or  officers  of the
Investment Managers and, with respect to the Open-End Funds,  MS&Co., shall each
provide each Fund's Board of Directors, at least annually, with the following:

     (a)  a summary of existing procedures concerning personal investing and any
          changes in the procedures made during the past year;

     (b)  a  description  of any  issues  arising  under  this Code of Ethics or
          procedures since the last such report,  including, but not limited to,
          information  about  material  violations  of this  Code of  Ethics  or
          procedures and sanctions imposed in response to material violations;

     (c)  any  recommended  changes in the existing  restrictions  or procedures
          based upon a Fund's or the Investment  Managers' experience under this
          Code  of  Ethics,  evolving  industry  practices  or  developments  in
          applicable laws and regulations; and

     (d)  a  certification  (attached  hereto  as  Exhibits  B, C, D,  and E, as
          appropriate) that each has adopted procedures  reasonably necessary to
          prevent its Access Persons from violating this Code of Ethics.

                                       8
<PAGE>

11. SANCTIONS

     Upon discovering a violation of this Code of Ethics, the Board of Directors
of such Fund or of the Investment Managers,  as the case may be, may impose such
sanctions as it deems appropriate.

12. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

     The  management  of  the  Funds  and  representatives  or  officers  of the
Investment Managers and, with respect to the Open-End Funds,  MS&Co., each shall
maintain, as appropriate,  the following records for a period of five years, the
first two years in an easily  accessible  place,  and shall make  these  records
available to the Securities  and Exchange  Commission or any  representative  of
such during an examination of the Funds or of the Investment Managers:

     (a)  a copy of this Code of Ethics or any other Code of Ethics which was in
          effect at any time within the previous five years;

     (b)  a record of any  violation of this Code of Ethics  during the previous
          five years, and of any action taken as a result of the violation;

     (c)  a copy of each  report  required by Section 8. of this Code of Ethics,
          including any information provided in lieu of each such report;

     (d)  a record of all persons,  currently or within the past five years, who
          are or  were  subject  to  this  Code  of  Ethics  and who are or were
          required to make reports under Section 8. of this Code of Ethics;

     (e)  a record of all persons,  currently or within the past five years, who
          are or were  responsible  for  reviewing  the reports  required  under
          Section 8. of this Code of Ethics; and

     (f)  a record of any decision,  and the reasons supporting the decision, to
          approve the acquisition of securities described in Sections 3. (e) and
          (f) of this Code of Ethics.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT A

            MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER AFRICA INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
               MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER ASIA-PACIFIC FUND, INC.
              MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER EASTERN EUROPE FUND, INC.
             MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER EMERGING MARKETS FUND, INC.
          MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND, INC.
         MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND FUND, INC.
                MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER HIGH YIELD FUND, INC.
             MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER INDIA INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
                    THE LATIN AMERICAN DISCOVERY FUND, INC.
                            THE MALAYSIA FUND, INC.
                       THE PAKISTAN INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
                              THE THAI FUND, INC.
                       THE TURKISH INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
                            (THE "CLOSED-END FUNDS")
                                      AND
              MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER INSTITUTIONAL FUND, INC.
                MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL FUNDS, INC.
            MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER STRATEGIC ADVISER FUND, INC.
  (THE "OPEN-END FUNDS", AND TOGETHER WITH THE CLOSED-END FUNDS, THE "FUNDS")
                                      AND
             MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.
                         ("MSDW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT")
                                      AND

                        MILLER ANDERSON & SHERRERD, LLP
("MAS", AND TOGETHER WITH MSDW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, THE "INVESTMENT MANAGERS")
                                      AND
                       MORGAN STANLEY & CO., INCORPORATED
                                   ("MS&Co.")

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                              ANNUAL CERTIFICATION

     I hereby  certify that I have read and  understand  the Code of Ethics (the
"Code") which has been adopted by the Funds, the Investment  Managers and MS&Co.
and recognize that it applies to me and agree to comply in all respects with the
policies and procedures described therein.  Furthermore, I hereby certify that I
have complied with the requirements of the Code in effect,  as amended,  for the
year ended  December 31, ____,  and that all of my  reportable  transactions  in
Covered  Securities  were executed and reflected  accurately in a Morgan Stanley
Account (as defined in the Code) or that I have attached a report that satisfies
the annual holdings disclosure requirement as described in Section 8. (a) of the
Code.

Date:                                        Name:
      --------------------                         ------------------------

Signature:
           -------------------------------------

                                       10
<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT B

            MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER AFRICA INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
               MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER ASIA-PACIFIC FUND, INC.
              MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER EASTERN EUROPE FUND, INC.
             MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER EMERGING MARKETS FUND, INC.
          MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER EMERGING MARKETS DEBT FUND, INC.
         MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER GLOBAL OPPORTUNITY BOND FUND, INC.
                MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER HIGH YIELD FUND, INC.
             MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER INDIA INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
              MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER INSTITUTIONAL FUND, INC.
            MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER STRATEGIC ADVISER FUND, INC.
                MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER UNIVERSAL FUNDS, INC.
                    THE LATIN AMERICAN DISCOVERY FUND, INC.
                            THE MALAYSIA FUND, INC.
                       THE PAKISTAN INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
                              THE THAI FUND, INC.
                       THE TURKISH INVESTMENT FUND, INC.
                                 (THE "FUNDS")

                     ANNUAL CERTIFICATION UNDER RULE 17j-1
                     OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940


     Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the  "1940  Act") and  pursuant  to the Code of Ethics  for the  Funds,  Morgan
Stanley Dean Witter Investment Management, Inc., Miller, Anderson &Sherrerd, LLP
and Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated (the "Code of Ethics"), each of the Funds
hereby  certifies to such Fund's  Board of Directors  that such Fund has adopted
procedures  reasonably  necessary to prevent  Access  Persons (as defined in the
Code of Ethics) from violating the Code of Ethics.

Date:                                    By:
      -------------------------          ---------------------
                                         Name:  Mary E. Mullin
                                         Title:    Secretary




                                       11


<PAGE>










                                                                EXHIBIT C

             MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
                         ("MSDW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT")

                     ANNUAL CERTIFICATION UNDER RULE 17j-1
                     OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940


     Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the  "1940  Act")  and  pursuant  to the Code of  Ethics  for  MSDW  Investment
Management,  the Funds (as defined in the Code of Ethics)  and Morgan  Stanley &
Co.,  Incorporated  (the "Code of Ethics"),  MSDW Investment  Management  hereby
certifies to the Board of Directors of the Funds that MSDW Investment Management
has  adopted  procedures  reasonably  necessary  to prevent  Access  Persons (as
defined in the Code of Ethics) from violating the Code of Ethics.

Date:                                    By:
      -------------------                -----------------------------
                                         Name:  Harold J. Schaaff, Jr.
                                         Title:    General Counsel



                                       12



<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT D

                    MILLER, ANDERSON & SHERRERD, LLP ("MAS")

                     ANNUAL CERTIFICATION UNDER RULE 17j-1
                     OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940


     Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the  "1940  Act") and  pursuant  to the Code of Ethics  for MAS,  the Funds (as
defined in the Code of Ethics) and Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated (the "Code
of  Ethics"),  MAS hereby  certifies to the Board of Directors of the Funds that
MAS has adopted  procedures  reasonably  necessary to prevent Access Persons (as
defined in the Code of Ethics) from violating the Code of Ethics.

Date:                                   By:
      ------------------                   ----------------------------
                                        Name:  Paul A. Frick
                                        Title:    Compliance Officer





                                       13

<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT E

                       MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
                                   ("MS&Co.")

                     ANNUAL CERTIFICATION UNDER RULE 17j-1
                     OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940


     Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the "1940 Act") and  pursuant to the Code of Ethics for  MS&Co.,  the  Open-End
Funds (as defined in the Code of Ethics),  Morgan Stanley Dean Witter Investment
Management  Inc., and Miller,  Anderson & Sherrerd,  LLP (the "Code of Ethics"),
MS&Co.  hereby  certifies to the Board of  Directors of the Open-End  Funds that
MS&Co. has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons (as
defined in the Code of Ethics) from violating the Code of Ethics.

Date:                                 By:
      -----------------                  --------------------------
                                      Name:  Harold J. Schaaff, Jr.
                                      Title:    Managing Director





                                       14





                         GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT
                      GOLDMAN SACHS FUNDS MANAGEMENT, L.P.
                  GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT INTERNATIONAL


        CODE OF ETHICS

                                                     Effective January 23, 1991
                                                     (as revised April 1, 2000)

I.   DEFINITIONS

     A.   "Access  Person"  with  respect  to  Goldman  Sachs  Asset  Management
          ("GSAM")   means  (because  GSAM  is  a  unit  within  the  Investment
          Management Division, a separate operating division, of Goldman,  Sachs
          & Co.,  and  Goldman,  Sach & Co. is  primarily  engaged in a business
          other than advising registered  investment companies or other advisory
          clients) only those officers, general partners or Advisory Persons (as
          defined below) of GSAM who, with respect to any Investment Company (as
          defined   below),   make   recommendations   or   participate  in  the
          determination of which  recommendation shall be made to any Investment
          Company,   or  whose  principal  function  or  duties  relate  to  the
          determination of which  recommendation shall be made to any Investment
          Company,  or  who,  in  connection  with  their  duties,   obtain  any
          information  concerning such recommendations on Covered Securities (as
          defined below) which are being made to the Investment Company. "Access
          Person" with respect to Goldman Sachs Asset  Management  International
          ("GSAMI") and Goldman Sachs Funds Management,  L.P. ("GSFM") means any
          director,  officer,  general  partner or  Advisory  Person of GSAMI or
          GSFM, as the case may be.

     B.   "Adviser" means each of GSAM, GSAMI and GSFM.

     C.   "Advisory  Person" means (i) any officer or employee of the Adviser or
          any  company  in  a  control  relationship  to  the  Adviser  who,  in
          connection  with  his or  her  regular  functions  or  duties,  makes,
          participates in or obtains information  regarding the purchase or sale
          of a Covered  Security by an Investment  Company,  or whose  functions
          relate  to the  making of any  recommendations  with  respect  to such
          purchases  or  sales;  and  (ii)  any  natural  person  in  a  control
          relationship  to the Adviser who obtains  information  concerning  the
          recommendations  made to an  Investment  Company  with  regard  to the
          purchase or sale of a Covered Security.

     D.   "Beneficial  ownership" of a security shall be interpreted in the same
          manner  as it would  be under  Rule  16a-1  (a) (2) of the  Securities
          Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  in  determining
          whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of
          Section  16  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  the  rules  and  regulations
          promulgated thereunder.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

     E.   "Board  of  Trustees"  means  the  board  of  trustees  or  directors,
          including a majority of the disinterested  trustees/directors,  of any
          Investment  Company  for  which an  Adviser  serves  as an  investment
          adviser, sub-adviser or principal underwriter.

     F.   "Control"  shall  have the same  meaning  as that set forth in Section
          2(a)(9)  of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  as  amended  (the
          "Investment  Company Act").  Section 2(a)(9)  generally  provides that
          "control" means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the
          management  or policies of a company,  unless such power is solely the
          result of an official position with such company.

     G.   "Covered Security" means a security as defined in Section 2(a) (36) of
          the  Investment  Company  Act,  except that it does not  include:  (i)
          direct  obligations  of the  Government  of the  United  States;  (ii)
          banker's acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit,  commercial paper
          and high quality  short-term debt instruments (any instrument having a
          maturity  at  issuance of less than 366 days and that is in one of the
          two highest rating categories of a nationally  recognized  statistical
          rating  organization),  including  repurchase  agreements;  and  (iii)
          shares of registered open-end investment companies.

     H.   "Initial Public  Offering" means an offering of securities  registered
          under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  the issuer of which,  immediately
          before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements
          of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

     I.   "Investment  Company"  means a company  registered  as such  under the
          Investment  Company Act, or any series thereof,  for which the Adviser
          is the investment adviser, sub-adviser or principal underwriter.

     J.   "Investment  Personnel"  of the Adviser  means (i) any employee of the
          Adviser (or of any company in a control  relationship  to the Adviser)
          who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties,  makes
          or  participates in making  recommendations  regarding the purchase or
          sale of securities by an Investment Company or (ii) any natural person
          who  controls  the  Adviser  and who  obtains  information  concerning
          recommendations  made to an Investment  Company regarding the purchase
          or sale of securities by an Investment Company.

     K.   A  "Limited   Offering"   means  an  offering   that  is  exempt  from
          registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2)
          or Section  4(6) or pursuant  to Rule 504,  Rule 505 or Rule 506 under
          the Securities Act of 1933.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

     L.   "Purchase or sale of Covered Security"  includes,  among other things,
          the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security or any
          security  that  is  exchangeable   for  or  convertible  into  another
          security.

     M.   "Review Officer" means the officer of the Adviser designated from time
          to time by the Adviser to receive and review  reports of purchases and
          sales by Access Persons.  The term "Alternative  Review Officer" shall
          mean the  officer of the Adviser  designated  from time to time by the
          Adviser to receive and review  reports of  purchases  and sales by the
          Review  Officer,  and who  shall  act in all  respects  in the  manner
          prescribed  herein for the Review  Officer.  It is  recognized  that a
          different  Review  Officer  and  Alternative  Review  Officer  may  be
          designated with respect to each Adviser.

     N.   A  security  is  "being  considered  for  purchase  or  sale"  when  a
          recommendation  to  purchase  or sell a  security  has  been  made and
          communicated   and,   with   respect   to  the   person   making   the
          recommendation,  when such person  seriously  considers  making such a
          recommendation.  With  respect  to an  analyst  of  the  Adviser,  the
          foregoing  period shall  commence on the day that he or she decides to
          recommend  the  purchase or sale of the security to the Adviser for an
          Investment Company.

     O.   A security  is "held or to be  acquired"  if within the most recent 15
          days it (1) is or has been held by the Investment  Company,  or (2) is
          being  or has been  considered  by the  Adviser  for  purchase  by the
          Investment Company.

II.  LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

     Section 17(j) of the Investment  Company Act provides,  among other things,
that it is unlawful  for any  affiliated  person of the Adviser to engage in any
act,  practice or course of business in  connection  with the  purchase or sale,
directly or indirectly,  by such affiliated person of any security held or to be
acquired by an Investment Company in contravention of such rules and regulations
as the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") may adopt to define
and  prescribe  means  reasonably  necessary to prevent such acts,  practices or
courses of business as are fraudulent,  deceptive or  manipulative.  Pursuant to
Section 17(j), the Commission has adopted Rule 17j-1 which provides, among other
things,  that it is  unlawful  for  any  affiliated  person  of the  Adviser  in
connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly,  by such person of
a Covered Security held or to be acquired by an Investment Company:

          (1)  To  employ  any  device,  scheme  or  artifice  to  defraud  such
               Investment Company;

          (2)  To  make  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  to  such
               Investment  Company or omit to state a material fact necessary in
               order to make the statements made to such Investment  Company, in
               light  of the  circumstances  under  which  they  are  made,  not
               misleading;

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

          (3)  To  engage in any act,  practice,  or  course  of  business  that
               operates  or would  operate  as a fraud or  deceit  upon any such
               Investment Company; or

          (4)  To engage  in any  manipulative  practice  with  respect  to such
               Investment Company.

III. STATEMENT OF POLICY

     It is the policy of the Adviser  that no Access  Person shall engage in any
act,  practice or course of conduct that would  violate the  provisions  of Rule
17j-1.  The  fundamental  position of the  Adviser  is, and has been,  that each
Access Person shall place at all times the interests of each Investment  Company
and its  shareholders  first in  conducting  personal  securities  transactions.
Accordingly,  private  securities  transactions by Access Persons of the Adviser
must be conducted in a manner  consistent  with this Code and so as to avoid any
actual or  potential  conflict of  interest  or any abuse of an Access  Person's
position of trust and  responsibility.  Further,  Access Persons should not take
inappropriate  advantage  of their  positions  with,  or  relationship  to,  any
Investment Company, the Adviser or any affiliated company.

     Without limiting in any manner the fiduciary duty owed by Access Persons to
the Investment Companies or the provisions of this Code, it should be noted that
the Adviser and the Investment  Companies  consider it proper that purchases and
sales be made by Access Persons in the  marketplace  of securities  owned by the
Investment  Companies;  provided,  however,  that such  securities  transactions
comply with the spirit of, and the specific  restrictions  and  limitations  set
forth in, this Code. Such personal  securities  transactions should also be made
in amounts consistent with the normal investment practice of the person involved
and with an  investment,  rather  than a  trading,  outlook.  Not only does this
policy encourage investment freedom and result in investment experience,  but it
also  fosters  a  continuing  personal  interest  in such  investments  by those
responsible  for  the  continuous   supervision  of  the  Investment  Companies'
portfolios. It is also evidence of confidence in the investments made. In making
personal  investment  decisions with respect to any security,  however,  extreme
care must be exercised by Access Persons to ensure that the prohibitions of this
Code are not violated. Further, personal investing by an Access Person should be
conducted in such a manner so as to eliminate  the  possibility  that the Access
Person's time and attention is being devoted to his or her personal  investments
at the expense of time and attention  that should be devoted to management of an
Investment Company's portfolio. It bears emphasis that technical compliance with
the procedures, prohibitions and limitations of this Code will not automatically
insulate from scrutiny personal securities  transactions which show a pattern of
abuse  by an  Access  Person  of his or her  fiduciary  duty  to any  Investment
Company.

IV.  EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS

     The  Statement of Policy set forth above shall be deemed not to be violated
by and the prohibitions of Section V of this Code shall not apply to:

     A.   Purchases or sales of securities effected for, or held in, any account
          over which the Access  Person has no direct or indirect  influence  or
          control;

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

     B.   Purchases or sales of  securities  which are not eligible for purchase
          or sale by an Investment Company;

     C.   Purchases or sales of securities which are  non-volitional on the part
          of either the Access Person or an Investment Company;

     D.   Purchases  or  sales of  securities  which  are  part of an  automatic
          dividend reinvestment,  cash purchase or withdrawal plan provided that
          no  adjustment  is made by the  Access  Person  to the  rate at  which
          securities  are  purchased  or sold,  as the case may be, under such a
          plan during any period in which the security is being  considered  for
          purchase or sale by an Investment Company;

     E.   Purchases of securities effected upon the exercise of rights issued by
          an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the
          extent such rights were acquired  from such issuer,  and sales of such
          rights so acquired;

     F.   Tenders of  securities  pursuant to tender  offers which are expressly
          conditioned on the tender offer's acquisition of all of the securities
          of the same class;

     G.   Purchases or sales of publicly-traded  shares of companies that have a
          market capitalization in excess of $10 billion; and

     H.   Other  purchases  or sales  which,  due to factors  determined  by the
          Adviser,   only  remotely  potentially  impact  the  interests  of  an
          Investment Company because the securities transaction involves a small
          number of shares of an issuer with a large market  capitalization  and
          high average daily trading volume or would  otherwise be very unlikely
          to affect a highly institutional market.

V.   PROHIBITED PURCHASES AND SALES

     A.   While the scope of actions  which may violate the  Statement of Policy
          set forth above cannot be exactly  defined,  such actions would always
          include at least the following prohibited activities:

          (1)  No Access Person shall purchase or sell,  directly or indirectly,
               any Covered Security in which he or she has, or by reason of such
               transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership
               and  which  to his or her  actual  knowledge  at the time of such
               purchase or sale the Covered Security:

               (i)  is being  considered  for purchase or sale by an  Investment
                    Company; or

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

               (ii) is being purchased or sold by an Investment Company.

          (2)  No Access Person shall reveal to any other person  (except in the
               normal  course of his or her  duties  on behalf of an  Investment
               Company) any information regarding securities  transactions by an
               Investment  Company or consideration by an Investment  Company or
               the Adviser of any such securities transaction.

          (3)  No Access  Person shall engage in, or permit anyone within his or
               her control to engage in, any act,  practice or course of conduct
               which would  operate as a fraud or deceit upon,  or  constitute a
               manipulative  practice with respect to, an Investment  Company or
               an issuer of a any security owned by an Investment Company.

          (4)  No Access Person shall enter an order for the purchase or sale of
               a Covered  Security which an Investment  Company is purchasing or
               selling or  considering  for  purchase or sale until the later of
               (1) the day after the  Investment  Company's  transaction in that
               Covered Security is completed or (2) after the Investment Company
               is no longer  considering  the  security  for  purchase  or sale,
               unless the Review  Officer  determines  that it is clear that, in
               view of the  nature of the  Covered  Security  and the market for
               such Covered  Security,  the order of the Access  Person will not
               adversely  affect the price paid or  received  by the  Investment
               Company.  Any  securities  transactions  by an  Access  Person in
               violation of this Subsection D must be unwound, if possible,  and
               the profits, if any, will be subject to disgorgement based on the
               assessment  of  the  appropriate  remedy  as  determined  by  the
               Adviser.

          (5)  No Access Person shall,  in the absence of prior  approval by the
               Review Officer, sell any Covered Security that was purchased,  or
               purchase a Covered  Security  that was sold,  within the prior 30
               calendar days (measured on a last-in first-out basis).

     B.   In addition to the  foregoing,  the following  provision will apply to
          Investment Personnel of the Adviser:

          (1)  Investment  Personnel must, as a regulatory  requirement and as a
               requirement of this Code,  obtain prior approval  before directly
               or indirectly acquiring beneficial ownership in any securities in
               an Initial Public Offering or in a Limited Offering. In addition,
               Investment Personnel must comply with any additional restrictions
               or  prohibitions  that may be adopted by the Adviser from time to
               time.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

          (2)  No Investment Personnel shall accept any gift or personal benefit
               valued in excess of such DE  MINIMIS  amount  established  by the
               Adviser  from  time  to time in its  discretion  (currently  this
               amount is $100  annually)  from any single  person or entity that
               does business with or on behalf of an Investment  Company.  Gifts
               of a DE MINIMIS value (currently these gifts are limited to gifts
               whose  reasonable  value is no more than $100  annually  from any
               single person or entity), and customary business lunches, dinners
               and entertainment at which both the Investment  Personnel and the
               giver are present,  and promotional items of DE MINIMIS value may
               be  accepted.   Any   solicitation  of  gifts  or  gratuities  is
               unprofessional and is strictly prohibited.

          (3)  No Investment  Personnel shall serve on the board of directors of
               any publicly traded company,  absent prior written  authorization
               and  determination  by the Review  Officer that the board service
               would  be  consistent   with  the  interests  of  the  Investment
               Companies  and their  shareholders.  Such  interested  Investment
               Personnel may not  participate in the decision for any Investment
               Company to purchase and sell securities of such company.

VI.  BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS

     Access  Persons  are  required  to direct  their  brokers to supply for the
Review  Officer  on a timely  basis  duplicate  copies of  confirmations  of all
securities  transactions  in which the Access Person has a beneficial  ownership
interest and related periodic  statements,  whether or not one of the exemptions
listed in  Section IV  applies.  If an Access  Person is unable to  arrange  for
duplicate copies of confirmations and periodic account  statements to be sent to
the Review Officer, he or she must immediately notify the Review Officer.

VII. PRECLEARANCE PROCEDURE

     With such  exceptions and conditions as the Adviser deems to be appropriate
from time to time and  consistent  with the purposes of this Code (for  example,
exceptions  based on an  issuer's  market  capitalization,  the amount of public
trading  activity in a security,  the size of a particular  transaction or other
factors),  prior to effecting  any  securities  transactions  in which an Access
Person has a  beneficial  ownership  interest,  the Access  Person must  receive
approval by the Adviser. Any approval is valid only for such number of day(s) as
may be  determined  from time to time by the  Adviser.  If an  Access  Person is
unable to effect the securities  transaction  during such period, he or she must
re-obtain approval prior to effecting the securities transaction.

     The  Adviser  will  decide   whether  to  approve  a  personal   securities
transaction for an Access Person after considering the specific restrictions and
limitations  set forth in,  and the spirit  of,  this Code of Ethics,  including
whether the  security at issue is being  considered  for purchase or sale for an
Investment  Company.  The Adviser is not  required to give any  explanation  for
refusing to approve a securities transaction.

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

VIII. REPORTING

     A.   Every Access Person shall report to the Review Officer the information
          (1)  described  in  Section  VIII-C  of  this  Code  with  respect  to
          transactions in any Covered  Security in which such Access Person has,
          or by reason of such  transaction  acquires or disposes of, any direct
          or  indirect  beneficial  ownership  in the  Covered  Security  or (2)
          described  in Sections  VIII-D or VIII-E of this Code with  respect to
          securities holdings beneficially owned by the Access Person.

     B.   Notwithstanding Section VIII-A of this Code, an Access Person need not
          make a report where the report would  duplicate  information  recorded
          pursuant to Rules  204-2(a)(12) or  204-2(a)(13)  under the Investment
          Advisers  Act of 1940 or if the  report  would  duplicate  information
          contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received
          by the Review Officer and all of the  information  required by Section
          VIII-C,  D  or  E  is  contained  in  such  confirmations  or  account
          statements.  The quarterly  transaction reports required under Section
          VIII-A(1)  shall be deemed made with respect to (1) any account  where
          the Access Person has made  provisions  for  transmittal  of all daily
          trading  information  regarding  the  account to be  delivered  to the
          designated  Review  Officer  for his or her review or (2) any  account
          maintained  with  the  Adviser  or  an  affiliate.   With  respect  to
          Investment  Companies for which the Adviser does not act as investment
          adviser or sub-adviser,  reports  required to be furnished by officers
          and trustees of such  Investment  Companies who are Access  Persons of
          the  Adviser  must be made  under  Section  VIII-C  of this  Code  and
          furnished to the designated review officer of the relevant  investment
          adviser.

     C.   QUARTERLY  TRANSACTION REPORTS.  Unless quarterly  transaction reports
          are deemed to have been made under Section VIII-B of this Code,  every
          quarterly  transaction  report  shall be made not  later  than 10 days
          after the end of the  calendar  quarter  in which the  transaction  to
          which the report relates was effected, and shall contain the following
          information:

          (1)  The date of the  transaction,  the title,  the interest  rate and
               maturity  date (if  applicable),  class and the number of shares,
               and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

          (2)  The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase,  sale or any other
               type of acquisition or disposition);

          (3)  The price of the Covered  Security at which the  transaction  was
               effected;

          (4)  The name of the broker,  dealer or bank with or through  whom the
               transaction was effected;

                                      A-8
<PAGE>

          (5)  The date that the report was submitted by the Access Person; and

          (6)  With respect to any account  established  by an Access  Person in
               which any securities  were held during the quarter for the direct
               or indirect benefit of the Access Person:

               (1)  The name of the broker,  dealer or bank with whom the Access
                    Person established the account;

               (2)  The date the account was established; and

               (3)  The date that the report was submitted by the Access Person.

     D.   INITIAL  HOLDINGS  REPORTS.  No later than 10 days after  becoming  an
          Access Person,  each Access Person must submit a report containing the
          following information:

          (1)  The title,  number of shares and principal amount of each Covered
               Security  in which the Access  Person had any direct or  indirect
               beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;

          (2)  The name of any  broker,  dealer  or bank  with  whom the  Access
               Person  maintained an account in which any  securities  were held
               for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the
               date the person became an Access Person; and

          (3)  The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

     E.   ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORTS.  Between January 1st and January 30th of each
          calendar  year,   every  Access  Person  shall  submit  the  following
          information  (which  information  must be current as of a date no more
          than 30 days before the report is submitted):

          (1)  The title,  number of shares and principal amount of each Covered
               Security  in which the Access  Person had any direct or  indirect
               beneficial ownership;

          (2)  The name of any  broker,  dealer  or bank  with  whom the  Access
               Person  maintains an account in which any Covered  Securities are
               held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

          (3)  The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

     F.   If no  transactions  in any  securities  required to be reported under
          Section VIII-A(1) were effected during a quarterly period by an Access
          Person,  such Access  Person  shall  report to the Review  Officer not
          later than 10 days after the end of such quarterly period stating that
          no reportable securities transactions were effected.

                                      A-9
<PAGE>

     G.   These  reporting  requirements  shall apply  whether or not one of the
          exemptions  listed in Section IV applies  except that an Access Person
          shall not be  required  to make a report  with  respect to  securities
          transactions  effected  for, and any Covered  Securities  held in, any
          account  over which  such  Access  Person  does not have any direct or
          indirect influence or control.

     H.   Any such report may contain a statement  that the report  shall not be
          construed as an admission by the person making such report that (1) he
          or she has or had any direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership in the
          Covered Security to which the report relates (a "Subject Security") or
          (2) he or she knew or should have known that the Subject  Security was
          being  purchased or sold,  or  considered  for purchase or sale, by an
          Investment Company on the same day.

IX.  APPROVAL OF CODE OF ETHICS AND AMENDMENTS TO THE CODE OF
     ETHICS

     The Board of Trustees of each Investment Company shall approve this Code of
Ethics.  Any material  amendments to this Code of Ethics must be approved by the
Board of Trustees of each Investment  Company no later than six months after the
adoption of the material  change.  Before their  approval of this Code of Ethics
and any material amendments hereto, the Adviser shall provide a certification to
the Board of  Trustees  of each such  Investment  Company  that the  Adviser has
adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating
the Code of Ethics.

X.   ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

     Each Access Person shall certify to the Review Officer annually on the form
annexed hereto as Form A that he or she (A) has read and  understands  this Code
of Ethics and any  procedures  that are adopted by the Adviser  relating to this
Code, and recognizes  that he or she is subject  thereto;  (B) has complied with
the requirements of this Code of Ethics and such  procedures;  (C) has disclosed
or reported all personal  securities  transactions  and  beneficial  holdings in
Covered  Securities  required  to be  disclosed  or  reported  pursuant  to  the
requirements of this Code of Ethics and any related procedures.

XI.  CONFIDENTIALITY

     All  reports of  securities  transactions,  holding  reports  and any other
information  filed with the  Adviser  pursuant  to this Code shall be treated as
confidential,  except  that  reports of  securities  transactions  and  holdings
reports hereunder will be made available to the Investment  Companies and to the
Commission or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent
required by law or regulation or to the extent the Adviser  considers  necessary
or advisable in cooperating  with an  investigation or inquiry by the Commission
or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization.

                                      A-10
<PAGE>

XII. REVIEW OF REPORTS

     A.   The  Review  Officer  shall  be  responsible  for  the  review  of the
          quarterly  transaction  reports required under VIII-C and VIII-F,  and
          the initial and annual holdings reports required under Sections VIII-D
          and VIII-E,  respectively,  of this Code of Ethics. In connection with
          the review of these  reports,  the Review  Officer or the  Alternative
          Review Officer shall take  appropriate  measures to determine  whether
          each reporting person has complied with the provisions of this Code of
          Ethics and any related procedures adopted by the Adviser.

     B.   On an annual basis,  the Review Officer shall prepare for the Board of
          Trustees of each Investment  Company and the Board of Trustees of each
          Investment Company shall consider:

          (1)  A report on the level of  compliance  during the previous year by
               all  Access  Persons  with this Code and any  related  procedures
               adopted  by  the  Adviser,   including  without   limitation  the
               percentage  of reports  timely filed and the number and nature of
               all  material  violations  and  sanctions  imposed in response to
               material violations.  An Alternative Review Officer shall prepare
               reports with respect to compliance by the Review Officer;

          (2)  A  report   identifying  any  recommended   changes  to  existing
               restrictions  or procedures  based upon the Adviser's  experience
               under this Code,  evolving industry practices and developments in
               applicable laws or regulations; and

          (3)  A report certifying to the Board of Trustees that the Adviser has
               adopted  procedures  that are  reasonably  necessary  to  prevent
               Access Persons from violating this Code of Ethics.

XIII. SANCTIONS

     Upon  discovering  a  violation  of this Code,  the Adviser may impose such
sanction(s) as it deems appropriate,  including, among other things, a letter of
censure,  suspension or  termination  of the  employment of the violator  and/or
restitution  to the  affected  Investment  Company  of an  amount  equal  to the
advantage  that the  offending  person  gained by reason of such  violation.  In
addition, as part of any sanction,  the Adviser may require the Access Person or
other  individual  involved  to reverse  the  trade(s)  at issue and forfeit any
profit or absorb any loss from the trade.  It is noted that  violations  of this
Code may also result in  criminal  prosecution  or civil  action.  All  material
violations of this Code and any sanctions  imposed with respect thereto shall be
reported  periodically  to the Board of Trustees of the Investment  Company with
respect to whose securities the violation occurred.

XIV. INTERPRETATION OF PROVISIONS

                                      A-11
<PAGE>

     The Adviser may from time to time adopt such  interpretations  of this Code
as it deems appropriate.

XV.  IDENTIFICATION OF ACCESS PERSONS AND INVESTMENT PERSONNEL

     The Adviser  shall  identify  all persons who are  considered  to be Access
Persons  and  Investment  Personnel,  and shall  inform  such  persons  of their
respective  duties and  provide  them with  copies of this Code and any  related
procedures adopted by the Adviser.

XVI. EXCEPTIONS TO THE CODE

     Although  exceptions  to the Code  will  rarely,  if ever,  be  granted,  a
designated  Officer of the Adviser,  after consultation with the Review Officer,
may make exceptions on a case by case basis,  from any of the provisions of this
Code upon a  determination  that the  conduct  at issue  involves  a  negligible
opportunity  for abuse or otherwise  merits an exception from the Code. All such
exceptions  must be received in writing by the person  requesting  the exception
before becoming effective.  The Review Officer shall report any exception to the
Board of Trustees of the Investment  Company with respect to which the exception
applies at its next regularly scheduled Board meetings.

XVII. RECORDS

     The  Adviser  shall  maintain  records  in the manner and to the extent set
forth below,  which records may be maintained on microfilm  under the conditions
described in Rule  31a-2(f)(1)  and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment  Company Act
and shall be available for examination by representatives of the Commission.

     A.   A copy of this Code and any other code which is, or at any time within
          the past five  years has been,  in  effect  shall be  preserved  for a
          period of not less than five years in an easily accessible place;

     B.   A record of any  violation  of this Code and of any action  taken as a
          result of such  violation  shall be preserved in an easily  accessible
          place for a period of not less than five  years  following  the end of
          the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

     C.   A copy of each initial  holdings  report,  annual  holdings report and
          quarterly transaction report made by an Access Person pursuant to this
          Code  (including  any  brokerage  confirmation  or account  statements
          provided in lieu of the reports)  shall be  preserved  for a period of
          not less than five years  from the end of the fiscal  year in which it
          is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place;

     D.   A list of all  persons  who are,  or within  the past five  years have
          been, required to make initial holdings,  annual holdings or quarterly
          transaction  reports  pursuant to this Code shall be  maintained in an
          easily accessible place;

                                      A-12
<PAGE>

     E.   A list of all persons, currently or within the past five years who are
          or were responsible for reviewing initial holdings, annual holdings or
          quarterly  transaction  reports  shall  be  maintained  in  an  easily
          accessible place;

     F.   A record of any  decision  and the reason  supporting  the decision to
          approve the  acquisition  by  Investment  Personnel of Initial  Public
          Offerings and Limited  Offerings shall be maintained for at least five
          years  after  the end of the  fiscal  year in which  the  approval  is
          granted; and

     G.   A copy of each report  required by Section  XII-B of this Code must be
          maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in
          which it was made, the first two years in an easily accessible plan.

XVIII. SUPPLEMENTAL COMPLIANCE AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

     The Adviser may establish,  in its discretion,  supplemented compliance and
review procedures (the  "Procedures") that are in addition to those set forth in
this Code in order to provide  additional  assurance  that the  purposes of this
Code are fulfilled and/or assist the Adviser in the administration of this Code.
The  Procedures  may be  more,  but  shall  not be  less,  restrictive  than the
provisions of this Code.  The  Procedures,  and any amendments  thereto,  do not
require the approval of the Board of Trustees of an Investment Company.










                                      A-13

<PAGE>
                                                APRIL 1, 2000

                         GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT
                      GOLDMAN SACHS FUNDS MANAGEMENT, L.P.
                  GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT INTERNATIONAL


       SUPPLEMENTAL COMPLIANCE AND REVIEW PROCEDURES UNDER CODE OF ETHICS

     Pursuant  to Rule  17j-1  under  the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as
amended, Goldman Sachs Asset Management,  Goldman Sachs Funds Management,  L.P.,
and Goldman Sachs Asset  Management  International  (each,  an  "Adviser")  have
adopted a Code of Ethics  with  respect to  Investment  Companies  for which the
Adviser is the investment  adviser,  sub-adviser or principal  underwriter.  The
Code of Ethics  contemplates that the Adviser may establish,  in its discretion,
supplemental  compliance  and  review  procedures  ("Procedures")  that  are  in
addition to those set forth in the Code of Ethics in order to provide additional
assurance  that the purposes of the Code of Ethics are  fulfilled  and/or assist
the Adviser in the  administration of the Code. These Procedures apply to Access
Persons and Investment  Personnel of the Adviser as stated below. Terms that are
defined in the Code of Ethics shall have the same meaning in these Procedures.

     A.   REVIEW PROCEDURES

     The Review  Officer for each Adviser shall follow the  procedures set forth
below in  connection  with  reviewing  initial and annual  holdings  reports and
quarterly transaction reports described in the Adviser's Code of Ethics.

     In  reviewing  the initial and annual  holdings  reports and the  quarterly
transaction  reports (including  information related to the establishment of any
new  accounts  during the review  period)  required  to be  submitted  by Access
Persons under the Adviser's Code, the Review Officer shall compare, or caused to
be  compared  through  an  electronic-review   process,  the  reported  personal
securities  holdings and  transactions  of each Access Person with completed and
contemplated portfolio transactions and holdings of the Investment Companies for
which an Adviser is the investment  adviser or sub-adviser to determine  whether
any  holdings  or  transactions  that  violate  the Code may  have  occurred  (a
"Reviewable Holding" or a "Reviewable  Transaction").  In the case of reports of
personal  securities  holdings  or  transactions  of  the  Review  Officer,  the
Alternative  Review  Officer  shall perform such  comparison.  Before making any
determination  that a violation  has been  committed by any Access  Person,  the
Review Officer (or Alternative Review Officer, as the case may be) shall provide
such Access Person an opportunity to supply additional  explanatory material for
the purposes of demonstrating that such holdings or transactions did not violate
this Code. If the Review Officer  determines  that a Reviewable  Transaction may
have occurred, he or she shall submit his or her written determination, together
with the confidential  quarterly report and any additional  explanatory material
provided by the Access Person to a designated officer of the Adviser,  who shall
make an  independent  determination  of  whether  a  violation  of this Code has
occurred.

<PAGE>

     B.   ADDITIONAL COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

          In addition to the  compliance  procedures  set forth in the Adviser's
Code of Ethics, Access Persons,  Advisory Persons and Investment Personnel shall
follow the additional compliance procedures set forth below as applicable.

          (1)  No Access Person shall  recommend any securities  transaction for
               an  Investment  Company  without  having  disclosed  his  or  her
               interest,  if any,  in such  securities  or the  issuer  thereof,
               including  without  limitation  (i) his or her direct or indirect
               beneficial  ownership of any securities or such issuer,  (ii) any
               contemplated transaction by such person in such securities, (iii)
               any  position  with such  issuer or its  affiliates  and (iv) any
               present or proposed business  relationship between such issuer or
               its affiliates,  on the one hand, and such person or any party in
               which  such  person  has a  significant  interest,  on the other;
               provided,  however, that in the event the interest of such Access
               Person in such securities or issuer is not material to his or her
               personal net worth (as determined by the Review  Officer) and any
               contemplated transaction by such person in such securities cannot
               reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse  effect on any
               such  transaction  by  the  company  or on  the  market  for  the
               securities generally, such Access Person shall not be required to
               disclose his or her interest in the  securities or issuer thereof
               in connection with any such recommendation.

          (2)  No Investment Personnel shall,  directly or indirectly,  purchase
               any  security  sold in an Initial  Public  Offering or  secondary
               public offering of an issuer,  regardless of whether the issue is
               a "hot issue."

          (3)  No Investment Personnel shall,  directly or indirectly,  purchase
               any  security  issued  pursuant  to a  Limited  Offering  without
               obtaining  prior  written  approval from the Review  Officer.  In
               reviewing a request to purchase a security  issued  pursuant to a
               Limited Offering,  the Review Officer shall determine whether the
               purchase  creates or may create a conflict  of  interest  with an
               Investment Company  warranting that the request be rejected.  For
               instance, the approval process will take into account whether the
               investment  opportunity  should  be  reserved  for an  Investment
               Company  and  whether  the  opportunity  is being  offered to the
               Investment  Personnel  by virtue of his or her  position  with or
               relationship to an Investment Company.

          (4)  No Investment Personnel shall,  directly or indirectly,  purchase
               or sell any Covered Security in which he or she has, or by reason
               of such purchase  acquires,  any  beneficial  ownership  interest
               within a period of seven (7)  calendar  days before and after any
               Investment  Company  advised by such person has purchased or sold
               such Covered Security.  Any securities transaction by a person in
               violation of this  Subsection  B.4 must be unwound,  if possible,
               and the profits,  if any,  must be  disgorged  to the  applicable
               Investment Company.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     C.   Preclearance Procedure

          Until further change,  purchases and sales of  publicly-traded  common
shares of companies that have a market  capitalization  in excess of $10 billion
shall not be  subject to the  Adviser's  pre-clearance  procedures  set forth in
Section VII of the Adviser's Code of Ethics.

     D.   Sanctions

          Upon   discovering  a  violation  of  the  Adviser's   Code  or  these
Procedures,  the Adviser may impose such  sanction(s)  as it deems  appropriate,
including, among other things, a letter of censure, suspension or termination of
the employment of the violator  and/or  restitution  to the affected  Investment
Company of an amount equal to the advantage that the offending  person gained by
reason of such violation.  In addition, as part of any sanction, the Adviser may
require the Access Person or other  individual  involved to reverse the trade(s)
at issue and forfeit  any profit or absorb any loss from the trade.  It is noted
that  violations  of the Code or these  Procedures  may also  result in criminal
prosecution or civil action.

     E.   Amendments

          These  Procedures  may be amended by the Adviser  from time to time in
its discretion.

















                                     - 3 -







                                     DRAFT


                                 CODE OF ETHICS


1.   PURPOSES

     This Code of Ethics (the "Code") has been adopted by the  Directors of J.P.
Morgan  Investment  Management  Inc. (the  "Adviser"),  in accordance  with Rule
17j-1(c)  promulgated under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
"Act"). Rule 17j-1 under the Act generally proscribes fraudulent or manipulative
practices  with  respect  to  purchases  or  sales of  securities  Held or to be
Acquired  (defined in Section  2(k) of this Code) by  investment  companies,  if
effected by associated persons of such companies. The purpose of this Code is to
adopt provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in
any unlawful  conduct as set forth in Rule  17j-1(b) as follows:

     It is unlawful for any affiliated person of or principal  underwriter for a
Fund,  or  any  affiliated  person  of an  investment  adviser  of or  principal
underwriter  for a Fund,  in connection  with the purchase or sale,  directly or
indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by the Fund:

     (a)  To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;

     (b)  To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or omit to
          state a material fact necessary in order to make the  statements  made
          to the Fund, in light of the circumstances  under which they are made,
          not misleading;

     (c)  To engage in any act, practice, or course of business that operates or
          would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Fund; or

     (d)  To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.

2.   DEFINITIONS

     (a)  "Access  Person"  means any  director,  officer,  general  partner  or
Advisory Person of the Adviser.

     (b) "Administrator" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company.

     (c)  "Advisory  Person"  means  (i)  any  employee  of the  Adviser  or the
Administrator (or any company in a control  relationship to the Adviser) who, in
connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes,  participates in,
or obtains information  regarding the purchase or sale of securities for a Fund,
or whose functions relate to the making of any  recommendations  with respect to
such purchases or sales;  and (ii) any natural person in a control  relationship
to the Adviser who obtains information concerning  recommendations regarding the
purchase or sale of securities by a Fund.

<PAGE>

     (d)"Beneficial  ownership"  shall be  interpreted  in the same manner as it
would be under Exchange Act Rule 16a-1(a)(2)in  determining  whether a person is
subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
and the rules and regulations thereunder.

     (e)"Control" has the same meaning as in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act.

     (f)"Covered  Security" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36)
of the Act,  except that it shall not include shares of open-end  funds,  direct
obligations  of  the  United  States  Government,   bankers'  acceptances,  bank
certificates  of deposit,  commercial  paper and high  quality  short-term  debt
instruments, including repurchase agreements.

     (g)"Fund"  means an  Investment  Company  registered  under the  Investment
Company Act of 1940.

     (h)"Initial  Public  Offering"  means an offering of Securities  registered
under the Securities Act of 1933,  the issuer of which,  immediately  before the
registration,  was not subject to the reporting  requirements  of Sections 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act.

     (i)"Limited  Offering"  means an offering that is exempt from  registration
under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to
Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act.

     (j)"Purchase or sale of a Covered Security"  includes,  among other things,
the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.

     (k)"Security  Held or to be Acquired" by a Adviser  means:  (i) any Covered
Security which, within the most recent 15 days, is or has been held by a Fund or
other  client of the Adviser or is being or has been  considered  by the Adviser
for purchase by a Fund or other  client of the  Adviser;  and (ii) any option to
purchase or sell,  and any  security  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for, a
Covered Security described in Section 2(k)(i) of this Code.

3.   STATEMENT OF PRINCIPLES

     It is understood that the following general fiduciary principles govern the
personal  investment  activities of Access Persons:

     (a)the duty to at all times place the interests of  shareholders  and other
clients of the Adviser first;

     (b)the requirement that all personal  securities  transactions be conducted
consistent  with this Code of Ethics and in such a manner as to avoid any actual
or potential  conflict of interest or any abuse of an  individual's  position of
trust and responsibility;

     (c)the  fundamental   standard  that  Investment  Personnel  may  not  take
inappropriate advantage of their position; and

     (d)all  personal  transactions  must be  oriented  toward  investment,  not
short-term or speculative trading.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     It is further  understood that the procedures,  reporting and recordkeeping
requirements  set forth below are hereby adopted and certified by the Adviser as
reasonably  necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the provisions of
this Code of Ethics.

4.   PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED REGARDING PERSONAL INVESTMENTS BY ACCESS PERSONS

     (a)Pre-clearance  requirement. Each Access Person must obtain prior written
approval from his or her group head (or designee) and from the Adviser's trading
desk before  transacting in any Covered Security based on certain quidelines set
forth from time to time by the  Adviser's  compliance  Department.  For  details
regarding transactions in mutual funds, see Section 4(e).

     (b)Brokerage transaction reporting requirement.  Each Access Person working
in the United  States must  maintain all of his or her accounts and the accounts
of any  person  of which he or she is  deemed to be a  beneficial  owner  with a
broker  designated by the Adviser and must direct such broker to provide  broker
trade  confirmations  to the Adviser's  legal/compliance  department,  unless an
exception has been granted by the Adviser's  legal/compliance  department.  Each
Access Person to whom an exception to the designated broker requirement has been
granted  must  instruct  his or her broker to  forward  all trade  confirms  and
monthly statements to the Adviser's legal/compliance department.  Access Persons
located  outside  the United  States  are  required  to provide  details of each
brokerage  transaction of which he or she is deemed to be the beneficial  owner,
to the Adviser's  legal/compliance  group,  within the customary  period for the
confirmation of such trades in that market.

     (c)Initial  public  offerings  (new issues).  Access Persons are prohibited
from  participating in Initial Public  Offerings,  whether or not J.P. Morgan or
any of its affiliates is an underwriter of the new issue,  while the issue is in
syndication.

     (d)Minimum  investment  holding period.  Each Access Person is subject to a
60-day minimum holding period for personal  transactions in Covered  Securities.
An exception to this minimum  holding period  requirement  may be granted in the
case of hardship as determined by the legal/compliance department.

     (e)Mutual funds.  Each Access Person must pre-clear  transactions in shares
of  closed-end  Funds with the  Adviser's  trading  desk, as they would with any
other  Covered  Security.  See  Section  4(a).  Each  Access  Person must obtain
pre-clearance  from his or her group head(or  designee) before buying or selling
shares in an open-end Fund or a sub-advised  Fund managed by the Adviser if such
Access  Person or the Access  Person's  department  has had recent  dealings  or
responsibilities regarding such mutual fund.

     (f)Limited  offerings.  An  Access  Person  may  participate  in a  limited
offering  only with  written  approval  of such Access  Person's  group head (or
designee) and with advance notification to the Adviser's compliance group.

     (g)Blackout  periods.  Advisory  Persons are subject to blackout  periods 7
calendar days before and after the trade date of a Covered  Security  where such
Advisory Person makes,  participates  in, or obtains  information  regarding the
purchase or sale of such Covered Security for any of their client  accounts.  In
addition,  Access  Persons are  prohibited  from  executing a  transaction  in a
Covered  Security  during a period in which there is a pending buy or sell order
on the Adviser's trading desk.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     (h)Prohibitions.  Short sales are  generally  prohibited.  Transactions  in
options,  rights,  warrants,  or  other  short-term  securities  and in  futures
contracts (unless for bona fide hedging) are prohibited, except for purchases of
options on widely traded indices specified by the Adviser's  compliance group if
made for investment purposes.

     (i)Securities of J.P. Morgan. No Access Person may buy or sell any security
issued by J.P. Morgan from the 27th of each March, June, September, and December
until the first full  business day after  earnings are released in the following
month. All transactions in securities  issued by J.P. Morgan must be pre-cleared
with the Adviser's  compliance  group and executed  through an approved  trading
area.  Transactions  in  options  and  short  sales  of J.P.  Morgan  stock  are
prohibited.

     (j)Certification  requirements.  In addition to the reporting  requirements
detailed in Sections 6 below,  each Access  Person,  no later than 30 days after
becoming an Access Person,  must certify to the Adviser's  compliance group that
he or she has complied with the broker requirements in Section 4(b).

5.   OTHER POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     (a)Gifts.  No employee of the Adviser or the  Administrator  may  (i)accept
gifts,  entertainment,  or favors from a client,  potential client, supplier, or
potential  supplier of goods or  services  to the  Adviser or the  Administrator
unless  what is given is of  nominal  value  and  refusal  to accept it would be
discourteous or otherwise harmful to the Adviser or  Administrator;  (ii)provide
excessive  gifts or  entertainment  to clients or potential  clients;  and (iii)
offer bribes, kickbacks, or similar inducements.

     (b)Outside  Business  Activities.  The prior consent of the Chairman of the
Board of J.P. Morgan, or his or her designee,  is required for an officer of the
Adviser or Administrator to engage in any  business-related  activity outside of
the  Adviser  or   Administrator,   whether  the  activity  is  intermittent  or
continuing,  and whether or not  compensation  is received.  For  example,  such
approval is required such an officer to become:

          -An  officer,  director,  or trustee of any corporation  (other than a
               nonprofit  corporation  or  cooperative  corporation  owning  the
               building  in  which  the  officer   resides);

          -A   member  of a  partnership  (other  than a  limited  partner  in a
               partnership  established  solely for  investment  purposes);

          -An  executor,  trustee, guardian, or similar fiduciary advisor (other
               than for a family member).

6.   REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     (a)  Every Access Person must report to the Adviser:

                                       4
<PAGE>

          (i)  Initial Holdings Reports.  No later than 10 days after the person
               becomes an Access  Person,  the  following  information:  (A) the
               title,  number of shares  and  principal  amount of each  Covered
               Security  in which the Access  Person had any direct or  indirect
               beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person; (B)
               the name of any  broker,  dealer  or bank  with  whom the  Access
               Person maintained an account in which any Covered Securities were
               held for the direct or indirect  benefit of the Access  Person as
               of the date the person became an Access Person;  and (C) the date
               that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

          (ii) Quarterly  Transaction  Reports.  No later than 10 days after the
               end of a calendar quarter, with respect to any transaction during
               the quarter in a Covered  Security in which the Access Person had
               any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership:  (A) the date of the
               transaction,  the title,  the interest rate and maturity date (if
               applicable),  the number of shares and  principal  amount of each
               Covered Security involved; (B) the nature of the transaction; (C)
               the price of the Covered  Security at which the  transaction  was
               effected;  (D) the name of the  broker,  dealer  or bank  with or
               through which the transaction was effected; and (E) the date that
               the report is submitted by the Access Person.

          (iii)New  Account  Report.  No later than 10 days  after the  calendar
               quarter,  with respect to any account  established  by the Access
               Person in which any  Covered  Securities  were  held  during  the
               quarter for the direct or indirect  benefit of the Access Person:
               (A) the name of the  broker,  dealer or bank with whom the Access
               Person  established  the  account;  (B) the date the  account was
               established; and (C) the date that the report is submitted by the
               Access Person.

          (iv) Annual  Holdings  Report.  Annually,  the  following  information
               (which  information  must be current as of a date no more than 30
               days before the report is  submitted):  (A) the title,  number of
               shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the
               Access  Person had any direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership;
               (B) the name of any  broker,  dealer or bank with whom the Access
               Person  maintains an account in which any Covered  Securities are
               held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person: and
               (C) the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

     (b)  Exceptions from the Reporting Requirements.

          (i)  Notwithstanding  the provisions of Section 6(a), no Access Person
               shall be required to make:

               A.   a report  with  respect  to  transactions  effected  for any
                    account  over which such  person does not have any direct or
                    indirect influence or control;

               B.   a Quarterly Transaction or New Account Report under Sections
                    6(a)(ii) or (iii) if the report would duplicate  information
                    contained   in  broker   trade   confirmations   or  account
                    statements  received  by the  Adviser  with  respect  to the
                    Access  Person  no later  than 10 days  after  the  calendar
                    quarter end, if all of the information  required by Sections
                    6(a)(ii) or (iii),  as the case may be, is  contained in the
                    broker trade confirmations or account statements,  or in the
                    records of the Adviser.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     (c)  Each Access Person shall promptly report any transaction  which is, or
          might  appear to be, in  violation  of this Code.  Such  report  shall
          contain the  information  required in  Quarterly  Transaction  Reports
          filed pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii).

     (d)  All reports  prepared  pursuant to this  Section 6 shall be filed with
          the  appropriate  compliance  personnel  designated by the Adviser and
          reviewed in accordance with procedures adopted by such personnel.

     (e)  The Adviser will identify all Access  Persons who are required to file
          reports  pursuant  to this  Section  6 and will  inform  them of their
          reporting obligation.

     (f)  The Adviser no less frequently than annually shall furnish to a Fund's
          board of directors for their consideration a written report that:

               (a)  describes  any  issues  under this Code of Ethics or related
                    procedures  since the last report to the board of directors,
                    including,   but  limited  to,  information  about  material
                    violations of the Code or procedures  and sanctions  imposed
                    in response to the material violations; and

               (b)  certifies that the Adviser has adopted procedures reasonably
                    necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating this Code
                    of Ethics.

7.   RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

     The Adviser must at its principal place of business maintain records in the
     manner  and  extent  set out in this  Section  of this  Code and must  make
     available to the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (SEC) at any time and
     from time to time for reasonable, periodic, special or other examination:

          (a)  A copy of its code of ethics  that is in  effect,  or at any time
               within the past five years was in effect,  must be  maintained in
               an easily accessible place;

          (b)  A  record  of any  violation  of the code of  ethics,  and of any
               action taken as a result of the violation,  must be maintained in
               an easily  accessible place for at least five years after the end
               of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

          (c)  A copy of each  report  made by an Access  Person as  required by
               Section  6(a)  including  any  information  provided in lieu of a
               quarterly  transaction  report,  must be maintained  for at least
               five years  after the end of the fiscal  year in which the report
               is made or the information is provided, the first two years in an
               easily accessible place.

          (d)  A record of all persons, currently or within the past five years,
               who are or were required to make reports as Access Persons or who
               are or were  responsible  for reviewing  these  reports,  must be
               maintained in an easily accessible place.

          (e)  A copy of each report  required by 6(f) above must be  maintained
               for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which
               it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place.

          (f)  A record of any decision and the reasons  supporting the decision
               to approve the acquisition by Access Persons of securities  under
               Section 4(f) above,  for at least five years after the end of the
               fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

                                       6
<PAGE>

8.   SANCTIONS

     Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Directors of the Adviser may
impose such sanctions as they deem appropriate, including, inter alia, financial
penalty,  a letter of censure or suspension or  termination of the employment of
the violator.









                                       7


                           PERSONAL INVESTMENT POLICY
                                      FOR
                SSB CITI ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP - NORTH AMERICA
                  AND CERTAIN REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES

SSB Citi Asset  Management  Group  ("SSB  Citi")(1),  and those  U.S.-registered
investment  companies  advised  or managed  by SSB Citi that have  adopted  this
policy ("Funds"),  have adopted this policy on securities  transactions in order
to accomplish two goals: first, to minimize conflicts and potential conflicts of
interest  between  employees of SSB Citi and SSB Citi's  clients  (including the
Funds),  and between Fund directors or trustees and their Funds, and SECOND,  to
provide policies and procedures  consistent with applicable law,  including Rule
17j-1  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  to  prevent  fraudulent  or
manipulative  practices with respect to purchases or sales of securities held or
to be acquired by client  accounts.  ALL U.S.  EMPLOYEES OF SSB CITI,  INCLUDING
EMPLOYEES WHO SERVE AS FUND OFFICERS OR DIRECTORS, AND ALL DIRECTORS OR TRUSTEES
("DIRECTORS") OF EACH FUND, ARE COVERED PERSONS UNDER THIS POLICY. OTHER COVERED
PERSONS ARE DESCRIBED IN SECTION II BELOW.

I.   STATEMENT OF PRINCIPLES - All SSB Citi  employees  owe a fiduciary  duty to
     SSB Citi's clients when conducting their personal investment  transactions.
     Employees  must place the interests of clients first and avoid  activities,
     interests  and  relationships  that might  interfere  with the duty to make
     decisions in the best  interests of the clients.  All Fund  directors owe a
     fiduciary duty to each Fund of which they are a director and to that Fund's
     shareholders when conducting their personal investment transactions. At all
     times and in all matters Fund directors  shall place the interests of their
     Funds before  their  personal  interests.  The  fundamental  standard to be
     followed in personal  securities  transactions  is that Covered Persons may
     not  take  inappropriate   advantage  of  their  positions.

     All personal securities transactions by Covered Persons shall adhere to the
     requirements  of this policy and shall be  conducted in such a manner as to
     avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest,  the appearance of such
     a  conflict,   or  the  abuse  of  the  person's   position  of  trust  and
     responsibility.  While this policy is designed to address  both  identified
     conflicts and potential  conflicts,  it cannot  possibly be written broadly
     enough to cover all potential situations.  In this regard,  Covered Persons
     are  expected to adhere not only to the letter,  but also the spirit of the
     policies  contained  herein.

     Employees  are  reminded  that they  also are  subject  to other  Citigroup
     policies,  including policies on insider trading,  the purchase and sale of
     securities  listed on any applicable SSB Citi restricted  list, the receipt
     of gifts and service as a director of a publicly traded company.  EMPLOYEES
     MUST  NEVER  TRADE  IN A  SECURITY  OR  COMMODITY  WHILE IN  POSSESSION  OF
     MATERIAL,  NON-PUBLIC  INFORMATION ABOUT THE ISSUER OR THE MARKET FOR THOSE
     SECURITIES  OR  COMMODITIES,  EVEN IF THE EMPLOYEE HAS  SATISFIED ALL OTHER
     REQUIREMENTS  OF THIS POLICY.

     The reputation of SSB Citi and its employees for straightforward  practices
     and integrity is a priceless  asset,  and all  employees  have the duty and
     obligation  to support  and  maintain  it when  conducting  their  personal
     securities transactions.


(1) The investment advisory entities of SSB Citi covered by this policy include:
Salomon  Brothers Asset  Management  Inc.; SSB Citi Fund  Management  LLC; Smith
Barney  Asset  Management  Division  of Salomon  Smith  Barney  Inc.;  Travelers
Investment Management Company; and the Citibank Global Asset Management Division
of Citibank, N.A. and Citicorp Trust, N.A.-California.


                                       1
<PAGE>



II.  APPLICABILITY  - SSB  CITI  EMPLOYEEs  - This  policy  applies  to all U.S.
     employees  of SSB  Citi,  including  part-time  employees.  Each  employee,
     including  employees who serve as Fund  officers or directors,  must comply
     with all of the  provisions of the policy  applicable to SSB Citi employees
     unless  otherwise  indicated.   Certain  employees  are  considered  to  be
     "investment  personnel"  (i.e.,  portfolio  managers,  traders and research
     analysts  (and each of their  assistants)),  and as such,  are  subject  to
     certain additional restrictions outlined in the policy. All other employees
     of SSB Citi are considered to be "advisory personnel."

     Generally,  temporary  personnel  and  consultants  working in any SSB Citi
     business  are  subject to the same  provisions  of the policy as  full-time
     employees,  and their adherence to specific  requirements will be addressed
     on a case-by-case basis.

     The personal investment policies,  procedures and restrictions  referred to
     herein also apply to an employee's spouse and minor children.  The policies
     also apply to any other  account  over which the employee is deemed to have
     beneficial  ownership.  This  includes:  accounts of any  immediate  family
     members sharing the same household as the employee;  accounts of persons or
     other third parties for whom the employee exercises  investment  discretion
     or gives  investment  advice;  a legal  vehicle in which the employee has a
     direct  or  indirect  beneficial  interest  and has power  over  investment
     decisions;  accounts  for the  benefit of a third party  (e.g.,  a charity)
     which may be directed  by the  employee  (other than in the  capacity of an
     employee);  and any account  over which the  employee may be deemed to have
     control.  For a more  detailed  description  of beneficial  ownership,  see
     Exhibit A attached hereto.

     These policies place certain  restrictions on the ability of an employee to
     purchase or sell  securities  that are being or have been purchased or sold
     by an SSB Citi managed fund or client account.  The restrictions also apply
     to securities  that are "related" to a security being  purchased or sold by
     an SSB Citi managed  fund or client  account.  A "related  security" is one
     whose value is derived from the value of another security (e.g., a warrant,
     option or an indexed instrument).

     FUND  DIRECTORS - This policy  applies to all  directors of Funds that have
     adopted  this policy.  The personal  investment  policies,  procedures  and
     restrictions  that  specifically  apply  to  Fund  directors  apply  to all
     accounts  and  securities  in which the  director  has  direct or  indirect
     beneficial  ownership.  See Exhibit A attached  hereto for a more  detailed
     description of beneficial ownership.

     SECURITIES are defined as stocks,  notes,  bonds,  closed-end mutual funds,
     debentures,  and other evidences of  indebtedness,  including  senior debt,
     subordinated debt, investment contracts,  commodity contracts,  futures and
     all  derivative   instruments   such  as  options,   warrants  and  indexed
     instruments, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a
     "security."

III. ENFORCEMENT  - It is the  responsibility  of each Covered  Person to act in
     accordance  with a high standard of conduct and to comply with the policies
     and  procedures set forth in this  document.  SSB Citi takes  seriously its
     obligation to monitor the personal investment  activities of its employees.
     Any violation of this policy by employees will be considered  serious,  and
     may result in  disciplinary  action,  which may  include the  unwinding  of
     trades,  disgorgement of profits,  monetary fine or censure, and suspension
     or  termination  of  employment.  Any  violation  of this  policy by a Fund
     director will be reported to the Board of Directors of the applicable Fund,
     which may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate.

                                       2
<PAGE>

IV.  OPENING  AND  MAINTAINING   EMPLOYEE  ACCOUNTS  -  All  employee  brokerage
     accounts,  including  spouse  accounts,  accounts for which the employee is
     deemed to have beneficial ownership,  and any other accounts over which the
     employee  and/or spouse  exercise  control,  must be  maintained  either at
     Salomon Smith Barney ("SSB") or at Citicorp Investment Services ("CIS").(2)
     For  spouses  or other  persons  who,  by reason of their  employment,  are
     required  to  conduct  their  securities,  commodities  or other  financial
     transactions  in a  manner  inconsistent  with  this  policy,  or in  other
     exceptional  circumstances,  employees may submit a written  request for an
     exemption to the Compliance Department.  If approval is granted,  copies of
     trade  confirmations and monthly  statements must be sent to the Compliance
     Department. In addition, all other provisions of this policy will apply.

V.   EXCLUDED   ACCOUNTS   AND   TRANSACTIONS   -   The   following   types   of
     accounts/transactions  need not be  maintained  at SSB or CIS, nor are they
     subject to the other restrictions of this policy:

          1.   Accounts  at  outside  mutual  funds  that  hold  only  shares of
               open-end funds purchased  directly from that fund company.  Note:
               transactions  relating  to  closed-end  funds are  subject to the
               pre-clearance,  blackout  period and other  restrictions  of this
               policy;

          2.   Estate or trust  accounts in which an employee or related  person
               has a  beneficial  interest,  but no power to  affect  investment
               decisions.  There must be no communication between the account(s)
               and the employee  with regard to  investment  decisions  prior to
               execution.  The employee must direct the  trustee/bank to furnish
               copies  of   confirmations   and  statements  to  the  Compliance
               Department;

          3.   Fully  discretionary  accounts  managed by either an  internal or
               external  registered  investment adviser are permitted and may be
               custodied  away  from  SSB and CIS if (i) the  employee  receives
               permission  from the  Regional  Director  of  Compliance  and the
               unit's   Chief   Investment   Officer,   and  (ii)  there  is  no
               communication between the manager and the employee with regard to
               investment  decisions  prior  to  execution.  The  employee  must
               designate  that  copies  of  trade   confirmations   and  monthly
               statements be sent to the Compliance Department;

          4.   Employees may  participate  in direct  investment  programs which
               allow the purchase of securities directly from the issuer without
               the  intermediation  of a broker/dealer  provided that the timing
               and size of the  purchases  are  established  by a  pre-arranged,
               regularized   schedule  (e.g.,   dividend   reinvestment  plans).
               Employees  must  pre-clear the  transaction  at the time that the
               dividend  reinvestment  plan is being set up. Employees also must
               provide  documentation of these  arrangements and direct periodic
               (monthly or quarterly)  statements to the Compliance  Department;
               and

          5.   In addition to the foregoing,  the following  types of securities
               are exempted from pre-clearance,  blackout periods, reporting and
               short-term   trading   requirements:   open-ended  mutual  funds;
               open-end unit investment  trusts;  U.S. Treasury bills, bonds and
               notes; mortgage  pass-throughs (e.g. Ginnie Maes) that are direct
               obligations of the U.S.  government;  bankers  acceptances;  bank
               certificates  of  deposit;  commercial  paper;  and high  quality
               short-term  debt  instruments  (meaning any instrument that has a
               maturity  at  issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in
               one  of  the  two  highest  rating  categories  by  a  nationally
               recognized  statistical  rating  organization,  such  as  S&P  or
               Moody's), including repurchase agreements.


(2) This  requirement  will become effective as to all employees on a date to be
determined  by the  Compliance  Department  and  may be  subject  to a  phase-in
implementation process.

                                       3

<PAGE>

VI.  SECURITIES HOLDING PERIOD/SHORT-TERM TRADING - Securities transactions must
     be for  investment  purposes  rather  than for  speculation.  Consequently,
     employees  may not profit from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase,
     of the same or  equivalent  securities  within  sixty (60)  calendar  days,
     calculated on a First In, First Out (FIFO) basis (i.e., the security may be
     sold  on the  61st  day).  Citigroup  securities  received  as  part  of an
     employee's  compensation are not subject to the 60-day holding period.  All
     profits from short-term trades are subject to disgorgement.  However,  with
     the prior  written  approval  of both a Chief  Investment  Officer  and the
     Regional   Director  of  Compliance,   and  only  in  rare  and/or  unusual
     circumstances, an employee may execute a short-term trade that results in a
     significant loss or in break-even status.

VII. PRE-CLEARANCE  -  All  SSB  Citi  employees  must  pre-clear  all  personal
     securities   transactions  (see  Section  V  for  a  listing  of  accounts,
     transactions and securities that do not require  pre-clearance).  A copy of
     the pre-clearance form is attached as Exhibit B. IN ADDITION, EMPLOYEES ARE
     PROHIBITED  FROM  ENGAGING  IN MORE THAN TWENTY  (20)  TRANSACTIONS  IN ANY
     CALENDAR  MONTH,  EXCEPT  WITH PRIOR  WRITTEN  APPROVAL  FROM  THEIR  CHIEF
     INVESTMENT OFFICER,  OR DESIGNEE.  A transaction must not be executed until
     the employee has received the necessary  approval.  Pre-clearance  is valid
     only on the day it is given.  If a  transaction  is not executed on the day
     pre-clearance is granted, it is required that pre-clearance be sought again
     on a subsequent day (i.e.,  open orders,  such as limit orders,  good until
     cancelled orders and stop-loss  orders,  must be pre-cleared each day until
     the transaction is effected). In connection with obtaining approval for any
     personal  securities  transaction,  employees  must  describe in detail any
     factors  which might be relevant  to an  analysis of the  possibility  of a
     conflict of interest. Any trade that violates the pre-clearance process may
     be unwound at the employee's expense,  and the employee will be required to
     absorb any resulting loss and to disgorge any resulting profit.

     In  addition  to the  foregoing,  the CGAM NA  Director  of  Global  Equity
     Research,   or  his  designate,   must  approve  all  personal   securities
     transactions  for  members  of  the  CGAM  Research   Department  prior  to
     pre-clearance from the Compliance  Department as set forth in this section.
     Pre-approval by the Director of Research, or his designate,  is in addition
     to and  does not  replace  the  requirement  for the  pre-clearance  of all
     personal securities transactions.

VIII.BLACKOUT  PERIODS - No Covered Person shall  purchase or sell,  directly or
     indirectly,  any  security  in  which  he/she  has,  or by  reason  of  the
     transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership if he/she
     has  knowledge at the time of such  transaction  that the security is being
     purchased  or sold,  or is being  considered  for  purchase  or sale,  by a
     managed fund or client  account or in the case of a Fund  director,  by the
     director's Fund. In addition,  the following  Blackout Periods apply to the
     categories of SSB Citi employees listed below:

          1.   PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGER ASSISTANTS - may not buy
               or sell any securities  for personal  accounts seven (7) calendar
               days  before or after  managed  funds or client  accounts  he/she
               manages trade in that security.

                                       4
<PAGE>

          2.   TRADERS  AND  TRADER  ASSISTANTS  -  may  not  buy  or  sell  any
               securities  for personal  accounts three (3) calendar days before
               or seven (7) calendar days after managed funds or client accounts
               he/she executes trades for trade in that security.

          3.   RESEARCH  ANALYSTS AND RESEARCH  ASSISTANTS - may not buy or sell
               any  securities  for personal  accounts:  seven (7) calendar days
               before   or  after   the   issuance   of  or  a  change   in  any
               recommendation;  or seven (7)  calendar  days before or after any
               managed fund or client account about which the employee is likely
               to have trading or portfolio  information  (as  determined by the
               Compliance Department) trades in that security.

          4.   ADVISORY  PERSONNEL (see Section II for details) - may not buy or
               sell any securities for personal  accounts on the same day that a
               managed fund or client account about which the employee is likely
               to have trading or portfolio  information  (as  determined by the
               Compliance Department) trades in that security.

          5.   UNIT TRUST  PERSONNEL - all employees  assigned to the Unit Trust
               Department are prohibited from transacting in any security when a
               SSB Citi-sponsored  Unit Trust portfolio is buying the same (or a
               related)  security,  until seven business days after the later of
               the  completion  of  the   accumulation   period  or  the  public
               announcement of the trust portfolio. Similarly, all UIT employees
               are prohibited from transacting in any security held in a UIT (or
               a related  security) seven business days prior to the liquidation
               period of the trust.

     Employees in categories  1, 2 and 5 above may also be  considered  Advisory
     Personnel  for other  accounts  about which the  employee is likely to have
     trading  or  portfolio   information   (as  determined  by  the  Compliance
     Department).

     Any violation of the foregoing provisions will require the employee's trade
     to  be  unwound,  with  the  employee  absorbing  any  resulting  loss  and
     disgorging  any  resulting  profit.  Advisory  personnel are subject to the
     unwinding  of the trade  provision;  however,  they may not be  required to
     absorb any resulting loss (at the  discretion of the Compliance  Department
     and the employee's supervisor).  Please be reminded that, regardless of the
     provisions  set forth  above,  all  employees  are always  prohibited  from
     effecting personal  securities  transactions based on material,  non-public
     information.

     Blackout  period  requirements  shall not apply to any purchase or sale, or
     series of related  transactions  involving the same or related  securities,
     involving  500 or fewer shares in the  aggregate if the issuer has a market
     capitalization  (outstanding  shares  multiplied  by the current  price per
     share)  greater than $10 billion and is listed on a U.S.  Stock Exchange or
     NASDAQ. NOTE: PRE-CLEARANCE IS STILL REQUIRED. Under certain circumstances,
     the Compliance  Department may determine that an employee may not rely upon
     this "Large Cap/De Minimis" exemption. In such a case, the employee will be
     notified prior to or at the time the pre-clearance request is made.

IX.  PROHIBITED  TRANSACTIONS - The following transactions by SSB Citi employees
     are prohibited without the prior written approval from the Chief Investment
     Officer, or designee, and the Regional Compliance Director:

          1.   The purchase of private placements; and

          2.   The  acquisition of any securities in an initial public  offering
               (new issues of municipal debt securities may be acquired  subject
               to the other requirements of this policy (e.g., pre-clearance).)

                                       5
<PAGE>

X.   TRANSACTIONS  IN OPTIONS AND FUTURES - SSB Citi  employees  may buy or sell
     derivative  instruments  such as  individual  stock  options,  options  and
     futures on indexes and options and futures on fixed-income securities,  and
     may buy or sell  physical  commodities  and  futures  and  forwards on such
     commodities.  These  transactions  must comply with all of the policies and
     restrictions described in this policy,  including  pre-clearance,  blackout
     periods,  transactions  in  Citigroup  securities  and the  60-day  holding
     period.  However,  the 60-day  holding  period does not apply to individual
     stock options that are part of a hedged position where the underlying stock
     has been held for more than 60 days and the entire position  (including the
     underlying security) is closed out.

XI.  PROHIBITED  RECOMMENDATIONS  - No Covered Person shall recommend or execute
     any securities  transaction by any managed fund or client  account,  or, in
     the  case  of a Fund  director,  by the  director's  Fund,  without  having
     disclosed,  in writing, to the Chief Investment  Officer, or designee,  any
     direct or indirect interest in such securities or issuers, except for those
     securities  purchased  pursuant  to the "Large  Cap/De  Minimis"  exemption
     described  in  Section  VIII  above.   Prior   written   approval  of  such
     recommendation or execution also must be received from the Chief Investment
     Officer,  or designee.  The interest in personal  accounts  could be in the
     form of:

          1.   Any direct or indirect beneficial  ownership of any securities of
               such issuer;

          2.   Any contemplated transaction by the person in such securities;

          3.   Any position with such issuer or its affiliates; or

          4.   Any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer
               or its  affiliates  and the  person  or any  party in which  such
               person has a significant interest.

XII. TRANSACTIONS  IN CITIGROUP  SECURITIES  - Unless an SSB Citi  employee is a
     member of a designated group subject to more restrictive provisions,  or is
     otherwise  notified to the  contrary,  the  employee may trade in Citigroup
     securities  without  restriction  (other than the  pre-clearance  and other
     requirements of this policy), subject to the limitations set forth below.

          Employees  whose  jobs are  such  that  they  know  about  Citigroup's
          quarterly earnings prior to release may not engage in any transactions
          in Citigroup securities during the "blackout periods" beginning on the
          first day of a calendar  quarter and ending on the second business day
          following  the release of earnings for the prior  quarter.  Members of
          the SSB Citi  Executive  Committee  and certain  other senior SSB Citi
          employees are subject to these blackout periods.

          Stock option exercises are permitted during a blackout period (but the
          simultaneous exercise of an option and sale of the underlying stock is
          prohibited).  With regard to exchange traded options,  no transactions
          in Citigroup  options are permitted  except to close or roll an option
          position   that   expires   during  a  blackout   period.   Charitable
          contributions of Citigroup  securities may be made during the blackout
          period,  but an individual's  private  foundation may not sell donated
          Citigroup  common  stock  during  the  blackout  period.   "Good  'til
          cancelled" orders on Citigroup stock must be cancelled before entering
          a blackout  period and no such orders may be entered during a blackout
          period.

          No employee  may engage at any time in any  personal  transactions  in
          Citigroup  securities  while  in  possession  of  material  non-public
          information.  Investments in Citigroup  securities must be made with a
          long-term   orientation   rather  than  for  speculation  or  for  the
          generation of short-term  trading  profits.  In addition,  please note
          that employees may not engage in the following transactions:

                                       6
<PAGE>

          o    Short sales of Citigroup securities;

          o    Purchases  or sales of options  ("puts" or "calls") on  Citigroup
               securities,  except  writing  a  covered  call at a time when the
               securities could have been sold under this policy;

          o    Purchases or sales of futures on Citigroup securities; or

          o    Any  transactions  relating to  Citigroup  securities  that might
               reasonably appear speculative.

          The number of  Citigroup  shares an  employee  is  entitled  to in the
          Citigroup  Stock Purchase Plan is not treated as a long stock position
          until such time as the employee has given instructions to purchase the
          shares of Citigroup.  Thus, employees are not permitted to use options
          to hedge their  financial  interest in the  Citigroup  Stock  Purchase
          Plan.

          Contributions  into the  firm's  401(k)  Plan are not  subject  to the
          restrictions and prohibitions described in this policy.

XIII.ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  AND REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS - SSB CITI EMPLOYEES - All new
     SSB Citi  employees  must  certify  that they have  received a copy of this
     policy, and have read and understood its provisions.  In addition,  all SSB
     Citi employees must:

          1.   Acknowledge receipt of the policy and any modifications  thereof,
               in writing (see Exhibit C for the form of Acknowledgement);

          2.   Within 10 days of  becoming  an SSB Citi  employee,  disclose  in
               writing  all   information   with   respect  to  all   securities
               beneficially   owned   and  any   existing   personal   brokerage
               relationships  (employees  must also  disclose any new  brokerage
               relationships whenever  established).  Such information should be
               provided on the form attached as Exhibit D;

          3.   Direct  their  brokers to supply,  on a timely  basis,  duplicate
               copies of confirmations of all personal  securities  transactions
               (NOTE: THIS REQUIREMENT MAY BE SATISFIED THROUGH THE TRANSMISSION
               OF AUTOMATED FEEDS);

          4.   Within 10 days after the end of each  calendar  quarter,  provide
               information relating to securities  transactions  executed during
               the previous  quarter for all  securities  accounts  (NOTE:  THIS
               REQUIREMENT  MAY  BE  SATISFIED   THROUGH  THE   TRANSMISSION  OF
               AUTOMATED FEEDS);

          5.   Submit an annual holdings report containing  similar  information
               that must be current as of a date no more than 30 days before the
               report is submitted,  and confirm at least annually all brokerage
               relationships  and  any  and all  outside  business  affiliations
               (NOTE: THIS REQUIREMENT MAY BE SATISFIED THROUGH THE TRANSMISSION
               OF AUTOMATED  FEEDS OR THE REGULAR  RECEIPT OF MONTHLY  BROKERAGE
               STATEMENTS); and

          6.   Certify on an annual  basis that  he/she has read and  understood
               the policy, complied with the requirements of the policy and that
               he/she has  pre-cleared  and  disclosed  or reported all personal
               securities  transactions and securities  accounts  required to be
               disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the policy.

                                       7
<PAGE>

     FUND DIRECTORS - Fund Directors shall deliver the  information  required by
     Items 1 through 4 of the  immediately  preceding  paragraph,  except that a
     Fund  director  who is not an  "interested  person" of the Fund  within the
     meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment  Company Act of 1940, and who
     would  be  required  to make  reports  solely  by  reason  of  being a Fund
     Director,  is not required to make the initial and annual holdings  reports
     required by Item 2. Also, a "non-interested"  Fund Director need not supply
     duplicate  copies of  confirmations  of  personal  securities  transactions
     required by Item 3, and need only make the quarterly  transactions  reports
     required by Item 3 as to any  security if at the time of a  transaction  by
     the Director in that  security,  he/she knew or in the  ordinary  course of
     fulfilling  his/her  official  duties as a Fund Director  should have known
     that, during the 15-day period immediately  preceding or following the date
     of that  transaction,  that  security is or was  purchased  or sold by that
     Director's  Fund  or was  being  considered  for  purchase  or sale by that
     Director's Fund.

     DISCLAIMER OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP - The reports described in Items 2 and 3
     above may contain a statement that the reports shall not be construed as an
     admission  by the person  making the reports  that he/she has any direct or
     indirect  beneficial  ownership  in the  securities  to which  the  reports
     relate.

XIV. HANDLING OF DISGORGED  PROFITS - Any amounts that are  paid/disgorged by an
     employee  under  this  policy  shall be  donated by SSB Citi to one or more
     charities.  Amounts  donated may be aggregated by SSB Citi and paid to such
     charity or charities at the end of each year.

XV.  CONFIDENTIALITY - All information obtained from any Covered Person pursuant
     to this  policy  shall  be kept in  strict  confidence,  except  that  such
     information   will  be  made  available  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission or any other  regulatory or  self-regulatory  organization or to
     the Fund Boards of Directors to the extent  required by law,  regulation or
     this policy.

XVI. OTHER LAWS,  RULES AND  STATEMENTS  OF POLICY - Nothing  contained  in this
     policy shall be  interpreted  as relieving any person subject to the policy
     from acting in accordance with the provision of any applicable law, rule or
     regulation or, in the case of SSB Citi  employees,  any statement of policy
     or procedure governing the conduct of such person adopted by Citigroup, its
     affiliates and subsidiaries.

XVII.RETENTION  OF  RECORDS  -  All  records  relating  to  personal  securities
     transactions  hereunder  and other  records  meeting  the  requirements  of
     applicable  law,  including  a copy of this  policy and any other  policies
     covering the subject matter  hereof,  shall be maintained in the manner and
     to the extent  required by applicable  law,  including Rule 17j-1 under the
     1940 Act.  The  Compliance  Department  shall have the  responsibility  for
     maintaining records created under this policy.

XVIII.  MONITORING  - SSB Citi takes  seriously  its  obligation  to monitor the
     personal investment  activities of its employees and to review the periodic
     reports of all Covered Persons.  Employee personal  investment  transaction
     activity  will  be  monitored  by  the  Compliance  Department.  All  noted
     deviations  from  the  policy  requirements  will be  referred  back to the
     employee for  follow-up and  resolution  (with a copy to be supplied to the
     employee's  supervisor).  Any noted  deviations by Fund  directors  will be
     reported to the Board of Directors of the applicable Fund for consideration
     and follow-up as contemplated by Section III hereof.

                                       8
<PAGE>

XIX. EXCEPTIONS  TO THE POLICY - Any  exceptions  to this  policy  must have the
     prior  written  approval  of both  the  Chief  Investment  Officer  and the
     Regional Director of Compliance.  Any questions about this policy should be
     directed to the Compliance Department.

XX.  BOARD REVIEW - Fund  management  and SSB Citi shall provide to the Board of
     Directors  of each Fund,  on a  quarterly  basis,  a written  report of all
     material violations of this policy, and at least annually, a written report
     and  certification  meeting the  requirements  of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940
     Act.

XXI. OTHER CODES OF ETHICS - To the extent that any officer of any Fund is not a
     Covered  Person  hereunder,  or an  investment  subadviser  of or principal
     underwriter for any Fund and their respective access persons (as defined in
     Rule  17j-1) are not  Covered  Persons  hereunder,  those  persons  must be
     covered by separate  codes of ethics which are approved in accordance  with
     applicable law.

XXII.AMENDMENTS  - SSB CITI  EMPLOYEES - Unless  otherwise  noted  herein,  this
     policy  shall become  effective  as to all SSB Citi  employees on March 30,
     2000. This policy may be amended as to SSB Citi employees from time to time
     by the Compliance  Department.  Any material amendment of this policy shall
     be  submitted  to the  Board of  Directors  of each  Fund for  approval  in
     accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act.

     FUND  DIRECTORS - This policy shall become  effective as to a Fund upon the
     approval and adoption of this policy by the Board of Directors of that Fund
     in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act or at such earlier date as
     determined  by the  Secretary of the Fund.  Any material  amendment of this
     policy that applies to the directors of a Fund shall become effective as to
     the  directors  of that Fund only when the Board of  Directors of that Fund
     has approved the amendment in accordance with Rule 17j-1 or at such earlier
     date as determined by the Secretary of the Fund.




March 15, 2000



                                       9
<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT A

                      EXPLANATION OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

You are considered to have  "Beneficial  Ownership" of Securities if you have or
share a direct or indirect "PECUNIARY INTEREST" in the Securities.

You have a  "Pecuniary  Interest"  in  Securities  if you have the  opportunity,
directly  or  indirectly,  to  profit  or share  in any  profit  derived  from a
transaction in the Securities.

The following are examples of an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities:

     1.   Securities  held by members of your IMMEDIATE  FAMILY sharing the same
          household;  however,  this  presumption  may be rebutted by convincing
          evidence that profits derived from  transactions  in these  Securities
          will not provide you with any economic benefit.

          "Immediate  family" means any child,  stepchild,  grandchild,  parent,
          stepparent,     grandparent,     spouse,    sibling,    mother-in-law,
          father-in-law,   son-in-law,   daughter-in-law,   brother-in-law,   or
          sister-in-law, and includes any adoptive relationship.

     2.   Your interest as a general  partner in Securities held by a general or
          limited partnership.

     3.   Your interest as a manager-member  in the Securities held by a limited
          liability company.

You do  NOT  have  an  indirect  Pecuniary  Interest  in  Securities  held  by a
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which you
hold an equity interest,  unless you are a controlling  equityholder or you have
or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

The following circumstances constitute Beneficial Ownership by you of Securities
held by a trust:

     1.   Your  ownership of Securities as a trustee where either you or members
          of your  immediate  family have a vested  interest in the principal or
          income of the trust.

     2.   Your ownership of a vested interest in a trust.

     3.   Your status as a settlor of a trust,  unless the consent of all of the
          beneficiaries is required in order for you to revoke the trust.

THE  FOREGOING  IS A SUMMARY  OF THE  MEANING  OF  "BENEFICIAL  OWNERSHIP".  FOR
PURPOSES OF THE ATTACHED POLICY,  "BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP" SHALL BE INTERPRETED IN
THE SAME MANNER AS IT WOULD BE IN DETERMINING WHETHER A PERSON IS SUBJECT TO THE
PROVISIONS  OF SECTION 16 OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 AND THE RULES
AND REGULATIONS THEREUNDER


                                       10
<PAGE>


                  SSB CITI ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP ("SSB CITI")       EXHIBIT B
                        EMPLOYEE TRADE PRE-APPROVAL FORM
                                    (PAGE 1)
INSTRUCTIONS:

ALL  EMPLOYEES  ARE  REQUIRED TO SUBMIT THIS FORM TO THE  COMPLIANCE  DEPARTMENT
PRIOR TO PLACING A TRADE. THE COMPLIANCE  DEPARTMENT WILL NOTIFY THE EMPLOYEE AS
TO WHETHER OR NOT PRE-APPROVAL IS GRANTED. PRE-APPROVAL IS EFFECTIVE ONLY ON THE
DATE GRANTED.

I. EMPLOYEE INFORMATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employee Name:                                          Phone Number:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Account Title:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Account Number:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Managed Account(s)/Mutual Fund(s) for which employee is a Covered Person:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

II. SECURITY INFORMATION

               IPO   []  Yes   []  No       PRIVATE PLACEMENT []  Yes  [] No
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>             <C>                     <C>             <C>             <C>                     <C>             <C>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Security Name   Security Type-e.g.,     Ticker          Buy/Sell        If Sale, Date           No.             Large Cap Stock?2
                common stock, etc.                                      First Acquired1         Shares/Units
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


III. YOUR POSITION WITH THE FIRM:
     (PLEASE CHECK ONE OF THE           [] Portfolio Manager /
     FOLLOWING)                            Portfolio Manager Assistant
                                        [] Research Analyst /
                                           Research Analyst Assistant
                                        [] Trader / Trader Assistant
                                        [] Unit Trust Personnel
                                        [] Other (Advisory Personnel)


NOTE:     o  All PORTFOLIO MANAGERS must complete the reverse side of this form.

          o  All RESEARCH ANALYSTS and RESEARCH ANALYST  ASSISTANTS located in
             CONNECTICUT  MUST  provide  an  additional  form  signed  by RAMA
             KRISHNA or one of his designees.

IV. CERTIFICATION

I CERTIFY THAT I WILL NOT EFFECT THE  TRANSACTION(S)  DESCRIBED ABOVE UNLESS AND
UNTIL  PRE-CLEARANCE  APPROVAL IS OBTAINED  FROM THE  COMPLIANCE  DEPARTMENT.  I
FURTHER CERTIFY THAT, EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED ON AN ATTACHED PAGE, TO THE BEST OF MY
KNOWLEDGE, THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION(S) WILL NOT RESULT IN A CONFLICT OF INTEREST
WITH ANY ACCOUNT  MANAGED BY SSB CITI  (INCLUDING  MUTUAL  FUNDS  MANAGED BY SSB
CITI). I FURTHER CERTIFY THAT, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, THERE ARE NO PENDING
ORDERS FOR ANY  SECURITY  LISTED  ABOVE OR ANY RELATED  SECURITY FOR ANY MANAGED
ACCOUNTS  AND/OR  MUTUAL FUNDS FOR WHICH I AM CONSIDERED A COVERED  PERSON.  THE
PROPOSED TRANSACTION(S) ARE CONSISTENT WITH ALL FIRM POLICIES REGARDING EMPLOYEE
PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.

Signature                                              Date
          ----------------------------                       --------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

FOR USE BY THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>     <C>    <C>                    <C>     <C>      <C>
ARE SECURITIES RESTRICTED?  [] Yes  [] No  PRE-APPROVAL GRANTED?  [] Yes  [] No    Reason not granted:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT SIGNATURE:                        Date:                   Time:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

1.   All securities sold must have been held for at least 60 days.

2.   For purposes of SSB Citi's personal trading policies, a Large Cap Exemption
     applies to transactions  involving 500 or fewer shares in aggregate and the
     stock is one that is listed on a U.S.  stock  exchange  or NASDAQ and whose
     issuer  has a  market  capitalization  (outstanding  shares  multiplied  by
     current price) of more than $10 billion.

                                       11
<PAGE>

                  SSB CITI ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP ("SSB CITI")
                    PAGE 2 - PORTFOLIO MANAGER CERTIFICATION

All portfolio  managers  must answer the following  questions in order to obtain
pre-approval.  All questions must be answered or the form will be returned. If a
question is not applicable, please indicate "N/A".

1.   Have your client  accounts  purchased  or sold the  securities  (or related
     securities) in the past seven calendar days?
                                  [] Yes [] No (

2.   Do you intend to purchase or sell the  securities  (or related  securities)
     for any client accounts in the next seven calendar days?
                                 [] Yes [] No (

3.   Do any of your client  accounts  currently own the  securities  (or related
     securities)?
                                  [] Yes [] No

     3a.  If yes, and you are selling the securities for your personal  account,
          please  explain why the sale of the securities was rejected for client
          accounts but is appropriate for your personal account:

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


4.   Have you, in the past 7 calendar days, considered purchasing the securities
     (or related securities) for your client accounts?
                                  [] Yes [] No

     4a.  If yes, and you are purchasing  securities for your personal  account,
          please explain why the purchase of the  securities is appropriate  for
          your account but has been rejected for your client accounts:

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


     4b.  If no, and you are purchasing  securities  for your personal  account,
          please  explain  why the  purchase  of the  securities  has  not  been
          considered for your client accounts:

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CERTIFICATION

I certify that I will not effect the  transaction(s)  described above unless and
until  pre-clearance  approval is obtained  from the  Compliance  Department.  I
further certify that, except as described on an attached page, to the best of my
knowledge, the proposed transaction(s) will not result in a conflict of interest
with any account  managed by SSB Citi  (including  mutual  funds  managed by SSB
Citi). I further certify that, to the best of my knowledge, there are no pending
orders for any security  listed above or any related  securities for any Managed
Accounts  and/or  Mutual Funds for which I am considered a Covered  Person.  The
proposed transaction(s) are consistent with all firm policies regarding employee
personal securities transactions.


- ----------------------------                                    -------------
Signature                                                       Date



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

FOR USE BY THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>     <C>    <C>                    <C>     <C>      <C>
ARE SECURITIES RESTRICTED?  [] Yes  [] No  PRE-APPROVAL GRANTED?  [] Yes  [] No    Reason not granted:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT SIGNATURE:                        Date:                   Time:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       12
<PAGE>

                           PERSONAL INVESTMENT POLICY               EXHIBIT C
                                      FOR
                SSB CITI ASSET MANAGEMENT GROUP - NORTH AMERICA
                  AND CERTAIN REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES

                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT


I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I HAVE RECEIVED AND READ THE PERSONAL  INVESTMENT  POLICY FOR
SSB  CITI  ASSET  MANAGEMENT  GROUP  -  NORTH  AMERICA  AND  CERTAIN  REGISTERED
INVESTMENT  COMPANIES  DATED MARCH 15, 2000. I UNDERSTAND  THE PROVISIONS OF THE
PERSONAL INVESTMENT POLICY AS DESCRIBED THEREIN AND AGREE TO ABIDE BY THEM.


        Employee Name (Print):
                                -----------------------------------
        Signature:
                                ------------------------------------
        Date:
                                ------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Social Security Number:                         Date of Hire:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Job Function & Title:                           Supervisor:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Location:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Floor and/or Zone:                              Telephone Number:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


NASD REGISTERED EMPLOYEE (Please check one)      [] Yes       [] No
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If REGISTERED, list Registration \ License:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THIS  ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED NO LATER THAN MARCH 30,
2000  TO  THE  COMPLIANCE  DEPARTMENT  -  ATTENTION:  VERA  SANDUCCI-DENDY,  388
GREENWICH STREET, 23RD FLOOR, NEW YORK, NY 10013.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT D

   SSB Citi Asset Management Group - North America Personal Investment Policy
  Financial Services Firm Disclosure and Initial Report of Securities Holdings

THIS REPORT MUST BE SIGNED,  DATED AND RETURNED  WITHIN 10 DAYS OF EMPLOYMENT TO
THE  COMPLIANCE  DEPARTMENT  - ATTENTION:  VERA  SANDUCCI-DENDY,  388  GREENWICH
STREET, 23RD FLOOR
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employee Name:                             Date of Employment:
              ------------------------                         ---------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS:

[]   I do not have a beneficial  interest in any  account(s)  with any financial
     services firm.

[]   I maintain the following  account(s)  with the financial  services  firm(s)
     listed below (attach additional information if necessary-e.g.,  a brokerage
     statement).  Please include the information  required below for any broker,
     dealer or bank where an account is maintained  which holds  securities  for
     your direct or indirect benefit as of the date you began your employment.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Financial Service(s)
Firm and Address                   Account Title                Account Number
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITIES HOLDINGS:

Complete  the  following  (or  attach a copy of your most  recent  statement(s))
listing all of your securities holdings, with the exception of open-ended mutual
funds and U.S Government securities if:

o    You  own  securities  which  are  held by  financial  services  firm(s)  as
     described  above. If you submit a copy of a statement,  it must include all
     of the  information  set  forth  below.  Please  be  sure  to  include  any
     additional  securities  purchased since the date of the brokerage statement
     which is attached. Use additional sheets if necessary.

o    Your  securities  are not held  with a  financial  service(s)  firm  (e.g.,
     dividend reinvestment programs).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                     <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title of Security       Ticker Symbol   # of Shares     Principal Amt.  Held Since      Financial Services Firm
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


[]  I have no securities holdings to report.

I CERTIFY THAT I HAVE RECEIVED THE SSB CITI - NORTH AMERICA PERSONAL  INVESTMENT
POLICY AND HAVE READ IT AND UNDERSTOOD ITS CONTENTS.  I FURTHER CERTIFY THAT THE
ABOVE REPRESENTS A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE  DESCRIPTION OF MY BROKERAGE ACCOUNT(S)
AND SECURITIES HOLDINGS AS OF MY DATE OF EMPLOYMENT.

Signature:                                       Date of Signature:
          -----------------------------                             ----------


                                       14




                              OPPENHEIMER CAPITAL
                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             Effective July 1, 1999

                                  INTRODUCTION

This  Code of Ethics  is based on the  principle  that  you,  as an  officer  or
employee  of  Oppenheimer   Capital  (OPCAP),   owe  a  fiduciary  duty  to  the
shareholders  of the  registered  investment  companies  (the  FUNDS)  and other
clients  (together with the Funds, the ADVISORY  CLIENTS) for which OpCap serves
as an adviser or subadviser.  Accordingly, you must avoid activities,  interests
and  relationships  that might  interfere  or appear to  interfere  with  making
decisions in the best interests of our Advisory Clients.

     At all times, you must:

     1.   PLACE THE INTERESTS OF OUR ADVISORY  CLIENTS FIRST. In other words, as
          a fiduciary  you must  scrupulously  avoid  serving  your own personal
          interests ahead of the interests of our Advisory Clients.  You may not
          cause an Advisory  Client to take action,  or not to take action,  for
          your personal  benefit rather than the benefit of the Advisory Client.
          For  example,  you would  violate  this Code if you caused an Advisory
          Client to purchase a Security you owned for the purpose of  increasing
          the price of that Security. If you are an employee who makes decisions
          about investments (each a PORTFOLIO  MANAGEr) or provides  information
          or  advice  to a  Portfolio  Manager  or  helps  execute  a  Portfolio
          Manager's  decisions   (together  with  Portfolio  Managers,   each  a
          PORTFOLIO  EMPLOYEE),  you would also  violate this Code if you made a
          personal  investment  in a  Security  that  might  be  an  appropriate
          investment  for an  Advisory  Client  without  first  considering  the
          Security as an investment for the Advisory Client.

     2.   CONDUCT  ALL  OF  YOUR  PERSONAL   SECURITIES   TRANSACTIONS  IN  FULL
          COMPLIANCE  WITH  THIS  CODE AND THE PIMCO  ADVISORS  INSIDER  TRADING
          POLICY.  OpCap  encourages  you and your  family to  develop  personal
          investment  programs.  However,  you  must  not  take  any  action  in
          connection  with your personal  investments  that could cause even the
          appearance of unfairness or impropriety.  Accordingly, you must comply
          with the  policies  and  procedures  set forth in this Code  under the
          heading PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS. In addition, you must comply
          with the  policies  and  procedures  set forth in the  PIMCO  Advisors
          Insider Trading Policy,  which is attached to this Code as Appendix I.
          Doubtful situations should be resolved against your personal trading.

     3.   AVOID TAKING INAPPROPRIATE  ADVANTAGE OF YOUR POSITION. The receipt of
          investment  opportunities,  gifts or gratuities  from persons  seeking
          business with OpCap directly or on behalf of an Advisory  Client could
          call  into  question  the  independence  of  your  business  judgment.
          Accordingly,  you must comply with the  policies  and  procedures  set
          forth in this  Code  under  the  heading  FIDUCIARY  DUTIES.  Doubtful
          situations should be resolved against your personal interest.
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION                                                       PAGE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS                                3
        Trading in General                                      3
        Securities                                              3
        Exempt Securities                                       3
        Beneficial Ownership                                    4
        Exempt Transactions                                     5
        Preclearance Procedures                                 6
        Initial Public Offerings                                6
Private Placements                                              6
Short-Term Trading Profits                                      7
Use of Broker-Dealers                                           7
REPORTING                                                       8
        Reporting of Transactions                               8
        Annual Reports                                          8
FIDUCIARY DUTIES                                                8
        Gifts                                                   8
Service as a Director                                           8
COMPLIANCE                                                      9
        Certificate of Receipt                                  9
        Certificate of Compliance                               9
        Remedial Actions                                        9
REPORTS TO DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES                               9
        Reports of Significant Remedial Action                  9
        Annual Reports                                          9

APPENDICES: THE FOLLOWING APPENDICES ARE ATTACHED TO AND ARE A PART OF THIS
CODE:

I.   PIMCO Advisors Insider Trading Policy and Procedures      11
II.  Form for preclearance of Non-Exempt Securities
     transactions                                              18
III. Form for annual report of personal Securities holdings    19
IV.  Form for acknowledgment of receipt of this Code           21
V.   Form for annual certification of compliance with this
     Code                                                      22
VI.  Policy Regarding Special Trading Procedures For
     Securities of PIMCO Advisors Holdings L.P.                23



                                   QUESTIONS

Questions  regarding this Code should be addressed to a Compliance Officer.
As of the  effective  date of this Code,  the  Compliance  Officers  are Deborah
Kaback and Sal Iocolano.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                        PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

                               TRADING IN GENERAL

You may not engage, and you may not permit any other person or entity to engage,
in any  purchase or sale of any  Security  (other than an Exempt  Security),  of
which  you  have,  or by  reason of the  transaction  will  acquire,  Beneficial
Ownership,  unless (i) the  transaction  is an Exempt  Transaction  or (ii) such
transaction is approved by a Compliance Officer and precleared.

SECURITIES

The following are SECURITIES:

Any note,  stock,  treasury stock,  bond,  debenture,  evidence of indebtedness,
certificate  of  interest  or  participation  in any  profit-sharing  agreement,
collateral-trust  certificate,   preorganization  certificate  or  subscription,
transferable share, investment contract,  voting-trust certificate,  certificate
of deposit for a security,  fractional  undivided interest in oil, gas, or other
mineral  rights,  any put, call,  straddle,  option or privilege on any security
(including  a  certificate  of deposit)  or on any group or index of  securities
(including  any  interest  therein or based on the value  thereof),  or any put,
call,  straddle,  option or  privilege  entered  into on a  national  securities
exchange  relating  to  foreign  currency,  or,  in  general,  any  interest  or
instrument  commonly  known as a  security,  or any  certificate  of interest or
participation in, temporary or interim  certificate for, receipt for,  guarantee
of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any security.

The following are not SECURITIES:

Commodities,  futures and options  traded on a commodities  exchange,  including
currency  futures.  However,  futures  and  options  on any  group  or  index of
Securities are Securities.

EXEMPT SECURITIES

The following are EXEMPT SECURITIES:

     1.   Securities issued by the Government of the United States.

     2.   Bankers' acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper,
          bank repurchase  agreements and such other money market instruments as
          may be  designated  from time to time by the  committee  appointed  by
          OpCap to administer this Code (THE COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE).

     3.   Shares of registered open-end investment companies.

                                       3
<PAGE>

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

You are  considered  to have  Beneficial  Ownership of Securities if you have or
share a direct or indirect PECUNIARY INTEREST in the Securities.

You have a  PECUNIARY  INTEREST  in  Securities  if you  have  the  opportunity,
directly  or  indirectly,  to  profit  or share  in any  profit  derived  from a
transaction in the Securities.

The following are examples of an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities:

     1.   Securities  held by members of your IMMEDIATE  FAMILY sharing the same
          household;  however,  this  presumption  may be rebutted by convincing
          evidence that profits derived from  transactions  in these  Securities
          will not provide you with any economic benefit.

          IMMEDIATE FAMILY means any child, stepchild,  grandchild, parent,
          stepparent,     grandparent,     spouse,    sibling,    mother-in-law,
          father-in-law,   son-in-law,   daughter-in-law,   brother-in-law,   or
          sister-in-law, and includes any adoptive relationship.

     2.   Your interest as a general  partner in Securities held by a general or
          limited partnership.

     3.   Your interest as a manager-member  in the Securities held by a limited
          liability company.

You do  NOT  have  an  indirect  Pecuniary  Interest  in  Securities  held  by a
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which you
hold an equity interest,  unless you are a controlling  equityholder or you have
or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

The following circumstances constitute Beneficial Ownership by you of Securities
held by a trust:

     1.   Your  ownership of Securities as a trustee where either you or members
          of your  immediate  family have a vested  interest in the principal or
          income of the trust.

     2.   Your ownership of a vested beneficial interest in a trust.

     3.   Your status as a settlor of a trust,  unless the consent of all of the
          beneficiaries is required in order for you to revoke the trust.

                                       4
<PAGE>

EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS

The following are EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS:

     1.   Any transaction in Securities in an account over which you do not have
          any direct or indirect  influence or control.  There is a  presumption
          that you can exert some measure of influence or control over  accounts
          held by members of your immediate  family sharing the same  household,
          but this presumption may be rebutted by convincing evidence.

     2.   Purchases of Securities under dividend reinvestment plans.

     3.   Purchases of Securities by exercise of rights issued to the holders of
          a class of  Securities  PRO RATA,  to the extent  they are issued with
          respect to Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

     4.   Acquisitions  or  dispositions  of Securities as the result of a stock
          dividend,  stock split,  reverse stock split,  merger,  consolidation,
          spin-off or other similar  corporate  distribution  or  reorganization
          applicable  to all holders of a class of  Securities of which you have
          Beneficial Ownership.

     5.   Subject to the restrictions on participation in private placements set
          forth below under PRIVATE PLACEMENTS,  acquisitions or dispositions of
          Securities of a PRIVATE  ISSUER.  A PRIVATE  ISSUER is a  corporation,
          partnership,  limited  liability  company or other entity which has no
          outstanding  publicly-traded Securities, and no outstanding Securities
          which are  exercisable to purchase,  convertible  into or exchangeable
          for  publicly-traded  Securities.  However,  you will have  Beneficial
          Ownership  of  Securities  held  by  a  private  issuer  whose  equity
          Securities you hold, unless you are not a controlling equityholder and
          do not have or share  investment  control over the Securities  held by
          the entity.

     6.   Such other  classes of  transactions  as may be exempted  from time to
          time by the Compliance  Committee based upon a determination  that the
          transactions  are unlikely to violate Rule 17j-1 under the  Investment
          Company Act of 1940, as amended.  The Compliance  Committee may exempt
          designated  classes of transactions from any of the provisions of this
          Code except the provisions set forth below under REPORTING.

     7.   Such other specific  transactions as may be exempted from time to time
          by a  Compliance  Officer.  On a  case-by-case  basis when no abuse is
          involved a Compliance  Officer may exempt a specific  transaction from
          any of the  provisions  of this Code except the  provisions  set forth
          below under REPORTING.

                                       5
<PAGE>

PRECLEARANCE PROCEDURES

     If a Securities transaction requires preclearance:

     1.   The  Securities  may  not be  purchased  or  sold  if at the  time  of
          preclearance  there is a  pending  BUY or SELL  order on  behalf of an
          Advisory  Client in the same Security or an EQUIVALENT  SECURITY or if
          you knew or should have known that an Advisory Client would be trading
          in that security or an EQUIVALENT SECURITY on the same day.

          An EQUIVALENT SECURITY of a given Security is (i ) a Security issuable
          upon exercise, conversion or exchange of the given Security, or (ii) a
          Security exercisable to purchase, convertible into or exchangeable for
          the given  Security,  or (iii) a Security  otherwise  representing  an
          interest in or based on the value of the given Security.

     2.   If you are a Portfolio  Manager (or a person  identified by the CIO as
          having  access to the same  information),  the  Securities  may not be
          purchased or sold during the period which begins seven days before and
          ends seven days after the day on which an  Advisory  Client  trades in
          the same Security or an equivalent  Security;  except that you may, if
          you preclear the transaction, (i) trade same way to an Advisory Client
          after its  trading  is  completed,  or (ii) trade  opposite  way to an
          Advisory Client before its trading is commenced.

          If  you  are a  Portfolio  Manager,  and  you  preclear  a  Securities
          transaction  and  trade  same way to an  Advisory  Client  before  its
          trading is commenced,  the transaction is not a violation of this Code
          unless you knew or should have known that the Advisory Client would be
          trading in that Security or an EQUIVALENT  SECURITY  within seven days
          after your trade.

     3.   The  Securities  may be  purchased  or sold only if you have asked the
          Trading  Department  to preclear  the  purchase  or sale,  the Trading
          Department has given you preclearance in writing,  and the purchase or
          sale is executed by the close of business on the day  preclearance  is
          given.  The form for requesting  preclearance is attached to this Code
          as Appendix II.

                            INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGs

If you are a Portfolio Employee, you may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any
Securities (other than Exempt Securities) in an initial public offering.

                               PRIVATE PLACEMENTS

If you are a Portfolio Employee, you may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any
Securities  (other than Exempt  Securities) in a private  placement,  unless you
have received the prior written  approval of the Chief Executive  Officer or the
General  Counsel  of PIMCO  Advisors.  Approval  will be not be  given  unless a
determination is made that the investment opportunity should not be reserved for
one or more Advisory  Clients,  and that the  opportunity to invest has not been
offered to you by virtue of your position.

If you are a Portfolio Employee,  and you have acquired Beneficial  Ownership of
Securities in a private  placement,  you must DISCLOSE your  investment when you
play a part in any  consideration  of an investment by an Advisory Client in the
issuer of the  Securities,  and any decision to make such an investment  must be
INDEPENDENTLY  REVIEWED  by a  Portfolio  Manager  who does not have  Beneficial
Ownership of any Securities of the issuer.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                           SHORT-TERM TRADING PROFITS

If you are a Portfolio Employee,  you may not profit from the purchase and sale,
or sale and  purchase,  within  60  calendar  days,  of the same  Securities  or
equivalent   Securities  (other  than  Exempt  Securities)  of  which  you  have
Beneficial  Ownership.  Any such short-term trade must be unwound, or if that is
not practical, the profits must be contributed to a charitable organization.

You are considered to profit from a short-term  trade if Securities of which you
have Beneficial  Ownership are sold for more than the purchase price of the same
Securities or equivalent  Securities,  even though the Securities  purchased and
the Securities sold are held of record or  beneficially by different  persons or
entities.

                PUTS, CALLS, STRADDLES AND OPTIONS; SHORT SALES

You may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any put, call,  straddle,  option or
privilege on any Securities on the Approved List or any equivalent Securities or
sell any such  Securities or equivalent  Securities  short.  You may not acquire
Beneficial  Ownership  of any put,  call,  straddle,  option or privilege on any
Securities which are not shares of a LARGE-CAP ISSUER.

A LARGE-CAP ISSUER is an issuer with a total market  capitalization in excess of
one billion  dollars and an average  daily  trading  volume during the preceding
calendar quarter,  on the principal  securities  exchange  (including NASDAQ) on
which its shares are traded, in excess of 100,000 shares.

A list of large-cap issuers will be prepared as of the last business day of each
calendar quarter,  will be available for review with any Compliance Officer, and
will be effective for the following calendar quarter.

                             USE OF BROKER-DEALERS

You may not engage, and you may not permit any other person or entity to engage,
in any  purchase  or sale  of  publicly-traded  Securities  (other  than  Exempt
Securities)  of which you have,  or by reason of the  transaction  will acquire,
Beneficial Ownership, except through a registered broker-dealer. You will engage
in purchases or sales of publicly-traded  Securities only through Charles Schwab
& Co.  or  such  other  registered  broker-dealer  as  may be  specified  by the
Compliance Committee.

                                   REPORTING

REPORTING OF TRANSACTIONS

You must cause each  broker-dealer  which maintains an account for Securities of
which you have Beneficial Ownership,  to provide to the Compliance Committee, on
a timely basis,  duplicate  copies of  confirmations  of all transactions in the
account and of periodic  statements for the account,  and you must report to the
Compliance  Committee,  on a timely basis, all transactions effected without the
use of a broker in Securities  (other than Exempt  Securities) of which you have
Beneficial Ownership.

                                       7
<PAGE>

ANNUAL REPORTS

You must disclose your holdings of all Securities (other than Exempt Securities)
of which you have Beneficial  Ownership upon  commencement of your employment by
OpCap or the effective date of this Code,  whichever  occurs later, and annually
thereafter. The form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix III.

                                FIDUCIARY DUTIES

GIFTS

You may not accept any investment opportunity,  gift, gratuity or other thing of
more than  nominal  value,  from any  person or entity  that does  business,  or
desires to do business,  with OpCap directly or on behalf of an Advisory Client.
You may accept gifts from a single giver so long as their aggregate annual value
does not exceed the equivalent of $100. You may attend business meals,  business
related  conferences,  sporting  events  and other  entertainment  events at the
expense of a giver,  so long as the expense is  reasonable  and both you and the
giver are present.  You must obtain prior written  approval from your supervisor
(the person to whom you report) for all air travel,  conferences,  and  business
events that require  overnight  accommodations.  You must provide a copy of such
written approval to the Compliance Committee.

SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

If you are a Portfolio Employee,  you may not serve on the board of directors or
other governing board of a publicly traded entity,  unless you have received the
prior written approval of the Chief Executive  Officer or the General Counsel of
PIMCO Advisors.  Approval will not be given unless a determination  is made that
your service on the board would be consistent with the interests of our Advisory
Clients. If you are permitted to serve on the board of a publicly traded entity,
you  will be  ISOLATED  from  those  Portfolio  Employees  who  make  investment
decisions  with respect to the  securities  of that  entity,  through a "Chinese
Wall" or other procedures.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                                   COMPLIANCE

CERTIFICATE OF RECEIPT

You are  required to  acknowledge  receipt of your copy of this Code. A form for
this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix IV.

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE

You  are  required  to  certify  upon  commencement  of your  employment  or the
effective date of this Code,  whichever occurs later,  and annually  thereafter,
that you have read and  understand  this Code and recognize that you are subject
to this Code.  Each annual  certificate  will also state that you have  complied
with the  requirements  of this Code  during the prior  year,  and that you have
disclosed,  reported, or caused to be reported all transactions during the prior
year in Securities  (other than Exempt  Securities) of which you had or acquired
Beneficial  Ownership.  A form for this  purpose  is  attached  to this  Code as
Appendix V.

REMEDIAL ACTIONS

If you  violate  this Code,  you are  subject  to  remedial  actions,  which may
include,  but are not  limited to,  disgorgement  of  profits,  imposition  of a
substantial fine, demotion, suspension or termination.

                       REPORTS TO DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES

REPORTS OF SIGNIFICANT REMEDIAL ACTION

The General  Counsel of PIMCO  Advisors or his  delegate  will on a timely basis
inform the  directors  or trustees  of each Fund which is an Advisory  Client of
each SIGNIFICANT  REMEDIAL action taken in response to a violation of this Code.
A SIGNIFICANT REMEDIAL ACTION means any action that has a significant  financial
effect  on the  violator,  such as  disgorgement  of  profits,  imposition  of a
substantial fine, demotion, suspension or termination.

ANNUAL REPORTS

The General  Counsel of PIMCO  Advisors or his delegate will report  annually to
the  Management  Board of PIMCO  Advisors and the  directors or trustees of each
Fund which is an Advisory Client with regard to efforts to ensure  compliance by
the officers  and  employees of OpCap with their  fiduciary  obligations  to our
Advisory Clients.

The annual report will, at a minimum:

     1.   Summarize   existing   procedures    regarding   personal   Securities
          transactions,  and any  changes  in such  procedures  during the prior
          year;

     2.   Summarize  the  violations  of this Code,  if any,  which  resulted in
          significant remedial action during the prior year; and

                                       9
<PAGE>

     3.   Describe   any   recommended   changes  in  existing   procedures   or
          restrictions  based upon experience with this Code,  evolving industry
          practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.


                                       10
<PAGE>


                                                                APPENDIX I

                                 PIMCO ADVISORS

                     INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

                          EFFECTIVE AS OF MAY 1, 1995

SECTION I.  POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

A. Policy Statement on Insider Trading

PIMCO Advisors L.P. ("PIMCO  Advisors"),  its affiliates,  PIMCO Partners,  G.P.
("PIMCO GP") and PIMCO Fund Distributors LLC ("PFD")  collectively the "Company"
or "PIMCO Advisors")  forbid any of their officers,  directors or employees from
trading,  either  personally  or on behalf of others (such as,  mutual funds and
private accounts managed by PIMCO Advisors), on the basis of material non-public
information  or  communicating  material  non-public  information  to  others in
violation  of the law.  This  conduct  is  frequently  referred  to as  "insider
trading". This is a group wide policy.

The term "insider  trading" is not defined in the federal  securities  laws, but
generally  is used to refer to the use of  material  non-public  information  to
trade in securities or to communications of material  non-public  information to
others in breach of a fiduciary duty.

While  the  law  concerning  insider  trading  is not  static,  it is  generally
understood that the law prohibits:

(1)  trading  by  an  insider,   while  in  possession  of  material  non-public
     information, or

(2)  trading  by a  non-insider,  while in  possession  of  material  non-public
     information,  where the  information  was disclosed to the  non-insider  in
     violation of an insider's duty to keep it confidential, or

(3)  communicating  material  non-public  information  to  others in breach of a
     fiduciary duty.

This policy applies to every such officer,  director and employee and extends to
activities  within and  outside  their  duties at the  Company.  Every  officer,
director and employee must read and retain this policy statement.  Any questions
regarding  this policy  statement  and the related  procedures  set forth herein
should be referred to a Compliance Officer of PIMCO Advisors.

The  remainder  of this  memorandum  discusses in detail the elements of insider
trading,  the penalties for such unlawful conduct and the procedures  adopted by
the Company to implement its policy against insider trading.

                                       11
<PAGE>

1. TO WHOM DOES THIS POLICY APPLY?

This  Policy  applies  to all  employees,  officers  and  directors  (direct  or
indirect) of the Company ("Covered Persons"),  as well as to any transactions in
any  securities  participated  in by  family  members,  trusts  or  corporations
controlled by such persons.  In  particular,  this Policy  applies to securities
transactions by:

        the Covered Person's spouse;
        the Covered Person's minor children;
        any other relatives living in the Covered Person's household;
        a trust in which the Covered Person has a beneficial interest, unless
        such person has no direct or indirect control over the trust;
        a trust as to which the Covered Person is a trustee;
        a revocable trust as to which the Covered Person is a settlor;
        a corporation of which the Covered Person is an officer, director or
        10% or greater stockholder; or
        a partnership of which the Covered Person is a partner (including most
        investment clubs) unless the Covered Person has no direct or indirect
        control over the partnership.

2. WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?

Trading  on  inside  information  is  not  a  basis  for  liability  unless  the
information  is  material.   "Material  information"  generally  is  defined  as
information  for  which  there is a  substantial  likelihood  that a  reasonable
investor would consider it important in making his or her investment  decisions,
or information  that is reasonably  certain to have a substantial  effect on the
price of a company's securities.

Although  there is no precise,  generally  accepted  definition of  materiality,
information  is likely to be  "material"  if it relates to  significant  changes
affecting such matters as:

           dividend or earnings expectations;
           write-downs or write-offs of assets;
           additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities;
           expansion or curtailment of company or major division operations;
           proposals or agreements involving a joint venture, merger,
             acquisition, divestiture, or leveraged buy-out;
           new products or services;
           exploratory, discovery or research developments;
           criminal indictments, civil litigation or government investigations;
           disputes with major suppliers or customers or significant changes in
             the relationships with such parties;
           labor disputes including strikes or lockouts;
           substantial changes in accounting methods;
           major litigation developments;
           major personnel changes;
           debt service or liquidity problems;
           bankruptcy or insolvency;
           extraordinary management developments;
           public offerings or private sales of debt or equity securities;


                                       12
<PAGE>

           calls, redemptions or purchases of a company's own stock;
           issuer tender offers; or
           recapitalizations.

Information  provided  by a company  could be material  because of its  expected
effect on a particular class of the company's  securities,  all of the company's
securities,  the  securities of another  company,  or the  securities of several
companies. Moreover, the resulting prohibition against the misuses of "material"
information  reaches  all types of  securities  (whether  stock or other  equity
interests,  corporate debt, government or municipal  obligations,  or commercial
paper) as well as any option  related to that  security  (such as a put, call or
index security).

Material  information  does not have to  relate  to a  company's  business.  For
example, in CARPENTER v. U.S., 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the Supreme Court considered
as material certain  information  about the contents of a forthcoming  newspaper
column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case,
a  reporter  for THE  WALL  STREET  JOURNAL  was  found  criminally  liable  for
disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in
the Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not.

3. WHAT IS NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION?

In order for issues  concerning  insider trading to arise,  information must not
only be  "material",  it  must  be  "NON-PUBLIC".  "Non-public"  information  is
information   which  has  not  been  made  available  to  investors   generally.
Information  received in circumstances  indicating that it is not yet in general
circulation  or where the  recipient  knows or should know that the  information
could  only have been  provided  by an  "insider"  is also  deemed  "non-public"
information.

At  such  time  as  material,   non-public   information  has  been  effectively
distributed to the investing  public, it is no longer subject to insider trading
restrictions.   However,   for   "non-public"   information   to  become  public
information, it must be disseminated through recognized channels of distribution
designed to reach the securities marketplace.

To show that  "material"  information is public,  you should be able to point to
some fact verifying that the information  has become  generally  available,  for
example, disclosure in a national business and financial wire service (Dow Jones
or Reuters), a national news service (AP or UPI), a national newspaper (THE WALL
STREET  JOURNAL,  THE  NEW  YORK  TIMES  or  FINANCIAL  TIMES),  or  a  publicly
disseminated  disclosure  document  (a  proxy  statement  or  prospectus).   The
circulation of rumors or "talk on the street", even if accurate,  widespread and
reported in the media, does not constitute the requisite public disclosure.  The
information  must not only be  publicly  disclosed,  there must also be adequate
time for the market as a whole to digest the  information.  Although  timing may
vary depending upon the circumstances,  a good rule of thumb is that information
is considered non-public until the third business day after public disclosure.

Material non-public  information is not made public by selective  dissemination.
Material information improperly disclosed only to institutional  investors or to
a fund analyst or a favored group of analysts retains its status as "non-public"
information which must not be disclosed or otherwise misused. Similarly, partial
disclosure  does not constitute  public  dissemination.  So long as any material
component  of the  "inside"  information  possessed by the Company has yet to be
publicly  disclosed,  the  information  is  deemed  "non-public"  and may not be
misused.

                                       13
<PAGE>

INFORMATION  PROVIDED  IN  CONFIDENCE.  Occasionally,  one  or  more  directors,
officers, or employees of the Company may become temporary "insiders" because of
a fiduciary or commercial  relationship.  For example,  personnel at the Company
may become insiders when an external source,  such as a company whose securities
are  held  by one or more  of the  accounts  managed  by the  Company,  entrusts
material, non-public information to the Company's portfolio managers or analysts
with the expectation that the information will remain confidential.

As an "insider",  the Company has a fiduciary  responsibility  not to breach the
trust of the party that has communicated the "material  non-public"  information
by misusing that information. This fiduciary duty arises because the Company has
entered or has been  invited to enter into a  commercial  relationship  with the
client  or  prospective  client  and  has  been  given  access  to  confidential
information  solely for the  corporate  purposes of that  client or  prospective
client.   This  obligation   remains  whether  or  not  the  Company  ultimately
participates in the transaction.

INFORMATION  DISCLOSED IN BREACH OF A DUTY.  Analysts and portfolio  managers at
the  Company  must be  especially  wary  of  "material  non-public"  information
disclosed in breach of a corporate insider's fiduciary duty. Even where there is
no  expectation  of  confidentiality,  a person  may  become an  "insider"  upon
receiving  material,  non-public  information  in  circumstances  where a person
knows,  or should know,  that a corporate  insider is disclosing  information in
breach  of  the  fiduciary  duty  he  or  she  owes  the   corporation  and  its
shareholders.  Whether  the  disclosure  is an improper  "tip" that  renders the
recipient a "tippee" depends on whether the corporate insider expects to benefit
personally,  either directly or indirectly,  from the disclosure. In the context
of an  improper  disclosure  by a corporate  insider,  the  requisite  "personal
benefit"  may not be limited to a present or future  monetary  gain.  Rather,  a
prohibited personal benefit could include a reputational benefit, an expectation
of a "quid pro quo" from the recipient or the recipient's  employer by a gift of
the "inside" information.

A person  may,  depending  on the  circumstances,  also become an  "insider"  or
"tippee" when he or she obtains apparently material,  non-public  information by
happenstance,  including  information  derived from social situations,  business
gatherings,  overheard  conversations,  misplaced  documents,  and  "tips"  from
insiders or other third parties.

4. IDENTIFYING MATERIAL INFORMATION

Before trading for yourself or others, including investment companies or private
accounts managed by the Company,  in the securities of a company about which you
may have potential material,  non-public information, ask yourself the following
questions:

i.   Is this information that an investor could consider important in making his
     or her investment  decisions?  Is this information that could substantially
     affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed?

ii.  To whom  has this  information  been  provided?  Has the  information  been
     effectively  communicated  to the  marketplace  by being  published  in THE
     FINANCIAL TIMES,  REUTERS, THE WALL STREET JOURNAl or other publications of
     general circulation?

                                       14
<PAGE>

Given the potentially severe  regulatory,  civil and criminal sanctions to which
you the Company and its personnel  could be subject,  any director,  officer and
employee  uncertain  as to  whether  the  information  he or  she  possesses  is
"material non-public" information should immediately take the following steps:

i.   Report the  matter  immediately  to a  Compliance  Officer  or the  General
     Counsel of PIMCO Advisors;

ii.  Do not  purchase  or sell the  securities  on behalf of yourself or others,
     including  investment  companies  or  private  accounts  managed  by  PIMCO
     Advisors; and

iii. Do not  communicate the  information  inside or outside the Company,  other
     than to a Compliance Officer or the General Counsel of PIMCO Advisors.

After the Compliance Officer or General Counsel has reviewed the issue, you will
be instructed to continue the prohibitions  against trading and communication or
will be allowed to trade and communicate the information.

5. PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING

Penalties for trading on or communicating  material  non-public  information are
severe,  both for  individuals  involved  in such  unlawful  conduct  and  their
employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if
he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include:

           civil injunctions
           treble damages
           disgorgement of profits
           jail sentences
           fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three
             times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person
             actually benefited, and
           fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the
             greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit
             gained or loss avoided.

In addition, any violation of this policy statement can be expected to result in
serious sanctions by the Company, including dismissal of the persons involved.

                                       15
<PAGE>

SECTION II. PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT THE POLICY AGAINST INSIDER TRADING

A. Procedures to Implement the Policy Against Insider Trading

The following  procedures have been  established to aid the officers,  directors
and employees of PIMCO Advisors in avoiding  insider  trading,  and to aid PIMCO
Advisors  in  preventing,  detecting  and  imposing  sanctions  against  insider
trading.  Every  officer,  director and employee of PIMCO  Advisors  must follow
these procedures or risk serious  sanctions,  including  dismissal,  substantial
personal liability and criminal penalties.

TRADING RESTRICTIONS AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

1.   No employee,  officer or director of PIMCO Advisors who possesses  material
     non-public  information  relating  to PIMCO  Advisors,  may buy or sell any
     securities of PIMCO Advisors Holdings L.P. or engage in any other action to
     take  advantage  of,  or  pass  on  to  others,  such  material  non-public
     information.

2.   No employee,  officer or director of PIMCO  Advisors  who obtains  material
     non-public  information  which  relates  to any other  company or entity in
     circumstances  in which  such  person  is  deemed  to be an  insider  or is
     otherwise subject to restrictions under the federal securities laws may buy
     or sell  securities of that company or otherwise take advantage of, or pass
     on to others, such material non-public information.

3.   No  employee,  officer or  director  of PIMCO  Advisors  shall  engage in a
     securities  transaction  with respect to the  securities of PIMCO  Advisors
     Holdings L.P., except in accordance with the specific procedures  published
     from time to time by PIMCO Advisors.

4.   Each employee,  officer and director of PIMCO Advisors shall submit reports
     of every  securities  transaction  involving  securities of PIMCO  Advisors
     Holdings L.P. (if  applicable) to a Compliance  Officer in accordance  with
     the terms of PIMCO  Advisors'  Code of  Ethics as they  relate to any other
     securities transaction.

5.   No employee  shall engage in a securities  transaction  with respect to any
     securities of any other  company,  except in  accordance  with the specific
     procedures set forth in PIMCO Advisors' Code of Ethics.

6.   Employees shall submit reports  concerning  each securities  transaction in
     accordance  with the terms of the Code of Ethics and verify their  personal
     ownership of securities in accordance  with the procedures set forth in the
     Code of Ethics.

7.   Because even inadvertent  disclosure of material non-public  information to
     others can lead to significant legal difficulties,  officers, directors and
     employees of PIMCO  Advisors  should not discuss any  potentially  material
     non-public  information  concerning  PIMCO  Advisors  or  other  companies,
     including other officers,  employees and directors,  except as specifically
     required in the performance of their duties.

B. Chinese Wall Procedures

                                       16
<PAGE>

The Insider Trading and Securities Fraud  Enforcement Act in the US requires the
establishment  and strict  enforcement  of  procedures  reasonably  designed  to
prevent  the  misuse of  "inside"  information(1).  Accordingly,  you should not
discuss material non-public  information about PIMCO Advisors or other companies
with anyone, including other employees, except as required in the performance of
your regular duties. In addition,  care should be taken so that such information
is secure. For example,  files containing material non-public information should
be sealed;  access to computer files containing material non-public  information
should be restricted.

C. Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

The federal  securities laws,  including the US laws governing  insider trading,
are  complex.  If you have any  doubts or  questions  as to the  materiality  or
non-public  nature  of  information  in  your  possession  or as to  any  of the
applicability or interpretation of any of the foregoing  procedures or as to the
propriety of any action,  you should  contact  your  Compliance  Officer.  Until
advised to the contrary by a  Compliance  Officer,  you should  presume that the
information  is  material  and  non-public  and  you  should  NOT  trade  in the
securities or disclose this information to anyone.









- ----------------------
(1) The  antifraud  provisions of United  States  securities  laws reach insider
trading  or  tipping  activity  worldwide  which  defrauds  domestic  securities
markets.  In addition,  the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act
specifically  authorizes  the SEC to conduct  investigations  at the  request of
foreign  governments,  without  regard to whether  the conduct  violates  United
States law.




                                       17
<PAGE>

                                                                APPENDIX II
                        EMPLOYEE TRADE PRECLEARANCE FORM
                  PLEASE USE A SEPARATE FORM FOR EACH SECURITY

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Employee (please print)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Department      Supervisor      Telephone       Date
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Broker          Account Number  Telephone       Sales Representative
                                (       )
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 [ ]  Buy   [ ]   Sell     Ticker Symbol   Price:  Limit _______   Market  [ ]
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quantity        Issue (Full Security Description)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Special Instructions
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Approvals
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This area reserved for Trading Department use only
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trade Has Been          Date Approved           Approved By

[ ] Approved      [ ] Not Approved
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legal / Compliance (if required)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Approvals  are valid until the close of business  on the day  approval  has
     been granted.  Accordingly, GTC (good till canceled) orders are prohibited.
     If a trade is not  executed  by the close of  business  resubmitting  a new
     preclearance  form is required.  It is each  employee's  responsibility  to
     comply with all provisions of the Code.  Obtaining  preclearance  satisfies
     the  preclearance  requirements  of the Code and does not imply  compliance
     with the Code's other provisions.

     Preclearance  procedures  apply to all employees and their immediate family
     (as  defined by the Code)  including:  a) all  accounts  in the name of the
     employee or the  employee's  spouse or minor  children;  b) all accounts in
     which any of such  persons  have a  beneficial  interest;  and c) all other
     accounts over which any such person  exercises any  investment  discretion.
     Please see the Code for the complete definition of immediate family.

     By signing below the employee certifies the following:  The employee agrees
     that the above  order is in  compliance  with the Code of Ethics and is not
     based on  knowledge of an actual  client  order  within the previous  seven
     calendar days in the security that is being purchased or sold, or knowledge
     that the security is being  considered  for purchase or sale in one or more
     specific client accounts,  or knowledge of a change or pendency of a change
     of an investment management recommendation.  The employee also acknowledges
     that he/she is not in possession of material, inside information pertaining
     to the security or issuer of the security.


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employee Signature                      Date
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                PLEASE SEND A COPY OF THIS COMPLETED FORM TO THE
                 COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT FOR ALL EXECUTED TRADES

                                       18
<PAGE>


                                                                  APPENDIX III

                              OPPENHEIMER CAPITAL

                          PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS

In accordance  with the Code of Ethics,  please provide a list of all Securities
(other than Exempt Securities) in which you or any account,  in which you have a
Pecuniary  Interest,  has a Beneficial  Interest and all Securities  (other than
Exempt  Securities)  in  non-client  accounts  for  which  you  make  investment
decisions.  This  includes  not  only  securities  held  by  brokers,  but  also
Securities held at home, in safe deposit boxes, or by an issuer.


(1) Name of employee:                             ____________________________

(2) If different  than #1, name of the
    person in whose name the account is held:     ____________________________

(3) Relationship of (2) to (1):                   ____________________________

(4) Broker(s) at which Account is Maintained:     ____________________________

                                                  ____________________________

                                                  ____________________________

                                                  ____________________________

(5) Account Number(s):                            ____________________________

                                                  ____________________________

                                                  ____________________________

                                                  ____________________________

(6) Phone number(s) of Broker:                    ____________________________

                                                  ____________________________

                                                  ____________________________

                                       19
<PAGE>

(7) For  each  account,  attach  your  most  recent  account  statement  listing
Securities  in that  account.  If you own  Securities  that are not listed in an
attached account statement, list them below:


        Name of Security        Quantity        Value           Custodian

1.      __________________      ___________     ___________     ______________

2.      __________________      ___________     ___________     ______________

3.      __________________      ___________     ___________     ______________

4.      __________________      ___________     ___________     ______________

5.      __________________      ___________     ___________     ______________

(Attached separate sheet if necessary)

I certify that this form and the attached  statements (if any) constitute all of
the Securities of which I have Beneficial Ownership as defined in the Code.



                                                 ______________________________
                                                 Signature



                                                 ______________________________
                                                 Print Name


Dated:  _________________

                                       20
<PAGE>

                                                                APPENDIX IV


                              OPPENHEIMER CAPITAL

                          ACKNOWLEDGMENT CERTIFICATION

                                 CODE OF ETHICS
                                      and
                     INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES



I hereby  certify  that I have  read and  understand  the  attached  Oppenheimer
Capital Code of Ethics and Pimco Advisors  Insider Trading Policy and Procedures
(together the "Code").  Pursuant to such Code, I recognize  that I must disclose
or report all  personal  securities  transactions  required to be  disclosed  or
reported  thereunder and comply in all other respects with the  requirements  of
the Code. I also agree to cooperate fully with any  investigation  or inquiry as
to whether a possible violation of the foregoing Code has occurred. I understand
that any failure to comply in all aspects with the foregoing and these  policies
and procedures may lead to sanctions including dismissal.





Date:   __________________________      ______________________________
                                        Signature



                                        ______________________________
                                        Print Name


                                       21
<PAGE>


                                                                APPENDIX V

                              OPPENHEIMER CAPITAL

                       ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE


I hereby  certify  that I have  complied  with the  requirements  of the Code of
Ethics  and the  Insider  Trading  Policy  and  Procedures,  for the year  ended
December  31,  ____.  Pursuant to the Code,  I have  disclosed  or reported  all
personal   securities   transactions   required  to  be  disclosed  or  reported
thereunder,  and complied in all other  respects  with the  requirements  of the
Code. I also agree to cooperate  fully with any  investigation  or inquiry as to
whether a possible violation of the Code has occurred.





Date: _________________________         ____________________________
                                        Signature



                                        _____________________________
                                        Print Name


                                       22
<PAGE>

                                                                APPENDIX VI

                                 PIMCO ADVISORS

                  POLICY REGARDING SPECIAL TRADING PROCEDURES
                 FOR SECURITIES OF PIMCO ADVISORS HOLDINGS L.P.

                          EFFECTIVE AS OF MAY 1, 1996

INTRODUCTION

PIMCO Advisors  Holdings L.P. (as defined below) has adopted an Insider  Trading
Policy and  Procedures  applicable  to all  personnel  which  prohibits  insider
trading in any securities,  and prohibits all employees from improperly using or
disclosing material,  non-public information,  a copy of which has been supplied
to you.

For the purposes of this memorandum,  the term the "Company" shall include PIMCO
Advisors  Holdings  L.P.  ("PIMCO   Holdings"),   PIMCO  Advisors  L.P.  ("PIMCO
Advisors"),  PIMCO Partners,  G.P.  ("PIMCO GP"),  PIMCO Funds  Distribution LLC
("PFD")  (collectively,  "PIMCO  Advisors")  and any entity in relation to which
PIMCO Advisors or one of its subsidiaries  acts as a general partner or owns 50%
or more of one the issued and outstanding stock.

PERSONS TO WHOM THIS SPECIAL TRADING POLICY APPLIES

This Policy  applies to all  employees of the Company,  and in the case of PIMCO
Holdings, the members of the Management Board ("Covered Persons"), as well as to
any  transactions in securities  participated  in by family  members,  trusts or
corporations controlled by a Covered Person. In particular,  this Policy applies
to securities transactions by:

        the Covered Person's spouse;
        the Covered Person's minor children;
        any other relatives living in the Covered Person's household;
        a trust in which the Covered Person has a beneficial interest, unless
        such Covered Person has no direct or indirect control over the trust;
        a trust as to which the Covered Person is a trustee;
        a revocable trust as to which the Covered Person is a settlor;
        a corporation of which the Covered Person is an officer, director or
        10% or greater stockholder; or
        a partnership of which the Covered Person is a partner (including most
        investment clubs), unless the Covered Person has no direct or indirect
        control over the partnership.

The family members, trust and corporations listed above are hereinafter referred
to as "Related persons."

                                       23
<PAGE>

SECURITIES TO WHICH THIS SPECIAL TRADING POLICY APPLIES

Unless stated otherwise,  the following Special Trading  Procedures apply to all
transactions by Covered Persons and their Related Persons involving any class or
series  of  units  of  limited  partner  interest  of  PIMCO  Holdings  or other
securities of PIMCO Holdings,  including options and other derivative securities
(such as a put,  call or index  security)  in relation to such  securities  (the
"PIMCO Holdings' Securities").

SPECIAL TRADING PROCEDURES RELATING TO SECURITIES OF PIMCO HOLDINGS

1. TRADING WINDOWS

There are  times  when the  Company  may be  engaged  in a  material  non-public
development  or  transaction.  Even if you are not aware of this  development or
transaction,  if you trade PIMCO Holdings' Securities before such development or
transaction  is  disclosed  to the public,  you might  expose  yourself  and the
Company to a charge of insider  trading  that could be costly and  difficult  to
refute.  In addition,  such a trade by you could result in adverse  publicity to
you or the company.

Therefore,  the following rule shall apply:  each Covered Person and all of such
person's  Related Persons may only purchase or sell PIMCO  Holdings'  Securities
during four "trading windows" that may occur each year. The four trading windows
are  generally  during the months of  February,  May,  August  and  November.  A
memorandum  detailing the specific  dates of the period is sent to each employee
approximately one week prior to the opening of the window.

TRADING  ON THE  BASIS  OF  MATERIAL  NON-PUBLIC  INFORMATION  OR  COMMUNICATING
MATERIAL  NON-PUBLIC  INFORMATION TO OTHERS AT ANY TIME,  INCLUDING IN A TRADING
WINDOW, IS A VIOLATION OF THE LAW AND A VIOLATION OF THIS POLICY.

In  accordance  with the  procedure  for  waivers  described  below,  in special
circumstances  a waiver  may be given  to  allow a trade to occur  outside  of a
trading window.

Employees  of PIMCO  Advisors  should  be aware  that  there are  potential  tax
consequences for such employees  resulting from the ownership of PIMCO Holdings'
Securities.   Each  such  employee  contemplating   purchasing  PIMCO  Holdings'
Securities should discuss the matter with such employee's tax advisor.

The exercise of options to purchase PIMCO Holdings'  Securities for cash are not
covered by the procedures outlined above, but the securities so acquired may not
be sold except during a trading window and after all other  requirements of this
policy have been satisfied.

                                       24
<PAGE>

2. POST-TRADE REPORTING

All Covered  Persons  shall submit to the  Compliance  Officer a report of every
securities  transaction in PIMCO  Holdings'  Securities in which they and any of
their Related  Persons have  participated  as soon as practicable  following the
transaction  and in any event not later  than the fifth day after the end of the
month in which the transaction occurred.  The report shall include: (1) the date
of the  transaction  and the title and number of shares or  principal  amount of
each security involved; (2) the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase,  sale
or any other type of  acquisition  or  disposition);  (3) the price at which the
transaction was effected;  and (4) the name of the broker/dealer with or through
whom the transaction was effected. In addition, on an annual basis, each Covered
Person must confirm the amount of PIMCO Holdings'  Securities  which such person
and his her Related Persons beneficially own.

Each Covered Person (and not the Company) is personally responsible for insuring
that his or her transactions comply fully with any and all applicable securities
laws,  including,  but not limited to, the  restrictions  imposed under Sections
16(a) and 16(b) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 and Rule 144 under the
Securities Act of 1933.

3. RESOLVING ISSUES CONCERNING INSIDER TRADING

If you have any doubts or  questions  as to whether  information  is material or
non-public, or as to the applicability or interpretation of any of the foregoing
procedures,  or as to the  propriety  of any  action,  you  should  contact  the
Compliance  Officer before trading or  communicating  the information to anyone.
Until these doubts or questions are satisfactorily  resolved, you should presume
that the  information is material and non-public and you should not trade in the
securities or communicate this information to anyone.

4. MODIFICATIONS AND WAIVERS

PIMCO Advisors (with the consent of PIMCO Holdings)  reserves the right to amend
or modify this policy  statement  at any time.  Waiver of any  provision of this
policy  statement  in a specific  instance may be  authorized  in writing by the
Compliance  Officer  and either the  General  Counsel of PIMCO  Holdings  or any
member of the  Management  Board of PIMCO  Holdings.  Any such  waiver  shall be
reported  to the  Management  Board of  PIMCO  Holdings  at the  next  regularly
scheduled meeting of each.



                                       25



                                  APPENDIX II

                                February 1, 2000


                        RS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO. LLC
                         RS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, L.P.
                         RS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
                              RS GROWTH GROUP LLC
                               RS VALUE GROUP LLC
                              RS INVESTMENT TRUST

                          ___________________________

                                 CODE OF ETHICS
                                   including
                        RSIM POLICY ON PERSONAL TRADING
                          ___________________________



I. SCOPE AND SUMMARY

(a) Rule 17j-1 under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
Act"), requires every investment company, as well as every investment adviser to
and principal  underwriter of an investment  company,  to have a written Code of
Ethics  which  specifically  deals with trading  practices by "Access  Persons."
Access  Persons  are  defined to include  (1)  officers,  directors  and general
partners of the two mutual fund advisers (RS Investment Management,  Inc. and RS
Investment Management, L.P. -- collectively "RSIM"), as well as (2) employees of
RSIM and officers,  directors,  partners who have substantial responsibility for
or knowledge of the investments of the mutual funds  constituting  series of the
RS (each,  a "Fund"),  and (3) each member of the Funds' Board of Trustees.  The
Rule also requires that reasonable  diligence is used and procedures  instituted
to prevent violations of this Code of Ethics.

(b)  Sections 21A and 15(f) of the  Securities  Exchange Act and Section 204A of
the Investment  Advisers Act further require all  broker-dealers  and investment
advisers to establish,  maintain and enforce written  policies and procedures to
prevent the misuse of material nonpublic information.

(c) Common law fiduciary  principles  require that an  investment  adviser (like
RSIM) avoid  placing  itself in a position  of  conflict  of  interest  with its
clients. Likewise, RSIM as a general partner to various partnerships,  stands in
a  fiduciary   relationship   to  the  limited   partners   investing  in  those
partnerships.

<PAGE>

(d) The "Blue Ribbon" Advisory Group on Personal  Investing in its report to the
Investment  Company  Institute  also  articulated  the  following  three general
fiduciary  principles  which the  Group  believes  should  govern  the  personal
investment activities of mutual fund advisory and distributor personnel:

          (i)  the duty at all times to place the interests of Fund shareholders
               first;

          (ii) the  requirement  that all personal  securities  transactions  be
               conducted consistent with the Code of Ethics and in such a manner
               as to avoid any actual or  potential  conflict of interest or any
               abuse of an  individual's  position of trust and  responsibility;
               and

          (iii)the   fundamental   standard   that  mutual  fund   advisory  and
               distributor personnel should not take inappropriate  advantage of
               their positions.

(e) This  Code of Ethics is  designed  to  satisfy  the  above-referenced  legal
requirements  and ethical  principles  as  applicable  to RSIM in their roles as
adviser  to and  distributor  for the  RSIM  Funds.  It is  important  that  all
partners,  officers, directors and employees of RSIM to whom this Code of Ethics
applies observe the ethical standards set forth in the Code.

(f) This Code of Ethics is not intended to cover all possible areas of potential
liability  under the 1940 Act or under the federal  securities  laws in general.
For example,  other  provisions  of Section 17 of the 1940 Act prohibit  various
transactions  between a registered  investment  company and affiliated  persons,
including  the knowing  sale or  purchase  of  property to or from a  registered
investment company on a principal basis, and joint transactions (E.G., combining
to achieve a substantial position in a security,  concerted market activity,  or
commingling of funds) between an investment company and an affiliated person.

(g) It is  expected  that  Access  Persons  will be  sensitive  to all  areas of
potential conflict, even if this Code of Ethics does not address specifically an
area of fiduciary responsibility.

(h)  Exceptions to specific  provisions of this Code of Ethics may be granted by
the compliance  officer or an alternate if warranted by circumstances and if the
exception is requested in a timely manner.

(i) SUMMARY.  Under the Code of Ethics,  all Access Persons,  EXCEPT INDEPENDENT
TRUSTEES of the Funds, are required to:

          (i)  Pre-clear all trades in  individual  securities.  [Note:  certain
               securities  are  excepted:  mutual  funds,  stock index  options,
               SPDR's and money market instruments are "excepted securities."]

          (ii) Reverse trades that involve securities  subsequently purchased or
               sold by a Fund within the applicable blackout period.

          (iii)Observe  a  minimum  60 day  holding  period  for all  securities
               (except  "excepted  securities").  This  policy  only  applies to
               profitable trades.

          (iv) Avoid IPO's.

          (v)  Receive special clearance for private placements.

          (vi) Avoid  directorships  of  companies  in which Fund  assets may be
               invested. (Unless permission is obtained from the CEO.)

<PAGE>

          (vii)Promptly  disclose all security  transactions  and file quarterly
               transaction reports and annual ownership reports.

          (viii) Avoid  security  transactions  in which they  possess  material
                 non-public information with regard to the particular security.






II.  DEFINITIONS

(a) "ACCESS PERSON" means:  (i) officers,  directors and general partners of the
four mutual fund  advisers (RS  Investment  Management,  Inc. and RS  Investment
Management,  L.P.,  RS Growth  Group LLC and RS Value Group LLC --  collectively
"RSIM"), as well as (ii) employees of RSIM and officers, directors, partners who
have  substantial  responsibility  for or  knowledge of the  investments  of the
mutual funds constituting  series of the RS Trust (each, a "Fund"),  hedge funds
managed  by RSIM,  institutional  accounts  where  RSIM  acts as a  sub-adviser,
separate  accounts  managed by RSIM and (iii) each member of the Funds' Board of
Trustees. Members of the immediate family of an Access Person living in the same
household  are  covered by this Code of Ethics to the same  extent as the Access
Person.

(b) "ADVISORY  PERSON"  means with respect to (i) the Funds,  (ii) an investment
adviser to a Fund or (iii) any company in a control relationship to the Funds or
the investment  adviser (i.e.,  RSIM),  (A) any employee who, in connection with
his regular functions or duties, makes,  participates in, or obtains information
regarding,  the  purchase  or sale of a security by a Fund,  or whose  functions
relate to the making of any  recommendations  with respect to such  purchases or
sales;  and (B) any natural person in a control  relationship to the Funds or an
investment adviser who obtains information concerning  recommendations made to a
Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of a security.

(c) A security is "BEING  CONSIDERED FOR PURCHASE OR SALE" when a recommendation
to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated, and, with respect
to a person making a recommendation, when such person seriously considers making
such a recommendation.

(d) "BENEFICIAL  OWNERSHIP"  shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would
be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and the rules and regulations
thereunder,  with the  exception  that the  determination  of direct or indirect
beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities which an Access Person has or
acquires.

(e)  "CONTROL"  means the power to  exercise a  controlling  influence  over the
management  or policies of a company,  unless such power is solely the result of
an official position, as further defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

(f)  "PURCHASE  OR SALE OF A  SECURITY"  includes  the  writing  of an option to
purchase or sell a security.

(g) "SECURITY"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940
Act, and shall include  options and  warrants,  except that it shall not include
excepted securities (as defined below).

(h)  "EXCEPTED  SECURITIES"  include  shares of registered  open-end  investment
     companies  (except the RSIM Funds),  securities issued by the Government of
     the  United  States  (including  Government  agencies),   short  term  debt
     securities which are "government  securities" within the meaning of Section
     2(a)(16)  of the 1940  Act,  bankers'  acceptances,  bank  certificates  of
     deposit,  commercial paper and other money market instruments.  Stock Index
     Options  and  SPDR's  are also  considered  "excepted  securities"  for all
     purposes except the quarterly and annual reporting obligations.

<PAGE>

(i)  "MATERIAL  NON-PUBLIC  INFORMATION"  is  information  relating  to dividend
     increases or decreases,  earnings estimates, changes in previously released
     earnings estimates,  significant expansion or curtailment of operations,  a
     significant   increase  or  decline  of  orders,   significant   merger  or
     acquisition   proposals  or   agreements,   significant   new  products  or
     discoveries, extraordinary borrowing, major litigation, liquidity problems,
     extraordinary  management  developments,  purchase  or sale of  substantial
     assets or any  information a reasonable  investor  might  consider to be of
     importance  in  making  an  investment  decision  to  buy,  sell  or  hold.
     Information  should  be  deemed  non-public  if  it  has  not  been  widely
     disseminated  by  wire  service,  in  one or  more  newspapers  of  general
     circulation,   or  by  communication  from  the  company  involved  to  its
     shareholders or in a press release.

III. PROHIBITED TRADING PRACTICES

(a)  GENERAL ANTI-FRAUD PROHIBITION. If a security:

          (i) is being considered for purchase or sale by a Fund;

          (ii) is in the process of being purchased or sold by a Fund; or

          (iii)is or has  been  held by a Fund  within  the most  recent  15 day
               period;

no Access  Person  shall  knowingly  purchase,  sell or  otherwise  directly  or
indirectly  acquire or dispose of any direct or  indirect  beneficial  ownership
interest in that  security if such action by such Access  Person would defraud a
Fund,  operate as a fraud or deceit upon a Fund,  or  constitute a  manipulative
practice with respect to a Fund.

(b)  PRE-CLEARANCE.  No Access  Person  shall  purchase  or sell any  individual
security   (I.E.,   any  security   except  an  "excepted   security")   without
pre-clearance.  Once pre-clearance has been obtained, the trade must be executed
by the end of the business day or new clearance must be obtained.  (See attached
Pre-clearance Form).

(c) BLACKOUT PERIOD.  An Access Person may not execute a securities  transaction
(other than an "excepted security") on any day during which any Fund in the RSIM
Funds  complex has a pending  "buy" or "sell"  order in that same  security or a
related security of the same issuer (e.g., common stock is a related security to
an option on common  stock).  However,  it is not always  possible to  determine
which orders were executed  until the following  day. The fact of  pre-clearance
does  not  mean  that a trade  will  not end up  being  unwound  if it is  later
ascertained  that one of the  Funds  traded  in that  security  on the same day.
Blackout periods may be extended for certain securities.  This policy applies to
all Access people.

Additionally,  portfolio managers and others who make investment  decisions with
respect to a Fund are  prohibited  for seven (7)  calendar  days  preceding  and
following any Fund purchase or sale of that security and will include the entire
business  day on which the last  Fund  purchase  or sale  activity  occurs.  Any
profits  realized on a trade effected  during the blackout period by a portfolio
manager or other  individual with investment  decision-making  authority will be
disgorged  to  the  appropriate  Fund.  The  blackout  period  only  applies  to
securities  traded  by a Fund or  Funds  over  which  the  individual  exercises
investment  decision-making  authority.  It does not  apply to all  Funds in the
complex.  The  fact of  pre-clearance  and  execution  within  the  same  day of
pre-clearance  is not  relevant.  Blackout  periods may be extended  for certain
securities

<PAGE>

(d) TRADES IN SHARES OF RSIM  FUNDS.  Please  note that  purchases  and sales of
shares  of an RS  Fund  do  NOT  need  pre-clearance,  but  the  possibility  of
appearance of conflict of interest in such  transactions  is high.  Accordingly,
all purchases and sales of shares of an RS Fund:

          (i)  should be made well in advance of the closing  price  calculation
               each day, and

          (ii) should  not be made  when in  possession  of  material  nonpublic
               information.

(e) NO IPO'S.  No Access  Person  shall  acquire  any  securities  offered in an
initial public offering.

(f) PRIVATE  PLACEMENTS.  No Access  Person shall  acquire any  securities  in a
private placement without both pre-clearance and special approval by the CEO.

(g) OTHER  RESTRICTIONS.  No Access Person shall engage in short term trading or
make other  investments  in  contravention  of the general  policies that may be
established  from  time to time as set  forth.  An  Access  Person  must  hold a
security  (other than an  "excepted  security")  for a minimum of 60 days.  This
policy only applies to profitable trades.


IV. EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS/SECURITIES

The prohibitions of Section IV of this Code shall not apply to:

(a) Purchases or sales  effected in any account over which the Access Person has
no direct or indirect influence or control.

(b) Purchases or sales of securities which are not eligible for purchase or sale
by any Fund.

(c) Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access
Person or the Trust (E.G., receipt of gifts).

(d) Purchases that are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

(e) Purchases  effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata
to all  holders of a class of its  securities,  to the extent  such  rights were
acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.

(f) Purchases and sales which have received the prior approval of the Compliance
Officer.

(g) Purchases and sales of securities,  which are not included in the definition
of "Security" in Section II.g or are "excepted securities" as defined in Section
II.h. -- I.E., mutual fund shares (but not RS Fund shares), stock index options,
SPDR's, government securities and money market instruments.


V. REPORTING

(a)  PRE-CLEARANCE  AND IMMEDIATE  REPORTING.  All RSIM  employees are currently
required to report all individual  security  transactions (and purchase/sales of
RSIM Funds) under rules  specifically  applicable to advisory and  broker-dealer
organizations.  Access  persons  must  also  seek  pre-clearance  of  individual
security  transactions and are required to have a duplicate  confirmation of the
transaction  sent  to  the  RSIM  compliance   officer  promptly  following  the
transaction.  The only  securities  for which such  pre-clearance  and immediate
reporting  is not  required  are  "excepted  securities"  and shares of the RSIM
Funds.

<PAGE>

(b) QUARTERLY  REPORTS.  In addition to  contemporaneous  reporting,  all Access
Persons are required to review,  and if necessary,  correct or make additions to
quarterly  reports generated within 10 days of the end of each calendar quarter,
listing  all   securities   transactions   except   transactions   in  "excepted
securities."  See subsection (c) below.  Please note that purchases and sales of
shares  of  an  RSIM  Fund,   which  are  not  subject  to   pre-clearance   and
contemporaneous reporting, are subject to quarterly reporting.



(c) Every quarterly  report shall be made not later than ten (10) days after the
end of each calendar quarter and shall contain the following information:

          (i)  The date of the transaction,  the title and the number of shares,
               and the principal amount of each security involved;

          (ii) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or any other
               type of acquisition or disposition);

          (iii) The price at which the transaction was effected; and

          (iv) The name of the broker,  dealer, or bank with or through whom the
               transaction was effected.

(d) Copies of statements or confirmations  containing the information  specified
in paragraph  (c) above may be  submitted  in lieu of listing the  transactions.
Persons  submitting  statements  will be deemed to have satisfied this reporting
requirement, and need only sign off quarterly on having complied.

(e) For periods in which no reportable transactions were effected, the quarterly
report  shall  contain a  representation  that no  transactions  subject  to the
reporting requirements were effected during the relevant time period.

(f) ANNUAL REPORT.  Annually,  in conjunction  with the quarterly report for the
quarter  ending June 30, each Access Person shall be required to review,  and if
necessary,  correct or make  additions  to, an annual  report,  which  lists all
security  positions  in  which  such  Access  Person  has a direct  or  indirect
beneficial interest.

(g) Any quarterly or annual report may contain a statement that the report shall
not be construed  as an  admission by the person  making such report that he has
any direct or indirect beneficial  ownership in the security to which the report
relates.

(h) An initial  holdings  report of all  securities  beneficially  owned by such
person  and the name of the  broker  with whom the Access  Person  maintained  a
securities account must be submitted to Scott Smith or Marianne Clark for review
no later than 10 days after an employee of RSIM becomes an Access Person.


VI. EXCEPTIONS TO REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

<PAGE>

(a) An INDEPENDENT  TRUSTEE,  I.E., a Trustee of the RS Investment  Trust who is
not an "interested  person" (as defined in Section  2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of
the  Funds,  is not  required  to file a report on a  transaction  in a security
provided such Trustee neither knew nor, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his
or her official duties as a trustee of the Funds, should have known that, during
the 15-day period immediately  preceding or after the date of the transaction by
the Trustee,  such  security is or was  purchased or sold by a Fund or is or was
being considered for purchase or sale by a Fund by its investment adviser.

(b) Although an independent Trustee is exempt from the reporting requirements of
this Code, such Trustee may nevertheless  voluntarily file a report representing
that he or she did not engage in any securities  transactions  which,  to his or
her  knowledge,  involved  securities  that  were  being  purchased  or  sold or
considered for purchase by any Fund during the 15-day period  preceding or after
the date(s) of any  transaction(s)  by such Trustee.  The failure to file such a
report, however, shall not be considered a violation of this Code of Ethics.

(c) Access Persons are not required to make a report with respect to an exempted
transactions/securities as described in Section V of this Code.

(d) Access  Persons  do not need to file  multiple  reports.  Copies of a single
report can be used to satisfy the personal trading reports required by RSIM.



VII. IMPLEMENTATION

(a) In order to implement  this Code of Ethics,  a compliance  officer and three
alternates have been designated for RSIM and the Funds. These individuals are:

                        Scott R. Smith
                        Marianne E. Clark (alternate)
                        Steven M. Cohen (alternate)
                        G. Randy Hecht -President and CEO (alternate)

(b) The  compliance  officer  shall  create a list of all "Access  Persons"  and
update the list with reasonable frequency.

(c) The compliance officer shall circulate a copy of this Code of Ethics to each
Access Person, together with an acknowledgment of receipt, which shall be signed
and returned to the Compliance  Officer by each Access Person at least once each
year.

(d) The  compliance  officer or a  compliance  officer  delegate is charged with
responsibility for ensuring that the pre-clearance and reporting requirements of
this Code of Ethics are adhered to by all Access Persons. The compliance officer
or compliance officer delegate shall be responsible for ensuring that the review
requirements of this Code of Ethics (see Section VIII) are performed in a prompt
manner.  The compliance  officer shall be responsible for enforcing the policies
set forth herein.

VIII. REVIEW

(a) The  compliance  officer  shall  review all reports of  personal  securities
transactions  and  compare  such  reports  with  pre-clearance  forms  and  with
completed  and  contemplated  portfolio  transactions  of each Fund to determine
whether  noncompliance  with the Code of Ethics and/or other applicable  trading
procedures may have occurred.  The compliance officer may delegate this function
to one or more persons.

<PAGE>

(b)  No  person  shall  review  his  or  her  own  reports.  Before  making  any
determination that a non-compliant transaction may have been made by any person,
the  compliance  officer  shall  give  such  person  an  opportunity  to  supply
additional  explanatory material. If a securities  transaction of the compliance
officer is under  consideration,  an alternate  shall act in all respects in the
manner prescribed herein for the designated compliance officer.

(c) If the compliance  officer  determines that  noncompliance  with the Code of
Ethics has or may have occurred,  he or she shall,  following  consultation with
counsel, submit his or her written determination,  together with the transaction
report,  if  any,  and  any  additional  explanatory  material  provided  by the
individual,  to G. Randall Hecht, who shall make an independent determination of
whether a violation has occurred.

(d) The compliance  officer shall be responsible  for maintaining a current list
of all Access  Persons  (including all Fund  Trustees) and for  identifying  all
reporting  Access  Persons on such list, and shall take steps to ensure that all
reporting  Access  Persons  have  submitted  reports  in a  timely  manner.  The
compliance   officer  may  delegate  the  compilation  of  this  information  to
appropriate persons. Failure to submit timely reports will be communicated to G.
Randall Hecht and to the Funds' Board of Trustees.

IX. SANCTIONS

(a) If a material  violation of this Code occurs or a preliminary  determination
is made that a violation may have  occurred,  a report of the alleged  violation
shall be made to the Board of Trustees.

(b) The Board of Trustees  may impose such  sanctions  as it deems  appropriate,
including, a letter of censure, suspension, or termination of employment, and/or
a disgorging of any profits made.



<PAGE>




                    Please sign and date the attached form.
                     Detach and return to RSIM Compliance.

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
        I FULLY UNDERSTAND AND HEREBY SUBSCRIBE TO THIS CODE OF ETHICS.





                      ---------------------------------
                                      NAME



                      ---------------------------------
                                   SIGNATURE



                      ---------------------------------
                                      DATE

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                  Appendix III

                                February 1, 2000


                        RS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO. LLC

                         RS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, L.P.
                         RS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
                              RS GROWTH GROUP LLC
                               RS VALUE GROUP LLC
                              RS INVESTMENT TRUST

                          ___________________________

                           POLICY ON PERSONAL TRADING
                          ___________________________


SUMMARY

The  following  policy on personal  trading,  together with the enclosed Code of
Ethics,  outlines all existing restrictions on personal securities  transactions
for Access  Persons of RS Mutual  Funds.  While it is our belief  that  personal
investing can lead an individual to be a better,  more  knowledgeable  investor,
these  guidelines have been written not only to ensure  compliance with relevant
securities laws, but also to protect our investors and prevent any perception of
a potential conflict of interest.

Access  Persons are defined as (i) officers,  directors and general  partners of
the two mutual fund advisers (RS Investment  Management,  Inc. and RS Investment
Management,  L.P. -- collectively "RSIM"), as well as (ii) employees of RSIM and
officers,  directors,  partners  who  have  substantial  responsibility  for  or
knowledge of the investments of the mutual funds  constituting  series of the RS
(each, a "Fund"), and (iii) each member of the Funds' Board of Trustees. Members
of the immediate  family of an Access  Person  living in the same  household are
covered by this policy to the same extent as the Access Person.  The policy also
applies to the  immediate  families  living in the same  household of all Access
Persons. The highlights of the policy are as follows:


1) PERSONAL ACCOUNTS

All personal  brokerage  accounts must be  maintained  at  BancBoston  Robertson
Stephens, Charles Schwab or Fidelity Investments.  Any exceptions to this policy
must be approved by the Compliance Department.



2) PRE-CLEARANCE

All personal  trades for  individual  securities  for all Access Persons must be
pre-cleared  by  the  Compliance  Department  using  the  attached  form.  After
pre-clearance  has been  granted,  the trade must be completed by the end of the
business day, or the approval is void and the form must be  resubmitted.  Trades
for which  pre-clearance  is required  include ALL SECURITIES  EXCEPT,  open-end
mutual funds,  stock index  options,  SPDR's,  government  securities  and money
market securities.  Obtaining  pre-clearance for a trade does not guarantee that
the trade will not be later reversed should a Fund effect a subsequent  trade in
the same security.

<PAGE>




3) BLACKOUT PERIODS

An  Access  Person  may not  execute a  securities  transaction  (other  than an
"excepted  securities")  on any day  during  which  any Fund in the  RSIM  Funds
complex has a pending  "buy" or "sell" order in that same  security or a related
security  of the same issuer  (e.g.,  common  stock is a related  security to an
option on common stock).  However,  it is not always possible to determine which
orders were executed until the following day. The fact of pre-clearance does not
mean that a trade will not end up being unwound if it is later  ascertained that
one of the Funds traded in that security on the same day.  Blackout  periods may
be extended for certain securities. This policy applies to all Access people.

Additionally,  portfolio managers and others who make investment  decisions with
respect to a Fund are  prohibited  for seven (7)  calendar  days  PRECEDING  AND
FOLLOWING any Fund purchase or sale of that security and will include the entire
business  day on which the last  Fund  purchase  or sale  activity  occurs.  Any
profits  realized on a trade effected  during the blackout period by a portfolio
manager or other  individual with investment  decision-making  authority will be
disgorged to the Fund. The blackout period only applies to securities  traded by
a Fund or Funds over which the individual exercises investment-making authority.
It does not apply to all Funds in the  complex.  The fact of  pre-clearance  and
execution within the same day of pre-clearance is not relevant. Blackout periods
may be extended for certain securities.


4) RESTRICTIONS ON SHORT-TERM TRADING

Access  Persons  are  strongly   discouraged   from  entering  into   securities
transactions for the purpose of achieving  short-term  gains. In addition to the
general prohibition  against acquiring  securities in the blackout period before
and  immediately  following  Fund  transactions,  an Access  Person  must hold a
security  (other than an excepted  security,  e.g., a stock index  option) for a
minimum of 60 days.  This policy only applies to profitable  trades.  Exceptions
may be made in the case of a medical or other emergency,  provided that relevant
details are communicated at the time of pre-clearance.



5) INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS

All Access  Persons are strictly  prohibited  from  acquiring  securities in any
initial public offering.


6) PRIVATE PLACEMENTS

Investments by Access Persons in private  placements  require both pre-clearance
and special approval from the CEO.


<PAGE>


7) SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

Portfolio Managers and Access Persons will be permitted to serve as directors of
publicly  traded  companies and private  companies in which the Funds may invest
only if the CEO determines that doing so would be in the best interest and would
not  present a conflict  of  interest.  All Fund  investment  decisions  made or
participated in by such Director/Access  Persons require  pre-clearance from the
CEO.


8) DISCLOSURE

To the  extent  an Access  Person  maintains  permitted  brokerage  accounts  at
broker/dealers other than BancBoston  Robertson Stephens,  Charles Schwab & Co.,
or  Fidelity  Investments  that  Access  Person must ensure that copies of trade
confirmations  for their  brokerage  accounts and  accounts of immediate  family
living in the same household, are forwarded to the Compliance Department.  Trade
confirmations will be  cross-referenced  against  pre-clearance  forms to ensure
that approval had been granted.  In addition,  Access Persons must make required
quarterly reports of securities  transactions (or furnish brokerage  statements)
and must sign off, at least annually, on receipt of and compliance with the Code
of Ethics.






<PAGE>

                     [RS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LETTERHEAD]


                     PRE-AUTHORIZATION FOR PERSONAL TRADES


To:             RSIM Compliance
Phone:          (415) 591-2779
                (415) 591-2728
Fax:            (415) 591-2851

From:                                      Date:
      ---------------------                       ----------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------  I
wish to effect the following trade for my personal account,  an account in which
I have a  beneficial  interest,  or an account  belonging to one of my immediate
relatives living in the same household.

NAME of Security                                            TICKER
                   --------------------------                       -----------

# OF SHARES            BUY       SELL    (CIRCLE ONE)     PRICE
            --------                                            ----------

BROKERAGE FIRM                              & ACCOUNT #
               ----------------------                   ---------------

THE PURCHASE/SALE IS BASED ON PERSONAL RESEARCH         YES [  ]       NO [  ]
(You may be required to provide documentation should there be a potential
conflict).

I AM AWARE OF AN INTENDED OR POSSIBLE MUTUAL FUND TRADE IN THIS SECURITY

        YES [  ]         NO [  ]


I AGREE THAT IF I DO NOT EFFECT THE ABOVE TRADE ON THE DAY INDICATED  BELOW, THE
APPROVAL IS NULL AND VOID AND THE REQUEST MUST BE RESUBMITTED. I REALIZE THAT IF
I AM AN EMPLOYEE WITH  INVESTMENT  DECISION MAKING  AUTHORITY,  AND ANY RS FUNDS
TRANSACTIONS  OCCUR  WITHIN 7 DAYS OF MY  TRANSACTION  THAT  INVOLVE A FUND OVER
WHICH I HAVE  AUTHORITY AND THE ABOVE  SECURITY,  THE TRADE WILL BE BROKEN AT MY
EXPENSE.  I  REALIZE  THAT  IF I DO  NOT  HAVE  SUCH  AUTHORITY,  AND  ANY  FUND
TRANSACTIONS  OCCUR ON THE SAME DAY AS MY TRANSACTION,  THE TRADE WILL BE BROKEN
AT MY EXPENSE.  FURTHERMORE,  I AFFIRM  THAT IF THIS IS A SALE OF STOCK,  I HAVE
EITHER HELD IT FOR AT LEAST 60 DAYS OR I AM SELLING THE STOCK AT A LOSS.


                                            ---------------------------
                                            AUTHORIZED



- ---------------------------------                   -------------------------
SIGNED                                              DATE




                                                                Exhibit  (j)
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the  incorporation by reference in this  Post-Effective  Amendment
No. 1 to  Registration  Statement No.  333-80845 of LSA Variable Series Trust on
Form N-1A under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  of our report  dated  February 9,
2000,  relating to the LSA Variable  Series Trust,  and to the  references to us
under the headings  "Financial  Highlights" in the  Prospectus and  "Independent
Auditors" and "Financial Statements" in the Statement of Additional Information,
which are part of such Registration Statement.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
April 19, 2000





                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                WITH RESPECT TO
                           LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST

Know all men by these  presents  that  Thomas J.  Wilson,  II,  whose  signature
appears below,  constitutes  and appoints John R. Hunter and Michael J. Velotta,
his attorneys-in-fact,  with power of substitution,  and each of them in any and
all capacities,  to sign any registration  statements and amendments thereto for
LSA Variable  Series Trust and to file the same with exhibits  thereto and other
documents in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said  attorney-in-fact,   or  his
substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                                              September 27, 1999


                                                        /s/ Thomas J. Wilson, II
                                                            Thomas J. Wilson, II
                                               Trustee and Chairman of the Board


<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                WITH RESPECT TO
                           LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST

Know all men by these  presents that Robert S. Engelman,  Jr.,  whose  signature
appears below,  constitutes  and appoints John R. Hunter and Michael J. Velotta,
his attorneys-in-fact,  with power of substitution,  and each of them in any and
all capacities,  to sign any registration  statements and amendments thereto for
LSA Variable  Series Trust and to file the same with exhibits  thereto and other
documents in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said  attorney-in-fact,   or  his
substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                                                October 13, 1999


                                                     /s/ Robert S. Engelman, Jr.
                                                         Robert S. Engelman, Jr.
                                                                         Trustee
<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                WITH RESPECT TO
                           LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST

Know all men by these presents that Karen J. May, whose signature appears below,
constitutes   and  appoints  John  R.  Hunter  and  Michael  J.   Velotta,   her
attorneys-in-fact,  with power of substitution,  and each of them in any and all
capacities,  to sign any registration  statements and amendments thereto for LSA
Variable  Series  Trust and to file the same  with  exhibits  thereto  and other
documents in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said  attorney-in-fact,   or  his
substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                                              September 27, 1999


                                                                /s/ Karen J. May
                                                                    Karen J. May
                                                                         Trustee
<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                WITH RESPECT TO
                           LSA VARIABLE SERIES TRUST

Know all men by these presents that Arthur S. Nicholas,  whose signature appears
below,  constitutes  and  appoints  John R. Hunter and Michael J.  Velotta,  his
attorneys-in-fact,  with power of substitution,  and each of them in any and all
capacities,  to sign any registration  statements and amendments thereto for LSA
Variable  Series  Trust and to file the same  with  exhibits  thereto  and other
documents in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said  attorney-in-fact,   or  his
substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


                                                              September 27, 1999


                                                          /s/ Arthur S. Nicholas
                                                              Arthur S. Nicholas
                                                                         Trustee


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission